Hewlett-Packard 8640B Signal Generator Technical Manual
The 8640B Signal Generator is a high-performance signal generator designed for use in the PATRIOT Air Defense Guided Missile System. It is capable of generating a wide range of frequencies (10 kHz to 26.5 GHz), modulation formats (AM, FM, Pulse, and more), and output levels. The 8640B's high spectral purity and stability make it ideal for testing and characterizing various electronic circuits. This device can be used to test the performance of receivers, amplifiers, and other electronic components across a broad range of frequencies.
Advertisement
Advertisement
TECHNICAL MANUAL
OPERATOR, ORGANIZATIONAL,
DIRECT SUPPORT, AND GENERAL
SUPPORT MAI'NTENANCE MANUAL
(INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS)
FOR
8640B SIGNAL GENERATOR
(INCLUDING OPTION 001)
(PATRIOT AIR DEFENSE GUIDED MISSILE SYSTEM)
HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
SEPTEMBER 1986
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
WARNING
DANGEROUS VOLTAGE is used to operate this equipment
DEATH ON CONTACT may result if safety precautions are not observed.
Never work on electronic equipment unless there is someone nearby who is familiar with the operation and hazards of the equipment and is able to give first aid. When the technician is aided by operators, he must warn them about dangerous areas.
When possible, shut off power to equipment before beginning work on equipment. Ground every capacitor likely to hold a dangerous potential. When working inside equipment, after the power has been turned off, always ground every part before touching it.
Be careful not to contact high-voltage connections when installing or operating this equipment.
When possible, keep one hand away from equipment to reduce the hazard of current flowing through the vital organs of the body.
Read FM 21-11, First Aid for Soldiers, and learn how to administer artificial respiration.
WARNING
Do not be misled by the term "low voltage." Under adverse conditions, potentials as low as 50 volts may cause death.
a/(b blank)
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
This material is reproduced through the courtesy of Hewlett-Packard Company. Distribution is limited to use with the
PATRIOT missile system.
TECHNICAL MANUAL
No. 9-1430-601-14-7&P )
)
) HEADQUARTERS
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
Washington, D.C.,10 September 1986
Operator, Organizational, and DS/GS Maintenance Manual
(INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS)
FOR
8640B SIGNAL GENERATOR
(Including Option 001)
(PATRIOT AIR DEFENSE GUIDED MISSILE SYSTEM)
This manual applies directly to instruments with serial numbers prefixed 1324A.
With changes described in Section VII, this manual also applies to instruments with serial numbers prefixed 1229A, 1244A, 1245A, 1246A, 1249A, 1251A, 1303A, 1310A, 1313A, 1316A, 1322A, 1323A,
1327A, 1332A, 1333A, 1339A, 1342A, 1345A, 1350A, 1401A, 1404A, 1404A, 1405A, 1406A, 1416A,
1419A, 1423A, 1429A, 1431A, 1435A, 1438A, 1440A, 1442A, 1501A, 1506A, 1513A, 1515A, 1519A,
1520A, 1524A, 1526A, 1530A, 1532A, 1534A, 1535A, 1538A, 1542A, 1543A, 1544A, 1545A, and
1552A.
For additional important information about serial numbers see INSTRUMENTS COVERED BY
MANUAL in Section I.
REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS
You can help improve this manual. If you find any mistakes, or if you find a way to improve the procedures, please let us know. Mail your letter, DA Form 2028 (Recommended Changes to
Publications and Blank Forms), or DA Form 2028-2 direct to: Commander, U.S. Army Missile
Command, ATTN: AMSMILC-ME-PM, Redstone Arsenal, Alabama 35898-5238. A reply will be furnished to you.
i
Section
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
CONTENTS
Page
General
Maintenance Forms and Records ..................................................
Reporting Equipment Improvement Recommendations
(EIR) .........................................................................................
Administrative Storage ...................................................................
Destruction of Army Material to Prevent Enemy
Use ...........................................................................................
General Information
Introduction ...................................................................................
Instrument Covered by Manual ......................................................
General Description .......................................................................
Performance Characteristics .........................................................
Spectral Purity ..........................................................................
Frequency Counter ...................................................................
Phase-Lock Mode .....................................................................
Amplitude Modulation ...............................................................
Pulse Modulation ......................................................................
Frequency Modulation ..............................................................
Standard and Optional Audio Oscillators ...................................
Multi-function Meter and Annunciators ......................................
Output Level .............................................................................
Options .........................................................................................
Accessories Supplied ....................................................................
Equipment Available .....................................................................
Warranty .......................................................................................
Test Equipment Required ..............................................................
Installation
Introduction ...................................................................................
Initial Inspection ............................................................................
Preparation for Use .......................................................................
Power Requirements ................................................................
Line Voltage Selection ..............................................................
Power Cable .............................................................................
Mating Connectors ....................................................................
Operating Environment .............................................................
Bench Operation .......................................................................
Rack Mounting .........................................................................
Storage and Shipment ...................................................................
ii
Section
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
CONTENTS (Continued)
Page
Environment ..................................................................................
Packaging ......................................................................................
Operation
Introduction ....................................................................................
Panel Features...............................................................................
Operator's Checks..........................................................................
Operating Instructions ....................................................................
Operator's Maintenance .................................................................
Performance Tests
Introduction ....................................................................................
Equipment Required.......................................................................
Test Record ...................................................................................
Test Procedures .............................................................................
Frequency Range Test ...................................................................
Frequency Accuracy and Fine Tune Test ......................................
Frequency Stability vs Time and Restabilization
Time Test .................................................................................
Frequency Stability vs Temperature Test ......................................
Frequency Stability vs Line Voltage Test .......................................
Frequency Stability vs Load, Level, and
Mode Test ................................................................................
Harmonics Test ..............................................................................
Sub-Harmonics and Non-Harmonic Spurious
Test ..........................................................................................
Single Sideband Phase Noise Test ................................................
Single Sideband Broadband Noise Floor Test ................................
Residual AM Test ...........................................................................
Residual FM Test ...........................................................................
Output Level Accuracy Test (Abbreviated) .....................................
Output Level Flatness Test ............................................................
Output Level Flatness Test ............................................................
Output Impedance Test (In Band) ..................................................
Output Impedance Test (Out of Band) ...........................................
Auxiliary Output Test......................................................................
Output Leakage Test ......................................................................
Internal Modulation Oscillator Test ................................................
Internal Modulation Oscillator Distortion
Test (Option 001) ......................................................................
AM 3 dB Bandwidth Test ................................................................
iii
Section
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
CONTENTS (Continued)
Page
AM Distortion Test .........................................................................
AM Sensitivity and Accuracy Test. ...............................................
Peak Incidental Phase Modulation Test .........................................
Pulse Modulation Test ...................................................................
Pulse On/Off Ratio Test ................................................................
FM 3 dB Bandwidth Test ...............................................................
FM Distortion Test .........................................................................
FM Sensitivity and Accuracy Test .................................................
Incidental AM Test ........................................................................
Counter External Sensitivity Test ..................................................
Internal Reference Accuracy Test ..................................................
Internal Reference Drift Rate (Stability)
Test ..........................................................................................
Phase Lock Restabilization Time Test ...........................................
Adjustments
Introduction ...................................................................................
Safety Considerations ...................................................................
Test Equipment Required ..............................................................
Pozidriv Screwdrivers ...............................................................
Blade Tuning Tools ...................................................................
Service Aids .............................................................................
Factory Selected Components ......................................................
Post-Repair Test and Adjustments ................................................
Power Supply Adjustments ............................................................
Fixed-Frequency Modulation Oscillator
Adjustment ................................................................................
Variable-Frequency Modulation Oscillator
Adjustment (Option 001) ...........................................................
Meter Adjustments ........................................................................
RF Detector Offset Adjustment ......................................................
Output Level Knob Adjustment ......................................................
Output Level Vernier and Meter Adjustment ...................................
AM Sensitivity Adjustment .............................................................
Peak Deviation and Range Switch Adjustment ...............................
Range Switch Adjustment .............................................................
VT Pot (A3R1) Adjustment ............................................................
VT Voltage Adjustment ..................................................................
RF Filter Adjustment .....................................................................
Preliminary FM Adjustments .........................................................
FM Linearity Adjustment ................................................................
iv
Section
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
CONTENTS (Continued)
Page
FM Sensitivity Adjustment .............................................................
Internal Reference Frequency Adjustment......................................
RF Oscillator End Stop Adjustment ...............................................
RF Oscillator Output Power Adjustment .........................................
FM Linearity Adjustment (Alternate) ..............................................
Replaceable Parts
Introduction ....................................................................................
Exchange Assemblies ....................................................................
Abbreviations .................................................................................
Replaceable Parts List....................................................................
Ordering Information ......................................................................
Spare Parts Kit ...............................................................................
Illustrated Parts Breakdowns .........................................................
Manual Changes
Introduction ....................................................................................
Manual Changes ............................................................................
Manual Change Instructions ..........................................................
Instrument Improvement Modifications ..........................................
Improved FM Metering Accuracy (Serial
Prefix 1229A) .......................................................................
Elimination of Frequency Shift in Expand
X100 Mode (Serial Prefix 1229A) .........................................
A8A2 Counter/Lock Board Assembly
Improvements (Serial Prefix 1229A) ....................................
Improved Audio Output Level Accuracy
(Serial Prefix 1229A) ............................................................
A26A1 Power Amplifier and AGC Detector
Assembly Improvement (Serial Prefix 1229A).......................
Reduction of RFI Leakage from Front Panel
(Serial Prefix 1244A and Below) ..........................................
A26A4 AGC Amplifier Assembly Improvement
(Serial Prefix 1245A and Below) ..........................................
Reduction of RFI Leakage from RF Oscillator
(Serial Prefix 1246A and Below) ..........................................
Replacement A7 FM Shaping Assembly (Serial
Prefix 1246A and Below) ......................................................
Replacement A9 Peak Deviation and Range
Switch Assembly (Serial Prefix 1246A and
Below) .................................................................................
v
Section
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
CONTENTS (Continued)
Page
A10A1 RF Filter Assembly Switch Improvement
(Serial Prefix 1246A and Below) ...............................................
A8A1 RF Scaler Assembly Improvement (Serial
Prefix 1249A) ...........................................................................
A5 FM Amplifier Assembly Improvement (Serial
Prefix 125lA and Below) ...........................................................
A8A2 Counter/Lock Board Assembly Improvement
(Serial Prefix 1251A and Below) ...............................................
Front Panel Meter M1 Replacement (Serial
Prefix 125lA and Below) ...........................................................
A26 AM/AGC and RF Amplifier Assembly
Improvement ............................................................................
A26A4 AGC Amplifier Assembly Improvement
(Serial Prefix 1310A and Below) ...............................................
A10A2 RF Divider Assembly Improvement (Serial
Prefix 1313A and Below) ..........................................................
Power Supply Improvement (Serial Prefix 1313A and Below) ...............................................................................
A10A2 RF Divider Assembly Improvement (Serial
Numbers 1316A00464 and Below) ............................................
Improved Audio Output Level Flatness (Serial
Prefixes 1244A through 1316A) ................................................
A8A4 Counter Display Assembly Improvement
(Serial Prefixes 1323A and Below) ...........................................
Improved FM Bandwidth on 5kHz Deviation Range
(Serial Number Prefixes 1323A and 1327A................................
Improved Noise Performance (Serial Prefixes
1327A and Below) ....................................................................
A10A2 RF Divider Assembly Improvement (Serial
Number Prefixes 1333A and Below) .........................................
A18, A20, and A22 Power Supply Regulator
Improvements (Serial Number Prefixes 133A and Below). .............................................................................
Time Base Vernier and Pot Replacement (Serial
Prefix 1333A and Below) ..........................................................
All Variable Frequency Modulation Oscillator
Improvements (Serial Number Prefixes
1339A and Below) ....................................................................
A12 Rectifier Assembly Input Crowbar Failures
(Serial Number Prefixes 1330A and Below) ..............................
Reliability Improvements in AM and Pulse
Circuits (Serial Number Prefixes 1345A and Below) ................................................................................
vi
Section
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
CONTENTS (Continued)
Page
All Variable Frequency Modulation Oscillator
(Option 001) Improvement (Serial Number
Prefixes 1350A and Below) .......................................................
Improvement in Lock Acquisition Capability
(Serial Number Prefixes 1350A and Below) ...............................
+44.6V Regulator Improvement (Serial Number
Prefixes 1405A and Below) .......................................................
Line Switch Modification (Serial Number
Prefixes 1406A and Below) .......................................................
Reduction in Popcorn Noise on Power Supplies
(Serial Number Prefixes 1406A and Below) ..............................
Recommended Fuse Replacement for 110/240V
Operation (Serial Number Prefixes 1423A and Below) ...............................................................................
"REDUCE PEAK POWER" Lamp Drive Modification
(Serial Number Prefix 1526A and Below)...................................
Service
Introduction ...................................................................................
Principles of Operation ..................................................................
Troubleshooting ............................................................................
Recommended Test Equipment .....................................................
Service Aids ..................................................................................
Repair ...........................................................................................
Factory Selected Components ..................................................
Etched Circuits .........................................................................
Etched Conductor Repair ..........................................................
Component Replacement .........................................................
Illustrated Parts Breakdowns .....................................................
Basic Circuit Theory ......................................................................
Binary Circuits and Symbols .....................................................
Binary Registers .......................................................................
Binary Latch ..............................................................................
Binary Shift Register .................................................................
Decade Counters and Symbols .................................................
Linear Integrated Circuits ..........................................................
vii
Table
Figure
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Page
Specifications ................................................................................
Recommended Test Equipment ....................................................
Recommended Test Accessories ..................................................
Performance Test Record .............................................................
Recommended Test Abridgements ...............................................
Factory Selected Components ......................................................
Post-Repair Test and Adjustments ................................................
RF Filter Check .............................................................................
Part Numbers for Exchange Assemblies .......................................
Reference Designations and Abbreviations ...................................
Replaceable Parts .........................................................................
Code List of Manufacturers ...........................................................
Manual Changes by Serial Number ...............................................
Summary of Changes by Component ............................................
Etched Circuit Soldering Equipment ..............................................
Logic Levels ..................................................................................
Assembly Information Index ..........................................................
Schematic Diagram Notes .............................................................
Meter Drive Amplifier Data ............................................................
Total Count of Time Base Reference Counters U13,
U14, and U15 ...........................................................................
Count Modes of Counters A8A3U13 and U14 ................................
Count Modes of Counter A8A3U15 ................................................
Data Inputs of Decimal Point Shift Register ...................................
ILLUSTRATIONS
Page
HP Model 8640B Signal Generator (Option 001) and
Accessories Supplied ................................................................
Measured Single Sideband Noise vs Offset from Carrier ................
Specified Signal-to-Phase Noise Ratio ..........................................
AM Distortion vs AM Rate .............................................................
Pulsed RF .....................................................................................
FM Distortion vs FM Rate ..............................................................
520 MHz Notch Filter ....................................................................
FM Linearity Circuit .......................................................................
Line Selector .................................................................................
Power Cables Available ................................................................
Preparation for Rack Mounting ......................................................
viii
Figure
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
ILLUSTRATIONS (Continued)
Page
Lamp Replacement .......................................................................
Front Panel Controls, Indicators, and Connectors ..........................
Rear Panel Controls, and Connectors ............................................
Operator's Checks .........................................................................
Setting the Frequency and Amplitude Controls ..............................
Setting the Modulation Controls .....................................................
Frequency Stability vs Time and Restabilization Time
Test Setup .................................................................................
Frequency Stability vs Temperature Test Setup ............................
Frequency Stability vs Line Voltage Test Setup .............................
Frequency Stability vs Load, Level, and Mode Test
Setup.........................................................................................
Sub-flarrmonics and Non-Harmonic Spurious Test Setup ..............
Single Sideband Phase Noise Test Setup ......................................
Single Sideband Broadband Noise Floor Test Setup .....................
Residual AM Test Setup ................................................................
Output Level Accuracy Test Setup (Abbreviated) ..........................
Output Level Accuracy Test Setup (Complete) ..............................
Output Level Flatness Test Setup .................................................
Output Impedance Test Setup (In Band) .......................................
Output Impedance Test Setup (Out of Band) .................................
Output Leakage Test Setup ...........................................................
Internal Modulation Oscillator Test Setup ......................................
Internal Modulation Oscillator Distortion Test
Setup. ......................................................................................
AM 3 dB Bandwidth Test Setup .....................................................
AM Distortion Test Setup ...............................................................
AM Sensitivity and Accuracy Test Setup .......................................
Peak Incidental Phase Modulation Test Setup ...............................
Pulse Modulation Test Setup .........................................................
Pulse Measurements .....................................................................
FM 3 dB Bandwidth Test Setup .....................................................
FM Distortion Test Setup ...............................................................
FM Sensitivity and Accuracy Test Setup .......................................
Incidental AM Test Setup ..............................................................
Counter External Sensitivity Test Setup ........................................
Internal Reference Accuracy Test Setup .......................................
Internal Reference Drift Rate (Stability) Test Setup ........................
Output Level Vernier and Meter Adjustment Test Setup .................
AM Sensitivity Adjustment Test Setup ...........................................
VT Pot Adjustment ........................................................................
Filter Terminology ..........................................................................
RF Filter Adjustment Test Setup ...................................................
ix
Figure
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
ILLUSTRATIONS (Continued)
Page
256-512 MHz High Band Capacitor Adjustment
Orientation.................................................................................
DM Linearity Adjustment Test Setup .............................................
FM Linearity Display ......................................................................
FM Sensitivity Adjustment Test Setup ...........................................
Internal Reference Frequency Adjustment Test Setup ....................
Location of RF Oscillator Stop Adjustments Shown in Maximum ccw Position. Top View with Instrument
Upside Down ............................................................................
RF Oscillator Output Power Adjustment Test Setup ......................
FM Linearity Adjustment (Alternate) Test Setup ............................
Cabinet Parts .................................................................................
Type N Connector .........................................................................
A8A2 Counter/Lock Board Assembly Backdating
(Change B) ................................................................................
A3A4 Connector Board Assembly Backdating (Change C) ............
A26A1 Power Amplifier and AGC Detector Assembly
Backdating (Change D) .............................................................
A26A2U1 Backdating (Change E) ..................................................
A8A1 RF Scaler Assembly Backdating (Change E) .......................
A12 Rectifier Assembly Backdating (Change F) .............................
A8A1 Scaler Assembly Backdating (Change J) ..............................
A8A4 Counter Display Assembly Modification ...............................
A7 FM Shaping Assembly Modification ..........................................
A9 Peak Deviation and Range Switch Modification .......................
AlOA2 RF Divider Assembly Modification ......................................
Signal Generator with Circuit Boards on Extenders .......................
Examples of Diode and Transistor Marking Methods .....................
Binary Symbols .............................................................................
Triggered Flip-Flop.........................................................................
D Flip-Flop ....................................................................................
Schmitt Trigger ..............................................................................
JIK Flip-Flop...................................................................................
Multiple Input J/K Flip-Flop ............................................................
Binary Latch ..................................................................................
Binary Shift Register .....................................................................
Basic Decade Counter (Scaler) .....................................................
Programmable Counter .................................................................
Programmable Up/Down Counter ..................................................
Operational Amplifier ....................................................................
Comparator ...................................................................................
Overall Block Diagram ..................................................................
x
Figure
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
ILLUSTRATIONS (Continued)
Page
FM Circuits and RF Oscillator Block Diagram ................................
AM/AGC Circuits and Output Amplifier Block Diagram ..................
Counter/Lock Circuits Block Diagram ............................................
P/O A3A4 Connector Board Assembly Component
Location.....................................................................................
RF Oscillator Simplified Diagram ..................................................
P/O A3A4 Connector Board Assembly Component
Locations ...................................................................................
P/O A9 Peak Deviation and Range Switch Assembly
Component Locations ...............................................................
A5 FM Amplifier Assembly Component Locations .........................
FM Amplifiers Schematic Diagram ................................................
P/O A7 FM Shaping Assembly Component Locations ...................
FM Shaping Circuits and Phase Lock Loop Filter
Schematic Diagram ..................................................................
P/O A6 Annunciator Assembly Component Locations ....................
P/O A9 Peak Deviation and Range Switch Assembly
Component Locations ...............................................................
P/O A7 FM Shaping Assembly Component Locations ...................
Over-Deviation Detector and Meter Control Circuits
Schematic Diagram ..................................................................
All Fixed-Frequency Modulation Oscillator Assembly
Component Locations ...............................................................
Fixed-Frequency Modulation Oscillator Schematic
Diagram ...................................................................................
All Variable-Frequency Modulation Oscillator Assembly
(Option 001) Component Locations ..........................................
Variable-Frequency Modulation Oscillator (Option 001)
Schematic Diagram ...................................................................
A10A1 RF Filter Assembly Component Locations .........................
RF Filters Schematic Diagram ......................................................
A10A2 RF Divider Assembly Component Locations ......................
RF Dividers Schematic Diagram ...................................................
A26A3 Modulator Assembly Component Locations ........................
A26A4 AGC Amplifier Assembly Component Locations .................
AGC Amplifiers and Amplitude Modulator Schematic
Diagram ........................................................................................
A26A1 Power Amplifier and AGC Detector Assembly
Component Locations ....................................................................
P/O A26A2 AM Offset and Pulse Switching Assembly
Component Locations ....................................................................
RF Amplifier, Pulse Switching, and Step Attenuator
Schematic Diagram .......................................................................
xi
Figure
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
ILLUSTRATIONS (Continued)
Page
P/O A26A2 AM Offset and Pulse Switching Assembly
Component Locations ...............................................................
AM Preamplifier Schematic Diagram .............................................
AM Interconnections and RF ON/OFF Switch Schematic
Diagram ....................................................................................
AlA1 RF Vernier Assembly Component Locations .........................
RF Vernier Schematic Diagram .....................................................
A2 Meter Switch/Detector Assembly Component
Location.....................................................................................
A4 Meter/Annunciator Drive Assembly ..........................................
P/O A6 Annunciator Assembly Component Location .....................
Meter Circuits Schematic Diagram ................................................
A8A1 RF Scaler Assembly Component Locations .........................
P/O A8A3 Time Base Assembly Component Locations ..................
Counter RF Scaler Schematic Diagram .........................................
P/O A8A3 Time Base Assembly Component Locations .................
Counter Time Base Schematic Diagram ........................................
A8A4 Counter Display Assembly Component Locations
(P/O A8) ...................................................................................
P/O A8A2 Counter/Lock Board Assembly Component
Locations. ................................................................................
Up/Down Counter and Display Schematic Diagram .......................
P/O A8A2 Counter/Lock Board Assembly Component
Locations. ................................................................................
Counter Phase Lock Circuits Schematic Diagram ..........................
Current Foldback............................................................................
8-62
A12 Rectifier Assembly Component Locations ..............................
8-62
A20 +5.2V and +44.6V Regulator Assembly Component
Locations ..................................................................................
A22 +20V and -20V Regulator Assembly Component
Locations. ................................................................................
Power Supply Circuits Schematic Diagram ....................................
A18 -5.2V Regulator and Fan Driver Assembly Component
Locations ..................................................................................
A18 -5.2V Regulator and Fan Circuits Schematic
Diagram ...................................................................................
A17 Power Supply Mother Board Assembly Component
Locations ...................................................................................
Power Supply Mother Board Schematic Diagram ..........................
A13 Modulation/Metering Mother Board Assembly
Component Locations ...............................................................
xii
Figure
8-83
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
ILLUSTRATIONS (Continued)
Page
Modulation/Metering Mother Board Schematic Diagram .................
A1 Output Level Assembly Illustrated Parts Breakdown..................
A8 Counter/Lock Assembly Illustrated Parts Breakdown .................
A9 Peak Deviation and Range Switch Assembly
Illustrated Parts Breakdown ......................................................
A11 Variable-Frequency Modulation Oscillator (Option
991) Illustrated Parts Breakdown ..............................................
A10 Divider/Filter Assembly Illustrated Parts
Breakdown ...............................................................................
A26 AM/AGC and RF Amplifier Illustrated Parts
Breakdown ...............................................................................
Top Internal Views (Option 001 shown) .........................................
Rear Panel View ...........................................................................
Bottom Internal Views (Option 001 shown) ....................................
Number
SERVICE SHEETS
Page
Overall Block Diagram ..................................................................
FM Circuits and RF Oscillator Troubleshooting ..............................
AM/AGC Circuits and Output Amplifier Troubleshooting.................
Counter/Lock Circuits Troubleshooting ..........................................
RF Oscillator (A3) ..........................................................................
FM Amplifiers (A3, A5, A9, A13) ...................................................
FM Shaping Circuits and Phase Lock Loop Filter
(A7, A9) ....................................................................................
Over-Deviation Detector and Meter Control Circuits
(A6, A7, A9)...............................................................................
Fixed-Frequency Modulation Oscillator (All, A13) ..........................
Variable-Frequency Modulation Oscillator for Option
001 (A11, A13) .........................................................................
RF Filters (A10Al) .........................................................................
RF Dividers (A10A2) .....................................................................
AGC Amplifiers and Amplitude Modulator (A26A3,
A26A4) ......................................................................................
RF Amplifier, Pulse Switching, and Step Attenuator
(A1, A26A1, A26A2) .................................................................
AM Preamplifier (A13, A26A2) ......................................................
AM Interconnections and RF ON/OFF Switch (A9, A26) ................
RF Vernier (A1A1, A26) ................................................................
xiii
Number
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
SERVICE SHEETS
Page
Meter Circuits (A2, A4, A6) ............................................................
Counter RF Scaler (A8A1, A8A3) ..................................................
Counter Time Base (A8A3, A9) .....................................................
Up/Down Counter and Display (A8A2, A8A4) ................................
Counter Phase Lock Circuits (A8A2) .............................................
Power Supply Circuits (A12, A14, A20, A22) .................................
-5.2V Regulator and Fan Circuits (A16, A18) .................................
Power Supply Mother Board (A17) ................................................
Modulation/Metering Mother Board (A13) ......................................
Al Assembly Removal and Disassembly ........................................
A8 Assembly Removal and Disassembly .......................................
A9 and All Assemblies Removal and Disassembly ........................
A10 Assembly Removal and Disassembly .....................................
A26 Assembly Removal and Disassembly .....................................
General Removal Procedures and Top Internal Views....................
Rear Panel and Bottom Internal Views ..........................................
xiv
Model 8640B
WARNINGS
SAFETY
To avoid the possibility of injury or death, the following precautions must be followed before the instrument is switched on: a. If this instrument is to be energized via an autotransformer for voltage reduction, make sure that the common terminal is connected to the earth grounded pole of the power source.
b. The power cable plug shall only be inserted into a socket outlet provided with a protective earth contact.
The protective action must not be negated by the use of an extension cord without a protective conductor
(grounding).
c. Before switching on the instrument, the protective earth terminal of the instrument must be connected to a protective conductor of the power cord.
This is accomplished by ensuring that the instrument's internal earth terminal is correctly connected to the instrument's chassis and that the power cord is wired correctly (see Service Sheet 22).
Whenever it is likely that the protection has been impaired, the instrument must be made inoperative and be secured against any unintended operation.
Any interruption of the protective (grounding) conductor inside or outside the instrument or disconnection of the protective earth terminal is likely to make the instrument dangerous. Intentional interruption is prohibited.
HIGH VOLTAGE
Any adjustment, maintenance, and repair of the opened instrument under voltage should be avoided as much as possible and, if inevitable, should be carried out only by a skilled person who is aware of the hazard involved.
Capacitors inside the instrument may still be charged even if the instrument has been disconnected from its source of supply.
FUSES
Make sure that only fuses with the required rated current and of the specified type (normal blow time delay, etc.) are used for replacement. The use of repaired fuses and the short-circuiting of fuseholders must be avoided.
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
CAUTIONS
GROUNDING
Any interruption of the protective (grounding) conductor inside or outside the instrument is likely to cause damage to the instrument. To avoid damage, this instrument and all line powered devices connected to it must be connected to the same earth ground (see
LINE VOLTAGE
Be sure to select the correct fuse rating for the selected line voltage (see LINE VOLTAGE SELECTION in
Section II); fuse ratings are listed on the fuse
compartment.
To prevent damage to the instrument, make the line voltage selection before connecting line power. Also ensure that the line power cord is connected to a line power socket that is provided with a protective earth contact.
SAFETY
To avoid the-possibility of damage to test equipment, read completely through each test before starting it.
Make any preliminary control settings necessary for correct test equipment operation.
COUNTER INPUT
Do not apply a dc voltage or >+15 dBm to COUNTER
INPUT.
SEMI-RIGID COAX
While working with and around the semi-rigid coaxial cables in the generator, do not bend the cables more than necessary. Do not torque the RF connectors to more than 5 inch-pounds.
xv/(xvi blank)
TM 9-1430-601-14-7&P
SECTION 0
GENERAL
0-1 MAINTENANCE FORMS AND RECORDS
Department of the Army forms and procedures used for equipment maintenance will be those prescribed by TM 38-750,
The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS).
0-2 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)
If your PATRIOT system needs improvement, let us know. Send us an EIR. You, the user, are the only one who can tell us what you do not like about your equipment. Let us know why you do not like the design. EIRs will be prepared using
SF 368, Quality Deficiency Report (QDR). Mail the QDRs to Commander, U.S. Army Missile Command, ATTN:
AMSMI-LC-ME-PMH, Redstone Arsenal, AL 35898-5238. A reply will be furnished to you.
0-3 ADMINISTRATIVE STORAGE
To prepare this unit for placement into and removal from administrative storage, refer to section 3, chapter 4, of AR 750-
1, Maintenance Equipment and Supplies. Temporary storage should be accomplished in accordance with TB 750-25-1, section 2, Maintenance of Supplies and Equipment.
0-4 DESTRUCTION OF ARMY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE
For procedures for destruction of Army material to prevent enemy use, see section XI of TM 9-4935-393-14-1.
0-1/(0-2 blank)
Model 5640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 1-1. HP Model 8640B Signal Generator (Option 001) and Accessories Supplied
1-0
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
SECTION I
1-1. INTRODUCTION
GENERAL INFORMATION
Hewlett-Packard Sales and Service Office; the part number is listed on the title page of this manual and on the rear cover of the supplement.
1-2. This manual contains the operating and service information for the Hewlett-Packard Model 8640B Signal
Generator. The Signal Generator (with variable
modulation oscillator Option 001) is shown in Figure 1-1
with all of its externally supplied accessories.
1-5. Also listed on the title page of this manual is a
"Microfiche" part number. This number can be used to
1-3. This section of the manual describes the instruments documented by this manual and covers instrument description, options, accessories, specifications and other basic information. The other sections provide the following information: order 4 x 6 inch microfilm transparencies of the manual.
Each microfiche contains up to 60 photo duplicates of the manual's pages. The microfiche package also includes the latest Manual Changes supplement as well as all pertinent Service Notes.
1-6. Instrument specifications are listed in Table 1-1.
These specifications are the performance standards or
Section II, Installation: provides information about
initial inspection, preparation for use, and storage and shipment.
limits against which the instrument can be tested.
Paragraph 1-17 lists some supplemental performance
characteristics. Supplemental characteristics are not specifications but are typical characteristics included as additional information for the user.
Section III, Operation: provides information about
panel features, and provides operating checks, instructions, and maintenance information.
1-7. INSTRUMENTS COVERED BY MANUAL
Section IV, Performance Tests: provides the
information required to verify that the instrument is
performing as specified in Table 1-1.
Section V, Adjustments: provides the information
required to properly adjust and align the instrument.
1-8. This instrument has a two-part serial number. The first four digits and the letter comprise the serial number prefix. The last five digits form the sequential suffix that is unique to each instrument. The contents of this manual apply directly to instruments having the same serial number prefixes as listed under SERIAL
NUMBERS on the title page.
Section VI, Replaceable Parts: provides ordering
information for all replaceable parts and assemblies.
Section VII, Manual Changes: this section provides
manual change information necessary to document all prefixes listed on the title page. Also in this section is information covering suggested instrument modifications.
1-9. An instrument manufactured after the printing of this manual may have a serial prefix that is not listed on the title page. This unlisted serial prefix indicates that the instrument is different from those documented in this manual. The manual for this instrument is supplied with a yellow Manual Changes supplement that contains
"change information" that documents the differences.
Section VII, Service: provides the information required
to repair the instrument.
1-4. Packaged with this manual is an Operating
Information Supplement. This is simply a copy of the first three sections of this manual. This supplement should stay with the instrument for use by the operator.
Additional copies can be ordered through your nearest
1-10. In addition to change information, the supplement may contain information for correcting errors in the manual. To keep this manual as current and accurate as possible, Hewlett-Packard recommends that you periodically request the latest Manual Changes supplement. The supplement for this manual is keyed to this
1-1
Model 8640B
manual's print date and part number, both of which appear on the title page. Complimentary copies of the supplement are available from Hewlett-Packard.
1-11. For information concerning a serial number prefix not listed on the title page or in the Manual Changes supplement, contact your nearest Hewlett Packard office.
1-12. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1-13. The Model 8640B Signal Generator covers the frequency range 500 kHz to 512 MHz (450 kHz to 550
MHz with band over-range) and can be extended to
1100 MHz with an external doubler. An optional variable audio oscillator is also available to extend the
CW output range of the generator down to 20 Hz. This broad coverage, together with calibrated output and modulation, provides for complete RF and IF performance tests on virtually any type of HF, VHF, or
UHF receiver.
1-14. This solid state generator has an output level range of +19 to -145 dBm (2 V to 0.013 MV) and is calibrated and metered. The output is leveled to within
+0.5 dB across the full frequency range of the instrument.
1-15. The generator also provides AM, FM, and pulse modulation for a wide range of receiver test applications. AM and FM can be performed independently or simultaneously in either the internal or external modes. This modulation is calibrated and metered for direct readout under all operating conditions. External pulse modulation is also available.
1-16. Other significant features are extremely low noise, built-in phase lock and counter, and front panel controls designed for operating convenience and flexibility.
1-17. PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
1-18. Spectral Purity
1-19. The basic frequency source of the Signal
Generator is a mechanically tuned high-Q cavity oscillator that operates over the frequency range 230
550 MHz. This oscillator has an inherent stability of better than 10 ppm/10 min and exceptionally low noise characteristics. The lower 9 frequency ranges are obtained by dividing the basic oscillator frequency and filtering the unwanted harmonics. Using this technique, sub-harmonic and non harmonic-spurious are virtually eliminated. A band over-range of 7% to 10% is also
1-2
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
provided for convenience when operating near the nominal band edges.
1-20. Frequency tuning within the selected band is accomplished with approximately 8 turns of the
FREQUENCY TUNE control (see Figure 3-2) for fast
selection of the desired output frequency. A mechanical
FINE TUNE control has a tuning range of 200 ppm for precision frequency setting.
1-21. Restabilization time is short when tuning the frequency across any one band. The total frequency excursion after any frequency change is typically < 20 ppm and within 15 minutes the output has restabilized to the specified 10 ppm/10 min. When not phase locked, no restabilization time is required when switching frequency bands for a fixed position on the frequency tune control.
Figure 1-2. Measured Single Sideband Noise vs
Offset from Carrier. (Stated in a 1 Hz Bandwidth at
256 and 512 MHz Carrier Frequencies on 256 512
MHz Band.) Markers indicate specified limits.
1-22. Noise performance of the generator is state of the art for a solid state generator. The high-Q cavity oscillator has been optimized with use of a low noise microwave transistor for a spectrally pure output signal.
Figure 1-2 shows the typical measured single-sideband
noise performance in a
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
1 Hz bandwidth for various offsets from a (256 and 512
MHz) carrier. The low close-in noise characteristic is ideally suited for the stringent adjacent channel tests that are commonly made on a wide variety of communication receivers.
1-23. Figure 1-3 gives a plot of the guaranteed SSB
noise performance for a 20 kHz offset from the carrier for the 256 512 MHz band. From 230 to 450 MHz, noise is >130 dB/Hz below the carrier level and rises to 122 dB/Hz at 550 MHz. This signal-to-noise ratio decreases by approximately 6 dB for each division of the output frequency down to the broadband noise floor of better than 140 dB/Hz. This exceptional noise performance is also preserved during FM* and in the phase lock mode.
Figure 1-3. Specified Signal-to-Phase Noise Ratio at 20 klHz Offset us Carrier Frequency (MHz).
(Stated in a 1 Hz Bandwidth.) For lower frequencies phase-noise decreases approximately 6 dB per frequency division downl to the broadband noise floor.
1-24. Frequency Counter 1-25. The Signal Generator has a built-in 550 MHz frequency counter and phase lock synchronizer. The 6-digit LED display gives a normal resolution of 10 kHz at 500 MHz and 10 Hz at
500 kllz. The resolution can be increased using the X10 or X100 EXPAND buttons near the display. In the X100
1-3
EXPAND mode, the resolution is 100 Hz at 500 MHz and 0.1 Hz at 500 kHz.
1-26. This resolution, combined with the high stability of the generator, provides precision frequency selection and meaningful measurements on high performance receiver systems. When selecting the external doubler band, the counter displays the doubled output frequency directly.
1-27. When using the expand modes, it is possible for significant digits or the decimal point to be shifted off the display. When this occurs, an OVERFLOW light reminds the operator that the display is not showing the complete output frequency.
1-28. The built-in counter can also be used to count external input signals from 1 Hz to 550 MHz and eliminates the need for a separate frequency counter in many measurement systems. Input sensitivity is <100 mV into 502. Using the EXPAND buttons, it is possible to achieve a resolution of 1 Hz in the 0-10 vMHz
EXTERNAL count mode or 100 Hz in the 0-550 MHz mode.
1-29. Phase-Lock Mode
1-30. Also included in the Signal Generator is a built-in phase lock synchronizer that locks the RF output frequency to the crystal time base used in the counter.
In this locked mode, output stability is better than 5 x 10-
8 /h and the spectral purity and FM capability (down to
50 Hz rates) of the unlocked mode are preserved. For higher stability, it is possible to lock to an externally applied 5 MHz standard. Two Model 8640B's can also be locked together for various two-tone measurements.
1-31. Phase locking the generator is simple just push the front panel LOCK button. The generator is then locked to the frequency shown on the LED display. If lock is broken (for exampled by tuning to a new output frequency or during warmup), there is an immediate indication: the LED display flashes. The generator can be relocked by releasing the LOCK button and then relocking:
1-32. Lock can be achieve in the normal mode of the counter or in the X10 EXPAND mode if the OVERFLOW light is not on. It is not possible to lock in the X100
EXPAND mode or when counting external inputs.
Maximum resolution in the locked mode is I kHz at 500
MHz, increasing to 1 Hz at 500 kllz.
Model 8640B
1-33. If an output frequency between adjacent counter indications is required, a TIME BASE VERNIER is provided with a range of +20 ppm. This fine tunes the internal crystal time base and sets the output frequency between adjacent counts (i.e., the digits to the right of the display). This gives continuous coverage of all output frequencies even in the phase lock mode. An
UNCAL light near the vernier will indicate when this mode has been selected since the counter display is incorrect.
1-34. When phase locked, FM capability is preserved down to modulation rates of <50 Hz. The narrow bandwidth of the phase lock loop (<5 Hz) allows FM up to 250 kHz rates and assures no degradation in noise from the unlocked mode. The generator's residual FM is not changed by phase lock.
1-35. Amplitude Modulation 1-36. AM is variable from
0 to 100% with the bandwidth, accuracy, and low incidental FM required for the most stringent AM applications. The front panel meter gives a direct readout of AM% in either the internal or external mode and autoranges the 0 -100% scale at 0 30% for improved settability at low modulation depth.
1-37. AM up to bandwidths of 60 kHz is possible depending on carrier frequency and modulation depths.
Distortion is specified at 400 Hz and 1000 Hz to be <1%
up to 50% AM, <3% to 90% AM. Figure 1-4 shows
measured AM distortion characteristics for other modulation frequencies.
Note that for 0- 50% AM, distortion is <1% to approximately 50 kHz for an output frequency of 200
MHz.
TM 9-.4935-601-14-7&P
1-38. Pulse Modulation
1-39. Also included on the AM function switch is a position for external PULSE modulation. In this mode, pulse inputs with repetition rates to 500 kHz and widths down to 2 us can be applied to modulate the RF carrier.
Rise and fall times vary with output frequency down to <
1 us from 8 to 512 MHz.
1-40. Pulse inputs turn the RF on. Hence with no pulse input the RF will read approximately zero on the built-in level meter. For pulse inputs within the specified range, the RF output calibration is preserved and the level meter reads the pulse-on power of the RF output. For repetition rates below that specified, the pulsed RF output is still available but the pulse-on level is no longer calibrated or metered.
Figure 1-5. Pulsed RF 20 MHz Carrier Frequency
1-41. Frequency Modulation
1-42. FM is calibrated, metered and constant with frequency and band changes. Peak deviations to at least 0.5% of carrier frequency are available (i.e., 1% of the minimum frequency in each octave band). On the
256 512 MHz band, for example, the maximum deviation is 2.56 MHz peak or 5.12 MHz peak-to-peak.
With this wide deviation capability, it is possible to sweep the generator, using the dc coupled FM mode and a sawtooth input, to test and align IF filters and discriminators.
Figure 1-4. AM distortion us AM rate measured at
200 MHz and +13 dBm, but applies to all bands.
(Supplemental information only.)
1-4
Model 8640B
1-43. For narrowband FM applications, a minimum full scale deviation of 5 kHz is provided on the meter and the PEAK DEVIATION range switch. When switching from the CW to FM mode, there is negligible shift in carrier frequency and no degradation in spectral purity for these narrow deviations. With the generator in the phase lock mode it is possible to modulate at rates from
50 Hz to 250 kHz with accurate narrowband FM and the carrier drift stability of a crystal oscillator. Using the unlocked mode, it is possible to modulate from dc to 250 kHz with a carrier drift stability of <10 ppm/10 min.
Figure 1-6. FM distortion vs FM rate measured in the 8-16MHz band, but applies to all bands
(supplemental information only).
1-44. Standard and Optional Audio Oscillators
1-45. Standard tones for internal modulation are 400 Hz and 1000 Hz. These tones are also available at the front panel and can be varied in output level from 1 V to
10 mV into 600Q. Total harmonic distortion is typically
<0.25%.
1-46. Optionally available on the Signal Generator is a built-in variable frequency oscillator covering the range
20 Hz to 600 kHz (fixed tones of 400 Hz and 1000 Hz are also provided). This internal oscillator provides a wide range of standard modulation frequencies and can be used for receiver audio bandwidth testing as well.
Output from this modulation source is available separately at the front panel and can be varied in level from 3 V to 20 mV into 600Q. This audio oscillator,
Option 001, extends the usable CW range of the generator down to 20 Hz.
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
1-47. Multi-Function Meter and Annunciators
1-48. The front panel on the Signal Generator monitors the RF output level in dBm and volts, the AM modulation percentage, and the FM peak deviation in kHz or MHz. The accuracy of this meter is usually better than +3% of reading. Pushbuttons select the meter function, and scale lights indicate the range on which the meter reading should be made. For RF output level and AM%, the scales autorange for better resolution. For FM, the appropriate scale is selected by the PEAK DEVIATION range switch.
1-49. Also provided are three front panel annunciators that indicate when certain settings of RF level and modulation controls exceed specified limits. Besides giving a warning indication, the annunciators instruct the operator how to return the instrument to proper operation.
1-50. For example, the REDUCE PEAK POWER annunciator lights whenever the combined settings of
RF output level and AM modulation exceed the maximum specified output level of +19 dBm. Hence for
100% AM, the REDUCE PEAK POWER light will stay on until the RF level is reduced to +13 dBm.
1-51. The REDUCE PEAK DEVIATION annunciator lights whenever the PEAK DEVIATION RANGE switch has been set to exceed the allowable limits for any output FREQUENCY RANGE. The specification allows for a maximum peak deviation of 1% of the minimum frequency in each band (e.g., 2.56 MHz on the 256 512
MHz band). When the annunciator lights, the FM is automatically turned off the and FM meter reads zero.
1-52. The REDUCE FM VERNIER annunciator lights whenever the FM input and FM vernier setting combine to exceed the 1 volt drive level required to achieve the maximum deviation indicated on the PEAK DEVIATION range switch. When this occurs, either the FM vernier or the amplitude of the incoming modulation signal should be reduced to obtain specified FM performance.
1-53. Output Level 1-54. The wide output range of the generator is achieved with a 10 dB step attenuator and an 18 dB concentric vernier. Output levels can be read directly on the attenuator dial or (for greater accuracy) on the autoranging meter. The meter
1-5
Model 8640B
scales are automatically selected to give the maximum indicator resolution for any output level.
1-55. The maximum output level of +19 dBm permits high level tests on receiver IF's, amplifiers, and mixers without additional power 'amplification. At the same time, extremely low leakage ensures receiver sensitivity measurements down to levels of 0.03 uV in a shielded system.
1-56. For improved accuracy at low output levels, the meter, in conjunction with the attenuator, is factorycalibrated against a precision standard to remove much of the error that is accumulated from the attenuator steps. Using a power meter and calibrating the output for one output frequency and vernier setting, it is then possible to make sensitivity measurements to better than +1 dB accuracy down to output levels of -127 dBm.
1-57. OPTIONS
1-58. Option 001. Option 001 (covered in this manual) provides a modulation oscillator that is continuously settable from 20 Hz to 600 kHz. The oscillator can also be set for 400 Hz or 1 kHz fixed tones.
1-59. Option 002. Option 002 (not covered in this manual) provides an internal, active frequency doubler that extends the frequency range of the generator to
1024 MHz (to 1100 MHz with overrange).
1-60. Option 003. Option 003 (not covered in this manual) provides reverse power protection to the generator's output attenuator and amplifier. It is particularly useful when using the generator to test transceivers.
1-61. Option 004. Option 004 (not covered in this manual) provides a demodulated output and modified
AM circuitry that can be used to set very accurate AM depths. It also provides a 1 dB output step attenuator in addition to the standard 10 dB output step attenuator.
These features allow the generator to be used to test
VOR, ILS, and VHF communications receivers.
1-62. ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED
1-63. The Model 8640B is supplied with the following
accessories (they are shown in Figure 1-1)
Line Power Cable (HP 8120-1378)
2 Amp Fuse (HP 2110-0002)
1 Amp Fuse (HP 2110-0001)
1-6
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
1-64. The following accessories are mounted inside the instrument's chassis and are available for adjustment and repair (for more information, see Sections V and
VIII):
Combination Wrench (HP 08640-00027)
Spare fuses for power supply circuit boards
Spare power supply regulator integrated circuit
30-Pin Extender Board (HP 08640-60036)
1-65. EQUIPMENT AVAILABLE
1-66. A Rack Mounting Kit is available to install the instrument in a 19-inch rack. Rack Mounting Kits may be obtained through your nearest HIewlett-Packard
Office by ordering HP Part Number 5060-8740.
1-67. Termination. The HP Model 11507A
Termination maintains the generator's output level calibration when the output is connected to load impedances other than 50 ohms. It can provide source impedances of 25 and 5 ohms, and it can simulate a broadcast-band dummy antenna. The frequency range is 50 kHz to 65 MHz.
1-68. 75 Ohm Adapter. The HP Model 11687A 50 to
75 Ohm Adapter connects to the generator's output to provide a source impedance of 75 ohms.
1-69. Doubler. The HP Model 11690A Doubler extends the usable frequency range of the generator one octave to 1024 MHz (actually to 1100 MHz with 7% frequency over-range). Conversion loss in the doubler is typically <13 dB.
1-70. Mixer. The HP Model 10514A Double Balanced
Mixer can be used at the generator's output as a nanosecond pulse modulator or as a balanced mixer.
1-71. Protective Cover. The HP 5060-8767 Control
Panel Cover protects the panel from dust and impact damage.
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
1-72. WARRANTY
1-73. The Model 8640B is warranted and certified as indicated on the inner front cover of this manual. For further information, contact the nearest Hewlett-Packard
Sales and Service Office; addresses are provided at the back of this manual.
1-74. TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
1-75. Tables 1-2 and 1-3 list the test equipment and
accessories required to check, adjust and repair the
Model 8640B. If substitute equipment is used, it must meet the listed critical specifications.
NOTE
The safety classification of this instrument is Safety Class I. It has been designed and tested according to IEC Publication 348 Safety Requirements for Electronic Measuring Apparatus. The instruction manual contains information, warnings, and cautions which must be followed by the user to ensure safe operation and to retain the instrument in safe condition.
1-7
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Table 1-1. Specifications (1 of 5)
(All specifications apply over the nominal Frequency Bands and over the top 10 dB of the output level vernier range unless otherwise specified.)
FREQUENCY CHARACTERISTICS
Range: 500 kHz to 512 MHz in 10 Octave Bands (to
1024 MHz with External Frequency Doubler).
Bands and Band Overlap: Bands extend 10% below and 7% above the nominal Frequency Bands shown below.
Frequency Bands (MHz)
0.5 - 1
1 - 2
2 - 4
4- 8
8- 16
16- 32
32 - 64
64 - 128
128 - 256
256 - 512
External Doubler Band
1
512 - 1024
Internal Counter Resolution:
Frequency Bands
(MHz)
Normal
Mode
0.5-1
1 -16
16 - 128
128 -1024
10 Hz
100 Hz
1 kHz
10 kHz
Frequency Range (MHz)
(with overlap)
0.45 - 1.07
0.9 - 2.1
1.8 - 4.2
3.6 - 8.5
7.2 - 17.1
14.4 -34.3
28.8 - 68.7
57.5 - 137.5
115 - 275
230 - 550
460 - 1100
Expand
X10
1 Hz
10 Hz
100 Hz
1 kHz
Expand
X100
0.1 Hz
1 Hz
10 Hz
100 Hz
Accuracy: 6-digit LED display with X10 and X100 expand; accuracy depends on internal or external reference used.
2
Total Counter
Count = Resolution +
Accuracy (±1 count)
Reference
Error
(INT or EXT)
Internal Reference Error <±2 ppm
(when calibrated at 25°C every 3 months and operated between 15°C and 35°C)
Fine Tuning:
Unlocked: >200 ppm total range.
Locked mode: >±20 ppm by varying internal time base vernier.
Stability:
Time
(after 2-hour warm-up)
Temperature
Line Voltage
5
(+5% to -10% line voltage change)
Load
(with any passive load change)
Level Change
(10 dB on output level vernier)
Mode Change
(CW to FM)
Normal
<10 ppm/10min
<50 ppm/°C
<1 ppm
<1 ppm
<1 ppm
<1% of selected peak deviation or
<200 Hz whichever is greater
Locked
3
<0.05 ppm/hr
<2 ppm total
4
(room ambient
15 to 350C)
<0.1 ppm
None measurable
1
2
3
4
5
In the External Doubler Band. the 8640B counter displays the actual doubled output frequency. and the FM meter indicates the proper peak deviation.
When phase locked, Counter Resolution error is eliminated.
These specifications are given for the 8640B internal reference. When using an external reference, drift in the locked mode will depend on the external reference characteristics.
Phase lock may break due to temperature change (i.e., during warm-up). Simply relock at desired frequency.
This specification is for short term, transient line changes.
1-8
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Restabilization Time:
Table 1-1. Specifications (2 of 5)
FREQUENCY CHARACTERISTICS (Cont'd)
After frequency change
After band change
After 1 min in RF
OFF Mode
Normal
<15 min
None
<10 min
Locked
1
<1 min after relocking to be within
0.1 ppm of steady-state frequency
SPECTRAL PURITY
Harmonics: (at 1 volt, +13 dBm, output range and below)
>35 dB below fundamental of 0.5 to 128 MHz.
>30 dB below fundamental of 128 to 512 MHz.
Subharmonics and Nonharmonic Spurious:
(excluding frequencies within 15 kHz of carrier whose effects are specified in Residual AM and
FM): >100 dB below carrier.
Noise: Averaged rms noise level below carrier stated in a 1 Hz bandwidth.
SSB Phase Noise at 20 kHz offset from carrier.
256 MHz to 512 MHz: >130 dB from 230 to 450
MHz increasing linearly to >122 dB down at
550 MHz.
0.5 MHz to 256 MHz: Decreases approximately
6 dB for each divided frequency range until it reaches SSB Broadband Noise Floor of
>140 dB.
SSB Broadband Noise Floor at maximum vernier greater than 500 kHz offset from carrier. (See
Figures 1-2 and 1-3.) 0.5 to 512 MHz: >140 dB.
Residual AM: (Averaged rms)
Post-detection Noise Bandwidth
300 Hz to 3 kHz 20 Hz to 15 kHz
>85 dB down >78 dB down
Residual FM: (Averaged rms)
CW and up to
1/8 maximum allowable peak
Up to maximum allowable peak
Post-detection
Noise
Bandwidth
230 to 550 MHz
to
deviation
300 Hz
3 kHz
<5 Hz
20 Hz to
15 kHz to
deviation
300 Hz
3 kHz
20 Hz to
15 kHz
<15 Hz <15 Hz <30 Hz
Note: Residual FM decreases by approximately 1/2 for each divided frequency range until limited by broadband noise floor. This limit for 300 Hz to 3 kHz is about 1 Hz, and for 20 Hz to 15 kHz is about 4 Hz. These are measured values in the 230 to 550 MHz range and calculated for divided ranges, knowing the noise distribution.
OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS
Range: 10 dB steps and 18 dB vernier provide output power settings from +19 to -145 dBm (2V to 0.013µ) into 50
Ω
.
Level Flatness: <±0.5 dB from 0.5 to 512 MHz referred to output at 50 MHz. (Flatness applies to +13 to -7 dBm and for top 10 dB of vernier range.)
1
These specifications are given for the 8640B internal reference. When using an external reference, drift in the locked mode will depend on the external reference characteristics.
1-9
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Table 1-1. Specifications (3 of 5)
OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS (Cont'd)
Impedance: 50Q, ac coupled, 40 Vdc maximum,
VSWR <2.0 on 2V and 1V output ranges; <1.3 on all other ranges.
Reverse Power: 20 dBm maximum on 2V and 1V output ranges; 27 dBm maximum on all other ranges.
Auxiliary Output: Rear panel BNC output is >-5 dBm into 50
Ω
, source impedance is approximately 500
Ω
.
Leakage: (With all unused outputs terminated properly.) Leakage limits are below those specified in MIL-I-6181D. Furthermore, less than 3
µV is induced in a 2-turn, 1-inch diameter loop 1 inch away from any surface and measured into a
50
Ω
receiver. This permits receiver sensitivity measurements to at least <0.03µV in a shielded system.
Level Accuracy:
Using Top 10 dB of
Vernier Range
Using
Full
Vernier
Range
Output Level
(dBm)
Total Accuracy as Indicated on
Level Meter
+19 to
-7
±1.5 dB
-7 to
-47
±2.0 dB
-47 to
-137
±2.5 dB
+19 to
-145
Add
±0.5 dB
Note: Level Accuracy error consists of allowances for: meter accuracy, detector linearity, temperature, flatness, attenuator accuracy, and twice the measurement error. All but the attenuator accuracy and the measurement error can be calibrated out with a power meter at a fixed frequency and a fixed vernier setting.
MODULATION CHARACTERISTICS
General
Types: Internal AM and FM.
External AM, FM, and PULSE.
Simultaneous AM and FM or PULSE and FM.
Internal Modulation Sources: (independently adjustable output is available at front panel).
Standard:
Frequency: Fixed 400 Hz and 1 kHz, +2%.
Output Level: Indicated 10 mV to 1 Vrms into 600
Ω
.
Optional: (Internal Variable Audio Oscillator Option
001).
Frequency: Variable 20 Hz to 600 kHz, ±10% in 5, decade continuous bands plus fixed 400 Hz and 1 kHz ±2%.
Output Level: 20 mV to 3V into 60012.
Total Harmonic Distortion:
<0.25% 400 Hz and 1 kHz fixed tones
<0.5% 20 Hz to 2 kHz
<1.0% 2 kHz to 600 kHz
Amplitude Modulation
(AM specifications apply to the top 10 dB of output vernier range unless otherwise specified.)
1
Depth: 0 to 100% for output level range of +13 dBm and below and for top 10 dB of vernier range.
1
AM Rates: INT and EXT ac; 20 Hz to AM 3 dB bandwidth below. EXT dc; dc to AM 3 dB bandwidth below.
AM 3 dB Bandwidth: (See Figure 1-4).
Frequency
Bands
0.5 - 2 MHz
2 - 8 MHz
8 - 512 MHz
20 kHz
40 kHz
60 kHz
0 to
50% AM
50 to
90% AM
12.5 kHz
25 kHz
50 kHz
AM is possible above +13 dBm as long as the combination of the AM depth plus carrier output level does not exceed
+19 dBm.
1-10
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Table 1-1. Specifications (4 of 5)
MODULATION CHARACTERISTICS (Cont'd)
AM Distortion: (at 400 Hz and 1 kHz rates)
Frequency
Bands
0.5 to 512 MHz
0 to
50% AM
<1%
50 to
90% AM
<3%
External AM Sensitivity: (400 Hz and 1 kHz rates) (0.1
± 0.005)% AM per mV peak into 600
Ω
with AM vernier at full CW position.
Amplitude Modulation (Cont'd)
Indicated AM Accuracy: (400 Hz and 1 kHz rates using internal meter)
±8% of reading on 0 - 10 scale.
±9% of reading on 0 - 3 scale (for greater than 10% of full scale).
Peak Incidental PM (at 30% AM)
Less than 0.15 radians, 0.5 to 128 MHz.
Less than 0.3 radians, 128 to 512 MHz.
Peak Incidental Frequency Deviation: Equals PEAK
INCIDENTAL PM x MODULATION RATE.
Frequency Bands (MHz)
Rise and Fall Times
Pulse Repetition Rate
Pulse Width Minimum for level accuracy within
1 dB of CW (>0.1% duty cycle)
Pulse ON/OFF ratio at maximum vernier
Peak Input Required
Pulse Modulation
(Specifications apply for top 10 dB of output vernier range.)
0.5 - 1
<9 µs
1 - 2
<4 µs
2-8
<2 µs
50 Hz to
50 kHz
50 Hz to
100 kHz
8- 32
50 Hz to
250 kHz
10 µs
Nominally +0.5V (+5V max) waveform, return to zero, into
50
Ω
Schmitt trigger.
5 µs
>40 dB
<1 µs
2 µs
32 - 512
50 Hz to
500 kHz
1
Deviation: Maximum allowable deviation equals 1% of lowest frequency in each band as below.
Frequency Band
(MHz)
0.5 - 1
1 - 2
2 - 4
4-8
8- 16
16-32
32-64
64 - 128
128 - 256
256 - 512
512- 1024
Frequency Modulation
Maximum Peak
Deviation (kHz)
5
10
20
40
80
160
320
640
1280
2560
5120
FM 3 dB Bandwidth:
1
Internal and External ac; 20 Hz to 250 kHz.
External dc; dc to 250 kHz.
FM Distortion: (at 400 Hz and 1 kHz rates) See Figure
1-6. <1% for deviations up to 1/8 maximum
allowable. <3% for maximum allowable deviation.
External FM Sensitivity: 1 volt peak yields maximum deviation indicated on PEAK DEVIATION switch with FM vernier at full CW position.
External FM Sensitivity Accuracy: ±6% from 15 to
35°C for FM excluding maximum peak deviation position. Maximum peak deviation position, ±9% typically.
With 86408 in, LOCKED MODE, external FM is possible only for rates greater than 50 Hz.
1-11
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Table 1-1. Specifications (5 of 5)
MODULATION CHARACTERISTICS (Cont'd)
Frequency Modulation (Cont'd)
Indicated FM Accuracy:
(400 Hz and 1 kHz rates using internal meter) ±10% of meter reading (for greater than 10% of full scale).
Incidental AM: (at 400 Hz and 1 kHz rates)
<0.5% AM for FM up to 1/8 maximum allowable deviation.
<1% AM for FM at maximum allowable deviation.
COUNTER CHARACTERISTICS
External RF Input:
Frequency Range: 1 Hz to 550 MHz.
Sensitivity: 100 mVrms, ac only, into 50
Ω
1 (-7 dBm).
Maximum Input: 1.3 Vrms (+15 dBm).
External Count Resolution: 6-digit LED DISPLAY
Mode Normal
0 - 10 MHz 100 Hz
0 - 550 MHz 10 kHz
Expand X10 Expand X100
10 Hz
1 kHz
1 Hz
100 Hz
External Reference Input: 5 MHz, nominally >0.5 Vp-p
(5V maximum) into 1000
Ω
.
Internal Reference Characteristics: (after 2-hr.
warm-up)
Accuracy: (after calibration at 25°C)
Better than +1 ppm for 15 to 35°C.
Better than ±3 ppm for 0 to 55°C.
Drift Rate:
Time: <0.05 ppm per hr, <2 ppm per year.
Temperature: <2 ppm total variation for room ambient 15 to 35°C.
Line Voltage: <0.1 ppm.
Frequency Tuning:
>±20 ppm using internal time base vernier.
Rear Output: nominally >0.5 Vp-p into 500
Ω
. This will drive another 8640B.
Operating Temperature Range: 0 to 55°C.
GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS
Dimensions:
1
Power Requirements: 100, 120, 220, and 240 volts,
+5%, -10%, 48 to 440 Hz; 175 VA maximum. 71/2 ft. (2,29 m) power cable furnished with mains plug to match destination requirements.
Weight: Net, 45 lb (20,4 kg).
1
Dimensions are for general information only. If dimensions are required for building special enclosures, contact your
HP office.
1-12
Model 8640B
Instrument Type
Adjustable Stub
20 dB Amplifier
20 dB Amplifier
40 dB Amplifier
40 dB Amplifier
One-Inch Loop Antenna
10 dB Step Attenuator
Calibrated Step
Attenuator
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Table 1-2. Recommended Test Equipment (1 of 7)
Critical Specifications
Length: >50 cm
Range: to 550 MHz
Range: 0.5 - 520 MHz
(3 required)
Flatness over Range: ±2 dB
Impedance: 50
Ω
Noise Figure: <5 dB
Range: 400 - 1200 MHz
Gain: >20 dB
Flatness: ±2 dB
Impedance: 50
Ω
Noise Figure: <5 dB to 1 GHz
Range: 5 Hz to 100 kHz
Gain: 20 and 40 dB ±1 dB
Input Impedance: >5 k
Ω
Output Impedance: 50
Ω
Noise: <25 µVrms referred to input
Output: >1 Vrms into 5012
Range: 20 Hz to 100 kHz
Gain: 40 ±1 dB
Input Impedance: 50
Ω
Noise Figure: <3 dB when driven from
50
Ω
Output Level: >100 mV in 50
Ω
To ensure measurement accuracy, no substitution is possible. Fabrication depends upon machining and assembling to very close tolerances.
Attenuation: 0 - 120 dB in 10 dB steps
Range: 0.45-550 MHz
Accuracy: ±1.5 dB to 90 dB
±0.3 dB to 120 dB (below 1 kHz)
Suggested Model
GR 874-D50L
HP 8447A
Gain: 20 to 25 dB
HP 8447B
HP 465A
HP 08640-60506
HP 08640-60501
HP 355D
Attenuation: 0 - 120 dB in 10 dB steps
Accuracy: ± (0.02 ± 0.015 dB/10 dB step) at 3 MHz
HP 355D
Option H36
*P = Performance; A = Adjustment; T = Troubleshooting
1-13
P
Use*
P,A
P
P,A
P
P
P,A
P,A
Model 8640B
Instrument Type
3 dB Attenuator
10 dB Attenuator
20 dB Attenuator
Crystal Detector
Crystal Detector
Digital Voltmeter
Digital to Analog
Converter
Directional Coupler
Distortion Analyzer
FM Discriminator
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Table 1-2. Recommended Test Equipment (2 of 7)
Critical Specifications
Accuracy: ±0.5 dB to 550 MHz
Accuracy: ±0.5 dB to 550 MHz
Accuracy: ±0.5 dB to 550 MHz
Suggested Model
HP 8491A
Option 003
HP 8491A
Option 010
HP 8491A
Option 020
HP 8471A Range: 0.45 - 550 MHz
Low Level Sensitivity: >0.35 mV/µW
No internal dc return
Range: 10 - 550 MHz
Maximum Sensitivity: at 15 - 17 dBm input
With internal dc return
DC Accuracy: ± (0.01% of reading
+0.02% of range)
AC (True RMS) Accuracy: ±0.1% of reading
Ohms Range: to 1 k
Ω
Accuracy: 1% of full scale
Input Code: 1248 with 1 (on) state positive (compatible with Fredquency Counter)
Output: Compatible with Strip
Chart Recorder
Range: 100 - 550 MHz
Coupling Attenuation: 20 dB
Directivity: 36 dB
VSWR: <1.1:1
Range: 20 Hz to 600 kHz
Distortion Range: <0.1%
Minimum Input: <300 mVrms
HP 423A
HP 3480B/
3484A (with
Options 042,
043)
HP 581A
Option 002
HP 778D
Option 12
HP 333A
Ranges: 100 kHz to 10 MHz
Linear Analog Output: 1V for full scale
HP 5210A
*P = Performance; A = Adjustment: T = Troubleshooting
1-14
Use*
P,A
P,A
P,A
P
P
P,A,T
P
P
P
P,A
Model 8640B
Instrument Type
With Filter Kit
600 Ohm Feedthrough
520 MHz Notch
Filter
4 MHz Low Pass Filter
(2 required)
1.5 MHz Low Pass
Filter
15 kHz Low Pass
Filter
3 kHz Low Pass
Filter
Frequency Counter
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Table 1-2. Recommended Test Equipment (3 of 7)
Critical Specifications
Output Low Pass Filters for FM Discriminator (20 kHz and 1 MHz
Butterworth filters)
Impedance: 6002 ± 1% shunt
Connectors: BNC
Notch Frequency Accuracy:
500 - 540 MHz
Notch Rejection: >60 dB
4 MHz low pass (3 pole)
Impedance: 50
Ω
VSWR: <1.5:1
Ripple: <±0.2 dB
1.5 MHz low pass (3 pole)
Impedance: 50
Ω
VSWR: <1.5:1
Ripple: <±0.2 dB
15 kHz low pass (7 pole)
Impedance: 50
Ω
Ripple: <±0.2 dB
3 kHz low pass (5 pole)
Impedance: 50
Ω
Ripple: <±0.2 dB
Range: to 550 MHz
Input Sensitivity: <100 mV
Inputs: 50
Ω
and high impedance
(1 M
Ω
)
Standard Reference Accuracy:
<3 x 10
-7
/month aging rate
<5 x 10
-9
/s rms short term stability
<±2.5 x 10
-6
, 0 - 50°C temperature stability
Suggested Model
With HP
10531A
HP 11095A
HP 08640-60502
CIR-Q-TEL
FLT/21B-4-3/
50-3A/3B
CIR-Q-TEL
FLT/21B-
1500K-3/50-
3A/3B
CIR-Q-TEL
FLT/21B-15K-
7/50-3A/3B
CIR-Q-TEL
FLT/21B-3K-
5/50-3A/3B
HP 5327C
Optional Reference Accuracy:
<3 x 10
-9
<1 x 10
-10
/day aging rate
/s rms short term stability
<1 x 10
-8
, 0 - 50°C temperature stability
Option H49
*P = Performance; A = Adjustments; T = Troubleshooting
1-15
P,A
P
Use*
P,A
P,A
P,A
P
P
P,A,T
P
Model 8640B
Instrument Type
Frequency Counter
(Cont'd)
Function Generator
FM Linearity Circuit
Mixer (3 required)
Noise Phase Lock
Circuit
Oscilloscope
Power Meter
With Thermistor
Mount
Power Meter
With Power Sensor
(Thermocouple)
Pulse Generator
Quartz Oscillator
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Table 1-2. Recommended Test Equipment (4 of 7)
Critical Specifications
Optional Digital Output: 1248 with 1
(on) state positive (compatible with
D/A Converter)
Range: 0.1 Hz to 1 kHz
Output Impedance: 600
Ω
Output Level: >1 Vpk
Double Balanced
Range: 0.45 - 550 MHz
50 MHz Real Time
Sensitivity: 5 mV/division
Internal/External Sweep and
Triggering
Range: 0.45 - 550 MHz
Input: -20 to +10 dBm
Accuracy: 1%
VSWR: <1.3:1
Option H63
Range: 10 - 550 MHz
Input Level: -10 to +20 dBm
Accuracy: ±1% of reading
VSWR: <1.18:1
Suggested Model
Option 003
HP 3300A
HP 08640-60503
HP 10514A
HP 08640-60504
HP 180A/1801A/
1820C
HP 432A
With HP 478A
HP 435A
With HP 8481A
P
P,A
A
P,A
P
Use*
P,A,T
P,A,T
P,A
P,T Range: 50 Hz to 500 kHz
Output: >1V into 50
Ω
Pulse Width: down to 1 µs
Transition Time: <50 ns
Output: 1 MHz (level compatible with Frequency Counter)
Stability: <5 x 10
-18
/24 hours
<5 x 10
-12
/s
HP 8003A
HP 105B
*P = Performance; A = Adjustments; T = Troubleshooting
1-16
P
Model 8640B
Instrument Type
RMS Voltmeter
Signal Generator
Audio Spectrum
Analyzer
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Table 1-2. Recommended Test Equipment (5 of 7)
Critical Specifications
Range: 10 Hz to 100 kHz
Reading: True rms (ac only)
Voltage Range: 1 mV to 10V full scale
Accuracy: 1% of full scale 50 Hz to 50 kHz
Scale: Voltage and dB
Range: 0.45 - 550 MHz
Output: >13 dBm into 50
Ω
Drift: <20 ppm/10 min.
SSB Phase Noise: >130 dB down from 230 to 450 MHz increasing linearly to >122 dB down at
550 MHz (stated in a 1 Hz bandwidth at 20 kHz offset from carrier) and decreasing approximately 6 dB/ octave for each divided down range but need not be less than 140 dB down
Residual FM: <15 Hz rms in 20 Hz to 15 kHz post-detection noise bandwidth; < 5 Hz rms in 0.3-3 kHz post detection noise bandwidth
Aux RF Out: >-5 dBm
Leakage: <3 µV induced in a 2-turn,
1-inch diameter loop 1 inch away from any surface and measured into a 50n receiver.
FM: dc coupled; at least 40 kHz deviation for 1V input
Suggested Model
HP 3400A
HP 8640A
Range: 20 - 200 kHz
Amplitude Calibration:
Display Accuracy: ±0.25 dB/dB but not more than 1.5 dB over
70 dB dynamic range
Flatness: ±0.2 dB
Vertical Reference Scale: 10 dB/ division log, 2 dB/division (or less) log, and linear display calibration
Average Noise Level: <-120 dBm
(50
Ω
) with 1 kHz IF bandwidth
Spurious Responses: >60 dB down for
HP 141T/
8552B/8556A nominal specified inputs
*P = Performance; A = Adjustments; T = Troubleshooting
1-17
P
Use*
P,A
P
Model 8640B
Instrument Type
Audio Spectrum
Analyzer (Cont'd)
Spectrum Analyzer
Spectrum Analyzer
Recorder (Strip
Chart)
Temperature Controlled
Chamber
Test Oscillator
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Table 1-2.- Recommended Test Equipment (6 of 7)
Critical Specifications Suggested Model
Tracking Generator:
Flatness: ±0.25 dB
Level: >3 Vrms into 600µ
Range: 0.5 - 1200 MHz
Amplitude Calibration:
Display Accuracy: ±0.25 dB/dB but not more than 1.5 dB over
70 dB dynamic range
Flatness: ±1 dB
IF Gain Step Accuracy: ±0.2 dB
Vertical Reference Scale: 10 dB/ division log, 2 dB/division (or less) log, and linear display calibration
Average Noise Level: <-102 dBm with 10 kHz IF bandwidth
Spurious Responses: >60 dB down for inputs of -40 dBm or less
Span Width: 0 - 1 GHz
Compatible with Tracking Generator
Range: 0.45 -100 MHz
IF Bandwidths: down to 10 Hz
All other specifications are the same as the HP 141T/8552B/8554B listed above except Span Width which should be 0 - 100 MHz
HP 141T/
8552B/8554B
HP 141T/
8552B/8553B
(should be compatible with
Tracking Generator).
Compatible with Digital to Analog
Converter
Accuracy: 0.5% of full scale
Range: 0 - 55°C
Model 325
Range: 20 Hz to 600 kHz
Output Impedance: 600
Ω
and 50
Ω
Distortion: >40 dB down
HP 680
Statham
HP 652A
Output Level: >1 Vrms
*P = Performance; A = Adjustments; T = Troubleshooting
1-18
P,A
P,A
P
P
Use*
P,A,T
Model 8640B
Instrument Type
Tracking Generator
Tracking Generator
Variable Phase Oscillator
Variable Voltage
Transformer
Vector Voltmeter
VSWR Bridge
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Table 1-2. Recommended Test Equipment (7 of 7)
Critical Specifications
Output: to 0 dBm (50
Ω
)
Flatness: ±0.5 dB
Compatible with Spectrum Analyzer
(HP 141T/8552B/8554B)
Output: to 0 dBm (50
Ω
)
Compatible with Spectrum Analyzer,
(HP 141T/8552B/8553B)
Range: 20 Hz to 60 kHz
Output Impedance: 600
Ω
Phase Variability: 0 to 360°
Distortion: >64 dB down
Range: +5% to -10% of nominal line voltage (100, 120, 220 or
240 volts). For 120V, range is 105 - 130 Vrms.
Metered Accuracy: ±1 Vrms
Range: 1 - 550 MHz
Sensitivity: <20µV
Phase Range: +18° full scale down to +6° full scale
Phase Resolution: 0.1°
Phase Accuracy: ±1.5°
Voltage Ratio Accuracy: 0.2 dB
Suggested Model
HP 8444A
HP 8443B
HP 203A
GR W5MT3A
HP 8405A
Range: 0.45 - 550 MHz
Directivity: >40 dB
Connectors: Type N
Wiltron Model
60N50
*P = Performance; A = Adjustments; T = Troubleshooting
1-19
Use*
P,A
P,A
P,A
P
P
P
Model 8640B
Table 1-3. Recommended Test Accessories
Accessory Type
Adapter (Type N Male and BNC Female connectors)
Adapter (BNC Male and dual Banana post connectors)
Adapter (two SMC Male connectors)
Double Shielded Cable (BNC Male connectors, Coaxial)
Nine-Inch Cable (BNC Male connectors, Coaxial)
Test Cable (48-inch, BNC Male connectors, Coaxial)
Test Cable (SMC Male and BNC Male connectors)
50 Ohm Load (Male, BNC, Coaxial)
Coaxial Short (Male Type N)
Tee (Coaxial, BNC, one Male and two Female connectors)
Voltage Probe (1:1)
Extender Board (20 pins)
Bumpers (2) for Extender Board
5 µ F Capacitor
100 µF Capacitor
0.001 µF Capacitor
0.033 µ F Capacitor
1 k
Ω
Resistor
10 k
Ω
Resistor
SPST Switch
1-20
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Suggested Model
HP 1250-0067
HP 10110A
HP 1250-0827
HP 08708-6033
HP 10502A
HP 10503A
HP 11592-60001
HP 11593A
HP 11512A
HP 1250-0781
HP 10025A
HP 5060-0256
HP 0403-0115
HP 0180-2211
HP 0180-0094
HP 0160-0153
HP 0160-0163
HP 0757-0280
HP 0757-0442
HP 3101-0163
Model 8640B
Figure 1-7. 520/1040 MHz Notch Filter.
Figure 1-8. FM Linearity Circuit.
1-21
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 1-9. Noise Phase Lock Circuit.
1-22
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
2-1. INTRODUCTION
2-2. This section explains how to prepare the Model
8640B Signal Generator for use. It explains how to connect the instrument to accept available line voltage, and it also describes bench operation, rack mounting, storage, and shipment.
2-3. INITIAL INSPECTION
2-4. Inspect the shipping container for damage. If the shipping container or cushioning material is damaged it should be kept until the contents of the shipment have been -checked for completeness and the instrument has been checked mechanically and electrically. The
contents of the shipment should be as shown in Figure
1-1, and procedures for checking electrical performance
are given in Section IV. If the contents are incomplete,
SECTION II
INSTALLATION
if there is mechanical damage or defect, or if the instrument does not pass the electrical performance test, notify the nearest Hewlett-Packard office. If the shipping container is damaged, or the cushioning material shows signs of stress, notify the carrier as well as the Hewlett-Packard office. Keep the shipping materials for carrier's inspection. The HP office will arrange for repair or replacement without waiting for claim settlement.
2-5. PREPARATION FOR USE
2-6. Power Requirements
2-7. The Model 8640B requires a power source of 100,
120, 220, or 240 Vac +5-10%, 48 to 440 Hz, single phase. Power consumption is 175 VA maximum.
Figure 2-1. Line Selector
2-1
Model 8640B
2-8. Line Voltage Selection
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the instrument, make the line voltage selection before connecting line power. Also ensure the line power cord is connected to a line power socket that is provided with a protective earth contact.
2-9. A rear panel, line power module permits operation from 100, 120, 220, or 240 Vac. The number visible in the window (located on the module) indicates the nominal line voltage to which the instrument must be connected.
2-10. To prepare the instrument for operation, slide the fuse compartment cover to the left (the line power cable should be disconnected). Pull the handle marked FUSE
PULL and remove the fuse; rotate the handle to the left.
Gently pull the printed circuit voltage selector card from its slot and orient it so that the desired operating voltage
appears on the top-left side (see Figure 2-1).
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Firmly push the voltage selector card back into its slot.
Rotate the FUSE PULL handle to the right, install a fuse of the correct rating, and slide the fuse compartment cover to the right. A complete set of fuses is supplied with the instrument see ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED in
NOTE
The correct fuse rating for the line voltage selected in listed on the line power module. More information about fuses is given in the table of
replaceable parts in Section VI
(reference designation is Fl).
2-1 1. Power Cable
2-12. In accordance with international safety standards, this instrument is equipped with a three-wire power cable. When connected to an appropriate power line outlet, this cable grounds the instrument cabinet. The type of power cable plug shipped with each instrument
depends on the country of destination. Refer to Figure
2-2 for the part numbers of the power cable plugs
available.
Figure 2-2. Power Cables Available.
2-2
Model 8640B
WARNING
To avoid the possibility of injury or death, the following precautions must be followed before the instrument is switched on: a. If this instrument is to be energized via an autotransformer for voltage reduction, make sure that the common terminal is connected to the earthed pole of the power source.
b. The power cable plug shall only be inserted into a socket outlet provided with a protective earth contact. The protective action must not be negated by the use of an extension cord without a protective conductor (grounding).
c. Before switching on the instrument, the protective earth terminal of the instrument must b; c4nnected to a protective conductor of the power cord. This is accomplished by ensuring that the instrument's internal earth terminal is correctly connected to the instrument's chassis and that the power cord is wired correctly (see
Service Sheet 22).
2-13. Mating Connectors
2-14. Mating connectors used with the Model 8640B should be either 50 ohm-type BNC male or Type N male connectors that are compatible with US MIL-C-39012.
2-15. Operating Environment 2-16. The operating environment should be within the following limitations:
Temperature ..............................................0°C to +55°C
Humidity....................................................<95% relative
Altitude........................................................<15,000 feet
2-17. A forced-air cooling system is used to maintain the operating temperature required within the instrument. The air intake and filter are located on the rear panel, and warm air is exhausted through perforations in the right-hand side panel. When operating the instrument, choose a location that provides at least three inches of clearance at the rear and two inches clearance at the right side. The clearances provided by the plastic feet in bench stacking
2-3
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
and the filler strips in rack mounting are adequate for the top and bottom cabinet surfaces.
2-18. Bench Operation
2-19. The instrument cabinet has plastic feet and a foldaway tilt stand for convenience in bench operation.
The tilt stand raises the front of the instrument for easier viewing of the control panel, and the plastic feet are shaped to make full-width modular instruments selfaligning when stacked.
2-20. Rack Mounting
2-21. A Rack Mounting Kit is available to install the instrument in a 19-inch rack. Rack Mounting Kits may be obtained through your nearest Hewlett-Packard
Office by ordering HP Part Number 5060-8740. This kit contains all necessary hardware and installation instructions for mounting the instrument on a rack with
19-inch spacing (see Figure 2-3).
2-22. STORAGE AND SHIPMENT
2-23. Environment
2-24. The instrument should be stored in a clean, dry environment. The following environmental limitations apply to both storage and shipment:
Temperature ...........................................-40°C to +75°C
Humidity....................................................<95% relative
Altitude....................................................... <25,000 feet
2-25. Packaging
2-26. Original Packaging. Containers and materials identical to those used in factory packaging are available through Hewlett-Packard offices. If the instrument is being returned to Hewlett-Packard for servicing, attach a tag indicating the type of service required, return address, model number, and full serial number. Also, mark the container FRAGILE to assure careful handling. In any correspondence, refer to the instrument by model number and full serial number.
2-27. Other Packaging. The following general instructions should be used for re-packaging with commercially available materials: a. Wrap the instrument in heavy paper or plastic. (If shipping to a Hewlett-Packard office or service center, attach a tag indicating the type of service required, return address, model number, and full serial number.)
Model 8640B b. Use a strong shipping container. A doublewall carton made of 350-pound test material is adequate.
c. Use enough shock-absorbing material (3to 4-inch layer) around all sides of the instrument to provide a firm cushion and prevent movement inside the
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
container. Protect the control panel with cardboard.
d. Seal the shipping container securely.
e. Mark the shipping container FRAGILE to assure careful handling.
Figure 2-3. Preparation for Rack Mounting.
2-4
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
3-1. INTRODUCTION
3-2. This section describes the functions of the controls and indicators of the Model 8640B Signal Generator. It explains how to set the frequency, amplitude, and modulation controls, and covers such operator maintenance as fuse and indicator lamp replacement and fan filter cleaning.
3-3. PANEL FEATURES
3-4. Front panel controls, indicators, and connectors are
shown and described in Figure 3-2. Rear panel controls
and connectors are shown and described in Figure 3-3.
3-5. OPERATOR'S CHECKS
3-6. Use the operator's checks in Figure 3-4 to verify
proper operation of the Signal Generator's main functions.
3-7. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
3-5 also explains how to use the frequency counter and
phase lock controls.
3-9. OPERATOR'S MAINTENANCE
3-10. Fuse. The main ac line fuse is located on the rear panel next to the line power cable jack. To remove the fuse, first remove the line power cable from its jack.
Slide the fuse compartment cover to the left, then pull the handle marked FUSE PULL and remove the fuse.
CAUTION
Be sure to select the correct fuse rating for the selected line voltage
(see LINE VOLTAGE SELECTION in
Section II); fuse ratings are listed on
the fuse compartment.
3-11. Fan. The cooling fan's filter is located on the rear panel. To service the fulter use a No. 2 Pozidriv screwdriver (HP 8710-0900) to remove the four screws that hold the filter to the rear panel. Then clean it, using
SECTION III
OPERATION
a solution of warm water and soap, or replace it, using the part number listed in the table of replaceable parts in
3-12. The fan motor has factory lubricated, sealed bearings and requires no periodic maintenance.
3-13. Lamp Replacement. Figure 3-1 explains how to
replace the lamp located in the line power switch.
3-14. Meter Zeroing. To mechanically zero the front panel meter, set LINE switch to OFF and place instrument in its normal operating position. Turn adjustment screw cw until indicator indicates zero, then turn adjustment slightly ccw to free mechanism from adjusting peg.
Figure 3-1. Lamp Replacement.
3-1
Model 8640B
FRONT PANEL FEATURES
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
1
Meter Function: interlocked buttons select one of three functions.
DEVIATION set to 80 kHz, a meter reading of
7.2 indicates that deviation is 72 kHz).
AM: meter indicates percent of amplitude modulation.
FM: meter indicates peak frequency deviation.
LEVEL: meter indicates RF output level in
Vrms or dBm 50
Ω
.
LEVEL VOLTS: 0-3 and 0-10 scales are read in microvolts, millivolts, or volts depending upon setting of OUTPUT LEVEL controls (e.g., with
OUTPUT LEVEL set to approximately 20 mVOLTS, a meter reading of 2.4 indicates that actual level is 24 mVrms). The -10 to +3 dB scale is read relative to the OUTPUT LEVEL switch dBm scale.
2
SCALE: annunciator lamps light to indicate applicable meter scale. Meter scale is automatically selected.
4
Output Problem Annunciators: lamps light to indicate that modulation or OUTPUT LEVEL settings are causing generator to be uncalibrated.
3
Meter: automatically ranges to one of three scales, read according to meter function.
AM X 10 %: 0-3 scale is read 0-30%; 0-10 scale is read 0-100%.
REDUCE PEAK POWER: indicates a combination of OUTPUT LEVEL setting and amplitude modulation that exceeds +19 dBm power output.
FM kHz/MHz: 0-3, 0-5, and 0-10 scales are read in kHz or MHz, depending upon setting of
PEAK DEVIATION switch (e.g., with PEAK
REDUCE FM VERNIER: indicates that an external FM input level or vernier setting is causing FM deviation to exceed limits.
Figure 3-2. Front Panel Controls, Indicators, and Connectors (1 of 4).
3-2
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
FRONT PANEL FEATURES
REDUCE PEAK DEVIATION: indicates PEAK
DEVIATION setting is too high for the selected frequency range.
5
COUNTER MODE: Buttons control operation of frequency counter.
EXPAND: X10 expands resolution one digit, moving the decimal point one place to the left;
X100 expands resolution two digits, moving the decimal point two places to the left.
8
RF ON/OFF: enables or disables the RF output.
9
RF OUTPUT: RF output through Type N female connector. (Connector meets US MIL C-39012 50 ohm ac coupled source impedance CAUTION Any interruption of the protective (grounding) conductor inside or outside the instrument is likely to cause damage to the instrument. To avoid damage, this instrument and all line powered devices connected to it must be connected to the same earth ground
NOTE
EXPAND X10 and EXPAND X100 buttons are interlocked so that only one button can be depressed at a time.
10 OUTPUT LEVEL: the switch controls a 10 dB step attenuator that sets the output level range.
Calibrated concentric vernier sets actual output level within an 18 dB range (the meter gives additional resolution).
LOCK: phase locks Signal Generator to the internal (or to an external) crystal reference.
Display indicates lock frequency; loss of lock causes display to flash and indicate actual frequency of Signal Generator.
NOTE
For optimum operation, use the vernier in the top 10 dB of its range.
11 FINE TUNE: fine frequency control.
12 FREQUENCY TUNE: coarse frequency control.
INT: programs counter to count frequency of
Signal Generator.
EXT 0-10, EXT 0-550: programs counter to count frequency of signal at COUNTER IN.
PUT jack; also selects counter frequency range in MHz.
13 RANGE: selects one of ten octave frequency bands. The 512-1024 MHz/Doubler position gives
256-5 l 2 MHz at RF OUTPUT, but the
FREQUENCY MHz readings and FM meter indications are corrected for use with an RF doubler connected to RF OUTPUT.
6
FREQUENCY MHz: counter readout indicates RF frequency in MHz. Flashing display indicates loss of phase lock. The OVERFLOW lamp lights to indicate that significant data is not being displayed.
14 COUNTER INPUT: external input to frequency counter; impedance is 50 ohms.
7
TIME BASE VERNIER: used as a fine frequency tune when in lock mode to give continuous tuning between lock points (the use of the COUNTER
MODE EXPAND X10 control is necessary on some ranges to tune over the full range). When control is not in CAL position, the UNCAL lamp lights to indicate that the counter is uncalibrated.
CAUTION
Do not apply a dc voltage or >+15 dBm to COUNTER INPUT.
Figure 3-2. Front Panel Controls, Indicators, and Connectors (2 of 4)
3-3
Model 8640B
FRONT PANEL FEATURES
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
15 FM: selects frequency modulation and source.
OFF: no FM.
INT: FM by internal oscillator.
AC: FM by external source through FM INPUT jack (>20 Hz, ac + dc <5 Vpk).
DC: FM by external source through FM INPUT jack (ac + dc <5 Vpk).
CAL: used to calibrate external modulation input (do not use when phase locked).
16 PEAK DEVIATION: switch and concentric vernier vary FM frequency deviation (as indicated on the meter). Vernier range is from zero to the peak deviation selected by the switch.
17 FM INPUT/OUTPUT: 600 ohm input for external
FM; nominally 1 Vpk (0.7071 Vrms) required for full peak deviation selected by PEAK DEVIATION switch (never more than 5 Vpk). Output for internal oscillator whenever FM selector is set to
INT (600 ohm source impedance); level controlled by
AUDIO OUTPUT LEVEL.
18 MODULATION FREQUENCY: switch selects 400
Hz or 1000 Hz. With Option 001 Variable
Modulation Oscillator (shown), switch also selects multiplier. Vernier, with multiplier, sets frequency from 20 Hz to 600 kHz.
19 AM INPUT/OUTPUT: 600 ohm input for external
AM; 1 Vpk (0.7071 Vrms) required for 100% modulation (never more than 5 Vpk). Input for pulse modulation (50 ohm): >1 Vpk positive pulse required to turn on RF. Output for internal oscillator whenever AM selector is set to INT (600 ohm source impedance); level controlled by AUDIO OUTPUT
LEVEL.
NOTE
With the Option 001 Variable
Modulation Oscillator, AM OUTPUT and FM OUTPUT are in parallel.
Parallel load should be ->600 ohms.
Figure 3-2. Front Panel Controls, Indicators, and Connectors (3 of 4)
3-4
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
FRONT PANEL FEATURES
20 MODULATION: vernier varies amplitude modulation from 0 to 100% (as indicated on the meter).
21 AUDIO OUTPUT LEVEL: control varies level of signal from AM and/or FM OUTPUT jacks
(calibration gives voltage into 600
Ω
).
22 LINE: switch applies or removes AC power. The button is lit when ON.
23 AM: selects amplitude modulation and source.
AC: AM by external source through AM INPUT jack (>20 Hz, ac + dc <5 Vpk).
DC: AM by external source through AM INPUT jack (ac + dc <5 Vpk).
PULSE: when selected with no modulation, it disables the RF output; a positive pulse at AM
INPUT pulses on the RF.
24 Mechanical Meter Zero: sets meter suspension so that meter indicates zero when power is removed from instrument and instrument is in normal operating position.
OFF: no AM.
INT: AM by internal oscillator.
Figure 3-2. Front Panel Controls, Indicators, and Connectors (4 of 4)
3-5
Model 8640B
REAR PANEL FEATURES
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
1
AUX RF OUT: nominal -5 dBm auxiliary RF output; 500 ohm source impedance. Signal does not contain amplitude or pulse modulation (however, it does contain FM). On the 512-1024
MHz/Doubler Band the auxiliary RF output is onehalf the frequency of the indicated RF frequency.
2
TIME BASE Reference In/Out: input for external, 5 MHz time base reference that is >100 mVrms; load impedance is 1 k
Ω
. Output for internal, 5 MHz time base reference, level is 3 Vrms into an open circuit; source impedance is 500 ohms.
3
TIME BASE Reference INT/EXT: switch selects function of IN/OUT jack. INT position applies internal reference to jack. EXT position feeds external reference from jack to time base.
NOTE
Since the phase lock reference is the
5 MHz time base, the Model 8640B can be phase locked to an external reference (such as another Model
8640B) by using the TIME BASE
Reference jack and switch.
4
5
Line Power Module: permits operation from 100,
120, 220 or 240 Vac. The number visible in window indicates nominal line voltage to which instrument
must be connected (see Figure 2-1). Center
conductor is safety earth ground.
WARNING
Any interruption of the protective
(grounding) conductor inside or outside the instrument or disconnection of the protective earth terminal is likely to make the instrument dangerous. Intentional interruption is prohibited. (See
Serial Number Plate: first four digits of serial number comprise the prefix; last five digits form sequential suffix that is unique to each instrument.
The plate also indicates any options supplied with instruments.
Figure 3-3. Rear Panel Controls and Connectors
3-6
Model 8640B
OPERATOR'S CHECKS
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Initial Control Settings
a. Push LINE switch (22) to ON. Set TIME BASE INT/EXT switch (on rear panel) to INT.
b. Set the controls as follows:
1 Meter Function ............................................................................... LEVEL
5 COUNTER MODE: EXPAND ...................................................... Off (Out)
LOCK................................................... Off (Out)
SOURCE .............................................. INT (In)
7 TIME BASE VERNIER ....................................................................... CAL
23 AM .....................................................................................................OFF
21 AUDIO OUTPUT LEVEL .................................................................... ccw
20 MODULATION .................................................................................... ccw
18 MODULATION FREQUENCY ........................................................400 Hz
15 FM ....................................................................................................OFF
16 PEAK DEVIATION .......................................................................... 5 kHz
16 PEAK DEVIATION Vernier ................................................................. ccw
13 RANGE .....................................................................................0.5-1 MHz
12 FREQUENCY TUNE ................................Centered (Four turns from stop)
11 FINE TUNE ................................................................................Centered
10 OUTPUT LEVEL ..................................................................100 mVOLTS
8 RF ON/OFF .........................................................................................ON
Figure 3-4. Operator's Checks (1 of 5)
3-7
Model 8640B
OPERATOR'S CHECKS
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Counter and RF Oscillator
c. Use a Type N to BNC adapter and a BNC to BNC cable to connect RF OUTPUT 9 to COUNTER INPUT 14 d. Adjust FREQUENCY TUNE 12 and FINE TUNE 11 until FREQUENCY 6 reads 0.75000 MHz. Set COUNTER
MODE EXPAND 5 to X10; FREQUENCY should read about .750000 MHz (the reading should shift one place to the left). Set COUNTER MODE EXPAND to X100; FREQUENCY should read about 500000 MHz (the reading should shift one additional place to the left with the decimal point and the seven no longer displayed; the OVERFLOW annunciator lamp should light).
e. Set COUNTER MODE EXPAND 5 to OFF (buttons out). With RANGE 13 set as follows, FREQUENCY 6 should read approximately as shown:
Figure 3-4. Operator's Checks (2 of 5)
3-8
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
OPERATOR'S CHECKS
RANGE MHz
0.5-1
1-2
2-4
4-8
8-16
16-32
32-64
64-128
128-256
256-512
512-1024
FREQUENCY MHz
0.75000
01.5000
03.0000
06.0000
12.0000
024.000
048.000
096.000
0192.00
0384.00
0768.00
Phase Lock
f. Set RANGE 13 to 256-512 MHz. Note that the right-hand digit on the FREQUENCY display 6 flickers between two digits. Set COUNTER MODE LOCK 5 to ON; the flickering should stop. Slowly adjust FINE TUNE; the
FREQUENCY reading should not change. Adjust FREQUENCY TUNE 12 ; the FREQUENCY display should flash at about a 2 Hz rate and the reading should change (the reading should follow FREQUENCY TUNE).
RF Output
g. Set COUNTER MODE LOCK 5 to OFF and Source 5 to EXT 0-550. Adjust FREQUENCY TUNE 12 until
FREQUENCY 6 reads 0384.00 MHz. Step through the ranges as specified in step e, setting the COUNTER MODE
EXPAND and Source (EXT) controls 5 to obtain appropriate resolution; FREQUENCY should read approximately as shown in step e.
NOTE
With RANGE set to 512-1024 MHz, FREQUENCY will read approximately 0384.00 MHz (the actual frequency at RF OUTPUT).
Meter
h. Set OUTPUT LEVEL 10 to 500 mVOLTS; the meter 3 should indicate 5 on the 0-10 SCALE (the 0-10 SCALE annunciator 2 should be lit).
Figure 3-4. Operator's Checks (3 of 5)
3-9
Model 8640B
OPERATOR'S CHECKS
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
i. Slowly reduce OUTPUT LEVEL 10 to 200 mVOLTS; the meter 3 should autorange to the 0-3 SCALE when the indicator passes approximately 3 on the 0-10 SCALE.
j. With OUTPUT LEVEL 1 set to 200 mVOLTS, the meter 3 should indicate 2 on the 0-3 SCALE. Slowly increase
OUTPUT LEVEL to 500 mVOLTS; the meter should autorange to the 0-10 SCALE when the indicator passes approximately 3 on the 0-3 SCALE.
Amplitude Modulation
k. Set Meter Function 1 to AM and AM 23 to INT. Slowly turn Modulation 20 clockwise. When the meter indicates 10
(i.e., 100% modulation) set OUTPUT LEVEL 10 to +16 dBm; the REDUCE PEAK POWER annunciator 4 should light.
Frequency Modulation
1.
Set AM 23 to OFF (the annunciator should go out) and FM 15 to INT. Set Meter Function 1 to FM and check that
PEAK DEVIATION 16 is set to 5 kHz and the vernier is full counterclockwise; the meter 3 should indicate 0.
Figure 3-4. Operator's Checks (4 of 5)
3-10
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
OPERATOR'S CHECKS
m. Turn the PEAK DEVIATION vernier (16) full clockwise; the meter (3) should indicate approximately 5 and the
REDUCE FM VERNIER annunciator (4) should light.
n. Reduce FM vernier (16) until meter reads 5 kHz (the annunciator should go out). Check that RANGE (13) is set to 0.5-1 MHz, and set PEAK DEVIATION (16) to 10 kHz; the REDUCE PEAK DEVIATION annunciator (4) should light and the meter should indicate 0.
o. Set RANGE (13) to 1-2 MHz (the annunciator should go out) and turn the PEAK DEVIATION vernier (16) full counterclockwise; the meter (3) should indicate 0 on the 0-10 SCALE.
Modulation Oscillator
p. Using the BNC to BNC cable, connect FM OUTPUT (17) to COUNTER INPUT (14). Set COUNTER MODE
EXPAND (5) to X100 and Source (5) to EXT 0-10. Set AUDIO OUTPUT LEVEL (21) to 1 V and MODULATION
FREQUENCY (18), in turn, to 400 Hz and 1 kHz; the FREQUENCY readout (6) should display approximately
".000400" and ".001000" MHz.
Figure 3-4. Operator's Checks (5 of 5)
3-11
Model 8640B
SETTING FREQUENCY AND AMPLITUDE
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Frequency
a. Set COUNTER MODE (5) to INT and TIME BASE VERNIER (7) to CAL.
b. Set RANGE (13) to span the desired frequency.
c. Use FREQUENCY TUNE (12) and FINE TUNE (11) to set the Signal Generator to the desired frequency.
d. Normally, the decimal point on the FREQUENCY display (6) is automatically set by the RANGE control (13). For more resolution, set COUNTER MODE EXPAND (5) to X10 or X100.
e. To phase lock the generator's output, set COUNTER MODE LOCK (5) to ON; use TIME BASE VERNIER (7) as the fine frequency tune. On some frequency bands it will be necessary to use the COUNTER MODE EXPAND controls to tune between adjacent counts.
Figure 3-5. Setting the Frequency and Amplitude Controls (1 of 3)
3-12
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
SETTING FREQUENCY AND AMPLITUDE
NOTE
If the OVERFLOW annunciator lamp is lit, the generator will not enter phase lock. If the TIME
BASE VERN is not in the CAL position, the counter will not be calibrated.
f. Whenever phase lock is lost, the FREQUENCY display (6) will flash. To re-establish phase lock, set COUNTER
MODE LOCK (5) to OFF; re-tune (if necessary) with FREQUENCY TUNE (12) and FINE TUNE (11), and set
COUNTER MODE LOCK to ON.
NOTE
To get an accurate indication of frequency when not phase locked, set TIME BASE VERNIER (7) to CAL.
g. To use an external frequency doubler, connect to RF OUTPUT (9) and set RANGE (13) to 512-1024
MHz/DOUBLER. The FREQUENCY display (5) will indicate the frequency out of doubler (i.e., the FREQUENCY display indicates twice the frequency at RF Output).
Amplitude
a. Use the OUTPUT LEVEL switch and vernier (11) to set the desired signal level (there are two scales, rms volts and dBm). For optimum operation, use the vernier in the top 10 dB of its range. To enable the RF signal, set the
RF ON/OFF switch (8) to ON.
NOTE
The RF ON/OFF switch may be wired to turn off only the amplitude modulator. This allows the
RF Oscillator to remain warmed up, the Auxiliary RF Output to remain on, and the counter and phase lock to remain operating. If it is desirable to switch both the modulator and the oscillator
off, the RF ON/OFF function may be easily modified (see Service Sheet 5 in Section VIII).
Figure 3-5. Setting the Frequency and Amplitude Controls (2 of 3)
3-13
Model 8640 B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
SETTING FREQUENCY AND AMPLITUDE
b. For better voltage and dBm resolution, set Meter Function (1) to LEVEL. The meter (3) is read in conjunction with the OUTPUT LEVEL controls (10) (e.g., with OUTPUT LEVEL set to approximately 20 mVOLTS, a meter reading of 2.1 indicates that the actual level is 21 mVrms).
c. If a 50 ohm to 75 ohm adapter (consisting of a 25 ohm series resistor) is connected to RF OUTPUT (9), the
OUTPUT LEVEL (10) voltage scale will be correct if the instrument is used with 75 ohm terminations. However,
1.76 dB must be subtracted from the dB scale for correct readings.
Figure 3-5. Setting the Frequency and Amplitude Controls (3 of 3)
3-14
Model 8640B
SETTING MODULATION
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Amplitude Modulation
a. Set Meter Function (1) to AM.
b. To use the internal modulation oscillator, set AM (23) to INT. Set MODULATION FREQUENCY (18) to the desired frequency, and set percent of modulation with the MODULATION vernier (20); modulation is indicated by the meter (3) (e.g., a meter reading of 5.4 indicates that the AM is 54%).
NOTE
The REDUCE PEAK POWER annunciator (4) lights whenever the Signal Generator's output amplifier is being overdriven. When it lights, reduce MODULATION vernier or OUTPUT LEVEL vernier.
c. With AM (23) set to INT, the internal modulation oscillator signal is present at the AM OUTPUT jack (19) (600 ohm source impedance). Its level is set by AUDIO OUTPUT LEVEL (21)
Figure 3-6. Setting the Modulation Controls (1 of 4)
3-15
Model 8640B
SETTING MODULATION
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
d. To use an external modulation signal, set AM (23) to AC (or DC if modulation signal is less than 20 Hz). Apply the signal to the AM INPUT jack (19) (600 ohm load impedance). The Signal Generator requires 1 Vpk (0.7071
Vrms) for 100% modulation. Set percent of modulation with the MODULATION vernier (20) ; % AM is indicated by the meter (3).
NOTE
The meter reading is accurate when AM is set to DC only if no dc offset is applied to the AM
INPUT jack. The meter responds to the positive peak of the ac component of the modulating signal.
Pulse Modulation
a. Set Meter Function (1) to LEVEL.
b. Set AM (23) to PULSE (this disables the RF output). Apply the modulation pulse (>0.5V) to the AM INPUT jack
(19) (50 ohm load impedance). The Signal Generator requires a positive level to produce an RF output.
c. Set the desired pulse-on level using the OUTPUT LEVEL controls (10).
Figure 3-6. Setting the Modulation Controls (2 of 4)
3-16
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
SETTING MODULATION
Frequency Modulation
a. Set Meter Function (1) to FM.
b. To use the internal modulation oscillator, set FM (15) to INT. Set MODULATION FREQUENCY (18) to the desired frequency, and set the peak deviation with the PEAK DEVIATION switch and vernier (16).
NOTE
The REDUCE PEAK DEVIATION annunciator (4) lights whenever the PEAK DEVIATION switch setting is too high for the selected frequency range. When it lights, reduce PEAK DEVIATION.
c. Peak frequency deviation is indicated by the meter (3), and the meter is read in conjunction with the PEAK
DEVIATION switch (16) (e.g., with PEAK DEVIATION set to 320 kHz, a meter reading of 2.8 indicates that peak frequency deviation is 280 kHz).
d. With FM (15) set to INT, the internal modulation oscillator signal is present at the FM OUTPUT jack (17) (600 ohm source impedance). Its level is set by AUDIO OUTPUT LEVEL (21).
e. To use an external modulation signal, set FM (15) to AC (or DC if modulation signal is less than 20 Hz). Apply the signal to the FM INPUT jack (17) (600 ohm load impedance). The Signal Generator requires 1 Vpk (0.7071
Vrms) for full peak deviation. The PEAK DEVIATION controls (16) and the meter (3) are used the same as when using the internal modulation oscillator signal.
f. To calibrate the external input, set the FM switch (15) to DC (with no signal applied to FM input) and read the frequency of the RF Output. Set FM to CAL and, using the PEAK DEVIATION switch and vernier (16), offset the frequency at RF OUTPUT an amount equal to the desired peak deviation. Set FM to DC or AC; a 1 Vpk (0.7071
Vrms) signal applied to FM INPUT will now produce the desired peak deviation. (Do not use FM CAL when phase locked.)
Figure 3-6. Setting the Modulation Controls (3 of 4)
3-17
Model 8640B
SETTING MODULATION
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
NOTES
1. The REDUCE FM VERNIER annunciator (4) lights whenever an FM input causes peak deviation to exceed its limits. When it lights, reduce either the PEAK DEVIATION vernier or the external signal level.
2. Do not apply FM signals that are less than 50 Hz when using the generator in the phase lock mode. Doing so will cause either the FM deviation to be uncalibrated or the generator to break phase lock (thereby causing the counter display to flash). Also do not use FM CAL after locking.
Simultaneous AM and FM
a. Simultaneous AM and FM, or pulse modulation and FM, can be accomplished using the procedures described above. The internal modulation oscillator can be used for either one or both, AM and FM.
NOTE
On Signal Generators with the Option 001 Variable Modulation Oscillator, don't load both AM
OUTPUT (19) and FM OUTPUT (17) when the oscillator is providing both modulating signals.
The outputs are in parallel and the parallel load should be greater than 600 ohms.
Figure 3-6. Setting the Modulation Controls (4 of 4)
3-18
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
4-1. INTRODUCTION
4-2. The procedures in this section test the instrument's
electrical performance using the specifications of Table
1-1 as the performance standards. A simpler
operational test is included in Section III under
Operator's Checks.
4-3. EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
SECTION IV
PERFORMANCE TESTS
for the Model 8640B, are stated in general terms. For example, a test might require that a spectrum analyzer's resolution bandwidth be set to 100 Hz; however, the time per division setting would not be specified and the operator would set that control so that the analyzer operates correctly.
4-4. Equipment required for the performance tests is listed in the Recommended Test Equipment table in
Section I. Any equipment that satisfies the critical
specifications given in the table may be substituted for the recommended model(s).
4-5. TEST RECORD
4-9. It is also assumed that the person performing the tests will supply whatever cables, connectors, and adapters are necessary. The Test Accessories table in
Section I lists the requirements for some of these items.
4-10. Unless otherwise specified, set the following controls as shown:
TIME BASE INT/EXT (on rear panel) ........................INT
TIME BASE VERNIER .............................................CAL
4-6. Results of the performance tests may be tabulated on the Test Record at the end of the procedures. The
Test Record lists all of the tested specifications and their acceptable limits. Test results recorded at incoming inspection can be used for comparison in periodic maintenance and troubleshooting and after repairs or adjustments.
Use FINE TUNE in conjunction with FREQUENCY
TUNE to set whatever frequency is required. Use the
COUNTER MODE EXPAND controls whenever necessary to obtain required counter resolution.
4-7. TEST PROCEDURES
4-8. It is assumed that the person performing the following tests understands how to operate the specified test equipment. Equipment settings, other than those
CAUTION
To avoid the possibility of damage to test equipment, read completely through each test before starting it.
Make any preliminary control settings necessary for correct test equipment operation.
NOTE
Table 4-2 contains a list of recommended abridgments to the performance tests. The
abridgments suggest rapid and relatively inexpensive ways to test the instrument while retaining those tests which are considered of prime importance in characterizing the generator. Where alteration of a test is recommended, a justification (remark) is also given. Should individual needs make the justification invalid, the test should be performed in its entirety. (E.g., the
Incidental AM Test, sometimes known as AM on FM, has been omitted as being of secondary importance. Should your application require characterization of this specification, the test should be performed.)
4-1
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-11. FREQUENCY RANGE TEST
SPECIFICATION:
Range: 500 kHz to 512 MHz in 10 octave bands.
Bands and Band Overlap: Bands extend 10% below and 7% above the nominal limits shown below.
Nominal
Frequency
Bands
(MHz)
0.5-1 1-2 2-4
Frequency
Range (MHz)
0.45
to
0.9
to
1.8
to
(with overlap) 1.07
2.1
4.2
4-8
3.6
to
8.5
8-16
7.2
to
17.1
16-32
14.4
to
34.3
32-64 64128256-
128 256 512
28.8
to
57.5
to
115 to
230 to
68.7
137.5
275 550
External
Doubler Band
512-1024
230 to 550
(without External Doubler)
DESCRIPTION:
The frequency range is verified by using a frequency counter to measure the frequency at the high and low end of each band.
EQUIPMENT:
Frequency Counter .....................................................................................HP 5327C
PROCEDURE:
1.
Connect generator's auxiliary RF output jack (located on rear panel) to frequency counter's 50 ohm input after setting Signal Generator's controls as follows:
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND ................................................................................... Off
LOCK........................................................................................ Off
Source ..................................................................................... INT
AM............................................................................................................................................................ OFF
FM............................................................................................................................................................ OFF
RANGE ...................................................................................................................................... 256-512 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE ................................................................................................................. Full clockwise
FINE TUNE .......................................................................................................................................Centered
RF ON/OFF................................................................................................................................................ON
2.
Set FREQUENCY TUNE full clockwise. The frequency counter should read 550 MHz or greater.
550.0 MHz _______________________
4-2
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-11. FREQUENCY RANGE TEST (Cont'd)
3.
Set FREQUENCY TUNE full counterclockwise. The frequency counter should read 230 MHz or less.
_______________________ 230.0 MHz
4.
Set RANGE as shown below and check frequency at high and low ends of each band.
Range (MHz)
512-1024*
128-256
64-128
32-64
16-32
8-16
4-8
2-4
Low End
_______________<230.0 MHz
_______________<115.0 MHz
_______________<57.50 MHz
_______________<28.80 MHz
_______________<14.40 MHz
_______________<7.200 MHz
_______________<3.600 MHz
_______________<1.800 MHz
1-2
0.5-1
*No external doubler should be connected.
_______________<0.900 MHz
_______________<0.450 MHz
High End
>550.0 MHz ______________
>275.0 MHz ______________
>137.5 MHz ______________
>68.70 MHz ______________
>34.30 MHz ______________
>17.10 MHz ______________
>8.500 MHz ______________
>4.200 MHz ______________
>2.100 MHz ______________
>1.070 MHz ______________
4-12. FREQUENCY ACCURACY AND FINE TUNE TEST
SPECIFICATION:
Accuracy: [ Total
Count
Accuracy
]
=
[ Counter
Resolution
(±1 count)
]
+
[
Reference
Error
(INT or EXT)
]
35°C).
Internal Reference Error: <+2 ppm (when calibrated at 25°C every 3 months and operated between 15°C and
When phase locked, Counter Resolution error is eliminated.
Fine Tuning: Unlocked, >200 ppm total range. Locked mode, >±20 ppm by varying internal time base vernier.
4-3
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-12. FREQUENCY ACCURACY AND FINE TUNE TEST (Cont'd)
DESCRIPTION:
Frequency accuracy is checked (using the Signal Generator's internal reference) by comparing the generator's counter indication to the frequency reading on an external frequency counter. The fine tune range is also checked with the external counter.
EQUIPMENT:
Frequency Counter ................................................................................... HP 5327C OPT H49
PROCEDURE:
1.
Connect generator's auxiliary RF output jack (located on rear panel) to frequency counter's input after setting
Signal Generator's controls as follows:
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND ................................................................................ X100
LOCK........................................................................................ Off
Source ..................................................................................... INT
AM............................................................................................................................................................ OFF
FM............................................................................................................................................................ OFF
RANGE .......................................................................................................................................... 32-64 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE ........................................................................................................................... 50 MHz
RF ON/OFF................................................................................................................................................ON
2.
Allow Signal Generator and frequency counter to stabilize for two hours.
3.
Set frequency counter time base to give at least one more digit resolution than the generator's counter. The difference in reading between the two counters should be <110 Hz (2 ppm + last digit uncertainty of 10 Hz).
__________________________ 110 Hz
4.
Set COUNTER MODE EXPAND to X10 and LOCK to ON. Allow one minute to acquire phase lock. Increase the frequency counter resolution by 10. The difference in counter readings should be <100 Hz (2 ppm).
__________________________ 100 Hz
5.
Note frequency counter reading. Turn TIME BASE VERN control ccw until it just leaves the detent position. The frequency counter should now read >1 kHz (>20 ppm) higher than the reading noted above.
1 kHz ___________________________
6.
Turn TIME BASE VERN fully ccw. The frequency counter should now read >1 kHz (>20 ppm) lower than the reading first noted in step 5.
1 kHz ___________________________
4-4
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-12. FREQUENCY ACCURACY AND FINE TUNE TEST (Cont'd)
7.
Set TIME BASE VERN to CAL (fully cw). Set COUNTER MODE LOCK to Off.
8.
Set FINE TUNE fully cw. Note frequency counter reading, then set FINE TUNE fully ccw. The frequency counter should read >10 kHz (200 ppm) lower than the reading noted above.
10 kHz __________________________
4-13. FREQUENCY STABILITY VS TIME AND RESTABILIZATION TIME TEST
SPECIFICATION:
Stability vs Time (after 2 hour warmup): <10 ppm/10 min. (normal mode).
Restabilization Time (normal mode):
After frequency change: <15 min.
After band change: none.
After 1 min. in RF OFF mode: <10 min.
NOTE
Stability specifications for phase lock mode are determined by counter time base reference. See the internal reference tests.
DESCRIPTION:
A frequency counter, digital to analog converter, and strip-chart recorder are used to measure the frequency drift after warm-up and the restabilization time.
NOTE
For these tests, ambient room temperature and line voltage must not change.
Figure 4-1. Frequency Stability us Time and Restabilization Time Test Setup
4-5
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-13. FREQUENCY STABILITY VS TIME AND RESTABILIZATION TIME TEST (Cont'd)
EQUIPMENT:
Frequency Counter ................................................................................... HP 5327C OPT 003
Digital to Analog Converter ..........................................................................HP 581A OPT 002
Recorder (for D/A Converter) ........................................................................................ HP 680
PROCEDURE:
1.
Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4-1 after setting Signal Generator's controls as follows:
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND ................................................................................... Off
LOCK........................................................................................ Off
Source ..................................................................................... INT
AM............................................................................................................................................................ OFF
FM............................................................................................................................................................ OFF
RANGE .......................................................................................................................................... 32-64 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE ........................................................................................................................... 50 MHz
RF ON/OFF................................................................................................................................................ON
2.
Set frequency counter to read frequency directly (i.e., not divided down). Use a 1 s gate time so that the last three digits span from 000 to 999 Hz.
3.
Calibrate the recorder for a zero to full-scale reading that corresponds to a 000 to 999 Hz reading of the frequency counter's last three digits (i.e., 1 kHz full scale).
4.
Warm up the equipment for two hours. Establish a reference on the recorder and record the generator's output frequency for 10 minutes. The frequency change in 10 minutes should be <500 Hz (half of full scale).
__________________________ 500 Hz
5.
Set the FREQUENCY TUNE control fully ccw and back again to approximately 50 MHz. After 15 minutes record the frequency for 10 minutes. The frequency change in 10 minutes should be <500 Hz.
__________________________ 500 Hz
6.
Set RANGE to 16 - 32 MHz and record the frequency for 10 minutes. The frequency change in 10 minutes should be <250 Hz.
__________________________ 250 Hz
7.
Set RANGE to 32 - 64 MHz and set RF ON/OFF to OFF. After one minute set RF ON/OFF to ON. Wait 10 minutes and record the frequency for 10 minutes. The frequency change for the second 10 minutes should be
<500 Hz.
__________________________ 500 Hz
4-6
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-14. FREQUENCY STABILITY VS TEMPERATURE TEST
SPECIFICATION:
Stability vs Temperature: <50 ppm/°C (normal mode).
NOTE
Stability specifications for phase lock mode are determined by counter time base reference. See the internal reference tests.
DESCRIPTION:
A frequency counter is used to measure drift as temperature is changed. A temperature controlled chamber is used to vary the temperature.
Figure 4-2. Frequency stability Us Temperature Test Setup
EQUIPMENT:
Frequency Counter .................................................................................................. HP 5327C
Temperature Controlled Chamber.............................................................. Statham Model 325
PROCEDURE:
1.
Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4-2 after setting Signal Generator's controls as follows:
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND ................................................................................... Off
LOCK........................................................................................ Off
Source ..................................................................................... INT
AM............................................................................................................................................................ OFF
FM............................................................................................................................................................ OFF
RANGE .......................................................................................................................................... 32-64 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE ........................................................................................................................... 50 MHz
RF ON/OFF................................................................................................................................................ON
2.
Set temperature controlled chamber for 150C. Allow Signal Generator to stabilize for two hours. Then note frequency counter reading.
4-7
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-14. FREQUENCY STABILITY VS TEMPERATURE TEST (Cont'd)
3.
Set chamber for 350C. Again, allow Signal Generator to stabilize for two hours. Frequency change from reading noted in step 2 should be less than 50 kHz.
__________________________ 50 kHz
4-15. FREQUENCY STABILITY VS LINE VOLTAGE TEST
SPECIFICATION:
Stability vs Line Voltage (+5% to -10% line voltage change): <1 ppm (normal mode).
NOTE
Stability specifications for phase lock mode are determined by counter time base reference. See the internal reference tests.
DESCRIPTION:
A frequency counter is used to measure frequency shift as line voltage is changed +5% to -10%.
Figure 4-3. Frequency Stability us Line Voltage Test Setup
EQUIPMENT:
Frequency Counter .................................................................................................. HP 5327C
Variable Voltage Transformer ............................................................................. GR W5MT3A
4-8
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-15. FREQUENCY STABILITY VS LINE VOLTAGE TEST (Cont'd)
PROCEDURE:
1.
Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4-3 after setting Signal Generator's controls as follows:
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND ................................................................................... Off
LOCK........................................................................................ Off
Source ..................................................................................... INT
AM............................................................................................................................................................ OFF
FM............................................................................................................................................................ OFF
RANGE . ...................................................................................................................................... 32 - 64 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE ........................................................................................................................... 50 MHz
RF ON/OFF................................................................................................................................................ON
2.
Set variable voltage transformer 5% above the nominal voltage set on generator's line power module (e.g., if nominal line voltage is 120 Vac, set transformer for 126 Vac). Note frequency counter reading.
3.
Set variable voltage transformer 10% below nominal line voltage (e.g., for a nominal 120 Vac, set transformer for
108 Vac), then note counter's reading. The frequency change from the reading noted in step 2 should be <50 Hz
(i.e., <1 ppm).
___________________________ 50 Hz
4-16. FREQUENCY STABILITY VS LOAD, LEVEL, AND MODE TEST
SPECIFICATION:
Stability vs Load (with any passive load change): <1 ppm (normal mode).
Stability vs Level Change (10 dB on OUTPUT LEVEL vernier): <1 ppm (normal mode).
Stability vs Modulation Mode Change (CW to FM): <1% of selected peak deviation or <200 Hz, whichever is greater.
NOTE
Stability specifications for phase lock mode are determined by counter time base reference. See the internal reference tests.
DESCRIPTION:
A frequency counter is used to measure frequency shift as the output is changed from an open circuit to a short circuit, as
RF OUTPUT LEVEL is changed 10 dB, and as modulation mode is changed from CW to FM. The frequency is monitored at the rear panel auxiliary RF output jack.
4-9
Model 8640B
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-16. FREQUENCY STABILITY VS LOAD, LEVEL, AND MODE TEST (Cont'd)
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 4-4. Frequency Stability us Load, Level, and Mode Test Setup
EQUIPMENT:
Frequency Counter .................................................................................................. HP 5327C
Type N Male Coaxial Short .....................................................................................HP 11512A
PROCEDURE:
1.
Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4-4 after setting Signal Generator's controls as follows:
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND ................................................................................... Off
LOCK........................................................................................ Off
Source ..................................................................................... INT
AM............................................................................................................................................................ OFF
FM............................................................................................................................................................ OFF
RANGE .......................................................................................................................................... 32-64 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE ........................................................................................................................... 50 MHz
OUTPUT LEVEL................................................................................................................................+19 dBm
RF ON/OFF................................................................................................................................................ON
2.
Note frequency counter reading. Then connect coaxial short to RF OUTPUT. Again, note frequency counter reading. It should have changed less than 50 Hz.
___________________________ 50 Hz
3.
Remove coaxial short, note frequency counter reading, then set OUTPUT LEVEL vernier to +9 dBm. Again, note frequency counter reading. It should have changed less than 50 Hz.
___________________________ 50 Hz
4.
Set RANGE to 256 - 512 MHz, and set FREQUENCY TUNE to 500 MHz. With FM switch set to OFF, note the frequency counter reading. Set PEAK DEVIATION switch to 10 kHz and PEAK DEVIATION vernier full clockwise.
Set FM to AC and again, note frequency counter reading. It should have changed less than 200 Hz.
__________________________ 200 Hz
4-10
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-16. FREQUENCY STABILITY VS LOAD, LEVEL, AND MODE TEST (Cont'd)
5.
Repeat step 4 with PEAK DEVIATION set as shown below. The frequency change should be as specified.
20 kHz
40 kHz
80 kHz
160 kHz
320 kHz
640 kHz
1.28 MHz
2.56 MHz
Peak Deviation Frequency Change
_________________________ <200 Hz
_________________________ <400 Hz
_________________________ <800 Hz
_________________________ <1.6 kHz
_________________________ <3.2 kHz
_________________________ <6.4 kHz
_________________________ <12.8 kHz
_________________________ <25.6 kHz
4-17. HARMONICS TEST
SPECIFICATIONS:
Harmonics: (at 1 volt, +13 dBm output range and below)
>35 dB below fundamental of 0.5 to 128 MHz,
>30 dB below fundamental of 128 to 512 MHz.
DESCRIPTION:
A spectrum analyzer is used to measure harmonics as the Signal Generator is tuned from 0.5 to 512 MHz.
EQUIPMENT:
Spectrum Analyzer ...............................................................................HP 141T/8552B/8554B
PROCEDURE:
1.
Connect generator's RF OUTPUT to analyzer's input after setting Signal Generator's controls as follows:
Meter Function ..................................................................................................................................... LEVEL
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND ................................................................................... Off
LOCK........................................................................................ Off
Source ..................................................................................... INT
4-11
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-17. HARMONICS TEST (Cont'd)
AM.................................................................................................................................... OFF
FM.................................................................................................................................... OFF
RANGE ................................................................................................................. 0.5 - 1 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE .................................................................................................. 0.5 MHz
OUTPUT LEVEL.................................................................................. +13 dBm (switch 1 step ccw from full cw)
RF ON/OFF ........................................................................................................................ ON
2.
Set spectrum analyzer to measure harmonics 35 dB below the fundamental from 0.5 to 2 MHz. Set input attenuation to 50 dB, resolution bandwidth to 100 kHz, frequency span per division (scan width) to 1 MHz, scale to log (10 dB/div), and scale reference level to +13 dBm. Adjust analyzer's frequency controls to set 0 Hz to the left edge of the display.
NOTE
If 50 dB of analyzer input attenuation is not available, use an external attenuator such as the
Model 355D.
3.
Slowly tune Signal Generator to 1 MHz, checking that all harmonics are more than 35 dB below the fundamental.
35 dB ___________________________
NOTE
If any harmonic below 512 MHz appears to be out of specification, remove any possible analyzer error and remeasure the harmonic as follows: a. Tune the generator to the frequency of the harmonic.
b. Using the analyzer's IF attenuator, step the signal down 30 dB on the display and note the -30 dB point on the display.
c. Step the IF attenuator up 30 dB and retune the generator to its original setting.
d. Using the -30 dB point noted on the display as a reference, remeasure the harmonic.
4.
Set spectrum analyzer and Signal Generator as shown below. On each range, set FREQUENCY TUNE to the low end of the band and use analyzer's frequency controls to set the fundamental to the left edge of the display.
Keeping the fundamental near the left edge of the display, tune FREQUENCY TUNE to the high end of the band.
All harmonics should be as specified.
4-12
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-17. HARMONICS TEST (Cont'd)
NOTE
On bands 8 - 16 MHz and above, check for harmonics while tuning down in frequency. For frequencies above 500 MHz, tune analyzer to observe second harmonic.
Spectrum Analyzer
Resolution Bandwidth Freq. Span Per Division
100 kHz
100 kHz
100 kHz
300 kHz
300 kHz
300 kHz
300 kHz
300 kHz
300 kHz
1 MHz
2 MHz
5 MHz
10 MHz
20 MHz
50 MHz
100 MHz
100 MHz
100 MHz
Range
Signal Generator
1-2 MHz
2-4 MHz
4-8 MHz
8-16 MHz
16-32 MHz
32-64 MHz
64-128 MHz
128-256 MHz
256-512 MHz
Harmonics Down
>35 dB____________
>35 dB____________
>35 dB____________
>35 dB____________
>35 dB____________
>35 dB____________
>35 dB____________
>30 dB____________
>30 dB____________
4-18. SUB-HARMONICS AND NON-HARMONIC SPURIOUS TEST
SPECIFICATION:
Sub-Harmonics and Non-Harmonic Spurious: (excluding frequencies within 15 kHz of carrier whose effects are specified under Residual AM and FM) >100 dB below carrier.
DESCRIPTION:
A notch filter is used to remove the fundamental. All non-harmonic spurious and sub-harmonics are then amplified and measured with a spectrum analyzer.
4-13
Model 8640B
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-18. SUB-HARMONICS AND NON-HARMONIC SPURIOUS TEST (Cont'd)
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 4-5. Sub-Harmonics and Non-Harmonic Spurious Test Setup
EQUIPMENT:
520 MHz Notch Filter ..................................................................................... HP 08640-60502
10 dB Step Attenuator................................................................................................ HP 355D
20 dB Amplifier .........................................................................................................HP 8447A
Spectrum Analyzer ...............................................................................HP 141T/8552B/8554B
PROCEDURE:
1.
Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4-5 after setting Signal Generator's controls as follows:
Meter Function ..................................................................................................................................... LEVEL
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND ................................................................................... Off
LOCK........................................................................................ Off
Source ..................................................................................... INT
AM............................................................................................................................................................ OFF
FM............................................................................................................................................................ OFF
RANGE ...................................................................................................................................... 128-256 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE ......................................................................................................................... 260 MHz
OUTPUT LEVEL................................................................................................................................+13 dBm
RF ON/OFF................................................................................................................................................ON
2.
Set step attenuator to 60 dB. Set analyzer's input attenuation to 0 dB, scale switch to log (10 dB/div), and reference level controls to -30 dBm; set resolution bandwidth to 30 kHz, frequency span per division (scan width) to
1 MHz, and tune the frequency controls to set 260 MHz at the center of the display. Adjust reference level vernier to set signal peak to top (reference) graticule line on display.
3.
Set generator's RANGE switch to 256 - 512 MHz. Tune analyzer to display the 520 MHz signal (i.e., the second harmonic of 260 MHz).
4.
Tune generator's FREQUENCY TUNE for a minimum signal on analyzer's display. Set the step attenuator to 0 dB, and again tune FREQUENCY TUNE for a minimum signal.
5.
The signal on the display should be below the top (reference level) graticule line. Tune the spectrum analyzer slowly to 500 kHz. All non-harmonic spurious signals, and sub-harmonics should be below the -40 dB graticule on the display (> 100 dB down).
100 dB __________________________
4-14
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-19. SINGLE SIDEBAND PHASE NOISE TEST
SPECIFICATION:
SSB Phase Noise at 20 kHz Offset from carrier:
(Averaged rms noise level below carrier stated in a 1 Hz bandwidth.)
256 MHz to 512 MHz: > 130 dB from 230 to 450 MHz increasing linearly to > 122 dB down at 550 MHz.
0.5 MHz to 256 MHz: Decreases approximately 6 dB for each divided frequency range until it reaches SSB
Broadband Noise Floor of > 140 dB.
DESCRIPTION:
Phase noise is measured with a spectrum analyzer. A reference signal generator and a mixer are used to down-convert the test Signal Generator's CW signal to 0 Hz (the two signal generators are phase locked together). Then the spectrum analyzer measures SSB phase noise at a 20 kHz offset from the carrier.
NOTE
This test measures the total SSB phase noise of both generators. Therefore, the reference signal generator must have SSB phase noise that is less than or equal to the specification for the test generator.
Figure 4-6. Single Sideband Phase Noise Test Setup
4-15
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-19. SINGLE SIDEBAND PHASE NOISE TEST (Cont'd)
EQUIPMENT:
Reference Signal Generator .....................................................................................HP 8640A
Mixer ......................................................................................................................HP 10514A
10 dB Step Attenuator................................................................................................ HP 355D
40 dB Amplifier .............................................................................................. HP 08640-60506
Oscilloscope ........................................................................................ HP 180A/1801A/1820C
Spectrum Analyzer ...............................................................................HP 141T/8552B/8556A
Noise Phase Lock Circuit ............................................................................... HP 08640-60504
PROCEDURE:
1.
Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4-6 after setting test Signal Generator's controls as follows:
Meter Function
COUNTER MODE:
........................................................................................... LEVEL
EXPAND ................................................................................... Off
LOCK........................................................................................ Off
Source ..................................................................................... INT
AM............................................................................................................................................................ OFF
FM............................................................................................................................................................ OFF
PEAK DEVIATION.................................................................................................................................. 5 kHz
PEAK DEVIATION Vernier ................................................................................................................... Full cw
RANGE ...................................................................................................................................... 256-512 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE ......................................................................................................................... 550 MHz
OUTPUT LEVEL...................................................................................................................................-7 dBm
RF ON/OFF................................................................................................................................................ON
2.
Set analyzer's input level control to -40 dBm, resolution bandwidth to 1 kHz, dBm/dBV control to dBm 50 ohm, span width per division (scan width) to 5 kHz, and center frequency controls to 20 kHz. Set display reference level to -40 dBm (at 10 dB per division). Using analyzer's 20 kHz markers, measure and note 20 kHz on the display.
3.
Set oscilloscope's volts/div control to 0.02 and time/div control to 50 its; set the input to measure dc. Set 10 dB step attenuator to 80 dB. Set 40 dB amplifier's input impedance switch to 50 ohms.
4.
Set reference signal generator for a 549.98 MHz, CW signal at +13 dBm (i.e., 20 kHz below test generator's frequency). Fine adjust its frequency for a 20 kHz signal on analyzer's display. Adjust analyzer's display reference level controls so that the 20 kHz signal is 4.3 dB below the top (reference) graticule line.
NOTE
The correction factors for this measurement are as follows: a.
The DSB to SSB transfer is 6 dB because the mixing process translates two correlated 1 kHz BW portions of the noise into the 1 kHz BW of the analyzer-giving twice the effective noise voltage.
4-16
Model 8640B
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-19. SINGLE SIDEBAND PHASE NOISE TEST (Cont'd)
NOTE (Cont'd) b.
+2.5 dB because noise is average detected after logging*.
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P c.
-0.8 dB. Effective noise BW is 1.2 x 3 dB BW which gives -0.8 dB - 10 log (actual 3 dB
BW/nominal 3 dB BW)*.
Summing the correction factors gives -4.3 dB 10 log (actual 3 dB BW/nominal 3 dB BW) or approximately -4.3 dB ±1 dB.
5.
Phase lock the generators by setting test generator's FM switch to DC and by tuning reference signal generator to
550 MHz (i.e., for a difference frequency of 0 Hz). Monitor phase lock on oscilloscope, checking that mixer's output is 0 Vdc (if it is not, fine tune reference generator until it is).
6.
Set analyzer's display smoothing (video filter) to 10 Hz. Set step attenuator to 0 dB. The top (reference) graticule line on analyzer's display represents 110 dB/Hz below carrier level (the transfer from a 1 kHz BW to a 1 Hz BW is
30 dB). The average noise level on the display should be> 12 dB below top graticule line at 20 kHz (i.e., > 122 dB below carrier).
12 dB ___________________________
NOTE
Set oscilloscope to check for possible line-related signals in test setup. They should be < 10 mVp-p.
7.
Set test Signal Generator to 450 MHz and FM switch to OFF. Set reference signal generator to 449.98 MHz (i.e.,
20 kHz below the test generator's frequency). Repeat steps 2 through 6. The average noise level on the display should be > 20 dB below top graticule line at 20 kHz.
20 dB ___________________________
NOTE
SSB phase noise can be checked at any other frequency from 230 kHz to 550 MHz by following the procedures given above. Noise decreases approximately 6 dB per each octave band change down to -140 dB below carrier.
4-20. SINGLE SIDEBAND BROADBAND NOISE FLOOR TEST
SPECIFICATION:
SSB Broadband Noise Floor at maximum output vernier and greater than 500 kHz offset from carrier: (Averaged rms noise level below carrier stated in a 1 Hz bandwidth.) 0.5 to 512 MHz: >140 dB.
* See Hewlett-Packard Application Note 150-4. Spectrum Analysis - Noise Measurements.
4-17
Model 8640B TM 9-4938-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-20. SINGLE SIDEBAND BROADBAND NOISE FLOOR (Cont'd)
DESCRIPTION:
A spectrum analyzer is used to measure the broadband noise floor (a reference signal generator and a mixer are used to down-convert the test Signal Generator's RF output and noise to within the range of the spectrum analyzer). A reference level is set on the analyzer with a 5 kHz signal, the signal is changed to 500 kHz and removed from the analyzer with a filter, and the broadband noise floor is measured.
Figure 4-7. Single Sideband Broadband Noise Floor Test Setup
EQUIPMENT:
Reference Signal Generator .....................................................................................HP 8640A
Mixer ......................................................................................................................HP 10514A
15 kHz Low-Pass Filter ................................................................................ CIR-Q-TEL 7 Pole
10 dB Step Attenuator................................................................................................ HP 355D
40 dB Amplifier .............................................................................................. HP 08640-60506
Spectrum Analyzer ...............................................................................HP 141T/8552B/8556A
PROCEDURE:
1.
Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4-7 after setting test Signal Generator's controls as follows:
Meter Function ..................................................................................................................................... LEVEL
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND ................................................................................... Off
LOCK........................................................................................ Off
Source ..................................................................................... INT
AM............................................................................................................................................................ OFF
FM............................................................................................................................................................ OFF
RANGE ...................................................................................................................................... 256-512 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE .................................................................................................................. 500.000 MHz
OUTPUT LEVEL....................................................................................................... -7 dBm (Vernier max cw)
RF ON/OFF................................................................................................................................................ON
4-18
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-20. SINGLE SIDEBAND BROADBAND NOISE FLOOR (Cont'd)
2.
Set 10 dB step attenuator to 80 dB. Set reference signal generator for a 500.005 MHz (i.e., 5 kHz above the test generator's frequency), CW signal at +13 dBm (output vernier maximum cw). Set 40 dB amplifier's input impedance switch to 50 ohms.
3.
Set spectrum analyzer's resolution bandwidth to 1 kHz, set input level control to -40 dBm and dBm/dBV to dBm 50 ohm, and adjust frequency controls to set the 5 kHz difference frequency in the center of the display. Set analyzer's display reference level controls for 10 dB per division with the 5 kHz difference signal 1.3 dB from the top (reference) graticule line on the display.
NOTE
The correction factors for this measurement are as follows: a. The DSB to SSB transfer is -3 dB because the mixing process translates two uncorrelated 1 kHz BW portions of the noise into the 1 kHz BW of the analyzer-giving
√ 2 times the effective noise voltage.
b. +2.5 dB because noise is average detected after logging.* c. -0.8 dB. Effective noise BW is 1.2 x 3 dB BW which gives -0.8 dB - 10 log (actual 3 dB
BW/nominal 3 dB BW).*
Summing the correction factors gives -1.3 dB - 10 log (actual 3 dB BW/nominal 3 dB BW) or approximately -1.3 dB ± 1 dB.
4.
Change reference signal generator's output frequency to 500.50 MHz. Set 10 dB step attenuator to 0 dB. Set analyzer's display smoothing (video filter) to 10 Hz. The top graticule line on analyzer's display represents -110 dB
(the transfer from a 1 kHz BW to a 1 Hz BW is 30 dB). The average noise level on the display should be >30 dB below the top graticule line (i.e.,>140 dB below carrier).
30 dB ___________________________
NOTE
If the test generator appears to be out of specification, check for excessive noise in the test setup by disconnecting the test generator. The noise level on the analyzer's display should decrease at least 10 dB.
* See Hewlett-Packard Application Note 150-4. Spectrum Analysis - Noise Measurements.
4-19
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-21. RESIDUAL AM TEST
SPECIFICATION:
Residual AM: (Averaged rms)
Post-detection Noise Bandwidth
300 Hz to 3 kHz 20 Hz to 15 kHz
>85 dB down >78 dB down
DESCRIPTION:
An rms voltmeter is calibrated with a measured amount of amplitude modulation from the Signal Generator. Then the
AM is removed and the generator's residual AM is read directly from the voltmeter.
Figure 4-8. Residual AM Test Setup
EQUIPMENT:
RMS Voltmeter .........................................................................................................HP 3400A
Detector....................................................................................................................HP 8471A
3 kHz Low-Pass Filter (LPF) ........................................................................ CIR-Q-TEL 5 Pole
15 kHz Low-Pass Filter (LPF) ...................................................................... CIR-Q-TEL 7 Pole
40 dB Amplifier ...........................................................................................................HP 465A
Capacitor 5
µ
F .................................................................................................. HP 0180-2211
50 Ohm Load..........................................................................................................HP 11593A
PROCEDURE:
1.
detector, amplifier, 15 kHz LPF, and across the 50 ohm load). Set Signal Generator's controls as follows:
4-20
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-21. RESIDUAL AM TEST (Cont'd)
Meter Function ..................................................................................................................................... LEVEL
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND ................................................................................... Off
LOCK........................................................................................ Off
Source ..................................................................................... INT
AM............................................................................................................................................................. INT
MODULATION ................................................................................................................................... Full ccw
MODULATION FREQUENCY............................................................................................................. 1000 Hz
FM............................................................................................................................................................ OFF
RANGE .................................................................................................................................... 256 - 512 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE ......................................................................................................................... 500 MHz
OUTPUT LEVEL...................................................................................................... +13 dBm (Vernier full cw)
RF ON/OFF................................................................................................................................................ON
2.
Set Meter Function to AM and slowly turn Signal Generator's MODULATION control clockwise until its panel meter indicates 10% AM. Note voltmeter reading in dB.
3.
Set generator's AM switch to OFF. The residual AM should read >58 dB below the reference noted in step 2 (i.e.,
>78 dB down). (The 10% AM, after detection, is 20 dB below the carrier level. Residual AM is then 20 dB -78 dB
= -58 dB.)
58 dB ___________________________
4.
Replace the 15 kHz LPF with the 3 kHz LPF. Add the capacitor between amplifier and filter and repeat steps 1 through 3. The residual AM should read >65 dB below the reference noted in step 2 (i.e., > 85 dB down).
65 dB ___________________________
4-22. RESIDUAL FM TEST
SPECIFICATION:
Residual FM: (Averaged rms)
Post-detection
Noise
Bandwidth
230 to 550
MHz
300 Hz to
3 kHz
<5 Hz
CW and up to 1/8 maximum allowable peak deviation
20 Hz to
15 kHz
<15 Hz
300 Hz to
3 kHz
<15 Hz
Up to maximum allowable peak deviation
20 Hz to
15 kHz
<30 Hz
4-21
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-22. RESIDUAL FM TEST (Cont'd)
DESCRIPTION:
An FM discriminator is used to measure FM deviation (a reference signal generator and a mixer are used to downconvert the test Signal Generator's RF output to within the range of the discriminator). The discriminator output is filtered and amplified and then measured with a voltmeter. The voltmeter reading, in mVrms, is proportional to the rms frequency deviation of the residual FM.
NOTE
This test measures the total residual FM of both generators. Therefore, the reference generator must have residual FM that is less than or equal to the specification for the test generator.
Figure 4-9. Residual FM Test Setup
EQUIPMENT:
FM Discriminator ......................................................................................................HP 5210A
Filter Kit..................................................................................................................HP 10531A
RMS Voltmeter .........................................................................................................HP 3400A
40 dB Amplifier ...........................................................................................................HP 465A
Capacitor 5 pF ................................................................................................... HP 0180-2211
Reference Signal Generator .....................................................................................HP 8640A
Mixer ......................................................................................................................HP 10514A
3 kHz Low-Pass Filter (LPF) ........................................................................ CIR-Q-TEL 5 Pole
15 kHz Low-Pass Filter (LPF) ...................................................................... CIR-Q-TEL 7 Pole
50 Ohm Load..........................................................................................................HP 11593A
4-22
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-22. RESIDUAL FM TEST (Cont'd)
PROCEDURE:
Meter Function .......................................................................................... LEVEL
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND .......................................................................... Off
LOCK .............................................................................. Off
AM
FM
Source ........................................................................... INT
.........................................................................................................OFF
........................................................................................................... AC
PEAK DEVIATION ................................................................................. 320 kHz
PEAK DEVIATION Vernier ....................................................................... Full cw
RANGE ......................................................................................... 256 - 512 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE ............................................................................. 500 MHz
OUTPUT LEVEL ..................................................................................... -7 dBm
RF ON/OFF ....................................................................................................ON
2. Install shorting board in discriminator and calibrate it for 1 Vdc (at the output jack) for a full-scale meter reading.
Remove shorting board, prepare a 20 kHz Butterworth low-pass filter (from the filter kit), and install the filter in the discriminator.
3. Set reference signal generator for a 500.10 MHz, CW signal at +13 dBm.
4. Connect discriminator to mixer. Set discriminator's range to 100 kHz and sensitivity to 0.01 Vrms. Fine tune either generator for a full-scale meter reading on the discriminator.
5. Connect amplifier to discriminator output. Connect the voltmeter through the 15 kHz LPF to amplifier's output.
The signal out of the amplifier is 0.5 mVrms per 1 Hz (rms) of residual FM deviation, and the average voltmeter reading should be less than 7.5 mVrms (i.e., <15 Hz (rms) residual FM).
--------------------7.5 mVrms
NOTE
Test setup calibration can be checked by setting the test generator's FM to INT, PEAK
DEVIATION to 5 kHz (vernier full cw), and MODULATION FREQUENCY to 1000 Hz. The voltmeter should read 1.77 Vrms.
6. Connect the capacitor between amplifier and filter. Replace 15 kHz LPF with 3 kHz LPF. The average voltmeter reading should be less than 2.5 mVrms (i.e., <5 Hz (rms) residual FM).
------------------2.5 mVrms
7. Set test Signal Generator's PEAK DEVIATION switch to 2.56 MHz. The average voltmeter reading should be less than 7.5 mVrms (i.e., <15 Hz (rms) residual FM).
------------------7.5 mVrms
4-23
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-22. RESIDUAL FM TEST (Cont'd)
8. Remove the capacitor and replace 3 kHz LPF with 15 kHz LI'F. The average( voltmeter reading should be less than 15 mVrms (i.e., <30 Hz (rms) residual FM).
-------------------15 mVrms
4-23. OUTPUT LEVEL ACCURACY TEST (Abbreviated)
SPECIFICATION:
Range: 10 dB steps and 18 dB vernier provide output power settings from +19 to -145 dBm (2V to 0.013 µ V) into 50
Ω
.
Level Accuracy:
+19 to -7
Using Top 10 dB of Vernier Range
-7 to -47 -47 to -137
Using Full
Vernier Range
+19 to -145 Output Level (dBm)
Total Accuracy as
Indicated on
Level Meter
1.5 dB +2.0 dB +2.5 dB Add +0.5 dB
DESCRIPTION:
The RF level accuracy for the upper four OUTPUT LEVEL attenuator ranges is measured with a power meter. For the lower ranges, a reference signal is established on a spectrum analyzer display, the Signal Generator's OUTPUT LEVEL switch and the spectrum analyzer's vertical scale log reference level control are stepped together, and any amplitude variations are measured on the analyzer's display. An RF attenuator and amplifier at the RF OUTPUT are adjusted for analyzer compatibility and best sensitivity.
This procedure uses an IF substitution technique in which the spectrum analyzer's IF is the standard. The IF step accuracy should be within ± 0.2 dB overall. The IF step accuracy can be checked using the above technique by comparing a lab calibrated attenuator (such as HP Model 355D Option 1136) with the IF step control at the frequency of attenuator calibration (e.g., 3 MHz for the HP 355D Option H36).
NOTE
This procedure checks output level accuracy from +19 dBm to -127 dBm, all of the attenuator sections in the OUTPUT LEVEL step attenuator, and the OUTPUT LEVEL vernier. If, in addition, level accuracy must be verified down to 145 dBm, see paragraph ,4-24.
4-24
Model 8640B
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-23. OUTPUT LEVEL ACCURACY TEST (Abbreviated) (Cont'd)
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 4-10. Output Level Accuracy Test Setup (Abbreviated).
EQUIPMENT:
Spectrum Analyzer........................................................... HP 141T/8552B/8554B
Power Meter........................................................................................... HP 435A
Power Sensor....................................................................................... HP 8481A
20 dB Amplifier (2 required) ................................................................. HP 8447A
10 dB Step Attenuator ............................................................................HP 355D
Double Shielded Cable (2 required)..............................................HP 08708-6033
NOTE
An HP Model 432A Power Meter with a Model 478A Thermistor Mount can be used for this test.
However, a 10 dB attenuator, such as the Model 8491A OPT 10, must be used with the mount.
This will slightly degrade measurement accuracy.
PROCEDURE:
1. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4-10 after setting Signal Generator's controls as follows:
Meter Function .......................................................................................... LEVEL
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND .......................................................................... Off
LOCK............................................................................... Off
Source ............................................................................ INT
AM ................................................................................................................OFF
FM ................................................................................................................OFF
RANGE ........................................................................................ .256 - 512 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE .............................................................................. 512 MHz
OUTPUT LEVEL ....................................................................................+19 dBm
RF ON/OFF ....................................................................................................ON
4-25
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-23. OUTPUT LEVEL ACCURACY TEST (Abbreviated) (Cont'd)
2. Set power meter's controls so that it can measure +19 dBm. Connect power sensor to Signal Generator's RF
OUTPUT.
3. Set Signal Generator's RF OUTPUT LEVEL controls for levels (set using generator's panel meter) shown in the table below; verify that the level is within the specified tolerance.
Full cw
1 step ccw from full cw
2 steps ccw from full cw
3 steps ccw from full cw
OUTPUT LEVEL
Switch
Signal Generator
R F Level Set
(with Panel Meter)
+19 dBm
+13 dBm
+5 dBm
+13 dBm
+8 dBm
+3 dBm
-5 dBm
+3 dBm
-7 dBm
Power Meter
Reading (dBm)
Set level
+17.5 - 20.5
+11.5 - +14.5
+3.0 - +7.0
+11.5 - +14.5
+6.5 - +9.5
+1.5 - +4.5
-7.0 - -3.0
+1.5 - +4.5
-8.5 - -5.5
4. Set step attenuator to 70 dB. Set spectrum analyzer center frequency to 512 MHz, resolution bandwidth to 1 kHz, frequency span per division (scan width) to 0.5 kHz, input attenuation to 0 dB, tuning stabilizer on, display smoothing (video filter) to 100 Hz, 2 dB per division vertical log display with a -20 dBm reference level.
5. Connect attenuator to generator's RF OUTPUT without disturbing generator's controls. Center signal on analyzer's display. Consider the center horizontal graticule line equivalent to -7 dBm (with a panel meter reading of +3 dB), then with the vertical scale reference vernier control set the signal peak to be equal to the last measured level on the power meter.
NOTE
If, for example, the last power meter reading was -7.4 dBm, the vertical scale resolution is 2 dB/division, therefore, the signal peak should be 0.4 dB or 0.2 division below the center
(reference) graticule line.
4-26
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-23. OUTPUT LEVEL ACCURACY TEST (Abbreviated) (Cont'd)
6. Step Signal Generator's OUTPUT LEVEL switch and analyzer's vertical scale log reference level control as shown in the following table. Verify that the amplitude falls within +2.0 dB (1 division) of the center (reference) graticule line in each case. If necessary, use generator's OUTPUT LEVEL vernier to reset panel meter to +3 dB.
Signal Generator Spectrum Analyzer
OUTPUT LEVEL
Switch (from full cw)
3 steps ccw
4 steps ccw
5 steps ccw
6 steps ccw
RF Level Set
(with Panel
Meter)
-7 dBm
-17 dBm
-27 dBm
-37 dBm
Log Reference
Level Control
(dBm)
-20
-30
-40
-50
Display Amplitude
(dB)
Set level
-2.0 - +2.0
-2.0 - +2.0
-2.0 - +2.0
7. Set analyzer's vertical scale log reference level to -10 dBm and reset the 10 dB step attenuator to 30 dB. With the vertical scale log reference vernier, set the signal peak to the same level, with respect to the horizontal center (reference) graticule line, as the last measurement recorded on the preceeding table.
NOTE
If generator appears to be out of specification, check accuracy of spectrum analyzer's vertical scale calibration.
8. Step Signal Generator's OUTPUT LEVEL switch and analyzer's vertical scale log reference level control as shown in the following table. Verify that the amplitude is within the specified tolerance. If necessary, use generator's OUTPUT LEVEL vernier to reset panel meter to +3 dB.
Spectrum Analyzer
Signal Generator
OUTPUT LEVEL
Switch (from full cw)
6 steps ccw
7 steps ccw
8 steps ccw
9 steps ccw
10 steps ccw
RF Level Set
(with Panel
Meter)
-37 dBm
-47 dBm
-57 dBm
-7 dBm
-77 dBm
Log Reference
Level Control
(dBm)
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
Display Amplitude
(dB)
Set level
-2.5 - +2.5
-2.5 - +2.5
-2.5 - +2.5
-2.5 - +2.5
4-27
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-23. OUTPUT LEVEL ACCURACY TEST (Abbreviated) (Cont'd)
9. Set step attenuator to 0 dB; set spectrum analyzer's vertical scale log reference level to -20 dBm.
Adjust vertical scale log reference vernier to give the same level, with respect to the center (reference) graticule line, as the last recorded entry on the previous table.
10. Set Signal Generator and analyzer controls as shown in the following table. The amplitude levels should be within the specified tolerances. If necessary, use generator's OUTPUT LEVEL vernier to reset panel meter to +3 dB.
Signal Generator
OUTPUT LEVEL
Switch (from full cw)
10 steps ccw
11 steps ccw
12 steps ccw
13 steps ccw
14 steps ccw
RF Level Set
(with Panel
Meter)
-77 dBm
-87 dBm
-97 dBm
-107 dBm
-117 dBm
Spectrum Analyzer
Log Reference
Level Control
(dBm)
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
Display Amplitude
(dB)
Set level
-2.5 - +2.5
-2.5 - +2.5
-2.5 - +2.5
-2.5 - +2.5
11. Set analyzer's display to 10 dB/division log. Adjust log reference level vernier to set signal to -10 dB graticule line (one major division from top of display) plus last recorded entry on previous table.
NOTE
If the following step appears to be out of specification, check the accuracy of the analyzer's display with an external, calibrated attenuator.
12. Set generator's OUTPUT LEVEL switch one step ccw to -127 dBm (adjust vernier for +3 dB indication on panel meter). The amplitude level indicated on analyzer's display should be within 3 dB of the -20 dB graticule line
(second major division from top of display).
--22.5 -17.5 dB
NOTE
The noise level on the analyzer's display should be >10 dB below the signal level. The signal should drop into the noise when the OUTPUT LEVEL vernier is turned fully ccw.
4-28
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-24. OUTPUT LEVEL ACCURACY TEST (Complete)
SPECIFICATION:
Range: 10 dB steps and 18 dB vernier provide output power settings from +19 to -145 dBm (2V to 0.013 µV) into 50
Ω
.
+19 to -7
Using Top 10 dB of
Vernier Range
-7 to -47
Using Full
Vernier Range
-47 to -137 +19 to -145 Output Level (dBm)
Total Accuracy as
Indicated on Level Meter
±1.5 dB ±2.0 dB ±2.5 dB Add ±0.5 dB
DESCRIPTION:
RF output level accuracy above -7 dBm is measured with a power meter; below -7 dBm, cumulative error is measured against a lab calibrated step attenuator using an IF substitution technique. The test Signal Generator's output is downconverted to 3 MHz (the IF) using a mixer and a reference signal generator. The 3 MHz IF is fed through the calibrated step attenuator to a spectrum analyzer. A reference level is established on the analyzer, and the step attenuator and the test generator's OUTPUT LEVEL switch are stepped together. Any amplitude variations are measured with a DVM connected to the analyzer's vertical output.
A spectrum analyzer tracking generator is connected, with the two signal generators, in a phase lock loop that prevents relative drift between the units.
NOTE
This procedure allows the output level accuracy to be verified down to -145 dBm. Care must be taken to ensure that leakage signals do not reduce the dynamic range of the test setup (use double-shielded coaxial cable, HP 08708-6033). Keep cables in the phase lock path away from cables in the measurement path.
EQUIPMENT:
Reference Signal Generator................................................................. HP 8640A
20 dB Amplifier (3 required) ................................................................. HP 8447A
10 dB Step Attenuator ............................................................................HP 355D
Calibrated Step Attenuator ..................................................... HP 355D OPT H36
Digital Voltmeter ........................................................ HP 3480B/3484A OPT 043
Spectrum Analyzer........................................................... HP 141T/8552B/8553B
Tracking Generator .............................................................................. HP 8443B
Mixer (3 required) .............................................................................. HP 10514A
4 MHz Low Pass Filter (2 required) ......................................... CIR-Q-TEL 3 Pole
4-29
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-24. OUTPUT LEVEL ACCURACY TEST (Complete) (Cont'd)
1.5 MHz Low Pass Filter.......................................................... CIR-Q-TEL 3 Pole
Oscilloscope.....................................................................HP 180A/1801A/1820C
20 dB Attenuator ..................................................................... HP 8491A OPT 20
13 dB Attenuator ................................................. HP 8491A OPT 10 and OPT 03
Power Meter .......................................................................................... HP 435A
Power Sensor....................................................................................... HP 8481A
Double Shielded Cable (17 required)............................................HP 08708-6033
Noise Filter:
SPST Switch ................................................................................. HP 3101-0163
100 k2 Resistor ............................................................................. HP 0757-0465
100 MF Capacitor.......................................................................... HP 0180-0094
NOTE
An HP Model 432A Power Meter with a Model 478A Thermistor Mount can be used for this test.
However, a 10 dB attenuator, such as the Model 8491A OPT 10, must be used with the mount.
This will slightly degrade measurement accuracy.
4-30
Model 8640B
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-24. OUTPUT LEVEL ACCURACY TEST (Complete) (Cont'd)
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 4-11. Output Level Accuracy Test Setup (Complete).
4-31
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-24. OUTPUT LEVEL ACCURACY TEST (Complete) (Cont'd)
PROCEDURE:
1. Connect power meter and power sensor to the test Signal Generator's RF OUTPUT jack. Set test generator's controls as follows:
Meter Function .......................................................................................... LEVEL
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND .......................................................................... Off
LOCK .............................................................................. Off
Source ........................................................................... INT
AM ...............................................................................................................OFF
FM ................................................................................................................OFF
RANGE ......................................................................................... 256 - 512 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE ............................................................................. 512 MHz
OUTPUT LEVEL ....................................................................................+19 dBm
RF ON/OFF ....................................................................................................ON
2. Set power meter's controls so that it can measure +19 dBm. Connect power sensor to test Signal Generator's RF
OUTPUT.
3. Set test Signal Generator's RF OUTPUT LEVEL controls for levels (set using generator's panel meter) shown in the table below; verify that the level is within the specified tolerance.
Signal Generator
OUTPUT LEVEL
Switch
Power Meter Reading
(dBm)
Full cw
1 step ccw from full cw
2 steps ccw from full cw
3 steps ccw from full cw
RF Level Set
(with Panel Meter)
+19 dBm
+13 dBm
+5 dBm
+13 dBm
+8 dBm
+3 dBm
-5 dBm
+3 dBm
-7 dBm
+17.5 - +20.5
+11.5 - +14.5
+3.0 - +7.0
+11.5 - +14.5
+6.5 - +9.5
+1.5 - +4.5
-7.0 - -3.0
+1.5 - +4.5
-8.5 - -5.5
4-32
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-24. OUTPUT LEVEL ACCURACY TEST (Complete) (Cont'd)
4. Disconnect power meter and sensor from generator. Connect test generator's RF OUTPUT to the step
OUTPUT LEVEL vernier).
5. Set reference signal generator for 515 MHz signal (with no AM) at +10 dBm. Set its modulation controls for external FM (dc) and 640 kHz peak deviation (FM vernier at maximum).
6. Set the RF attenuator to 50 dB and the IF attenuator to 40 dB.
7. Connect spectrum analyzer to tracking generator. Set analyzer's center frequency controls to 3 MHz with the tuning stabilizer on; set resolution bandwidth to 10 Hz, span width per division (scan width) to 5 kHz, and input attenuation to 10 dB. Set the display controls for a linear display with 0.1 mV/div; set display smoothing (video filter) to 100 Hz and set the tracking generator for 0 dBm output.
8. Set oscilloscope for dc input coupling, vertical to 5 mV/div, and horizontal to 0.5 ms/div.
9. Set digital voltmeter's noise filter to maximum filtering, range to 10OV, and function to dc.
NOTE
The noise filter between the analyzer and the DVM can be used instead of, or with, the DVM's noise filter whenever the DVM's reading is obscured by noise. To use this filter, switch it off (if it is on) for approximately two seconds to allow the capacitor to charge, then switch it on; wait approximately 30 seconds to allow the filter to reach the average value of the signal then take the reading.
10. Phase lock the system by tuning the reference signal generator's frequency to center the 3 MHz IF signal on analyzer's display. Set analyzer's span width per division to zero, then tune reference signal generator to indicate phase lock on the oscilloscope (the signal will peak, then become 0 Vdc when phase lock is reached).
NOTE
Care must be taken to ensure that all measurements are taken during phase lock. Also, the tracking generator's tracking adjustment should be periodically checked to ensure that the trace is peaked on the analyzer.
11. Adjust analyzer's display sensitivity controls for a -500 mVdc reading on the DVM. Measure the accuracy of test
Signal Generator's output using IF substitution by switching the OUTPUT LEVEL switch in 10 dB steps while switching the IF attenuator (the calibrated 10 dB step attenuator). The DVM should read -500 mVdc ±0.5 dB. If necessary, use test generator's OUTPUT LEVEL vernier to reset panel meter to +3 dB.
4-33
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-24. OUTPUT LEVEL ACCURACY TEST (Complete) (Cont'd)
IF Attenuator
(dB)
40
30
20
10
0
Test Generator
OUTPUT LEVEL
-7 dBm
-17 dBm
-27 dBm
-37 dBm
-47 dBm
DVM Readings
(mVdc)
-500 (set)
-472.0 - -529.6
-472.0 - -529.6
-472.0 - -529.6
-472.0 - -529.6
12. Set the RF attenuator to 0 dB and the IF attenuator to 50 dB. use analyzer's display sensitivity controls to set the
DVM to the reading noted at the -47 dBm step, then continue. The DVM should read -500 mVdc ± 1 dB. If necessary, use test generator's OUTPUT LEVEL vernier to reset panel meter to +3 dB.
IF Attenuator
(dB)
50
40
Test Generator
OUTPUT LEVEL
-47 dBm
-57 dBm
DVM Readings
(mVdc)
Set level
-445.6 - -561.0
13. Set the IF attenuator to 30 dB, OUTPUT LEVEL to -67 dBm, and then adjust the OUTPUT LEVEL vernier so that the test Signal Generator's panel meter reads -67 dBm, then continue. The DVM should read -500 mVdc ± 1 dB.
IF Attenuator
(dB)
30
20
10
Test Generator
OUTPUT LEVEL
-67 dBm
-77 dBm
-87 dBm
DVM Readings
(mVdc)
-445.6 - -561.0
-445.6 - -561.0
-445.6 - -561.0
14. Set the IF attenuator to 0 dB, OUTPUT LEVEL to -97 dBm, and then adjust the OUTPUT LEVEL vernier so that the test generator's panel meter reads -97 dBm. The DVM should read -500 mVdc ± 1 dB.
-445.6_____________-561.0 mVdc
4-34
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-24. OUTPUT LEVEL ACCURACY TEST (Complete) (Cont'd)
15. Set the IF attenuator to 30 dB and use analyzer's display sensitivity controls to set the DVM to the reading noted in step 14, then continue. The DVM should read -500 mVdc ± 1 dB. If necessary, use test generator's OUTPUT
LEVEL vernier to reset panel meter to +3 dB.
IF Attenuator
(dB)
30
20
10
0
Test Generator
OUTPUT LEVEL
-97 dBm
-107 dBm
-117 dBm
-127 dBm
DVM Readings
(mVdc)
Set level
-445.6 - -561.0
-445.6 - -561.0
-445.6 - -561.0
16. Set the IF attenuator to 20 dB and use analyzer's display sensitivity controls to set the DVM to the reading noted at the -127 dBm step above, then continue. The DVM should read -500 mVdc ± 1 dB. If necessary, use test generator's OUTPUT LEVEL vernier to reset panel meter to +3 dB.
IF Attenuator
(dB)
20
10
Test Generator
OUTPUT LEVEL
-127 dBm
-137 dBm
DVM Readings
(mVdc)
Set level
-445.6 - -561.0
17. Set the IF attenuator to 0 dB and adjust the OUTPUT LEVEL vernier so that test Signal Generator's panel meter reads 0.013 pV (-144.75 dBm). The DVM should read --650 mVdc ± 1.5 dB.
-546.9________________-772.5 mVdc
18. Verify the test accuracy by increasing the RF attenuator by 10 dB. The DVM should drop below --300 mVdc. If it does not, check the test setup for RF leakage paths.
19. Check output level accuracy at other output frequencies by setting the two generators for a 3 MHz difference frequency and repeating steps 1 through 18.
4-35
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-25. OUTPUT LEVEL FLATNESS TEST
SPECIFICATION;
Level Flatness: <+0.5 dB flatness from 0.5 to 512 MHz referred to output at 50 MHz. (Flatness applies to +13 to -7 dBm and for top 10 dB of vernier range.)
DESCRIPTION:
A power meter is used to measure output level flatness across each band.
Figure 4-12. Output Level Flatness Test Setup.
EQUIPMENT:
NOTE
The mount's VSWR should be 1.1:1 max. The attenuator's VSWR should be 1.06:1 max with flatness ± 0.05 dB from 0.5 to 512 MHz.
PROCEDURE:
Power Meter........................................................................................... HP 432A
Thermistor Mount ................................................................... HP 478A OPT H63
10 dB Attenuator ..................................................................... HP 8491A OPT 10
1. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4-12 after setting Signal Generator's controls as follows:
Meter Function .......................................................................................... LEVEL
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND .......................................................................... Off
LOCK............................................................................... Off
Source ............................................................................ INT
AM ...............................................................................................................OFF
FM ................................................................................................................OFF
RANGE ........................................................................................... 32 - 64 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE ................................................................................50 MHz
OUTPUT LEVEL ..................................................... . +13 dBm (Vernier max cw)
RF ON/OFF ...................................................................................................ON
4-36
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-25. OUTPUT LEVEL FLATNESS TEST (Cont'd)
2. Adjust OUTPUT LEVEL vernier for a power meter reading of +3 dBm at 50 MHz. Using RANGE and
FREQUENCY TUNE controls, slowly tune -Signal Generator from 512 MHz to 0.5 MHz. On each range, note maximum and minimum power meter readings in dBm.
3. The overall maximum reading and the overall minimum reading should both be within 0.5 dB of the reading at 50
MHz.
_________________0.5 dB
4-26. OUTPUT IMPEDANCE TEST (In Band)
SPECIFICATION:
Impedance: 50
Ω
ac coupled, 40 Vdc maximum, VSWR <2.0 on 2V and 1V output ranges; <1.3 on all other ranges.
DESCRIPTION:
The generator's output signal is reflected back into the RF OUTPUT jack by a coaxial short at the end of an adjustable stub (a variable length of air-line). This reflected signal is re-reflected by any mismatch at the jack. The re-reflected signal combines with the output signal according to the relative phase and magnitude of the two signals. The combined signal is monitored by a directional coupler and then measured by a voltmeter. Maximum and minimum power levels are noted as the electrical length of the stub is varied (i.e., the distance from the RF OUTPUT jack to the coaxial short is varied). VSWR is then calculated from the formula
VSWR =
Vmax
Vmin
4-37
Model 8640B
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-26. OUTPUT IMPEDANCE TEST (In Band) (Cont'd)
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 4-13. Output Impedance Test Setup (In Band).
EQUIPMENT:
Directional Coupler....................................................................HP 778D OPT 12
Adapter (Male Type N to GR 874) ................................................ HP 1250-0847
Adjustable Stub ............................................................. General Radio 874-D50L
Vector Voltmeter ................................................................................. HP 8405A
509
Ω
Tee........................................................................................... HP 11536A
502
Ω
Termination .................................................................................. HP 908A
PROCEDURE:
1. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4-13 after setting Signal Generator's controls as follows:
Meter Function .......................................................................................... LEVEL
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND .......................................................................... Off
LOCK .............................................................................. Off
Source ............................................................................ INT
AM ................................................................................................................OFF
FM ................................................................................................................OFF
RANGE ......................................................................................... 256 - 512 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE .............................................................................. 512 MHz
OUTPUT LEVEL ...................................................... ±10 dBm (Switch 1 step ccw from full cw)
RF ON/OFF ....................................................................................................ON
4-38
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-26. OUTPUT IMPEDANCE TEST (In Band) (Cont'd)
2. Set voltmeter so that it can measure 100 mV. Adjust the stub for a minimum indication on power meter. Adjust generator's OUTPUT LEVEL vernier for a 50 mV indication on voltmeter (
V min).
3. Adjust the stub for a maximum indication on voltmeter. The voltmeter should indicate <100 mV (
V max).
______________100 mV
4. Set generator's OUTPUT LEVEL switch one step ccw to 0 dBm. Set voltmeter so that it can measure 30 mV.
Adjust the stub for a minimum indication on voltmeter. Adjust generator's OUTPUT LEVEL vernier for a 10 mV indication on voltmeter (
V min).
5. Adjust the stub for a maximum indication on voltmeter. The voltmeter should indicate <13 mV (
V max)13 mV 6.
Set generator's OUTPUT LEVEL switch one step ccw to -10 dBm. Set voltmeter so that it can measure 10 mV.
Adjust the stub for a minimum indication on voltmeter. Adjust generator's OUTPUT LEVEL vernier for a 5 mV indication on voltmeter (
V min).
7. Adjust the stub for a maximum indication on voltmeter. The voltmeter should indicate <6.5 mV (
V max).
8. If desired, repeat at other frequencies between 256 and 512 MHz.
NOTE
The steps given above effectively check VSWR at all settings of the output attenuator (see
Service Sheet 13).
4-27. OUTPUT IMPEDANCE TEST (Out of Band)
SPECIFICATION:
Impedance: 50
Ω
, ac coupled, 40 Vdc maximum, VSWR <2.0 on 2V and 1V output ranges; <1.3 on all other ranges.
DESCRIPTION:
A tracking generator is used as an external 50
Ω
signal source to feed a VSWR bridge. The output port of the bridge is connected to a spectrum analyzer. The through port of the bridge is connected to a short circuit to establish a reference, then to the generator output. Return loss versus frequency is displayed on the spectrum analyzer.
4-39
Model 8640B
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-27. OUTPUT IMPEDANCE TEST (Out of Band) (Cont'd)
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 4-14. Output Impedance Test Setup (Out of Band).
EQUIPMENT:
Tracking Generator ............................................................................. HP 8444A
Spectrum Analyzer........................................................... HP 8554B/8552B/141T
VSWR Bridge ............................................................................... Wiltron 60N50
Coaxial Short ..................................................................................... HP 11512A
10 dB Attenuator .................................................................... HP 8491A OPT 10
PROCEDURE:
1. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4-14 after setting Signal Generator's controls as follows:
AM ...............................................................................................................OFF
FM ................................................................................................................OFF
RANGE ......................................................................................... 256 - 512 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE ................................................................................ Full cw
OUTPUT LEVEL ....................................................................................+19 dBm
RF ON/OFF ..................................................................................................OFF
2. Set spectrum analyzer for a frequency span of 50 550 MHz, 300 kHz resolution bandwidth, and 20 dB input attenuation. Set tracking generator output level to 0 dBm.
3. To establish a reference level, connect coaxial short to bridge output port. Use the spectrum analyzer's vertical scale, logrithmic level controls to set the reference level trace to the top of the analyzer display.
4. Remove coaxial short and couple bridge output port to Signal Generator's RF OUTPUT connector. The difference, in dB, from the reference level established in step 3 to the level now visible on the display is the return loss of the generator's output port. The return loss should be >9.5 dB from 50 to 512 MHz (VSWR <2.0:1).
9.5 dB________________
4-40
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-27. OUTPUT IMPEDANCE TEST (Out of Band) (Cont'd)
5. Set generator's FREQUENCY TUNE control fully ccw and repeat steps 3 and 4. Return loss should be >9.5 dB from 50 to 512 MHz.
9.5 dB________________
6. Set generator's OUTPUT LEVEL switch two steps ccw to --1 dBm and repeat steps 3 and 4. Return loss should be >17.7 dB from 50 to 512 MHz (VSWR <1.3:1).
17.7 dB________________
7. Set generator's FREQUENCY TUNE control fully cw and repeat steps 3 and 4. Return loss should be >17.7 dB from 50 to 512 MHz.
17.7 dB_______________
4-28. AUXILIARY OUTPUT TEST
SPECIFICATION:
Auxiliary Output: Rear panel BNC output is >-5 dBm into 50
Ω
, source impedance is approximately 500
Ω
.
DESCRIPTION:
The power level from the generator's rear panel Auxiliary RF Output jack is measured with a power meter as the Signal
Generator is tuned from 512 MHz to 500 kHz.
EQUIPMENT:
Power Meter .......................................................................................... HP 432A
Thermistor Mount .................... ............................................. HP 478A OPT H63
PROCEDURE:
1. Connect power meter's thermistor mount to generator's rear panel Auxiliary Output jack after setting Signal
Generator's controls as follows:
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND . ...................................................................... Off
LOCK .............................................................................. Off
Source ........................................................................... INT
AM ...............................................................................................................OFF
FM ................................................................................................................OFF
RANGE ......................................................................................... 256 - 512 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE ............................................................................. 512 MHz
RF ON/OFF ....................................................................................................ON
4-41
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-28. AUXILIARY OUTPUT TEST (Cont'd)
2. Use generator's FREQUENCY TUNE and RANGE controls to tune from 512 to 0.5 MHz. The power meter should read >-5 dBm at all frequencies.
-5 dBm_________________
4-29. OUTPUT LEAKAGE TEST
SPECIFICATION:
Leakage: (With all unused outputs terminated properly). Leakage limits are below those specified in MIL-1-6181D.
Furthermore, less than 3 MV is induced in a 2-turn, 1-inch diameter loop 1 inch away from any surface and measured into a 50
Ω
receiver.
DESCRIPTION:
A loop antenna is held one inch from all surfaces of the Signal Generator and any leakage monitored with a spectrum analyzer. The loop antenna is suspended in a molding so that when the molding is in contact with a surface, the loop antenna is one inch from the surface.
NOTE
The use of a screen room may be necessary to reduce external radiated interference.
Figure 4-15. Output Leakage Test Setup.
NOTE
To avoid disturbing antenna's field and causing measurement error, grasp antenna at the end that has the BNC connector.
4-42
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-29. OUTPUT LEAKAGE TEST (Cont'd)
EQUIPMENT:
RF ON/OFF ....................................................................................................ON
One-Inch Loop Antenna .............................................................HP 08640-60501
20 dB Amplifier (0.5 - 400 MHz) ........................................................... HP 8447A
20 dB Amplifier (400 - 1200 MHz) ........................................................ HP 8447B
Spectrum Analyzer..................................................... . . HP 141T/8552B/8554B
50 Ohm Load (6 required) .................................................................. HP 11593A
PROCEDURE:
- 400 MHz amplifier) after setting Signal Generator's controls as follows:
Meter Function .......................................................................................... LEVEL
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND .......................................................................... Off
LOCK............................................................................... Off
Source ............................................................................ INT
AM ................................................................................................................OFF
FM ................................................................................................................OFF
RANGE ........................................................................................... 64 -128 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE .............................................................................. 100 MHz
OUTPUT LEVEL ...................................................................................-107 dBm
RF ON/OFF ....................................................................................................ON
2. Set spectrum analyzer's resolution bandwidth to 10 kHz, input attenuation to 0 dB, frequency span per division
(scan width) to 20 MHz, scale to log (10 dB per division), scale reference level controls to -50 dBm, and scale center frequency controls to 100 MHz. Calibrate the analyzer by using the scale reference level controls to set the -107 dBm signal from the generator to the -37 dB graticule line on the display. Disconnect generator from analyzer and connect 50 ohm terminations to generator's output ports (including the Auxiliary RF Output on rear panel).
3. Connect one-inch loop antenna to analyzer through 0.5 400 MHz amplifier. Hold end of loop antenna cylinder in contact with all surfaces of Signal Generator; set analyzer's center frequency controls to 300 MHz and repeat.
All signals and noise should be below the -27 dB graticule line on analyzer's display (below -97 dBm) from 0.5 to
400 MHz.
-97 dBm____________
4. Replace 0.5 400 MHz amplifier with 400 1200 MHz amplifier. Set analyzer's center frequency controls to 500
MHz; set generator's RANGE control to 256 512 MHz and FREQUENCY TUNE control to 500 MHz, and connect generator to analyzer and calibrate analyzer as specified in step 2. Then reterminate RF OUTPUT, reconnect loop antenna to analyzer and hold end of loop antenna cylinder in contact with all surfaces of generator. All signals and noise should be below the -27 dB graticule line on analyzer's display (below -97 dBm) from 400 MHz to 600 MHz.
-97 dBm____________
4-43
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-29. OUTPUT LEAKAGE TEST (Cont'd)
5. Set the analyzer's center frequency controls to 700, 900, and 1100 MHz. Hold the end of the loop antenna cylinder in contact with all surfaces of the generator at each frequency setting. All signals and noise should be below the -27 dB graticule line (below -97 dBm) from 600 MHz to 1200 MHz.
-97 dBm____________
4-30. INTERNAL MODULATION OSCILLATOR TEST
SPECIFICATION:
Standard:
Frequency: fixed 400 Hz and 1000 Hz ±2%.
Output Level: indicated 10 mVrms to 1 Vrms into 600 ohms.
Option 001:
Frequency: variable 20 Hz to 600 kHz +10% in 5, decade continuous bands plus fixed 400 Hz and 1000 Hz ±2%.
Output Level: 20 mVrms to 3 Vrms into 600 ohms.
DESCRIPTION:
The internal modulation oscillator output is measured with a voltmeter and a frequency counter to verify its frequency range and accuracy and its level.
Figure 4-16. Internal Modulation Oscillator Test Setup.
EQUIPMENT:
Frequency Counter...............................................................................HP 5327C
Digital Voltmeter ....................................................................... HP 3480B/3484A
600 Ohm Feedthrough Termination ................................................... HP 11095A
4-44
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-30. INTERNAL MODULATION OSCILLATOR TEST (Cont'd)
PROCEDURE:
1. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4-16 after setting Signal Generator's controls as follows:
AM ................................................................................................................ INT
AUDIO OUTPUT LEVEL ................................................................ 1V (Standard)
3V (Option 001)
MODULATION .......................................................................................... Full cw
MODULATION FREQUENCY ........................................................ 400 Hz (fixed)
FM ................................................................................................................OFF
2. The frequency counter should read 400 -±8 Hz. The voltmeter should read greater than 1 Vrms on a standard instrument, 3 Vrms on an Option 001.
392_______408 Hz
Standard: 1.0 Vrms__________
Option 001: 3.0 Vrms_________
3. Set MODULATION FREQUENCY to 1 kHz (fixed). The frequency counter should read 1 kHz ± 20 Hz and the voltmeter should read as specified above.
980_____________1020 Hz
Standard: 1.0 Vrms____________
Option 001: 3.0 Vrms___________
4. If testing an Option 001, set AUDIO OUTPUT LEVEL to 3V and slowly tune MODULATION FREQUENCY through its variable range from 20 Hz to 600 kHz. The MODULATION FREQUENCY controls should read within
± 10% of the frequency counter reading at all frequencies.
Frequency:______________±10%
4-31. INTERNAL MODULATION OSCILLATOR DISTORTION TEST (Option 001)
SPECIFICATION:
Total Harmonic Distortion:
<0.25% 400 and 1 kHz fixed tones.
<0.5% 20 Hz to 2 kHz.
<1.0% 2 kHz to 600 kHz.
DESCRIPTION:
A distortion analyzer is used to measure distortion on the output of the variable internal modulation oscillator.
4-45
Model 8640B
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-31. INTERNAL MODULATION OSCILLATOR DISTORTION TEST (Option 001) (Cont'd)
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 4-17. Internal Modulation Oscillator Distortion Test Setup.
EQUIPMENT:
Distortion Analyzer ................................................................................. HP 333A
600 Ohm Feedthrough ....................................................................... HP 11095A
PROCEDURE:
1. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4-17 after setting Signal Generator's controls as follows:
AM ................................................................................................................. INT
AUDIO OUTPUT LEVEL .................................................................................3V
MODULATION FREQUENCY ........................................................... As specified
FM ...............................................................................................................OFF
2. Set the MODULATION FREQUENCY controls to various frequencies within the variable ranges shown below. At each frequency tested, calibrate the distortion analyzer and measure the distortion. It should be as shown.
Frequency Range
20 Hz to 2 kHz
2 kHz to 600 kHz
Distortion
<0.5%
<1.0%
3. Set the MODULATION FREQUENCY controls to the 400 Hz and 1 kHz fixed frequencies. Distortion at both frequencies should be below 0.25%.
400 Hz:______________0.25%
1 kHz:_______________0.25%
4-46
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-32. AM 3 dB BANDWIDTH TEST
SPECIFICATION:
AM 3 dB Bandwidth:
Frequency Bands
0.5 - 2 MHz
2 - 8 MHz
8 - 512 MHz
0 to 50% AM
20 kHz
40 kHz
60 kHz
50 to 90% AM
12.5 kHz
25 kHz
50 kHz
DESCRIPTION:
An audio spectrum analyzer is used to measure the 3 dB bandwidth. The analyzer is set to sweep over the specified audio frequency range and its tracking generator output is used to amplitude modulate the Signal Generator. The generator's RF output is detected and fed to the analyzer's input. Amplitude variation is measured on the analyzer's display.
Figure 4-18. AM 3 dB Bandwidth Test Setup.
EQUIPMENT:
Audio Spectrum Analyzer................................................. HP 141T/8552B/8556A
Crystal Detector ................................................................................. .HP 8471A
1 k
Ω
Resistor ................................................................................ HP 0757-0280
4-47
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-32. AM 3 dB BANDWIDTH TEST (Cont'd)
PROCEDURE:
1. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4-18 after setting Signal Generator's controls as follows:
Meter Function ................................................................................................AM
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND .......................................................................... Off
LOCK .............................................................................. Off
Source ........................................................................... INT
AM .................................................................................................................DC
MODULATION .......................................................................................... Full cw
FM ................................................................................................................OFF
RANGE ................................................................................................8 -16 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE ..................................................................................8 MHz
OUTPUT LEVEL ............................................................ +3 dBm (Vernier full cw)
RF ON/OFF ....................................................................................................ON
2. Set analyzer's center frequency controls to 1 kHz, fixed (not scanning) and adjust tracking generator's output level controls for 50% AM as indicated on Signal Generator's panel meter.
3. Now set spectrum analyzer's resolution bandwidth to 1 kHz, and set frequency span (scan width) controls for a zero to 100 kHz span. Set display for 2 dB per division.
4. Set analyzer's display reference level controls to display the detected sweep. Slowly tune Signal Generator from
8 to 16 MHz while noting amplitude variations from 0 60 kHz on the display. The variation should be <3 dB referenced to the level at 1 kHz.
________3 dB
5. Set analyzer and Signal Generator as shown below. At each RANGE switch setting, repeat the procedure outlined in steps 2 through 4, except set analyzer for the frequency and %AM shown. The amplitude variation should, in each case, be <3 dB.
Signal Generator
RANGE
8 -16 MHz
4 - 8 MHz
4 - 8 MHz
1 - 2 MHz
1 - 2 MHz
% AM
(Tracking Gen. Level)
90%
50%
90%
50%
90%
Frequency
Span
0 to 50 kHz
0 to 40 kHz
0 to 25 kHz
0 to 20 kHz
0 to 12.5 kHz
Amplitude
Variation
3 dB
3 dB
3 dB
3 dB
3 dB
4-48
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-33. AM DISTORTION TEST
SPECIFICATION:
AM Distortion: (at 400 Hz and 1 kHz rates)
Frequency Bands 0 - 50% AM 50 - 90% AM
0.5 - 512 MHz
DESCRIPTION:
<1% <3%
A spectrum analyzer (used to demodulate the AM) is connected to RF OUTPUT, and percent of AM is set; a distortion analyzer is connected to the analyzer's vertical output and used to measure AM distortion.
Figure 4-19. AM Distortion Test Setup.
EQUIPMENT:
Spectrum Analyzer .......................................................... HP 141T/8552B/8554B
Distortion Analyzer ................................................................................. HP 333A
PROCEDURE:
1. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4-19 after setting Signal Generator's controls as follows:
Meter Function ................................................................................................AM
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND .......................................................................... Off
LOCK .............................................................................. Off
Source ........................................................................... INT
AM ...............................................................................................................OFF
MODULATION ....................................................................................... Full ccw
4-49
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-33. AM DISTORTION TEST (Cont'd)
MODULATION FREQUENCY ................................................................. 1000 Hz
FM ................................................................................................................OFF
RANGE ......................................................................................... 256 - 512 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE .............................................................................. 512 MHz
OUTPUT LEVEL ........................................................... -17 dBm (Vernier full cw)
RF ON/OFF ....................................................................................................ON
2. Set spectrum analyzer's resolution bandwidth to 300 kHz, input attenuation to 20 dB, frequency span per division
(scan width) to 10 MHz, scale to linear, and adjust center frequency and scale reference level controls to center the 512 MHz signal on the display. Set frequency span per division to 0 Hz and display smoothing (video filter) to 10 kHz. Peak trace on display with center frequency controls; set trace to the center of display with reference level controls.
3. Set generator's AM switch to INT and adjust MODULATION control for 50% modulation as read on generator's panel meter.
4. Calibrate the distortion analyzer for 1 kHz. Measure and record distortion; it should be less than 1% with trace peaked on analyzer display.
________________1%
5. Use generator's MODULATION control to set AM percent to 70% and 90%; calibrate the distortion analyzer and measure distortion at each modulation depth. Distortion should be less than 3% with trace peaked on analyzer display.
70% AM:___________3%
90% AM:___________3%
6. Increase generator's RF OUTPUT LEVEL one step cw and reduce the vernier to give -17 dBm. Repeat steps 3 to 5.
4-34. AM SENSITIVITY AND ACCURACY TEST
SPECIFICATION:
External AM Sensitivity: (400 Hz and 1 kHz rates)
(0.1 ± 0.005)% AM per mV peak into 600
Ω
with AM vernier at full CW position.
Indicated AM Accuracy: (400 Hz and 1 kHz rates using internal meter)
±8% of reading on 0 - 10 scale
±9% of reading on 0 - 3 scale (for greater than 10% of full scale).
4-50
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-34. AM SENSITIVITY AND ACCURACY TEST (Cont'd)
DESCRIPTION:
AM sensitivity accuracy and meter accuracy are measured by comparing the actual amount of amplitude modulation to the level of the input modulating signal. A spectrum analyzer is used to demodulate the AM. The analyzer is used with zero frequency span at the carrier frequency. A DVM is used to measure the ac and dc voltages at the analyzer's vertical output, and the dc value of the carrier is set to 282.8 mVdc; the rms value of the modulation is then a very accurate measure of AM percent (% AM is 1/2 the ac voltage in mVrms).
Figure 4-20. AM Sensitivity and Accuracy Test Setup.
EQUIPMENT:
Spectrum Analyzer........................................................... HP 141T/8552B/8554B
Digital Voltmeter ....................................................................... HP 3480B/3484A
Test Oscillator ........................................................................................ HP 652A
Calibrated Step Attenuator ..................................................... HP 355D OPT H36
PROCEDURE:
1. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4-20 after setting Signal Generator's controls as follows:
Meter Function ................................................................................................AM
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND .......................................................................... Off
LOCK .............................................................................. Off
Source ........................................................................... INT
AM ................................................................................................................. A C
MODULATION .......................................................................................... Full cw
4-51
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-34. AM SENSITIVITY AND ACCURACY TEST (Cont'd)
FM ................................................................................................................OFF
RANGE ......................................................................................... 256 - 512 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE .............................................................................. 512 MHz
OUTPUT LEVEL ..............................................-27 dBm (switch 5 steps ccw from full cw, vernier full cw)
RF ON/OFF ....................................................................................................ON
2. Set test oscillator for a 1 kHz, 636.39 mVrms signal as read on DVM (90% AM). Disconnect DVM from test oscillator (leave oscillator connected to generator). Connect DVM to spectrum analyzer's vertical output. Set calibrated step attenuator to 0 dB.
3. Set spectrum analyzer's resolution bandwidth to 300 kHz, input attenuation to 20 dB, frequency span per division
(scan width) to 20 kHz (tuning stabilizer on), scale to linear, and adjust center frequency and scale reference level controls to center the 512 MHz signal on the display. Set frequency span per division to 0 Hz and display smoothing (video filter) to 10 kHz. Peak the trace on the display with the center frequency controls; set the trace to the center of the display with the reference controls.
NOTE
Step 4 measures the analyzer's dc offset (V off
) and must be performed to ensure the accuracy of this test. However if V off
for the analyzer being used has recently been measured and noted, skip step 4 and go on to step 5 (and eliminate the calibrated step attenuator from the test setup).
4. Measure analyzer's dc offset (V off
) by performing steps "a" through "f".
a.
Set generator's controls as follows:
Meter Function .......................................................................................... LEVEL
AM ................................................................................................................OFF
RANGE ................................................................................................2 - 4 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE .................................................................................3 MHz b.
Set analyzer's center frequency controls to 3 MHz.
c.
Adjust analyzer's reference level controls for -500 mVdc indicated on DVM (V
DET 1
) d.
Set step attenuator to 20 dB. Note DVM reading (V
DET 2
)' e.
Calculate V off
where
V off
= -
V
DET
2-
∝
V
DET
1
1-
∝
4-52
Model 8640B
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-34. AM SENSITIVITY AND ACCURACY TEST (Cont'd)
and a = VRF 2/VRF 1 (i.e., a = attenuation; for 20 dB it is 0.1) therefore
V off = VDET 2 +50 mVdc
0.9
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
f.
Reset step attenuator to 0 dB, Signal Generator as specified in step 1, and spectrum analyzer as specified in step 3.
5. To calibrate the spectrum analyzer for the percent of AM measurement, use the analyzer's reference level controls to set -282.8 mV + Voff at vertical output (as measured on the DVM). For example, if Voff is +50.0 mV, then set -282.8 mV + (+50.0 mV) or -232.8 mV at vertical output. (Check that trace is peaked on analyzer display.)
6. To measure modulation percent, set DVM to measure mVrms (ac only). The DVM should read 180 mVrms +
5%. (Check that trace is peaked on analyzer display.)
External Sensitivity Accuracy: 171.0 189.0 mVrms
7. To check indicated accuracy, set test oscillator's amplitude controls for a reading of 9 (90% AM) on the 0 10 scale of generator's panel meter. The DVM should read 180 mVrms +8%. (Check that trace is peaked on analyzer display.)
165.6 194.4 mVrms
8. Set the test oscillator's amplitude controls for the panel meter readings shown below. The DVM should read as specified. (After each reading, check that trace is peaked on analyzer display.)
Panel Meter
% AM Digital Voltmeter Reading
70%
50%
30%
20%
10%
Reading (Set)
7
5 either 3 or 3
2
1
Scale
0 - 10
0-10
0 - 10
0 - 3
0 - 3
0 - 3
128.8 ______________ 151.2 mVrms
92.0 ______________ 108.0 mVrms
55.2 ______________ 64.8 mVrms
54.6 ______________ 65.4 mVrms
36.4 ______________ 43.6 mVrms
18.2 _______________ 1.8 mVrms
NOTE
30% AM may be set on either the 0 - 10 scale or the 0 - 3 scale, depending upon whether 30% is approached from above or below.
4-53
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-35. PEAK INCIDENTAL PHASE MODLULATION TEST
SPECIFICATION:
Peak Incidental PM (at 30% AM):
Less than 0.15 radians, 0.5 to 128 MHz.
Less than 0.3 radians, 128 to 512 MHz.
DESCRIPTION:
A vector voltmeter is used to compare the phase of the signal into the generator's modulation amplifier with the phase of the same signal (modulated at a 0.1 Hz rate) at the RF OUTPUT port. The signal is supplied by the generator's own oscillator and divider circuits and has low incidental PM.
Figure 4-21. Peak Incidental Phase Modulation Test Setup
EQUIPMENT:
Function Generator ....................................................................................
Vector Voltmeter ........................................................................................
HP 3300A
HP 8405A
50 Ohm Tee (2 required)............................................................................
HP 11536A
50 Ohm Load ............................................................................................
HP 11593A
Test Cable (2 required) ....................................................................
HP 11592-60001
Adapter ...............................................................................................
HP 1250-0827
4-54
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-35. PEAK INCIDENTAL PHASE MODULATION TEST (Cont'd)
WARNING
This test is performed with power supplied to the instrument while protective covers are removed. Be careful when performing this test. Line voltage is always present on terminals including the power input connector, fuse holder, power switch, etc. In addition, when the instrument is on, energy available at many points may result in personal injury or death when contacted.
Capacitors inside the instrument may still be charged even if the instrument has been disconnected from its line power source.
PROCEDURE:
1. Disconnect instrument from the line power source. Remove bottom cover from Signal Generator. Remove semi-rigid coaxial cable W7 from jack A26W3 labeled RF IN (FROM DIV). Connect one test cable from the tee to A26W3, connect other test cable, with adapter, from the tee to W7. Connect instrument to line power source. Allow one hour warm-up time before continuing with this test.
NOTE
See the last foldout sheet in this manual for component identification.
Meter Function.............................................................................................................
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND ......................................................................................
LOCK ........................................................................................................
Source........................................................................................................
AM...............................................................................................................................
FM...............................................................................................................................
.AM
Off
Off
INT
DC
OFF
FREQUENCY TUNE ................................................................................................... 512 MHz
OUTPUT LEVEL..................................................................................... -7 dBm (Vernier full cw)
RF ON/OFF .................................................................................................................
ON
3. Set function generator for 1 kHz at approximately 500 mVrms and adjust Signal Generator's MODULATION control for 30% AM as read on Signal Generator's panel meter. Set function generator for 0.1 Hz. (The % AM remains the same. The low rate is necessary for the vector voltmeter's metering circuitry.)
4. Set Signal Generator's AM switch to OFF. Set vector voltmeter's frequency range to 300 600 MHz. Zero the voltmeter's phase meter.
5. Set Signal Generator's AM switch to DC. The vector voltmeter's phase meter should indicate less than ±17.2° of deviation (maximum).
-----------17.2
0
4-55
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-35. PEAK INCIDENTAL PHASE MODULATION TEST (Cont'd)
6. Set Signal Generator's RANGE to 64 128 MHz, FREQUENCY TUNE to 128 MHz and repeat steps 3 through 5
(except set vector voltmeter frequency range to 80 150 MHz). The voltmeter's phase meter should indicate less than
+8.6° of deviation (maximum).
----------+8.6
o
7. Disconnect instrument from the line power source. Remove test cables, reconnect cable W7 to jack A26W3 and replace bottom cover. Connect instrument to line power source. Allow one hour warm-up time before continuing with this test.
8. Check Signal Generator for correct RF output on each frequency range.
WARNING
Capacitors inside the instrument may still be charged even if the instrument has been disconnected from its line power source.
4-36. PULSE MODULATION TEST
SPECIFICATION:
Pulse Modulation (specifications apply for top 10 dB of output vernier range):
Frequency
Bands (MHz)
Rise and Fall
Times
Pulse
Repetition
Rate
Pulse Width
Minimum for
Level Accuracy within 1 dB of CW (>0.1% duty cycle)
0.5 - 1
<9 µs
50 Hz to'50 kHz
10 us
1 - 2
<4 µs
2 - 8
<2 µs
50 Hz to 100 kHz
5 is
8 - 32 32 - 512
50 Hz to 250 kHz
<1 µs
50 Hz to 500 kHz
2 us
4-56
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-36. PULSE MODULATION TEST (Cont'd)
DESCRIPTION:
A pulse generator is used to pulse modulate the Signal Generator. The RF pulse output is detected and displayed and measured on an oscilloscope. For RF outputs above 32 MHz, a reference signal generator and a mixer are used to down-convert the signal to within the range of the oscilloscope.
NOTE
If a high frequency oscilloscope is available, such as the HP 183C/1830A/1840A, the above measurement may be made directly to frequencies slightly beyond the oscilloscope's nominal bandwidth. Use the oscilloscope's 5092 input.
Figure 4-22. Pulse Modulation Test Setup
EQUIPMENT:
Reference Signal Generator................................................................. HP 8640A
Mixer.................................................................................................. HP 10514A
50 Ohm Load ................................................................................... .HP 11593A
Pulse Generator .................................................................................. HP 8003A
Oscilloscope.....................................................................HP 180A/1801A/1820C
Crystal Detector ................................................................................. .HP 8471A
NOTE
The reference signal generator should have a frequency range of 20 500 MHz with an output of
+7 dBm.
4-57
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-36. PULSE MODULATION TEST (Cont'd)
PROCEDURE:
after setting test Signal Generator's controls as follows:
Meter Function ......................................................................................... .LEVEL
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND .......................................................................... Off
LOCK .............................................................................. Off
Source ........................................................................... INT
AM ........................................................................................................... PULSE
FM ...............................................................................................................OFF
RANGE ..............................................................................................0.5 -1 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE ..................................................................................1 MHz
OUTPUT LEVEL ........................................................... -17 dBm (Vernier full cw)
RF ON/OFF ....................................................................................................ON
2. Set pulse generator for a repetition rate of 100 Hz, a pulse width of 10 us, and an amplitude of 1V.
3. Adjust oscilloscope to display the RF pulse envelope. Readjust the pulse width for 10 us (measured at 50% amplitude
and 90% of the full pulse amplitude).
Figure 4-23. Pulse Measurements
4-58
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-36. PULSE MODULATION TEST (Cont'd)
4. Set test Signal Generator's AM switch to OFF and adjust oscilloscope's vertical controls for 6 divisions of deflection on the display (peak to peak).
5. Set test Signal Generator's AM switch to PULSE. Pulse amplitude (peak to peak) on oscilloscope's display should be
5.4 to 6.7 divisions.
Level Accuracy 5.4 6.7 div
6. Repeat steps 1 through 5 for the frequency ranges shown below. The rise and fall times and level accuracy should be as specified.
Signal Generator
Frequency
RANGE
1 - 2 MHz
2 - 4 MHz
4 - 8 MHz
8 - 16 MHz
16 - 32 MHz
Pulse Generator
Pulse
Rate
Pulse
Width
100 Hz
200 Hz
200 Hz
500 Hz
500 Hz
µs
5 us
5 µs
2 µs
2 µs
Rise Time
<4,us
<2 us
<2 /is
<1 us
<1 µs
Fall Time
<4 µs
<2 µs
<2 µs
<1 µs
<1 µs
Level Accuracy
5.4 _________ 6.7 div
5.4 _________ 6.7 div
5.4 _________ 6.7 div
5.4 _________ 6.7 div
5.4 _________ 6.7 div
7. Connect test generator to mixer and mixer to oscilloscope (across 50 ohm load).
8. Repeat steps 2 through 5 for the frequency ranges shown below. At each frequency range, set the pulse generator as specified, and set the reference signal generator for an output frequency 10 MHz below the output frequency of the test generator. The reference generator's output should be at +7 dBm with no modulation.
Signal Generator
Frequency
RANG E
32 - 64 MHz
64 - 128 MHz
128 - 256 MHz
256 - 512 MHz
Pulse Generator
Pulse
Rate
500 Hz
500 Hz
500 Hz
500 Hz
Pulse
Width
2 µs
2 µs
2 µs
2 µs
Rise Time
<1 µs
<1 µs
<1 µs
<1 µs
Fall Time
<1 µs
<1 µs
<1 µs
<1 µs
Level Accuracy
5.4 __________6.7 div
5.4 __________6.7 div
5.4 __________6.7 div
5.4 __________6.7 div
9. Increase the test Signal Generator's RF OUTPUT LEVEL one step cw and reduce the vernier to give -17 dBm.
Repeat steps 3 to 8.
4-59
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-37. PULSE ON/OFF RATIO TEST
SPECIFICATION:
Pulse ON/OFF ratio at maximum vernier: >40 dB.
DESCRIPTION:
The on/off ratio of the pulse modulation circuits is measured with a spectrum analyzer.
EQUIPMENT:
Spectrum Analyzer........................................................... HP 141T/8552B/8554B
PROCEDURE:
1. Connect generator's RF OUTPUT to analyzer's input after setting Signal Generator's controls as follows:
Meter Function .......................................................................................... LEVEL
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND .......................................................................... Off
LOCK .............................................................................. Off
Source ........................................................................... INT
AM ................................................................................................................OFF
FM ................................................................................................................OFF
RANGE ........................................................................................ 256 - 512 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE ............................................................................. 256 MHz
OUTPUT LEVEL ............................................................. -7 dBm (Vernier full cw)
RF ON/OFF ....................................................................................................ON
2. Set spectrum analyzer's input attenuation to 20 dB. Adjust center frequency controls to center the 256 MHz signal on the display. Adjust scale reference level controls to set the signal to the top (O dB) graticule line with the scale controls set to display 10 dB per division.
3. Set generator's AM switch to PULSE. The signal on the analyzer's display should decrease more than 40 dB.
40 dB
4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 with the RANGE switch set to each of its other positions. At each position, the signal on the analyzer's display should decrease more than 40 dB.
40 dB
4-60
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-38. FM 3 dB BANDWIDTH TEST
SPECIFICATION:
FM 3 dB Bandwidth:
Internal and external AC; 20 Hz to 250 kHz.
External DC; dc to 250 kHz.
DESCRIPTION:
An audio spectrum analyzer is used to measure the 3 dB bandwidth. The analyzer is set to sweep over the specified audio frequency range and its tracking generator output is used to frequency modulate the Signal Generator. The generator's RF output is demodulated with an FM discriminator. The demodulated signal is fed to the analyzer's input and any amplitude variation is measured on the analyzer's display. Bandwidth is checked at maximum deviation on the
8 16 MHz band.
Figure 4-24. FM 3 dB Bandwidth Test Setup
EQUIPMENT:
Audio Spectrum Analyzer................................................. HP 141T/8552B/8556A
FM Discriminator.................................................................................. HP 5210A
Filter Kit (For Discriminator) ............................................................... HP 10531A
PROCEDURE:
1. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4-24 after setting Signal Generator's controls as follows:
Meter Function ................................................................................................FM
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND .......................................................................... Off
LOCK .............................................................................. Off
Source ............................................................................ INT
4-61
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-38. FM 3 dB BANDWIDTH TEST (Cont'd)
AM ................................................................................................................OFF
FM ................................................................................................................OFF
PEAK DEVIATION ................................................................................... 80 kHz
PEAK DEVIATION Vernier........................................................................ Full cw
RANGE ...............................................................................................8 -16 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE .................................................................................8 MHz
OUTPUT LEVEL ...................................................................................+13 dBm
RF ON/OFF ....................................................................................................ON
2. Prepare a 1 MHz Butterworth low-pass filter and install it in the discriminator. Set discriminator's range to 10 MHz and input sensitivity to 1V.
3. Set Signal Generator's FM switch to DC. Set spectrum analyzer's resolution bandwidth to 3 kHz and its center frequency controls to 1 kHz (with no sweep). Set analyzer's tracking generator output level for 80 kHz peak deviation as read on generator's panel meter. Set the analyzer's frequency controls for a 0 to 250 kHz sweep. Set the analyzer's display for 2 dB per division; adjust the display reference level controls to display the demodulated sweep.
4. Measure the sweep on the analyzer's display. Total amplitude variation from 20 Hz to 250 kHz should be <3 dB.
________3 dB
NOTE
If the FM discriminator's incidental AM rejection is insufficient, the generator could appear to be out of specification. To check the discriminator, note analyzer's reading (in dBm), set generator's AM switch to AC and connect analyzer's tracking generator output to AM INPUT. Set
MODULATION for 10% as read on panel meter. The analyzer should read >30 dB below the reading noted above. If it does not, adjust discriminator sensitivity and trigger level (or generator's OUTPUT LEVEL vernier) until it does. Then repeat steps 2 through 6.
4-39. FM DISTORTION TEST
SPECIFICATION:
FM Distortion: (at 400 and 1000 Hz rates)
<1% for deviations up to 1/8 maximum allowable.
<3% for maximum allowable deviation.
4-62
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-39. FM DISTORTION TEST (Cont'd)
DESCRIPTION:
The Signal Generator is modulated with a 1 kHz signal. The generator's RF output is then demodulated with an FM discriminator and the distortion on the discriminator output is measured with a spectrum analyzer.
Figure 4-25. FM Distortion Test Setup
EQUIPMENT:
FM Discriminator ................................................................................. HP 5210A
Filter Kit (For Discriminator) ............................................................... HP 10531A
Audio Spectrum Analyzer ................................................ HP 141T/8552B/8556A
PROCEDURE:
1. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4-25 after setting Signal Generator's controls as follows:
Meter Function . ............................................................................................FM
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND .......................................................................... Off
LOCK ................................................................................................. Off
Source ............................................................................ INT
AM ................................................................................OFF
MODULATION FREQUENCY ......................................................... 1 kHz (Fixed)
FM .......................................................................................................... INT
PEAK DEVIATION ................................................................................... .80 kHz
PEAK DEVIATION Vernier ....................................................................... Full cw
RANGE ................................................................................................8 -16 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE ..................................................................................8 MHz
OUTPUT LEVEL .......................................................... +13 dBm (Vernier full cw)
RF ON/OFF ....................................................................................................ON
4-63
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-39. FM DISTORTION TEST (Cont'd)
2. Using the filter kit, prepare a 1 MHz Butterworth low-pass filter and install it in the discriminator.
3. Set discriminator's range to 10 MHz and sensitivity to 1V.
4. Set spectrum analyzer's resolution bandwidth to 100 Hz and its center frequency controls for a 0 to 5 kHz span. Set the display for 10 dB per division.
5. Use generator's PEAK DEVIATION vernier to set 80 kHz of peak deviation (as read on panel meter). Use analyzer's display reference level controls to set the demodulated 1 kHz signal to the top (reference) graticule line on the display.
6. Note the level of the 1 kHz signal's harmonics (2 kHz, 3 kHz, etc.). For less than 3% distortion, they should be more than 30.5 dB below the reference graticule line.
Maximum Deviation: 30.5 dB
7. Set generator's PEAK DEVIATION switch to 10 kHz. If necessary, use generator's PEAK DEVIATION vernier to set
10 kHz of peak deviation; use analyzer's display reference level controls to set the demodulated 1 kHz signal to the reference graticule line.
8. For less than 1% distortion, the 1 kHz signal's harmonics should be more than 40 dB below the reference graticule line.
1/8 Maximum Deviation: 40 dB
4-40. FM SENSITIVITY AND ACCURACY TEST
SPECIFICATION:
External FM Sensitivity: 1 volt peak yields maximum deviation indicated on PEAK DEVIATION switch with FM vernier at full cw position.
External FM Sensitivity Accuracy: +6% from 15° to 35°C for FM excluding max peak deviation position. Maximum peak deviation position, +9% typically.
Indicated FM Accuracy: (400 Hz and 1 kHz rates using internal meter) +10% of meter reading (for greater than 10% of full scale).
DESCRIPTION:
The Signal Generator's FM sensitivity is checked using the carrier (Bessel) null technique. An externally applied 1 Vpk signal is used to FM the generator. The modulation signal's frequency is adjusted for the first order null of the carrier and the frequency is measured to find peak deviation. (For the first order null of the carrier, peak deviation equals 2.405
times the modulation rate.) The panel meter accuracy is found by comparing its reading to the given peak deviation. The reference generator and mixer convert the signal into the range of the spectrum analyzer.
4-64
Model 8640B
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-40. FM SENSITIVITY AND ACCURACY TEST (Cont'd)
NOTE
The ambient temperature must be within 15° to 35°C for this test.
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 4-26. FM Sensitivity and Accuracy Test Setup
EQUIPMENT:
Test Oscillator ........................................................................................ HP 652A
Digital Voltmeter ........................................................ HP 3480B/3484A OPT 043
Frequency Counter...............................................................................HP 5327C
Spectrum Analyzer........................................................... HP 141T/8552B/8553B
Reference Signal Generator................................................................. HP 8640A
Mixer ................................................................................................. HP 10514A
NOTE
The reference signal generator should have frequency drift and residual FM specifications equivalent to the Model 8640A.
PROCEDURE:
analyzer) after setting test generator's controls as follows:
Meter Function ................................................................................................FM
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND .......................................................................... Off
LOCK .............................................................................. Off
Source ........................................................................... INT
4-65
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-40. FM SENSITIVITY AND ACCURACY TEST (Cont'd)
AM ...............................................................................................................OFF
FM ...............................................................................................................OFF
PEAK DEVIATION ..................................................................................... 5 kHz
PEAK DEVIATION Vernier ....................................................................... Full cw
RANGE ......................................................................................... 256 - 512 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE ............................................................................. 512 MHz
OUTPUT LEVEL ..................................................................................... -7 dBm
RF ON/OFF ...................................................................................................ON
2. Set reference signal generator for a 513 MHz, CW signal at +13 dBm.
3. Set spectrum analyzer's center frequency controls to 1 MHz, input attenuation to 20 dB, resolution bandwidth to 0.1 kHz, span width per division (scan width) to 1 kHz, and set display to 10 dB per division. Set reference level controls to put peak of the signal at top (log reference) graticule line on the display.
4. To check external sensitivity, set test oscillator for a 0.7071 Vrms signal (read on DVM) at approximately 2.079 kHz.
Set test generator's FM switch to AC and fine tune test oscillator's frequency for the first carrier null on analyzer's display
(at least 50 dB below the top graticule line). With the frequency counter, measure frequency of modulating signal. It should be 2.079 kHz +6% (i.e., 5 kHz +6% peak deviation).
1.954 2.204 kHz
5. Use the procedures given above to check the remaining bands by setting the test Signal Generator's RANGE switch as shown below. As shown in steps 1 through 4, on each range set FM to OFF and tune the generators for a 1 MHz difference. Set the reference on the analyzer, set FM to AC (with a 0.7071 Vrms modulating signal at approximately
2.079 kHz) and tune the modulating signal's frequency for the first carrier null. The signal's frequency should be as shown.
RANGE
(MHz)
128-256
64-128
32-64
16-32
8-16
4-8
2-4
1-2
FREQUENCY
TUNE
256 MHz
128 MHz
64 MHz
32 MHz
16 MHz
8 MHz
4 MHz
2 MHz
Reference Generator
Frequency
257 MHz
129 MHz
65 MHz
33 MHz
17 MHz
9 MHz
5 MHz
3 MHz
Mod. Signal Frequency
(kHz)
1.954___________ 2.204
1.954___________ 2.204
1.954___________ 2.204
1.954___________ 2.204
1.954___________ 2.204
1.954___________ 2.204
1.954___________ 2.204
1.954___________ 2.204
4-66
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-40. FM SENSITIVITY AND ACCURACY TEST (Cont'd)
6. To check indicated accuracy, set test Signal Generator's RANGE control to 256 512 MHz and FREQUENCY TUNE to
500 MHz. Set reference signal generator for a 501 MHz, CW signal at +13 dBm. Set test generator's FM switch to
OFF and tune both generators for a 1 MHz signal at the top graticule line on the analyzer's display.
7. Set test signal Generator's FM switch to AC, set test oscillator's frequency for approximately 2.079 kHz, and adjust oscillator's amplitude controls for a reading of 5 (i.e., 5 kHz) on test generator's panel meter (O 5 scale). Tune oscillator's frequency for the first carrier null on the analyzer's display (at least 50 dB below the top graticule line).
With frequency counter, measure frequency of modulating signal. It should be 2.079 kHz + 10%.
1.871 2.287 kHz
8. Use procedures given in steps 6 and 7 to check indicated accuracy on the remaining bands by setting test generator's
RANGE switch as shown below. On each range, set FM to OFF and tune generators for a 1 MHz difference. Set reference on analyzer, set FM to AC (with modulating signal's amplitude set for a test generator panel meter reading of 5 and its frequency set to approximately 2.079 kHz). Then tune modulating signal's frequency for first carrier null.
The signal's frequency should be as shown.
RANGE
(MHz)
128-256
64-128
32-64
16-32
8-16
4-8
2-4
1-2
FREQUENCY
TUNE
256 MHz
128 MHz
64 MHz
32 MHz
16 MHz
8 MHz
4 MHz
2 MHz
Reference Generator
Frequency
257 MHz
129 MHz
65 MHz
33 MHz
17 MHz
9 MHz
5 MHz
3 MHz
Mod. Signal Frequency
(kHz)
1.871___________ 2.287
1.871___________ 2.287
1.871___________ 2.287
1.871___________ 2.287
1.871___________ 2.287
1.871___________ 2.287
1.871___________ 2.287
1.871___________ 2.287
9. Disconnect test Signal Generator and analyzer from mixer and connect test generator directly to analyzer. Set
RANGE to 0.5 1 MHz, FREQUENCY TUNE to 1 MHz, FM to OFF, and reset reference on analyzer's display. Set FM to AC (with modulating signal's amplitude set for a test generator panel meter reading of 5 and its frequency set to approximately 2.079 kHz). Then tune the signal's frequency for the first carrier null. The signal's frequency should be
2.079 kHz + 10%.
1.871 2.287 kHz
4-67
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-41. INCIDENTAL AM TEST
SPECIFICATION:
Incidental AM: (at 400 Hz and 1 kHz rates)
<0.5% AM for FM up to 1/8 max. allowable deviation.
<1% AM for FM at max. allowable deviation.
DESCRIPTION:
An audio signal is used to amplitude modulate the Signal Generator. The resulting modulated RF is detected and used to calibrate an oscilloscope. The generator is then frequency modulated and any incidental AM is measured with the oscilloscope.
Figure 4-27. Incidental AM Test Setup
EQUIPMENT:
Crystal Detector ..................................................................................... HP 423A
15 kHz Low Pass Filter (LPF) .................................................. CIR-Q-TEL 7 Pole
40 dB Amplifier ...................................................................................... HP 465A
Oscilloscope.....................................................................HP 180A/1801A/1820C
50 Ohm Load ..................................................................................... HP 11593A
Nine-Inch Cable ................................................................................. HP 10502A
Adapter .............................................................................................. HP 10110A
0.001 µF Capacitor ....................................................................... HP 0160-0153
10 k
Ω
Resistor . ....................................................................... . HP 0757-0442
4-68
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-41. INCIDENTAL AM TEST (Cont'd)
PROCEDURE:
setting Signal Generator's controls as follows:
Meter Function ................................................................................................AM
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND .......................................................................... Off
LOCK .............................................................................. Off
Source ........................................................................... INT
AM ................................................................................................................ INT
MODULATION ....................................................................................... Full ccw
MODULATION FREQUENCY .................................................................... 1 kHz
FM ................................................................................................................OFF
PEAK DEVIATION ................................................................................ 2.56 MHz
PEAK DEVIATION Vernier ....................................................................... Full cw
RANGE ........................................................................................ .256 - 512 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE ............................................................................. 256 MHz
OUTPUT LEVEL .......................................................... +13 dBm (Vernier full cw)
RF ON/OFF ....................................................................................................ON
2. Set MODULATION for 10% AM as read on panel meter.
3. Adjust oscilloscope's vertical gain controls so that the 1 kHz signal has 8 divisions of peak-to-peak deflection (i.e.,
1.25% AM per division).
4. Set generator's AM switch to OFF and FM switch to INT. Set Meter Function to FM and set PEAK DEVIATION vernier for 2.56 MHz. Increase oscilloscope sensitivity by 10. Using generator's FREQUENCY TUNE control, tune across the band and record the maximum incidental AM read on the oscilloscope. It should be less than 1% (8 divisions peak-to-peak on the display).
Maximum Deivation: 1%
5. Set PEAK DEVIATION switch to 320 kHz. Again, using the generator's FREQUENCY TUNE control, tune across the band. Incidental AM should be less than 0.5% (4 divisions peak-to-peak on the display).
1/8 Maximum Deviation: 0.5%
NOTE
Incidental AM is usually worse case on the 256 512 MHz band. If desired, it can be checked on any other band using this test except that on the 0.5 to 16 MHz bands the capacitor across the resistor at the detector's output must be changed to 0.033, F (HP 0160-0163); on the 16 to 512
MHz bands, the 0.001/ F capacitor (shown in the test setup) must be used.
4-69
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-42. COUNTER EXTERNAL SENSITIVITY TEST
SPECIFICATION:
External RF Input:
Frequency Range: 1 Hz to 550 MHz
Sensitivity: 100 mVrms, ac only, into 502 (-7 dBm).
DESCRIPTION:
A test oscillator and the Signal Generator's own RF output are used to verify the counter's range and sensitivity.
Figure 4-28. Counter External Sensitivity Test Setup
EQUIPMENT:
Test Oscillator ....................................................................................... HP 652A
PROCEDURE:
follows:
Meter Function .......................................................................................... LEVEL
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND .......................................................................... Off
LOCK............................................................................... Off
Source ............................................................................ INT
TIME BASE VERNIER ................................................................................. CAL
AM ................................................................................................................OFF
FM ................................................................................................................OFF
RANGE ......................................................................................... 256 - 512 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE .............................................................................. 550 MHz
OUTPUT LEVEL ................................................................................100 VOLTS
RF ON/OFF ....................................................................................................ON
4-70
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-42. COUNTER EXTERNAL SENSITIVITY TEST (Cont'd)
2. Set COUNTER MODE Source to EXT 0 550. Slowly tune Signal Generator to 0.5 MHz using RANGE and
FREQUENCY TUNE. The counter should indicate the frequency of the signal at RF OUTPUT at all frequencies.
0.5 to 550 MHz (v)
3. Disconnect RF OUTPUT from COUNTER INPUT. Connect the oscillator to COUNTER INPUT and set it for 500 kHz at 100 mVrms into 50 ohms. Slowly tune oscillator to 20 Hz. The counter should indicate the frequency of the signal from the test oscillator at all frequencies.
20 Hz to 500 kHz (v)
4. Set COUNTER MODE Source to EXT 0 10 and slowly tune oscillator from 20 Hz to 10 MHz. The counter should indicate the frequency of the signal from the test oscillator at all frequencies.
20 Hz to 10 MHz (v)
4-43. INTERNAL REFERENCE ACCURACY TEST
SPECIFICATION:
Accuracy: (after calibration at 25°C and 2-hour warm-up)
Better than ±1 ppm for 15° to 35°C.
Better than t3 ppm for 0° to 55°C.
DESCRIPTION:
A frequency counter is used to measure the Signal Generator's counter accuracy. A temperature controlled chamber is used to set the temperature.
Figure 4-29. Internal Reference Accuracy Test Setup
4-71
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-43. INTERNAL REFERENCE ACCURACY TEST (Cont'd)
EQUIPMENT:
Frequency Counter............................................................... HP 5327C OPT H49
Temperature Controlled Chamber ......................................... Statham Model 325
PROCEDURE:
INT.
2. Set chamber for various temperatures between 150 and 350C. At each temperature, allow generator to stabilize for two hours, then measure the frequency. It should be 5 MHz ± 5 Hz.
4,999,995 5,000,005 Hz
3. Set the chamber for various temperatures between 0° and 55°C. Again, allow the generator to stabilize for two hours at each temperature and measure the frequency. It should be 5 MHz ±15 Hz.
4,999,985 5,000,015 Hz
4-44. INTERNAL REFERENCE DRIFT RATE (STABILITY) TEST
SPECIFICATION:
Drift Rate: (after 2-hour warm-up)
Time: <0.05 ppm per hr., <2 ppm per yr.
Temperature: <2 ppm total variation for room ambient 150 to 350C.
Line Voltage: <0.1 ppm.
NOTE
Because the phase lock mode references the generator's RF oscillator to the counter's frequency reference, the following frequency specifications are also checked in this test.
Frequency Stability (phase lock mode):
Time: <0.05 ppm/hr.
Temperature: <2 ppm total variation (room ambient 150 to 35°C).
Line Voltage (+5% to -10% change): <0.1 ppm.
Load (with any passive load change): None measurable.
Level Change (10 dB on output level vernier): None measurable.
Mode Change (CW to FM): None measurable.
4-72
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-44. INTERNAL REFERENCE DRIFT RATE (STABILITY) TEST (Cont'd)
DESCRIPTION:
After a two-hour warm-up period, the internal reference is measured with a frequency counter, a digital to analog converter, and a strip-chart recorder; frequency variations are noted as the specified changes are made. A quartz oscillator is used as a time standard when measuring drift as a function of time and line voltage change.
Figure 4-30. Internal Reference Drift Rate (Stability) Test Setup
EQUIPMENT:
Frequency Counter................................................................HP 5327C OPT 003
Temperature Controlled Chamber ......................................... Statham Model 325
Variable Voltage Transformer..........................................................GR W5MT3A
Coaxial Short (Type N Male) .............................................................. HP 11512A
Quartz Oscillator .................................................................................... HP 105B
Digital to Analog Converter ..................................................... HP 581A OPT 002
Recorder (for D/A Converter) ................................................................... HP 680
PROCEDURE:
1. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4-30 after setting Signal Generator's controls as follows:
TIME BASE REF INT/EXT (on rear panel) ..................................................... INT
COUNTER MODE: LOCK ............................................................................... Off
AM ................................................................................................................OFF
FM ................................................................................................................OFF
4-73
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-44. INTERNAL REFERENCE DRIFT RATE (STABILITY) TEST (Cont'd)
PEAK DEVIATION ...................................................................................... 5 kHz
PEAK DEVIATION Vernier........................................................................ Full cw
RANGE ...............................................................................................0.5 -1 MHz
OUTPUT LEVEL ....................................................................................+19 dBm
RF ON/OFF ....................................................................................................ON
2. Set variable voltage transformer to nominal voltage set on generator's line power module (i.e., 100, 120, 220, or 240
Vac). Set temperature controlled chamber for 25°C. Allow equipment to warm up for two hours.
3. Set frequency counter so that it's using its internal reference oscillator. Set counter to read frequency directly (i.e., not divided down). Use a ls gate time so that last three digits span from 000 to 999 Hz.
4. Calibrate the recorder for a zero to full-scale reading that corresponds to a 000 to 999 Hz reading of the frequency counter's last three digits.
5. To check drift rate as a function of time and line voltage, now set counter so that it's using the quartz oscillator. Set the counter's time base control for a 10s gate time.
NOTE
The above procedure sets the counter's actual gate time to 100s because the reference being used is 1 MHz instead of the 10 MHz reference the counter normally uses. This means that the counter's reading must be divided by 10 to find the actual frequency of the signal being measured (i.e., the recorder's calibration is 0.00 to 9.99 Hz full scale).
6. Record the generator's internal reference frequency for one hour. The frequency change in one hour should be <0.27
Hz (<0.05 ppm 1 digit counter ambiguity).
Time: 0.27 Hz
NOTE
Any change in line voltage or chamber temperature could make the instrument's drift rate vs time appear to be out of specification.
7. Set variable voltage transformer 5% above the nominal voltage set on generator's line power module (e.g., if nominal line voltage is 120 Vac, set transformer for 126 Vac). Then note the frequency (the counter's indication must be divided by 10).
8. Set variable voltage transformer 10% below nominal line voltage (e.g., for a nominal 120 Vac, set transformer for 108
Vac), then note the reference frequency. The frequency change from the reading noted in step 7 should be <0.52 Hz
(< 0.1 ppm +1 digit counter ambiguity).
Voltage: 0.52 Hz
4-74
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-44. INTERNAL REFERENCE DRIFT RATE (STABILITY) TEST (Cont'd)
NOTE
Any change in chamber temperature could make the instrument's drift rate vs voltage appear out of specification.
9. Reset transformer to nominal line voltage. Set temperature controlled chamber to 150C. Wait two hours to allow generator's internal reference to stabilize, then note its frequency.
10. Set temperature controlled chamber to 35°C. Wait two hours, then note the reference frequency. The frequency change from the reading noted in step 9 should be <10.2 Hz (i.e., <2 ppm +1 digit counter ambiguity).
Temperature: 10.2 Hz
11. Note generator's internal reference frequency, connect coaxial short to RF OUTPUT, then again note reference frequency. Except for the ± 1 digit count ambiguity, it should not have changed.
Load: (/) No Change
12. Remove coaxial short. Note internal reference frequency, set OUTPUT LEVEL switch one step ccw to +9 dBm, then again note reference frequency. Except for the +1 digit count ambiguity, it should not have changed.
Level Change: (/) No Change
13. Note internal reference frequency, set FM switch to AC, then again note reference frequency. Except for the ± 1 digit count ambiguity, it should not have changed.
Mode Change: (A) No Change
4-45. PHASE LOCK RESTABILIZATION TIME TEST
SPECIFICATION:
Restabilization Time (phase locked mode): After frequency or band change, or after 1 min. in RF OFF mode; <1 min.
after relocking to be within 0.1 ppm of steady-state frequency.
DESCRIPTION:
A frequency counter, digital to analog converter, and strip-chart recorder are used to measure stability after relocking.
4-75
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-45. PHASE LOCK RESTABILIZATION TIME TEST (Cont'd)
NOTE
For these tests, ambient room temperature and line voltage should not change.
EQUIPMENT:
Frequency Counter................................................................HP 5327C OPT 003
Digital to Analog Converter .................................................... HP 581A OPT 002
Recorder (for D/A Converter) ................................................................... HP 680
PROCEDURE:
1. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4-1 after setting Signal Generator's control as follows:
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND .......................................................................... Off
LOCK .............................................................................. Off
Source ........................................................................... INT
AM ................................................................................................................OFF
FM ................................................................................................................OFF
RANGE ............................................................................................32 - 64 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE ...............................................................................50 MHz
RF ON/OFF ....................................................................................................ON
2. Warm up equipment for two hours. Then set frequency counter to read frequency directly (i.e., not divided down).
Use a is gate time so that the last two digits span from 00 to 99 Hz.
3. Calibrate the recorder for a zero to full-scale reading that corresponds to a 00 to 99 Hz reading of the frequency counter's last two digits (i.e., 100 Hz full scale).
4. Set COUNTER MODE LOCK to ON, wait one minute, then record generator's output frequency for five minutes; the frequency should not vary more than 7 Hz (<0.1 ppm +1 digit counter ambiguity).
--------7 Hz
5. Set COUNTER MODE LOCK to Off; tune FREQUENCY TUNE control fully ccw and back again to approximately 50
MHz. Repeat step 4; frequency should not vary more than 7 Hz.
--------7 Hz
6. Set COUNTER MODE LOCK to Off; set RANGE switch to 64 128 MHz and back again to 32 64 MHz. Repeat step 4; frequency should not vary more than 7 Hz.
--------7 Hz
7. Set COUNTER MODE LOCK to Off; set RF ON/OFF switch to OFF. Wait one minute and set RF ON/OFF switch to
ON. Repeat step 4; frequency should not vary more than 7 Hz.
--------7 Hz
4-76
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Table 4-1. Performance Test Record (1 of 8)
Hewlett-Packard
Model 8640B
Signal Generator
Serial No.____________________
Para
No.
Test Description
Frequency Range Test
High End of Band: 512-1024 MHz
256-512 MHz
128-256 MHz
64-128 MHz
32-64 MHz
16-32 MHz
8-16 MHz
4-8 MHz
2-4 MHz
Low End of Band:
1-2 MHz
0.5-1MHz
512-1024 MHz
256-512 MHz
128-256 MHz
64-128 MHz
32-64 MHz
16-32 MHz
8-16 MHz
4-8 MHz
2-4 MHz
1-2 MHz
0.5-1 MHz
Frequency Accuracy and
Fine Tune Test
Counter Readings, Difference:
X10
TIME BASE VERN, not-CAL, cw
TIME BASE VERN, not-CAL, ccw
FINE TUNE
Frequency Stability vs Time and
Restabilization Time Test
Time
After frequency change
After band change
After RF ON/OFF set to ON
1 kHz
1 kHz
10 kHz
Tested By__________________________
Date______________________________
Min
Results
Actual Max
550.0 MHz
550.0 MHz
275.0 MHz
137.5 MHz
68.70 MHz
34.30 MHz
17.10 MHz
8.500 MHz
4.200 MHz
2.100 MHz
1.070 MHz
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
230.0 MHz
230.0 MHz
115.0 MHz
57.50 MHz
28.80 MHz
14.40 MHz
7.200 MHz
3.600 MHz
1.800 MHz
0.900 MHz
0.450 MHz
______
______
______
_______
_______
_______
_______
110 Hz
110 Hz
500 Hz
500 Hz
250 Hz
500 Hz
4-77
Model 8640B
Para
No.
Test
Test Description
Table 4-1. Performance Test Record (2 of 8)
Frequency Stability vs Temperature
Frequency Stability vs Line Voltage
Test
+5% to -10% Line Voltage
Frequency Stability Test
(Load)
(Level)
(Mode): 10 kHz
20 kHz
40 kHz
80 kHz
160 kHz
320 kHz
640 kHz
1.28 MHz
2.56 MHz
Harmonics Test
Frequency Range: 0.5-1 MHz
1-2 MHz
2-4 MHz
4-8 MHz
8-16 MHz
16-32 MHz
32-64 MHz
64-128 MHz
128-256 MHz
256-512 MHz
Sub-Harmonics and Non-Harmonic
Spurious Test
Below carrier
Single Sideband Phase Noise Test
At 550 MHz >112 dB down
At 450 MHz >120 dB down
Single Sideband Broadband Noise
Floor Test
>140 dB down
Min
35 dB
35 dB
35 dB
35 dB
35 dB
35 dB
35 dB
35 dB
30 dB
30 dB
100 dB
12 dB
20 dB
30 dB
Results
Actual
______
______
______
______
_______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Max
50 kHz
50 Hz
50 Hz
50 Hz
200 Hz
200 Hz
400 Hz
800 Hz
1.6 kHz
3.2 kHz
6.4 kHz
12.8 kHz
25.6 kHz
4-78
Model 8640B
Para
No.
Test Description
Residual AM Test
>78 dB down
>85 dB down
Residual FM Test
<7.5 Hz
<2.5 Hz
<7.5 Hz
<15 Hz
Table 4-1. Performance Test Record (3 of 8)
Min
Results
Actual
Output Level Accuracy Test
(Abbreviated)
Output Level Meter Reading
Full cw
Full cw
Full cw
1 step ccw
1 step ccw
1 step ccw
1 step ccw
2 steps ccw
+19 dBm
+13 dBm
+5 dBm
+13 dBm
+8 dBm
+3 dBm
-5 dBm
+3 dBm
3 steps ccw
4 steps ccw
5 steps ccw
6 steps ccw
-7 dBm
-17 dBm
-27 dBm
-37 dBm
7 steps ccw
8 steps ccw
9 steps ccw
10 steps ccw
11 steps ccw
12 steps ccw
13 steps ccw
14 steps ccw
-47 dBm
-57 dBm
-67 dBm
77 dBm
-87 dBm
-97 dBm
-107 dBm
-117 dBm
-127 dBm
Output Level Accuracy Test
(Complete)
Output Level
Full cw
Full cw
Full cw
Meter Reading
+19 dBm
+13 dBm
+5 dBm
58 dB
65 dB
7.5 mVrms
2.5 mVrms
7.5 mVrms
15 mVrms
+17.5 dBm
+11.5 dBm
+3.0 dBm
+11.5 dBm
+6.5 dBm
+1.5 dBm
-7.0 dBm
+1.5 dBm
-8.5 dB
-2.0 dB
-2.0 dB
-2.0 dB
-2.5 dB
-2.5 dB
-2.5 dB
-2.5 dB
-2.5 dB
-2.5 dB
-2.5 dB
-2.5 dB
-22.5 dB
+17.5 dBm
+11.5 dBm
+3.0 dBm
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Max
+20.5 dBm
+14.5 dBm
+7.0 dBm
+14.5 dBm
+9.5 dBm
+4.5 dBm
-3.0 dBm
+4.5 dBm
-5.5 dB
+2.0 dB
+2.0 dB
+2.0 dB
+2.5 dB
+2.5 dB
+2.5 dB
+2.5 dB
+2.5 dB
+2.5 dB
+2.5 dB
+2.5 dB
-17.5 dB
+20.5 dBm
+14.5 dBm
+7.0 dBm
4-79
Model 8640B
Para
No.
Test Description
Table 4-1. Performance Test Record (4 of 8)
Min
Results
Actual
Output Level Accuracy Test
(Complete) (Cont'd)
Output Level
1 step ccw
1 step ccw
1 step ccw
1 step ccw
2 steps ccw
3 steps ccw
Meter Reading
+13 dBm
+8 dBm
+3 dBm
-5 dBm
+3 dBm
-7 dBm
-17 dBm
-27 dBm
-37 dBm
-47 dBm
-57 dBm
-67 dBm
-77 dBm
-87 dBm
-107 dBm
-117 dBm
-127 dBm
-137 dBm
0.013 µV
(-144.75 dBm)
4-25 Output Level Flatness Test
Output Impedance Test (In Band)
+11.5 dBm
+6.5 dBm
+1.5 dBm
-7.0 dBm
+1.5 dBm
-8.5 dBm
-472.0 mVdc
-472.0 mVdc
-472.0 mVdc
-472.0 mVdc
-445.6 mVdc
-445.6 mVdc
-445.6 mVdc
-445.6 mVdc
-445.6 mVdc
-445.6 mVdc
-445.6 mVdc
-445.6 mVdc
-546.9 mVdc
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
Output Impedance Test (Out of Band)
VSWR <2.0:1
Return Loss
VSWR <1.3:1
Return Loss
9.5 dB
9.5 dB
17.7 dB
17.7 dB
-5 dBm
______
______
______
______
______
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Max
+14.5 dBm
+9.5 dBm
+4.5 dBm
-3.0 dBm
+4.5 dBm
-5.5 dBm
-529.6 mVdc
-529.6 mVdc
-529.6 mVdc
-529.6 mVdc
-561.0 mVdc
-561.0 mVdc
-561.0 mVdc
-561.0 mVdc
-561.0 mVdc
-561.0 mVdc
-561.0 mVdc
-561.0 mVdc
-772.5 mVdc
0.5 dB
100 mV
13 mV
6.5 mV
4-80
Model 8640B
Para
No.
Test Description
Table 4-1. Performance Test Record (5 of 8)
Min
Results
Actual
Output Leakage Test
0.5 to 400 MHz
400 to 600 MHz
600 to 1200 MHz
Internal Modulation Oscillator Test
400 Hz Fixed: Frequency
Level (Standard)
Level (Option 001)
1 kHz Fixed: Frequency
Level (Standard)
Level (Option 001)
Variable Frequency (Option 001)
Internal Modulation Oscillator
Distortion
Test (Option 001)
Variable: 20 Hz to 2 kHz
2 kHz to 600 kHz
Fixed: 400 Hz
1000 Hz
AM 3 dB Bandwidth Test
RANGE
8-16 MHz
90%
%AM
50%
0-50 kHz
Bandwidth
0-60 kHz
4-8 MHz 50%
90% 0-25 kHz
0-30 kHz
1-2 MHz 50%
90%
0-20 kHz
0-12.5 kHz
AM Distortion Test
50%
70%
90%
AM Sensitivity and Accuracy Test
External Sensitivity Accuracy:
Indicated Accuracy: 90%
70%
50%
30% (0-10)
30% (0-3)
20%
10%
392 Hz
1.0 Vrms
3.0 Vrms
980 Hz
1.0 Vrms
3.0 Vrms
171.0 mVrms
165.6 mVrms
128.8 mVrms
92.0 mVrms
55.2 mVrms
54.6 mVrms
36.4 mVrms
18.2 mVrms
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Max
-97 dBm
-97 dBm
-97 dBm
408 Hz
1020 Hz
+10%
0.5%
1.0%
0.25%
0.25%
3 dB
3 dB
3 dB
3 dB
3 dB
3 dB
1%
3%
3%
189.0 mVrms
194.4 mVrms
151.2 mVrms
108.0 mVrms
64.8 mVrms
65.4 mVrms
43.6 mVrms
21.8 mVrms
4-81
Model 8640B
Para
No.
Test Description
Table 4-1. Performance Test Record (6 of 8)
Min
Results
Actual
Peak Incidental Phase Modulation Test
512 MHz
128 MHz
Pulse Modulation Test
0.5-1 MHz Rise Time
Fall Time
Level Accuracy
1-2 MHz Rise Time
Fall Time
Level Accuracy
2-4 MHz Rise Time
Fall Time
4-8 MHz Rise Time
Level Accuracy
8-16 MHz Rise Time
Fall Time
Level Accuracy
16-32 MHz
Fall Time
Level Accuracy
Rise Time
Fall Time
32-64 MHz
64-128 MHz
Level Accuracy
Rise Time
Fall Time
Level Accuracy
Rise Time
Fall Time
Level Accuracy
128-256 MHz Rise Time
Fall Time
256-512 MHz
Level Accuracy
Rise Time
Fall Time
Level Accuracy
Pulse ON/OFF Ratio Test
Frequency Range: 256-512 MHz
128-256 MHz
64-128 MHz
32-64 MHz
16-32 MHz
8-16 MHz
4-8 MHz
2-4 MHz
1-2 MHz
0.5-1 MHz
5.4 div
5.4 div
5.4 div
5.4 div
5.4 div
5.4 div
5.4 div
5.4 div
5.4 div
5.4 div
40 dB
40 dB
40 dB
40 dB
40 dB
40 dB
40 dB
40 dB
40 dB
40 dB
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Max
+17.20
+8.60
1 µs
6.7 div
1 µs
1 µs
6.7 div
1 µs
I1 s
6.7 div
1 µs
1 ,µs
6.7 div
1 µs
1 µs
6.7 div
1 µs
1 µs
6.7 div
9 µs
9 µs
6.7 div
4 µs
4 µs
6.7 div
2 µs
2 µs
6.7 div
2 µs
2 µs
6.7 div
1 µs
4-82
Model 8640B
Para
No.
Table 4-1. Performance Test Record (7 of 8)
Results
Test Description
Min Actual
FM 3 dB Bandwidth Test
FM Distortion Test
Maximum Deviation
1/8 Maximum Deviation
FM Sensitivity and Accuracy Test
Sensitivity: Frequency Range
256-512 MHz
128-256 MHz
64-128 MHz
32-64 MHz
16-32 MHz
8-16 MHz
4-8 MHz
2-4 MHz
1-2 MHz
0.5-1 MHz
Accuracy: Frequency Range
256-512 MHz
128-256 MHz
64-128 MHz
32-64 MHz
16-32 MHz
8-16 MHz
4-8 MHz
2-4 MHz
1-2 MHz
0.5-1 MHz
Incidental AM Test
Maximum Deviation
1/8 Maximum Deviation
Counter External Sensitivity Test
0.5 to 550 MHz
20 Hz to 500 kHz
20 Hz to 10 MHz
Internal Reference Accuracy Test
15°C to 35°C
0°C to 55°C
30.5 dB
40 dB
1.954 kHz
1.954 kHz
1.954 kHz
1.954 kHz
1.954 kHz
1.954 kHz
1.954 kHz
1.954 kHz
1.954 kHz
1.954 kHz
1.871 kHz
1.871 kHz
1.871 kHz
1.871 kHz
1.871 kHz
1.871 kHz
1.871 kHz
1.871 kHz
1.871 kHz
1.871 kHz
4,999,995 Hz
4,999,985 Hz
4-83
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
(
3 dB
2.204 kHz
2.204 kHz
2.204 kHz
2.204 kHz
2.204 kHz
2.204 kHz
2.204 kHz
2.204 kHz
2.204 kHz
2.204 kHz
2.287 kHz
2.287 kHz
2.287 kHz
2.287 kHz
2.287 kHz
2.287 kHz
2.287 kHz
2.287 kHz
2.287 kHz
2.287 kHz
1%
0.5%
(
√
)
(
√
)
√
)
Max
5,000,005 Hz
5,000,015 Hz
Model 8640B
Para
No.
Table 4-1. Performance Test Record (8 of 8)
Results
Test Description
Min Actual
Internal Reference Drift Rate
(Stability) Test
Time
Voltage
Temperature
Load
Level Change
Mode Change
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
0.27 Hz
0.52 Hz
10.2 Hz
(
√
) No
Change
(
√
) No
Change
(
√
) No
Change
Max
Phase Lock Restabilization Time Test
After two hour warm-up
After frequency change
After band change
After 1 min. in RF OFF mode
7 Hz
7 Hz
7 Hz
7 Hz
4-84
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Table 4-2. Recommended Test Abridgements (1 of 3)
Performance Test Alteration Remark Para.
No.
Frequency Range Test
Frequency Accuracy and Fine Tune Test
Frequency Stability vs
Time and Restabilization Time Test
Frequency Stability vs Temperature Test
Frequency Stability vs
Line Voltage Test
Frequency Stability vs
Load, Level, and Mode
Test
Harmonics Test
Sub-harmonics and Nonharmonic Spurious Test
Single Sideband Phase
Noise Test
Single Sideband Broadband Noise Floor Test
Residual AM Test
Residual FM Test
Output Level Accuracy
Test (Abbreviated)
Output Level Accuracy
Test (Complete)
Output Level Flatness
Test
Output Impedance Test
(In Band)
Output Impedance Test
(Out of Band)
Check only 0.5 Ranges obtained by binary division of 230 -
1 MHz Range.
550 MHz RF oscillator. All dividers operate on 0.5 - 1 MHz Range.
Omit steps 5 to Fine tune of secondary importance.
8.
Omit steps 5 to Restabilization time of secondary impor-
7.
tance.
Omit test.
Drift is small in a normal lab environment.
Omit test.
Omit test.
Frequency shifts are small in a normal lab environment.
RF oscillator well buffered from external loading. FM offset null constant under normal lab environment.
None
Omit test.
No mechanism for generation of spurious signals except counter, which is heavily shielded and filtered.
None
None
Omit step 4.
Omit steps 6 and 7.
None
Omit test.
None
Normally within specification for 300 Hz to 3 kHz bandwidth if within specification for 20 Hz to 20 kHz bandwidth.
Normally within specification for 300 Hz to 3 kHz bandwidth if within specification for 20 Hz to 20 kHz bandwidth.
Most useful ranges checked by abbreviated test.
Omit one test.
A condition that is out of specification will usually show on both tests.
4-85
Model 8640B
Table 4-2. Recommended Test Abridgements (2 of 3)
Performance Test Alteration Remark
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Para.
No.
Auxiliary Output Test
Output Leakage Test
Internal Modulation
Oscillator Test
Internal Modulation
Oscillator Distortion
Test (Opt 001)
AM 3 dB Bandwidth
Test
AM Distortion Test
AM Sensitivity and
Accuracy Test
Peak Incidental Phase
Modulation Test
Pulse Modulation Test
Pulse On/Off Ratio Test
FM 3 dB Bandwidth Test
FM Distortion Test
FM Sensitivity and Accuracy Test
Incidental AM Test
Omit test.
Auxiliary output a secondary function.
Omit step 5, The 400 MHz amplifier bandwidth is adeand use 400 MHz quate to check leakage over the output amplifier to check to range of 0.5 to 512 MHz.
512 MHz in step
4.
Omit test.
Omit test.
Exactness of modulation frequency not critical for most applications.
Excessive distortion will usually manifest itself in AM and FM distortion tests.
Accuracy at most often used frequencies check in AM sensitivity test.
Omit test.
None
Omit step 8, but check meter in steps 1 to 7.
Omit test.
Omit steps 7 to
9.
Omit step 4.
Omit test.
A spot check of meter accuracy is usually adequate.
Test requires access to inside of instrument.
Specification does not normally degrade with time.
Performance usually improves at the higher frequencies.
Performance usually improves at the lower frequencies.
Accuracy at most often used frequencies checked in FM Sensitivity test.
None.
Omit steps 6 to
9, but check meter in steps
1 to 5.
Omit test.
A spot check of meter accuracy is usually adequate.
Incidental AM usually of secondary importance and FM sensitivity test will usually show conditions that are out of specification
(i.e., the first order sidebands will be uneven).
4-86
Model 8640B
Table 4-2. Recommended Test Abridgements (3 of 3)
Performance Test Alteration Remark
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Para.
No.
Counter External SensiOmit steps 3 and Performance usually improves at lower tivity Test
Internal Reference
Accuracy Test
Internal Reference Drift
Rate (Stability) Test
4.
None
Omit test.
Phase Lock RestabilizaOmit test.
tion Time Test frequencies.
Drift is small in a normal lab environment.
Frequency error during the short lock acquisition time usually not significant.
4-87/(4-88 blank)
Model 8640B
5-1. INTRODUCTION
5-2. This section describes adjustments required to return the Model 8640B Signal Generator to peak operating condition when repairs are required. Included in this section are test setups, and check and adjustment procedures. Removal and replacement procedures are given on the alphabetic service sheets (after the
5-3. SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
5-4. Although this instrument has been designed in accordance with international safety standards, this manual contains information and warnings which must be followed to ensure safe operation and to retain the instrument in a safe condition (see Sections II and III).
Service and adjustments should be performed only by qualified service personnel.
WARNING
SECTION V
ADJUSTMENTS
repaired fuses and the short-circuiting of fuseholders must be avoided.
5-8. Whenever it is likely that the protection has been imparied, the instrument must be made inoperative and be secured against any unintended operation.
5-9. TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIED
5-10. Tables 1-2 and 1-3 contain a list of test equipment
and test accessories required in the adjustment procedures. In addition, the tables contain the required minimum specifications and a suggested manufacturer's model number.
5-11. Pozidriv Screwdrivers
5-12. Many screws in the instrument appear to be
Phillips, but are not. To avoid damage to the screw slots, Pozidriv screwdrivers should be used.
5-13. Blade Tuning Tools
Any interruption of the protective
(grounding) conductor inside or outside the instrument or disconnection of the protective earth terminal is likely to make the apparatus dangerous.
Intentional interruption is prohibited.
5-5. Any adjustment, maintenance, and repair of the opened instrument under voltage should be avoided as much as possible and, when inevitable, should be carried out only by a skilled person who is aware of the hazard involved. The opening of covers or removal of parts, except those to which access can be gained by hand, may expose live parts, and also accessible terminals may be live.
5-6. Capacitors inside the instrument may still be charged even if the instrument has been disconnected from its source of supply.
5-7. Make sure that only fuses with the required rated current and of the specified type (normal blow, time delay, etc.) are used for replacement. The use of
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
5-14. For adjustments requiring a non-metallic metalblade tuning tool, use the J.F.D. Model No. 5284 (HP
8710-1010). In situations not requiring non-metallic tuning tools, an ordinary small screwdriver or other suitable tool is sufficient. No matter what tool is used, never try to force any adjustment control in the generator. This is especially critical when tuning variable slug-tuned inductors, and variable capacitors.
5-15. Service Aids
5-16. Spare Parts Kit. The HP 08640-60095 Spare
Parts Kit contains miscellaneous mechanical spare parts for the generator such things as nuts, bolts, screws and washers.
5-17. Extender Board. An extender board is supplied with the generator that can be used to extend all circuit plug-in boards (except the A10A2 RF Divider Assembly and the A12 Rectifier Assembly). The RF Divider
Assembly is self-extending just remove the riser board and insert the Divider Assembly into the riser's socket.
5-1
Model 8640B
5-18. Wrench. A wrench is supplied with the generator.
One end fits the SMC connectors used on the generator's RF cables, the other end fits another common size SMC connector which may be used in servicing the instrument.
5-19. FACTORY SELECTED COMPONENTS
5-20. Table 5-1 contains a list of factory selected
components by reference designation, basis of selection, and schematic diagram location. Factory selected components are designated by an asterisk (*)
on the schematic diagrams in Section VIII.
5-21. The following information supplements Table 5-1.
a. A8A1R4 Selection. If A8A1U5 has been replaced and counter external sensitivity is not within specification, select A8A1R4 as follows:
1. Set COUNTER MODE to EXT 0-10 or EXT 0-
550.
2. Measure dc voltage at A8A1U5 pins 1 and 14.
3. Select a value of resistance that will bring dc voltage at pin 14 to within 10% of voltage at pin
1.
b. A10A2R6-8, R12-14, and R18-20 Selection.
If A26U2 (Service Sheet 12) has been replaced, check second harmonic level (at RF output jack) on the following bands: 128-256 MHz, 64-128 MHz, and 32-64
MHz. If second harmonic level is out of specification, increase affected band's divider output attenuation until second harmonic level is within specification. The following table indicates correct values of resistance for
3 to 6 dB of attenuation (change attenuation in 1 dB steps).
Band (RANGE) Resistors (A10A2)
128 - 256 MHz R6
64 - 128 MHz R12
32 - 64 MHz
Attenuation
3 dB
4 dB
5 dB
R18
R7
R13
R19
Resistance
17.8
Ω
287
Ω
23.7
Ω
237
Ω
31.6
Ω
178
Ω
R8
R14
R20
287
Ω
237
Ω
178
Ω
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
c. To change attenuation, change all three resistors associated with the band that's out of specification. For example, if 64-128 MHz band's second harmonic is too high, then R13, R12, and R14 will have to be changed. Change attenuation in 1 dB steps (e.g., to change their attenuation to 5 dB, change
R13 to 31.6
Ω
, R12 to 1782, and R14 to 178
Ω
.)
NOTE
Attenuation should be no higher than necessary to bring a band's second harmonic within specification.
Excessive attenuation may reduce maximum RF output level below +19 dBm.
d. A26A3C3, C4, C5 and C6 Selection.
Capacitors may or may not be used; their values are always 0.22 pF. Select as follows:
1. Set AM switch to PULSE, FREQUENCY
RANGE to 256-512 MHz, and RF ON/OFF to
ON.
2. Connect a spectrum analyzer to MOD OUTPUT
JACK, A26A3J1.
3. Check from 256 to 512 MHz (tune
FREQUENCY TUNE across band). Signals should always be below -58 dBm.
4. Add or remove capacitors across diodes as necessary to keep signals below -58 dBm.
Table 5-1. Factory Selected Components
(1 of 2)
Component Service Range of
A8A1R4
Sheet Values
18
2-5 k
Ω
11
Basis of Selection
Select for an indication on counter with
100 mVrms applied to COUNTER IN-
PUT.
A10A2R6-8,
R12-14, and
R18-20
5-2
See backdating, Tables 7-1 and 7-2.
Model 8640B
Table 5-1. Factory Selected Components
(2 of 2)
Service Range of
Component Sheet Values
A11R28
(Option 001)
A26A3C3,
C4, C5, C6
9A
12
215 to
316 ohms
0.22 pF
Basis of Selection
Select for less than specified distortion with distortion analyzer connected to front panel output jack. (Distortion should not be so low that amplitude stability is poor at 20 Hz.)
See backdating, Tables 7-1 and 7-2.
5-22. POST-REPAIR TEST AND ADJUSTMENTS
5-23. The adjustments in this section should be performed when the troubleshooting information in
5-3
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Section VIII indicates that an adjustable circuit is not
operating correctly. Perform the adjustments after repairing or replacing the circuit. The required
adjustments are specified in Table 5-2. Allow the
instrument to warmup one hour before making any adjustment.
5-24. After making the adjustments, perform the
performance tests (found in Section IV) specified in the
table. In general, if any casting was opened (or any RF connectors removed) during a repair, the Output
Leakage Test should be performed. Performance tests should also be made for any assembly that had a component changed, even if the changed component was not defective. The power supplies should be checked whenever an assembly has been repaired.
NOTE
Table 5-2 can also be used for
troubleshooting. If the generator failed one or more performance tests, crossreferencing to the associated assembly or circuitry will often indicate the source of the failure.
Model 8640B
Assembly Repaired
Table 5-2. Post-Repair Test and Adjustments (1 of 4)
Performance Tests
A1 Output Level Assy Harmonics Test (4-17)
Output Level Accuracy Test
(4-23 or 4-24)
Output Level Flatness Test
(4-25)
Output Impedance Tests
(4-26 and 4-27)
Output Leakage Test (4-29)
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Adjustments
Check power supply voltages
(5-25)
Output Level Knob Adjustment (5-30)
Output Level Vernier and
Meter Adjustment (5-31)
A2 Meter Switch/Detector
Assy
A4 Meter/Annunciator Drive
Assy
Panel Meter M1
Check power supply voltages
(5-25)
Meter Adjustments (5-28)
A3 RF Oscillator Assy
Output Level Accuracy Test
(upper 2 ranges only)
(4-24 or 4-25)
AM Sensitivity and Accuracy
Test (meter only) (4-34)
FM Sensitivity and Accuracy
Test (meter only) (4-40)
Frequency Range Test
(256-512 MHz only)
(4-11)
Frequency Accuracy and Fine
Tune Test (fine tune only)
(4-12)
Frequency Stability Tests
(4-13, 4-14, 4-15, and
4-16)
Harmonics Test (4-17)
Single Sideband Phase Noise
Test (4-19)
Residual FM Test (4-22)
Output Level Flatness Test
(256-512 MHz only)
(4-25)
Output Leakage Test (4-29)
FM Distortion Test (4-39)
FM Sensitivity and Accuracy
Test (4-40)
Phase Lock Restabilization
Time Test (check only that phase lock operates) (4-45)
5-4
Check power supply voltages
V
T
(5-25)
Pot Adjustment (5-35)
V
T
Voltage Adjustment
(5-36)
Preliminary FM Adjustments
(if necessary) (5-38)
FM Linearity Adjustment
(if necessary) (5-39) (5-44)
FM Sensitivity Adjustment
(if necessary) (5-40)
RF Oscillator End Stop
Adjustment (if necessary)
(5-42)
RF Oscillator Output Power
Adjustment (if necessary)
(5-43)
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Assembly Repaired
A5 FM Amplifier Assy
A7 FM Shaping Assy
A6 Annunciator Assy
A8 Counter/Lock Assy
A9 Peak Deviation and
Range Switch Assy
Table 5-2. Post-Repair Tests and Adjustments (2 of 4)
Performance Tests
FM 3 dB Bandwidth Test
(4-38)
FM Distortion Test (4-39)
FM Sensitivity and Accuracy
Test (omit meter check)
(4-40)
None
Operator's Checks (Figure 3-4)
Frequency Accuracy and Fine
Tune Test (accuracy only)
(4-12)
Frequency Stability Tests
(4-13, 4-14, 4-15, and 4-16)
Sub-Harmonics and Non-
Harmonic Spurious Test
(4-18)
Output Leakage Test (4-29)
Counter External Sensitivity
Test (4-42)
Internal Reference Accuracy
Test (4-43)
Internal Reference Drift
Rate (Stability) Test
(4-44)
Phase Lock Restabilization
Time Test (4-45)
Operator's Checks (Figure 3-4)
FM Sensitivity and Accuracy
Test (4-40)
Adjustments
Check power supply voltages
(5-25)
Preliminary FM Adjustments
(5-38)
FM Linearity Adjustment
(5-39) (5-44)
FM Sensitivity Adjustment
(5-40)
None
Check power supply voltages
(5-25)
Internal Reference Frequency
Adjustment (if necessary)
(5-41)
Check power supply voltages
(5-25)
Peak Deviation and Range
Switch Adjustment (if necessary) (5-33)
Range Switch Adjustment
(5-34)
Preliminary FM Adjustments
(if necessary) (5-38)
FM Linearity Adjustment
(if necessary) (5-39) (5-44)
5-5
Model 8640B
Assembly Repaired
Table 5-2. Post-Repair Tests and Adjustments (3 of 4)
Performance Tests
A9 Peak Deviation and Range
Switch Assy (Cont'd)
A10 Divider/Filter Assy
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Adjustments
FM Sensitivity Adjustment
(if necessary) (5-40)
A11 Fixed-Frequency or
Modulation Oscillator
Assy
A11 Variable-Frequency
Modulation Oscillator
Assy (Option 001)
Frequency Range Test (4-11)
Harmonics Test (4-17)
Output Level Flatness Test
(4-25)
Output Leakage Test (4-29)
Internal Modulation Oscillator
Test (4-30)
Internal Modulation Oscillator
Distortion Test (Option 001 only) (4-31)
Check power supply voltages
(5-25)
Range Switch Adjustment
(if necessary) (5-34)
V
T
Voltage Adjustment (5-36)
RF Filter Adjustment
(if necessary) (5-37)
Check power supply voltages
(5-25)
Fixed Frequency Modulation
Oscillator Adjustment
(5-26) or
Variable-Frequency Modulation
Oscillator Adjustment
(5-27)
Power Supply Adjustments
(5-25)
A12 Rectifier Assy
A13 Modulation/Metering
Mother Board Assy
A14 Line Power Module
A15 Riser Assy
A17 Power Supply
Mother Board Assy
A20 +5.2V and +44.6V
Regulator Assy
A22 +20V and -20V
Regulator Assy
A24 Series Regulator
Socket Assy
Frequency Stability vs Time
Test (4-13)
Frequency Stability vs Line
Voltage Test (4-15)
Residual FM Test (4-22)
Internal Reference Drift
Rate (Stability) Test
(4-44)
A16 Fan Motor Assy
A18 -5.2V Regulator and
Fan Driver Assy
Residual FM Test
(4-22)
Power Supply Adjustments
(5-25)
5-6
Model 8640B
Assembly Repaired
Table 5-2. Post-Repair Tests and Adjustments (4 of 4)
Performance Tests
A26 AM/AGC and RF Amplifier
Assy
Harmonics Test (4-17)
Residual AM Test (4-21)
Output Level Accuracy Test
(4-23 or 4-24)
Output Level Flatness Test
(4-25)
Output Impedance Test
(4-26 and 4-27)
Auxiliary Output Test (4-28)
Output Leakage Test (4-29)
AM 3 dB Bandwidth Test
(4-32)
AM Distortion Test (4-33)
AM Sensitivity and Accuracy
Test (4-34)
Peak Incidental Phase Modulation
Test (4-35)
Pulse Modulation Test (4-36)
Pulse On/Off Ratio Test (4-37)
Incidental AM Test (4-41)
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Adjustments
Check power supply voltages
(5-25)
RF Detector Offset Adjustment (5-29)
Output Level Vernier and
Meter Adjustment (5-31)
AM Sensitivity Adjustment
(5-32)
5-7
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
ADJUSTMENTS
5-25. POWER SUPPLY ADJUSTMENTS
REFERENCE:
Service Sheets 22 and 23.
DESCRIPTION:
A digital voltmeter is used to check the power supply voltages. They are then adjusted for the correct voltage. This procedure should be performed before making any other adjustment.
EQUIPMENT:
Digital Voltmeter .........................................................................HP 3480B/3484A
PROCEDURE:
1. Set LINE switch to ON. The fan should run and five LED's located on power supply boards (A18, A20, and A22) should be lit.
2. Connect DVM to each of the test points listed below. The voltages should be within the tolerances shown; if not, adjust appropriate resistor for a reading within the indicated tolerances.
Test Point
-5.2V A18TP5
+5.2V A20TP10
+20V A22TP4
-20V A22TP9
+44.6V A20TP4
Adjust
A18R2
A20R16
A22R7
A22R19
A20R8
Voltage Level
-5.200V ± 10 mV------*
+5.200V ± 10 mV-----
+20.000V ±10 mV-----**
-20.000V ±10 mV------***
+44.600V ±100 mV----
* For ambient temperatures other than 25 c. modify the voltage level setting by -4.2 mV/ C.
** Perform FM CAL adjustment (paragraph 5-38, step 8) and time base adjustment (paragraph 5-41).
** Perform VARACTOR BIAS adjustment (paragraph 5-38, step 12).
5-26. FIXED-FREQUENCY MODULATION OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT
REFERENCE:
Service Sheet 9.
DESCRIPTION:
A digital voltmeter is used to monitor the audio oscillator's output while setting its level. The AUDIO OUTPUT LEVEL dial is also adjusted.
5-8
Model 8640B
ADJUSTMENTS
5-26. FIXED-FREQUENCY MODULATION OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)
EQUIPMENT:
Digital Voltmeter ....................................................................... HP 3480B/3484A
600 Ohm Feedthrough ....................................................................... HP 11095A
PROCEDURE:
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
1. Connect DVM, to AllTP3 (AM out). Set Signal Generator's controls as follows:
AM ................................................................................................................. INT
MODULATION FREQUENCY ................................................................. 1000 Hz
FM ................................................................................................................OFF
AUDIO OUTPUT LEVEL ........................................................................... Full cw
2. Adjust OSC LEVEL adjustment, AllR6, for a 840 +10 m Vrms reading on DVM at AllTP3.
3. Connect DVM, through 600 ohm feedthrough, to AM OUTPUT. Set AUDIO OUTPUT LEVEL to 100 m Vrms as read on DVM. The AUDIO OUTPUT LEVEL dial should read 100 m Vrms. If it does not, loosen setscrews on knob and align knob so that it does.
4. Set MODULATION FREQUENCY to 400 Hz. Set AUDIO OUTPUT LEVEL fully cw. The DVM should read > 1
Vrms.
1 Vrms
5-27. VARIABLE-FREQUENCY MODULATION OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT (OPTION 001)
REFERENCE:
Service Sheet 9A.
DESCRIPTION:
A digital voltmeter and a frequency counter are used to monitor output voltage and frequency while adjusting the oscillator. The MODULATION FREQUENCY dial and the AUDIO OUTPUT LEVEL dial are adjusted.
EQUIPMENT:
Digital Voltmeter ....................................................................... HP 3480B/3484A
Frequency Counter...............................................................................HP 5327C
600 Ohm Feedthrough ....................................................................... HP 11095A
5-9
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
ADJUSTMENTS
5-27. VARIABLE-FREQUENCY MODULATION OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT (OPTION 001) (Cont'd)
PROCEDURE:
1. Check that modulation oscillator is installed with all of its covers in place.
2. If the knobs have been removed, turn MODULATION FREQUENCY vernier shaft full cw. Install frequency dial on vernier shaft so that the gears mesh and number 200 on the dial is 10 to 20° to the left (ccw) of the cursor.
Turn MODULATION FREQUENCY switch shaft full ccw and install range knob on switch shaft so that 400 Hz
FIXED FREQUENCY position is at the cursor (top). Install vernier knob. (The knobs should not touch each other.)
3. Turn trim capacitors A11C2 and C3 full cw.
NOTE
Turning C2 ccw decreases the output voltage while raising the frequency.
Turning C3 ccw increases the output voltage while raising the frequency.
4. Set Signal Generator's controls as follows:
AM ................................................................................................................. INT
MODULATION FREQUENCY Switch...........................................................X100
MODULATION FREQUENCY Vernier................................................... Full ccw
FM ................................................................................................................OFF
AUDIO OUTPUT LEVEL ........................................................................... Full cw
5. Connect DVM to OSC OUT test point, A11TP4. The DVM should read 1.6 ± 0.3 Vrms.
1.3------------------------------1.9 Vrms
6. Connect frequency counter to AM OUTPUT jack. The counter should read 1.8 ± 0.2 kHz.
1.6-----------------------------2.0 kHz
7. Set MODULATION FREQUENCY vernier full cw and adjust trim capacitors, A11C2 and C3, until voltage level at
Al11TP4 is within 0.1 Vrms of level read in step 5 and frequency at AM OUTPUT is 21 ± 1 kHz.
8. Set MODULATION FREQUENCY vernier for a frequency counter reading of 2.0 ± 0.01 kHz. Loosen setscrews in gear that meshes with frequency dial gear (vernier). Rotate dial gear so that dial reads 20 (at the cursor) and tighten setscrews in gear. The frequency counter should read 2.0 ± 0.01 kHz when dial reads 20 at the cursor.
Record voltage level at A11TP4.
-------Vrms
9. Set MODULATION FREQUENCY vernier to 200. Adjust A11C2 and C3 until voltage level at A11TP4 is within
0.01 Vrms of level recorded in step 8 and frequency is 20.0 ± 0.1 kHz.
5-10
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
ADJUSTMENTS
5-27. VARIABLE-FREQUENCY MODULATION OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT (OPTION 001) (Cont'd)
10. Set MODULATION FREQUENCY vernier to 20. The counter should read 2.00 ± 0.01 kHz and voltage level at
A11TP4 should be within 0.01 Vrms of level recorded in step 8. Repeat steps 8 and 9 until voltage level and frequency are correct.
11. Monitor voltage at AllTP4 while using MODULATION FREQUENCY switch and vernier to tune oscillator from 2 kHz to 20 kHz. The voltage level at 2 kHz (on the X100 range) should be 1.6 ± 0.05 Vrms and level at all other frequencies should be within 0.03 Vrms of level at 2 kHz.
At 2 kHz: 1.55---------1.65 Vrms
All frequencies:---------+0.03 Vrms
12. If level at A11TP4 is too high, reduce A11R28 by one standard value (10%); if level is too low, increase A11R28 by one standard value. Then repeat steps 8 through 11.
13. Set MODULATION FREQUENCY range switch to X3 K and vernier to 200 and adjust HIGH FREQ capacitor
A11C9 for a counter reading of 600 ± 3 kHz.
597------------------------------603 kHz
14. Connect DVM to AM OUT test point, A11TP5. Set MODULATION FREQUENCY range switch to X100 and the vernier to 20. Adjust AM-FM adjustment, A11R35, for 840 ± 10 m Vrms at A11TP5.
830----------------------------850 m Vrms
15. Connect DVM to the FM OUT test point, AllTP3. It should read within 5 m Vrms of reading in step 14.
-----------------------±5 mVrms
16. Use MODULATION FREQUENCY range switch and vernier to tune oscillator across each range (except 400 and
1000 Hz FIXED FREQ). Monitor voltage level at AllTP3; the DVM should read within 10 mVrms of level noted at
20 on vernier dial from 200 Hz to 100 kHz. It should read within 20 mVrms of level noted at 20 on vernier dial from 20 Hz to 600 kHz.
200 Hz to 100 kHz:------------------±10 mVrms
20 Hz to 600 kHz:-----------------±20 mVrms
17. Set MODULATION FREQUENCY range switch to X3 K and vernier to 20. Connect DVM to AM OUTPUT jack through 600 ohm feedthrough. Adjust AUDIO LEVEL adjustment, A11R40, for 3.00 ± 0.03 Vrms at the jack.
2.97------------------3.03 Vrms
18. Set AM to OFF and FM to INT. Connect DVM to FM OUTPUT jack through the 600 ohm feedthrough. The DVM should read 3.0 ± 0.06 Vrms.
19. Check that AUDIO OUTPUT LEVEL control indicates 3V when turned fully cw. If it does not, loosen its setscrews and adjust it so that it does; then tighten setscrews.
See Tables 7-1 and 7-2 for backdating.
5-11
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
ADJUSTMENTS
5-28. METER ADJUSTMENTS
REFERENCE:
Service Sheet 17.
DESCRIPTION:
The panel meter is mechanically zeroed. The meter circuitry is then adjusted at zero and full scale.
EQUIPMENT:
Digital Voltmeter ....................................................................... HP 3480B/3484A
PROCEDURE:
1. With LINE switch set to OFF, place Signal Generator in its normal operating position (e.g., if its normal operating position is tilted up with the tilt stand locked down, place it that way).
2. Adjust mechanical zero adjustment screw on panel meter clockwise for a zero meter reading. Then turn screw slightly counterclockwise to free mechanism from adjusting peg.
3. Set generator's controls as follows:
Meter Function ................................................................................................FM
FM ................................................................................................................OFF
MODULATION FREQUENCY ................................................................. 1000 Hz
PEAK DEVIATION .................................................................................... 10 kHz
PEAK DEVIATION Vernier...................................................................... Full ccw
RANGE .................................................................................................2 - 4 MHz
LINE................................................................................................................ON
4. Connect DVM to DC OUT test point (A2TP2) on A2 Meter Switch/Detector Assembly. Adjust DET OFFSET pot
(A2R5) for 0 Vdc ± 1 mVdc at A2TP2.
5. Connect DVM to MTR ADJ test point (A4TP1) on A4 Meter Annunciator Drive Assembly. Adjust DRIVER
OFFSET pot (A4R10) for 0 Vdc ± 1 mVdc at A4TP1.
6. Set FM to INT. Adjust PEAK DEVIATION vernier clockwise until DVM reads 9.766 Vdc at A4TP1. Then adjust
F.S. METER pot (A4R19) for a full scale reading (10 on the 0-10 scale) on the panel meter.
5-29. RF DETECTOR OFFSET ADJUSTMENT
REFERENCE:
Service Sheets 12 and 13.
5-12
Model 8640B
ADJUSTMENTS
5-29. RF DETECTOR OFFSET ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)
DESCRIPTION:
A digital voltmeter is used to set the proper offset voltage out of the RF detector.
EQUIPMENT:
Digital Voltmeter ....................................................................... HP 3480B/3484A
PROCEDURE:
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
1. Connect DVM to DET test point, A26A1TP1, and set Signal Generator's controls as follows:
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND .......................................................................... Off
LOCK............................................................................... Off
Source ............................................................................ INT
AM ................................................................................................................OFF
FM ................................................................................................................OFF
RANGE .............................................................................................32 - 64 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE............. ....................................................................50MHz
RF ON/OFF.................. ................................................................................OFF
2. Set AGC Switch, A26A4S1, to off. Adjust Detector Adjust pot, A26A1R11, for -61 ±2 mVdc at DET test point.
3. Set AGC switch to on and set front panel RF ON/OFF switch to ON.
4. Perform Output Level Vernier and Meter Adjustment, paragraph 5-31.
5-30. OUTPUT LEVEL KNOB ADJUSTMENT
REFERENCE:
Service Sheets 13 and 16.
DESCRIPTION:
The RF attenuator knob is set, and the vernier voltage is monitored with a digital voltmeter and the vernier pot is adjusted. Then the vernier cursor is set. This procedure should be performed whenever the OUTPUT LEVEL knobs have been removed.
EQUIPMENT:
Digital Voltmeter ....................................................................... HP 3480B/3484A
5-13
Model 8640B
ADJUSTMENTS
5-30. OUTPUT LEVEL KNOB ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)
PROCEDURE:
1. Set Signal Generator's controls as follows:
Meter Function .......................................................................................... LEVEL
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND .......................................................................... Off
LOCK.............................................................................................................. Off
Source ........................................................................................................... INT
AM ................................................................................................................OFF
FM ................................................................................................................OFF
RANGE .............................................................................................32 - 64 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE ................................................................................50 MHz
OUTPUT LEVEL ............................................................................... As specified
RF ON/OFF ....................................................................................................ON
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
2. Set OUTPUT LEVEL RF attenuator knob one position ccw from full cw so that +13 dBm is in line with top edge of white cursor range on front panel. If it does not line up, loosen knob's setscrews and align it. (The attenuator and vernier knobs should not touch each other.)
3. Loosen setscrew in brass gear at rear of Al Output Level Assembly.
4. Set OUTPUT LEVEL vernier full cw. Using DVM, note voltage at VERN test point, A1A1TP1, on A1A1 RF
Vernier Assembly. It should be approximately 2 volts.
5. Adjust OUTPUT LEVEL vernier for half the voltage (at the VERN test point) noted in step 4 ±20 mV.
6. Without moving vernier, turn brass gear shaft until cursor points to +7.5 dBm on dial. Tighten setscrew in brass gear.
7. Perform the Output Level Vernier and Meter Adjustment, paragraph 5-31.
5-31. OUTPUT LEVEL VERNIER AND METER ADJUSTMENT
REFERENCE:
Service Sheets 12 and 16.
DESCRIPTION:
The RF level accuracy for the upper OUTPUT LEVEL attenuator ranges is measured with a power meter and the generator's output level and panel meter are adjusted at +13 dBm. For the lower ranges, a reference signal is established on a spectrum analyzer display, the Signal Generator's OUTPUT LEVEL switch and the spectrum analyzer's vertical scale log reference level control are stepped together, and any amplitude variations at -67 and -97 dBm are measured on the analyzer's display. An RF attenuator and amplifier at the RF OUTPUT are adjusted for analyzer compatibility and best sensitivity.
5-14
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
ADJUSTMENTS
5-31. OUTPUT LEVEL VERNIER AND METER ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)
This procedure uses an IF substitution technique in which the spectrum analyzer's IF is the standard. The IF step accuracy should be within ±0.2 dB overall. The IF step accuracy can be checked using the above technique by comparing a lab calibrated attenuator (such as HP Model 355D Option H36) with the IF step control at the frequency of attenuator calibration (e.g., 3 MHz for the HP 355D Option H36).
NOTE
1. Check that the Output Level Knob Adjustment (5-30), the RF Detector Offset Adjustment (5-29), and the Meter Adjustments (5-28) are correct before performing this adjustment.
2. After making meter adjustments which are accessible only from the bottom of the instrument, check the adjustment with the instrument in its normal operating position.
Figure 5-1. Output Level Vernier and Meter Adjustment Test Setup
EQUIPMENT:
Spectrum Analyzer........................................................... HP 141T/8552B/8553B
Power Meter........................................................................................... HP 435A
Power Sensor....................................................................................... HP 8481A
20 dB Amplifier ................................................................................. . HP 8447A
Double Shielded Cable (3 required)..............................................HP 08708-6033
NOTE
An HP Model 432A Power Meter with a Model 478A Thermistor Mount can be used for this test.
However, a 10 dB attenuator, such as the Model 8491A OPT 10, must be used with the mount. This will slightly degrade measurement accuracy.
5-15
Model 8640B
ADJUSTMENTS
5-31. OUTPUT LEVEL VERNIER AND METER ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)
PROCEDURE:
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
1. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 5-1 after setting Signal Generator's controls as follows:
Meter Function .......................................................................................... LEVEL
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND .......................................................................... Off
LOCK.............................................................................................................. Off
Source ........................................................................................................... INT
AM ................................................................................................................OFF
FM ................................................................................................................OFF
RANGE .............................................................................................32 - 64 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE ................................................................................50 MHz
OUTPUT LEVEL ............................................................................... As specified
RF ON/OFF ....................................................................................................ON
2. Set OUTPUT LEVEL switch one step ccw from full cw; turn OUTPUT LEVEL vernier until the cursor lines up with the top edge of the white cursor range (i.e., for +13 dBm read on OUTPUT LEVEL switch cursor).
3. Adjust LVL adjustment, A26A4R1, for a +13 dBm reading on power meter. Adjust MET adjustment, A26A4R12, for a +13 dBm indication on generator's panel meter (+3 dB reading on meter).
4. Set OUTPUT LEVEL switch three steps ccw to -17 dBm. Adjust vernier for a -17 dBm reading on power meter.
5. Disconnect power meter from generator and connect step attenuator, amplifier, and spectrum analyzer to RF
OUTPUT.
6. Set step attenuator to 30 dB. Set spectrum analyzer's center frequency controls to 50 MHz (stabilizer on), resolution bandwidth to 10 kHz, frequency span per division (scan width to 5 kHz, input attenuation to 0 dB), display smoothing (video filter) to 100 Hz, and log/linear display switch to 2 dB log. Set the reference level switch for a -10 dBm reference level at the top graticule line on the display; adjust the reference level vernier to place the signal to the display's fifth horizontal graticule line.
7. Set generator's OUTPUT LEVEL switch to -47 dBm (i.e., 3 steps ccw). Set analyzer's reference level switch to -
40 dBm and note signal level on display (i.e., the difference between the signal level and the fifth horizontal graticule line).
8. Set step attenuator to 0 dB; reset analyzer's reference level switch to -10 dBm and adjust analyzer's reference level vernier for the same signal level noted in step 7.
9. Set generator's OUTPUT LEVEL switch to -67 dBm; set analyzer's reference level switch to -30 dBm and adjust generator's OUTPUT LEVEL vernier to set signal on analyzer's display to the fifth horizontal graticule line (to the same place it was set in step 6).
10. Adjust the 10 V adjustment, A1AlR5, for a -67 dBm indication on generator's panel meter (+3 dB reading on meter).
5-16
Model 8640B
ADJUSTMENTS
5-31. OUTPUT LEVEL VERNIER AND METER ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
11. Set generator's OUTPUT LEVEL switch to --97 dBm. Set analyzer's reference level control to -60 dBm. Adjust
OUTPUT LEVEL vernier to set signal on analyzer's display to the fifth horizontal graticule line (to the same place it was set in step 6). Adjust the 1 V adjustment, A1A1R6, for a -97 dBm indication on generator's panel meter
(+3 dB reading on meter).
Amplifier Assembly.
5-32. AM SENSITIVITY ADJUSTMENT
REFERENCE:
Service Sheet 14.
DESCRIPTION:
AM sensitivity is adjusted while comparing the actual amount of amplitude modulation to the level of the input modulating signal. A spectrum analyzer is used to measure the actual modulation. The analyzer is used with zero frequency span at the carrier frequency. A DVM is used to measure the ac and dc voltages at the analyzer's vertical output, and the dc value of the carrier is set to 282.8 mVdc; the rms value of the modulation is then a very accurate measure of AM percent
(% AM is 1/2 the ac voltage in mVrms).
EQUIPMENT:
Spectrum Analyzer......................................... ..................HP 141T/8552B/8554B
Digital Voltmeter ....................................................................... HP 3480B/3484A
Test Oscillator................... ..................................................................... HP 652A
Calibrated Step Attenuator ..................................................... HP 355D OPT H36
Figure 5-2. AM Sensitivity Adjustment Test Setup
5-17
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
ADJUSTMENTS
5-32. AM SENSITIVITY ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)
PROCEDURE:
1. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 5-2 after setting Signal Generator's controls as follows:
Meter Function ................................................................................................AM
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND .......................................................................... Off
LOCK.............................................................................................................. Off
Source ........................................................................................................... INT
AM .................................................................................................................. AC
MODULATION .......................................................................................... Full cw
FM ................................................................................................................OFF
RANGE ......................................................................................... 256 - 512 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE .............................................................................. 512 MHz
OUTPUT LEVEL .....................................................................................-27 dBm
.................................................. (switch 5 steps ccw from full cw, vernier full cw)
RF ON/OFF ....................................................................................................ON
2. Set test oscillator for a 1 kHz, 353.6 mVrms signal as, read on DVM (50% AM). Disconnect DVM from test oscillator (leave oscillator connected to generator). Connect the DVM to spectrum analyzer's vertical output. Set calibrated step attenuator to 0 dB.
3. Set spectrum analyzer's resolution bandwidth to 300 kHz, input attenuation to 20 dB, frequency span per division
(scan width) to 20 kHz (tuning stabilizer on), scale to linear, and adjust center frequency and scale reference level controls to center the 512 MHz signal on the display. Set frequency span per division to 0 Hz and display smoothing (video filter) to 10 kHz. Peak the trace on the display with center frequency controls; set trace to center of display with reference controls.
NOTE
Step 4 measures the analyzer's dc offset (
V off) and must be performed to ensure the accuracy of this test. However if
V off for the analyzer being used has recently been measured and noted, skip step 4 and go on to step 5 (and eliminate the calibrated step attenuator from the test setup).
4. Measure analyzer's dc offset (
V off) by performing steps "a" through "f".
a.
Set generator's controls as follows:
Meter Function .......................................................................................... LEVEL
AM ................................................................................................................OFF
RANGE .................................................................................................2 - 4 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE ..................................................................................3 MHz b.
Set analyzer's center frequency controls to 3 MHz.
c.
Adjust analyzer's reference level controls for -500 mVdc indicated on DVM (
V
DET 1)d.
Set step attenuator to 20 dB. Note DVM reading (
V
DET 2)-
5-18
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
ADJUSTMENTS
5-32. AM SENSITIVITY ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)
e.
Calculate
V off where
V
DET 2
-aV
DET 1
V off=
1
-
a
and a =
V
RF 2/
V
RF 1 (i.e., a = attenuation; for 20 dB it is 0.1).
therefore
V
DET 2 + 50 mVdc
V off =
0.9
f.
Reset step attenuator to 0 dB, Signal Generator as specified in step 1, and spectrum analyzer as specified in step 3.
5. To calibrate spectrum analyzer for percent of AM measurement, use analyzer's reference level controls to set -
V
282.8 mV + off at vertical output (as measured on the DVM). For example, if
V off is +50.0 mV, then set -282.8
mV + (+50.0 mV) or -232.8 mV at vertical output. (Check that trace is peaked on analyzer display.)
6. Set DVM to measure mVrms (ac only). Adjust % AM adjustment, A26A2R19, for a DVM indication of 100 mVrms.
5-33. PEAK DEVIATION AND RANGE SWITCH ADJUSTMENT
REFERENCE:
Service Sheets 6, 7, and 8.
DESCRIPTION:
The switches are adjusted so that the FM gain switch (i.e., A9S3, the switch that is controlled by both the peak deviation and the frequency range switch) is correctly positioned. This procedure should be performed whenever the A9 assembly has been disassembled.
PROCEDURE:
1. Set RANGE and PEAK DEVIATION switches full cw. Loosen setscrews in the knobs and position RANGE switch knob so that 512 - 1024 MHz is under the cursor on front panel. Position PEAK DEVIATION switch knob so that
5.12 MHz is under the cursor on front panel. Tighten setscrews.
5-19
Model 8640B
ADJUSTMENTS
5-33. PEAK DEVIATION AND RANGE SWITCH ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
tang on the front of the front wafer (A9S3AF-31/2) is centered under clip with 94 wire (white-yellow). Tighten locking screw.
3. Rotate RANGE and PEAK DEVIATION switches through all of their positions (one at a time). Check that tang is adequately centered under all of the clips when they are approached from either direction (there is some backlash). If not, readjust the shaft until it is.
4. Perform Range Switch Adjustment, paragraph 5-34.
5-34. RANGE SWITCH ADJUSTMENT
REFERENCE:
Service Sheet 10.
DESCRIPTION:
The frequency at RF OUTPUT is monitored with a frequency counter. The divider/filter cams are positioned so that the frequency at RF OUTPUT agrees with the frequency indicated on the generator's readout. The RANGE switch knob is then set to the correct range. This procedure should be performed whenever the A9 assembly or the A10 assembly has been removed or replaced.
EQUIPMENT:
Frequency Counter...............................................................................HP 5327C
PROCEDURE:
1. Connect frequency counter high frequency input to RF OUTPUT. Set Signal Generator's controls as follows:
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND .......................................................................... Off
LOCK.............................................................................................................. Off
Source ........................................................................................................... INT
AM ................................................................................................................OFF
FM ................................................................................................................OFF
RANGE ................................................................................................... Full ccw
FREQUENCY TUNE ...............................................................................0.5 MHz
OUTPUT LEVEL ....................................................................................+13 dBm
RF ON/OFF ....................................................................................................ON
2. Monitor output frequency with frequency counter. Loosen shaft coupling between RANGE switch and divider/filter cams. Rotate cam side of shaft until frequency counter reading agrees with frequency indicated on generator's output frequency display (i.e., to approximately 500 kHz); tighten shaft coupling.
5-20
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
ADJUSTMENTS
5-34. RANGE SWITCH ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)
3. Loosen RANGE switch knob, position it so that it indicates that the range is 0.5 - 1 MHz, and tighten it.
4. Set RANGE switch to each of its other positions (from both directions). The frequency counter should display readings that agree approximately with generator's readout (the correct frequency counter reading for the EXT
DOUBLER 512 - 1024 MHz position is approximately 256 MHz).
5-35. V
T
POT (A3R1) ADJUSTMENT
REFERENCE:
Service Sheet 5.
DESCRIPTION:
The VT pot is aligned so that it will not hit either end-stop as the FREQUENCY TUNE control is tuned through its full range. This adjustment should be performed whenever the pot has been replaced.
Figure 5-3. V
T
Pot Adjustment
5-21
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
ADJUSTMENTS
5-35. V
T
POT (A3R1) ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)
1. Set FREQUENCY TUNE full clockwise.
2. Tighten the bushing and set VT pot shaft full cw.
3. Install pot with gear in casting so that center terminal (934 wire) is in line with casting setscrew (see Figure 5-
3,A).
4. Tighten setscrews in gear (not casting setscrew).
6. Tighten casting setscrew.
7. Perform the VT Voltage Adjustment, paragraph 5-36.
5-36. VT VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENT
REFERENCE:
Service Sheets 5, 10, and 11.
DESCRIPTION:
This procedure should be performed whenever either the VT pot, the A3 assembly, or the A10A2 assembly has been replaced.
PROCEDURE:
1. Set Signal Generator's controls as follows:
Meter Function .......................................................................................... LEVEL
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND .......................................................................... Off
LOCK.............................................................................................................. Off
Source ........................................................................................................... INT
AM ................................................................................................................OFF
FM ................................................................................................................OFF
RANGE ......................................................................................... 256 - 512 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE ......................................................................... As specified
FINE TUNE............................................................................................Centered
OUTPUT LEVEL ........................................................................................0 dBm
RF ON/OFF ....................................................................................................ON
5-22
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
ADJUSTMENTS
5-36. VT VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)
2. Set FREQUENCY TUNE to 356 MHz approached from low frequency band end (256 MHz); adjust VT adjustment, A3A4R2 until the relays in the A10 assembly just actuate. When the relays actuate, they make an audible clicking.
3. Tune FREQUENCY TUNE one turn ccw and then cw until relays actuate. The frequency at actuation should be
355 - 357 MHz.
4. Tune FREQUENCY TUNE from 256 to 512 MHz. The generator's panel meter should read 0 dBm through the entire frequency range.
5-37. RF FILTER ADJUSTMENT
RE VERENCE:
Service Sheet 10.
DESCRIPTION:
A spectrum analyzer and a tracking generator are used to measure the insertion loss and frequency response of each of the RF filters. Those filters that are adjustable are adjusted if necessary. A frequency counter, connected to the tracking generator's auxiliary output, is used to accurately set the analyzer's frequency. This procedure should be performed whenever the RF filters have been repaired or are suspect. The filters must meet specified pass band and stop band
characteristics. Figure 5-4 illustrates the terms used in the procedure.
Figure 5-4. Filter Terminology
5-23
Model 8640B
5-37. RF FILTER ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)
ADJUSTMENTS
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 5-5. RF Filter Adjustment Test Setup
EQUIPMENT:
Spectrum Analyzer........................................................... HP 141T/8552B/8554B
Tracking Generator .............................................................................. HP 8444A
Frequency Counter...............................................................................HP 5327C
Test Cable (2 required) ..............................................................HP 11592-60001
Adapter ......................................................................................... HP 1250-0827
PROCEDURE:
1. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 5-5 after setting Signal Generator's controls as follows:
RANGE ......................................................................................... 256 - 512 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE. ...................................................... ........................Fully cw
RF ON/OFF ..................................................................................................OFF
2. Set spectrum analyzer center frequency to 550 MHz, frequency span (scan width) to 100 MHz per division, resolution bandwidth to 10 kHz, and input attenuation to 20 dB.
3. Set tracking generator's output level to 0 dBm. Adjust the tracking for maximum response in a 10 kHz resolution bandwidth. (Tracking should be checked periodically during this test.) Set analyzer's resolution bandwidth to 300 kHz.
5-24
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
ADJUSTMENTS
5-37. RF FILTER ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)
4. For each of the frequency range bands listed in Table 5-3, perform the following:
a. Connect spectrum analyzer's RF input to tracking generator's RF output (use test cables and adapter as shown in test setup). Set Signal Generator's RANGE and FREQUENCY TUNE controls as listed in the table. Set spectrum analyzer's frequency span (scan width) controls to zero Hz.
NOTE
Geometric mean switching (on the 8 to 512 MHz bands) occurs near the middle of the frequency range. Switching is controlled by the position of the FREQUENCY TUNE control and switches between the high and low band filters for the frequency range. It can be noted either by listening for actuation of the RF relays or by observing a change in the spectrum analyzer's display when connected to the RF filters.
b. Adjust analyzer's center frequency controls for a frequency counter indication of the pass band frequency listed in table. Adjust analyzer's vertical sensitivity controls to set trace to top (reference) graticule line on display (use
2 dB log per division); this sets the reference level for the filter check.
c. Set analyzer's frequency span controls as listed in the table. Connect test cables to RF filter input and output as shown in the test setup. Check maximum loss at pass band frequency (center vertical graticule line) and below; it should be as specified.
d. Set analyzer's frequency span controls to zero Hz. Adjust analyzer's center frequency controls for a frequency counter indication of the stop band frequency listed in the table. Then reset frequency span controls as listed in the table and set analyzer's display for 10 dB log per division.
NOTE
To measure the stop band frequency on the highest band it is necessary to set a frequency of
492 MHz at the second vertical graticule line to the left of center. This puts 692 MHz at the center
(the counter will only read to 550 MHz).
e. Check minimum loss at stop band frequency (center vertical graticule line) and above; it should be as specified.
f. If necessary, on the 64 - 512 MHz bands, adjust the appropriate filter components to set pass band and stop band insertion loss within the specified limits. Use a non-metallic tuning tool.
NOTE The 256 - 512 MHz high band is the most difficult to adjust and usually takes many iterations. Start with
MHz.
5-25
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
ADJUSTMENTS
5-37. RF FILTER ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)
Table 5-3. RF Filter Check
RANGE
(Band)
Signal Generator Spectrum
Analyzer
Pass Band Stop Band
Adjust-
Frequency ment
FREQUENCY Filter* Span Per Frequency Maximum Frequency Minimum (A10A1)
TUNE* Division Loss Loss
256-512 MHz Full cw High 100 MHz 550 MHz <3 dB 692 MHz >30 dB C81-84
Full ccw Low 50 MHz 356 MHz <3 dB 460 MHz >30 dB L43-45
High
Low
50 MHz
20 MHz
275 MHz
128 MHz
<3 dB
<3 dB
346 MHz
230 MHz
>30 dB
>30 dB
L40-42
L37-39
128-256 MHz Full cw
Full ccw
64-128 MHz
32-64 MHz
Full cw
Full ccw
Full cw
Full ccw
High
Low
High
Low
20 MHz
10 MHz
10 MHz
5 MHz
137 MHz
89 MHz
69 MHz
45 MHz
<3 dB
<3 dB
<3 dB
<3 dB
173 MHz
115 MHz
86.5 MHz
58 MHz
>30 dB
>25 dB
>25 dB
>25 dB
L31-33
None
None
None
16-32 MHz
8-16 MHz
4-8 MHz
2-4 MHz
1-2 MHz
Full cw
Full ccw
Full cw
Full ccw
High
Low
High
Low
5 MHz
2 MHz
2 MHz
2 MHz
1 MHz
1 MHz
1 MHz
34 MHz
22 MHz
17.0 MHz
11.0 MHz
8.6 MHz
4.3 MHz
2.2 MHz
<3 dB
<3 dB
<3 dB
<3 dB
<3 dB
<3 dB
<3 dB
43.2 MHz
28.7 MHz
21.6 MHz
14.3 MHz
10.7 MHz
5.40 MHz
2.70 MHz
>20 dB
>20 dB
>15 dB
>15 dB
>38 dB
>40 dB
>30 dB
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
0.5-1 MHz 1 MHz 1.1 MHz <3 dB 1.30 MHz >30 dB None
* The 0.5 to 8 MHz bands have a single filter for each band. Geometric mean switching does not take place and the
FREQUENCY TUNE control can be left at any position.
5-26
Model 8640B
5-37. RF FILTER ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)
ADJUSTMENTS
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 5-6. 256-512 MHz High Band Capacitor Adjustment Orientation
5-38. PRELIMINARY FM ADJUSTMENTS
REFERENCE:
Service Sheets 6 and 7.
DESCRIPTION:
A digital voltmeter is used to correctly set the mechanical position of the FM compensation pot on the RF oscillator (this is necessary only if either the oscillator or the pot has been changed). Then the DVM is used to adjust the FM calibration voltage and the offset (balance) voltages in the FM amplifiers.
EQUIPMENT:
PROCEDURE:
Digital Voltmeter ..............................................................................
HP 3480B/3484A
1. Set Signal Generator's controls as follows:
Meter Function
COUNTER MODE:
AM
FM
PEAK DEVIATION
...........................................................
FM
EXPAND ............................................
Off
LOCK ................................................
Off
Source................................................
INT
...........................................................
OFF
...........................................................
OFF
.........................................................2.56 MHz
† See backdating, Tables 7-1 and 7-2.
5-27
Model 8640B
ADJUSTMENTS
5-38. PRELIMINARY FM ADJUSTMENTS (Cont'd)
PEAK DEVIATION Vernier .................................................. Full cw
RANGE ................................................................... 256 - 512 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE .......................................................... Full ccw
RF ON/OFF ................................................................................ON
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
2 To set the compensation pot, A3R2, turn generator's LINE switch to OFF. Loosen setscrews in the gear on pot's shaft. Set DVM to measure ohms and connect it between 936 and 938 wires on the pot.
3. Without changing position of FREQUENCY TUNE knob, rotate compensation pot's shaft until DVM indicates between 0 and 9 ohms across the two wires.
4. Remove DVM, tighten setscrews, and set LINE to ON.
5. To adjust amplifier offset voltages, set FM switch to DC, and set FREQUENCY TUNE to 300 MHz.
Connect DVM to BUFFER OUT test point, A5TP6, and adjust BUFFER OFFSET adjustment, A5R23, for 0 ± 0.5
mVdc at A5TP6.
6. Connect DVM to A3A4TP2 and adjust OFFSET adjustment, A3A4R5, for 0 ± 0.5 mVdc at A3A4TP2.
7. Connect DVM to OUTPUT test point, A5TP2, and adjust AMPLIFIER OFFSET adjustment, A5R8, for 0 ± 1.0
mVdc at A5TP2.
8. To adjust calibration voltage, set FM switch to CAL, set DVM to measure dc voltage, and connect DVM to FM
BUFFER IN test point, A5TP5. Adjust FM CAL POT, A13R3, for 1.000 ± 0.001 Vdc at A5TP5.
9. Connect DVM to VARACTOR CATHODE test point, A7TP3, and set PEAK DEVIATION switch as shown below.
The DVM should read as specified.
PEAK DEVIATION
2.56 MHz
1.28 MHz
640 kHz
320 kHz
160 kHz
80 kHz
40 kHz
20 kHz
10 kHz
5 kHz
DVM Reading at A7TP3
<± 5.6 mVdc
<± 5.6 mVdc
<± 5.6 mVdc
<± 5.6 mVdc
<± 4.5 mVdc
<± 2.2 mVdc
<± 1.1 mVdc
<+ 0.6 mVdc
<± 0.6 mVdc
<+ 0.6 mVdc
5-28
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
ADJUSTMENTS
5-38. PRELIMINARY FM ADJUSTMENTS (Cont'd)
10. Reset PEAK DEVIATION switch to 2.56 MHz. Turn PEAK DEVIATION vernier and FREQUENCY TUNE control through their ranges. The voltage at A7TP3 should remain less than 1.5 mVdc.
_____________1.5 mVdc
11. Set FM switch to OFF and note frequency displayed on generator's counter. Set FM to DC; the frequency should change less than 800 Hz.
_____________800 Hz
12. To set VAR pot (VARACTOR BIAS), A7R19, connect DVM to VARACTOR ANODE test point, A7TP2, and check that voltage is -14.70 ± 0.01 Vdc. If it is not, adjust A7R19 until it is.
13. Perform the FM Linearity Adjustment, paragraph 5-39.
5-39. FM LINEARITY ADJUSTMENT
REFERENCE:
Service Sheet 7.
DESCRIPTION:
The positive and negative shaping circuits are adjusted to match the characteristics of the varactors in the RF oscillator.
The reference output of a variable-phase generator is used to drive the Signal Generator's FM circuits; its variable phase output is used to drive an oscilloscope's horizontal circuits and the FM linearity circuit. A discriminator is used to demodulate the FM and the demodulated signal is subtracted (i.e., summed 180° out of phase) from the modulation signal in the FM linearity circuit and fed to the oscilloscope's vertical circuits. The shaping circuits are then adjusted for the flatest trace possible on the oscilloscope's display. A reference signal generator and a mixer are used to downconvert the test generator's output to within the range of the discriminator.
NOTE
The Preliminary FM Adjustment (5-38) should be made before performing this adjustment.
A simpler method for adjusting FM linearity, using less test equipment, is presented in paragraph
5-44. This alternate method however, is not as effective for locating the source of FM distortion when used in troubleshooting.
5-29
Model 8640B
5-39. FM LINEARITY ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)
ADJUSTMENTS
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 5-7. FM Linearity Adjustment Test Setup
EQUIPMENT:
Reference Signal Generator .......................................................................
Mixer..........................................................................................................
HP 8640A
HP 10514A
FM Discriminator .......................................................................................
Filter Kit (for Discriminator) ........................................................................
HP 5210A
HP 10531A
Variable-Phase Generator ..........................................................................
HP 203A
Oscilloscope............................................................................................... HP 180A/1801A/1820C
FM Linearity Circuit ................................................................................... .
20 dB Amplifier ......................................................................................... .
HP 08640-60503
HP 465A
NOTE
The reference signal generator should have low RF drift, low residual FM (performance approximately equal to the Model 8640A) and be capable of producing 355 MHz at +7 dBm.
5-30
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
ADJUSTMENTS
5-39. FM LINEARITY ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)
PROCEDURE:
1. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 5-7 after setting Signal Generator's controls as follows:
Meter Function ..............................................................................................................................
FM
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND.........................................................................................................
Off
LOCK ...........................................................................................................................................
Off
Source ..........................................................................................................................................
INT
AM ............................................................................................................................................... OFF
FM ................................................................................................................................................
.AC
PEAK DEVIATION ................................................................................................................ 2.56 M Hz
PEAK DEVIATION Vernier ....................................................................................................... Full cw
RANGE ........................................................................................................................ 256 - 512 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE .............................................................................................................. 360 MHz
OUTPUT LEVEL ....................................................................................................................... -7 dBm
RF ON/OFF................................................................................................................................... . ON
NOTE
If it is desired to optimize FM linearity at a frequency other than mid-band, proceed as follows: a. Set RANGE and FREQUENCY TUNE to the desired frequency.
b. Set RANGE to 256 - 512 MHz.
c. Set the reference signal generator 5 MHz below the test generator's output frequency.
2. reference signal generator for a 355 MHz, CW signal at + 7 dBm.
3. Calibrate the discriminator; prepare a 25 kHz filter (from the filter kit) and install it in the discriminator. Set FM linearity circuit's output switch to ref
∅
. Adjust variable-phase generator's variable phase output's amplitude and the oscilloscope's horizontal gain for full screen deflection on the display. Adjust reference signal generator for 5
MHz on the discriminator.
4. Set variable-phase generator's reference phase output for a 1 kHz signal at an amplitude that gives a 2.56 MHz peak deviation indication on the Signal Generator's panel meter. Set linearity circuit's voltage divider switch to
Adjust oscilloscope's vertical gain for ± 1 division at edge of display.
5-31
Model 8640B
5-39. FM LINEARITY ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)
ADJUSTMENTS
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 5-8. FM Linearity Display
5. Set linearity circuit's output switch to ref
φ
+ var
φ
and the voltage divider switch to 1. This calibrates the display for 1% error in linearity per division.
6. Adjust variable-phase generator's variable phase output's phase and linearity circuit's var
∅
level control for the best possible horizontal straight line over center portion of trace.
7. Adjust POS SHAPING and NEG SHAPING adjustments, A7R12 and A7R41, for the best possible horizontal straight line at both ends of the trace (but within + one major division or + 1%).
8. Perform the FM Sensitivity Adjustment, paragraph 5-40.
5-40. FM SENSITIVITY ADJUSTMENT
REFERENCE:
Service Sheets 6 and 7.
DESCRIPTION:
The Signal Generator is frequency modulated with an accurate, 1 Vpk, 16.63 kHz signal. The modulated RF output is monitored on a spectrum analyzer and FM sensitivity is adjusted for the first carrier (Bessel) null. The adjustments are made at mid-band and at both band ends. (Peak deviation = 2.405 xf mod
at first carrier null.)
NOTE
The FM Linearity Adjustment (5-39) should be made before performing this adjustment.
5-32
Model 8640B
5-40. FM SENSITIVITY ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)
ADJUSTMENTS
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 5-9. FM Sensitivity Adjustment Test Setup
EQUIPMENT:
Variable-Phase Generator..........................................................................................
HP 203A
Digital Voltmeter ............................................................................................ HP 3480B/3484A
Frequency Counter ................................................................................................... HP 5327C
Spectrum Analyzer ................................................................................ HP 141T/8552B/8553B
PROCEDURE:
1. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 5-9 after setting Signal Generator's controls as follows:
Meter Function..................................................................................................................... FM
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND ............................................................................................... Off
LOCK ................................................................................................... Off
Source ................................................................................................. INT
AM....................................................................................................................................... OFF
FM ...................................................................................................................................... OFF
PEAK DEVIATION........................................................................................................
40 kHz
PEAK DEVIATION Vernier ..........................................................................................
Full cw
RANGE................................................................................................................... 16 - 32 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE..................................................................................................
24 MHz
OUTPUT LEVEL........................................................................................................
-37 dBm
RF ON/OFF . ..................................................................................................................... ON
2. Set spectrum analyzer's center frequency to 24 MHz, resolution bandwidth to 3 kHz frequency span (scan width) per division to 20 kHz, and input attenuation to 0 dB. Center signal on display and use reference level controls
(set for 10 dB/division) to set signal peak to top (0 dB reference) graticule line on display.
5-33
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
ADJUSTMENTS
5-40. FM SENSITIVITY ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)
3. Set Signal Generator's FM switch to AC. Adjust variable-phase generator for a frequency counter reading of
16.63 kHz at 707 mVrms as read on DVM.
4. Adjust MID FM SENS adjustment, A3A4R3, for at least 50 dB of carrier null.
NOTE
The carrier is the center spectrum line on the display. A 50 dB null is when it drops 50 dB below its CW amplitude (set in step 2).
5. Set Signal Generator's FREQUENCY TUNE to 16 MHz. Adjust analyzer to center the carrier on the display.
Adjust LOW FM SENS adjustment, A3A4R2 for at least 50 dB of carrier null.
6. Set Signal Generator's FREQUENCY TUNE to 32 MHz. Adjust analyzer to center the carrier on the display.
Adjust HI FM SENS adjustment, A3A4R4, for at least 50 dB of carrier null.
7. Repeat steps 4 through 6 until carrier null is
≥
50 dB at 16, 24, and 32 MHz.
8. Perform the FM distortion and FM sensitivity and accuracy tests in Section IV.
5-41. INTERNAL REFERENCE FREQUENCY ADJUSTMENT
REFERENCE:
Service Sheet 19.
DESCRIPTION:
An oscilloscope is used to display a Lissajous figure (2:1) to set the internal reference frequency. The Lissajous figure is derived from the 10 MHz reference of a frequency counter and the Signal Generator's 5 MHz internal reference. This procedure should be performed whenever the internal reference is found to be out of specification.
5-34
Model 8640B
ADJUSTMENTS
5-41. INTERNAL REFERENCE FREQUENCY ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 5-10. Internal Reference Frequency Adjustment Test Setup
EQUIPMENT
PROCEDURE:
Frequency Counter.................................................................................. HP 5327C OPT H49
Oscilloscope....................................................................................... HP 180A/1801A/1820C
1 .Remove trim strip that holds front panel window in place. Gently pull window up and out and remove it. Allow generator to warm up for 2 hours.
2. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 5-10 after setting Signal Generator's controls as follows:
TIME BASE REF INT/EXT (on rear panel) ......................................................................
INT
TIME BASE VERNIER .................................................................................................... CAL
3. Set oscilloscope's vertical sensitivity to 0.05 V/div (ac) and horizontal scale for external ac. Set magnifier for X
10 and adjust oscilloscope's controls for a Lissajous figure.
4 Adjust time base adjustment pot (available through the hole in the front of the counter casting) for a stable 2:1
Lissajous figure (it will look approximately like a figure eight on its side).
5 Replace front panel window and trim strip.
5-35
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
ADJUSTMENTS
5-42. RF OSCILLATOR END STOP ADJUSTMENT
REFERENCE:
Service Sheets 5, 6, and 7.
DESCRIPTION:
This procedure describes the adjustment of the high and low frequency end stops of the RF Oscillator (A3). Slight adjustment of the end stops may be necessary when the RF Oscillator or Fine Tune assembly has been repaired or replaced. No special tools are required.
Normally, the adjustment can be made with the RF Oscillator in place. However, if the oscillator has already been removed, the adjustment is easier if the Connector Board Assembly (A3A4) is plugged in and the oscillator set into place with the front resting on the front panel trim strip. Temporarily connect the RF cable (W2) to the counter and install the
FREQUENCY TUNE knob.
PROCEDURE:
1. Set Signal Generator's controls as follows:
RANGE.................................................................................
0.5-1 MHz
FINE TUNE...........................................................................
Centered
LINE ....................................................................................
OFF
2. Remove bottom cover.
3. Switch LINE to ON and let instrument warm up for one hour.
4. Check that Varactor Anode bias is -14.70 ± 0.01 Vdc at A7TP2.
5. Tune FREQUENCY TUNE fully ccw. Compare the position of the stop ring teeth with Figure 5-11.
NOTE
Notice how the teeth on the stop rings line up in a staircase at the end stops. The stop pin and the adjustable stop ring determine the lower frequency limit. The stop pin and forward most stop ring determine the high frequency limit, however, adjustment of this will also effect the low frequency limit.
6. Adjust FREQUENCY TUNE fully cw. The frequency should read between 1.0752 and 1.0760 MHz.
If it does not, note how far off the frequency is.
7. Adjust FREQUENCY TUNE ccw until first setscrew on front adjustment collar appears. Loosen setscrew.
8. Tune further ccw until second setscrew appears.
9. Loosen setscrew and rotate FREQUENCY TUNE up or down by the amount of correction needed (as noted in step 6), and tighten setscrew. Do not allow front adjustment collar to rotate.
5-36
Model 8640B
ADJUSTMENTS
5-42. RF OSCILLATOR END STOP ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 5-11. Location of RF Oscillator Stop Adjustments.
Shown in Maximum ccw Position. Top View with Instrument Upside Down.
10. Recheck high stop frequency and repeat preceding step as needed until stop frequency is correct. Then secure both setscrews.
NOTE
If the preceding steps have no effect, check that the VT and FM Gain Compensation pots do not reach their stops first. If so, loosen the gear on the pot shaft and continue.
11. Adjust FREQUENCY TUNE fully ccw. The frequency should read between 0.4475 and 0.4482 MHz. If it does not, note how far off the frequency is.
12. Adjust FREQUENCY TUNE cw until first setscrew on adjustable stop ring appears. Loosen setscrew.
13. Tune further cw until second setscrew appears.
14. Loosen setscrew and rotate FREQUENCY TUNE up or down by the amount of correction needed (as noted in step 11), and tighten setscrew. Do not allow adjustable stop ring to rotate.
15. Recheck low stop frequency and repeat preceding step as needed until stop frequency is correct. Then secure both setscrews.
CAUTION
Do not overtighten setscrews. This may crack the adjustable end stop.
NOTE
If the preceding steps have no effect, check that the VT and FM Gain Compensation pots do not reach their stops first. If so, loosen the gear on the pot shaft and continue.
5-37
Model 8640B
ADJUSTMENTS
5-42. RF OSCILLATOR END STOP ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
16. Recheck both stop frequencies.
17. If either the V
T
or FM Gain Compensation pots were altered, perform either the V
T
Pot (A3R1) Adjustment (5-35), or Preliminary FM Adjustment (5-38).
5-43. RF OSCILLATOR OUTPUT POWER ADJUSTMENT
REFERENCE
Service Sheet 5.
DESCRIPTION
The RF Oscillator output will require adjusting if the power level varies beyond the limits +0.5 to +4.5 dBm at the
Divider/Filter Buffer Amplifier, or -12 to -2 dBm at the Frequency Counter Buffer Amplifier. The power level is adjusted by changing the input loop penetration, of the appropriate buffer amplifier, in the oscillator cavity.
Figure 5-12. RF Oscillator Output Power Adjustment Test Setup
EQUIPMENT:
PROCEDURE:
Power Meter.......................................................................................................
HP 435A
Power Sensor.....................................................................................................
HP 8481
Spectrum Analyzer . ..................................................................
HP 141T/8552B/8554B
1 Remove A3 RF Oscillator from chassis.
2. Remove cover from the appropriate buffer amplifier assembly.
3. Re-insert A3A4 Connector Board Assembly into place while keeping oscillator section free of chassis. (It may be necessary to unsnap the clip on the rear of the oscillator housing to free the wiring harness.
4. Connect power meter sensor to oscillator output connector A3AlJl (Divider/Filter Buffer Amplifier) or A3A1J2
(Counter Buffer Amplifier).
5. Turn LINE to ON. Tune FREQUENCY TUNE across entire band and note point of minimum power as read on power meter. Tune to frequency of minimum power.
5-38
Model 8640B
ADJUSTMENTS
5-43. RF OSCILLATOR OUTPUT POWER ADJUSTMENT (Cont'd)
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
6. Loosen two screws on the buffer amplifier board and slide board forward or backward until power reads +0.5 dBm
(Divider/Filter Buffer Amplifier) or -12 dBm (Counter Buffer Amplifier). (Pushing board forward will increase power.)
7. Tighten screws and check power level across band. Power should remain within the limits of +0.5 to +4.5 dBm
(Divider/Filter Buffer Amplifier) or -12 to -2 dBm (Counter Buffer Amplifier).
8. Disconnect power sensor and connect spectrum analyzer to the buffer amplifier output.
9. Set analyzer's input attenuation to 50 dB, resolution bandwidth to 300 kHz, frequency controls to span 200 to
1200 MHz, and vertical sensitivity (reference level) controls to +10 dBm.
10. Tune oscillator across band and observe second and third harmonics, which should be more than 17 dB below fundamental for all frequencies.
11. Re-install RF Oscillator.
12. Perform Harmonics Test (4-17), Output Level Flatness Test (4-25), Single Sideband Phase Noise Test (4-19) or
Residual FM Test (4-22), and Output Leakage Test (4-29).
5-44. FM LINEARITY ADJUSTMENT (Alternate)
REFERENCE:
Service Sheet 7.
DESCRIPTION:
The Signal Generator is modulated with a 1 kHz signal. The generator's RF output is then demodulated with an FM discriminator and the distortion on the discriminator output is observed with a spectrum analyzer. The shaping circuits
Linearity Adjustment which should be more useful in troubleshooting FM distortion).
NOTE
The preliminary FM Adjustment (5-38) should be made before performing this adjustment.
5-39
Model 8640B
ADJUSTMENTS
5-44. FM LINEARITY ADJUSTMENT (Alternate) (Cont'd)
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 5-13. FM Linearity Adjustment (Alternate) Test Setup
EQUIPMENT:
PROCEDURE:
FM Discriminator................................................................................................ HP 5210A
Filter Kit (for Discriminator) ............................................................................. .HP 10531A
Audio Spectrum Analyzer ................................................................ .HP 141T/8552B/8556A
1. Connect equipment as shown in Figure 5-13 after setting Signal Generator's controls as follows:
Meter Function ............................................................................................................ . FM
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND ........................................................................................ Off
LOCK............................................................................................. Off
Source ........................................................................................
INT
AM ............................................................................................................................. OFF
MODULATION FREQUENCY ...................................................................... . 1 kHz (Fixed)
FM .............................................................................................................................. INT
PEAK DEVIATION ................................................................................................... 5 kHz
PEAK DEVIATION Vernier ................................................................................... .Fully cw
RANGE ............................................................................................................. 0.5-1 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE ............................................................................................. . 0.7MHz
OUTPUT LEVEL ................................................................................................ . +13 dBm
RF ON/OFF ................................................................................................................
ON
NOTE
If it is desired to optimize FM linearity at a frequency other than mid-band, proceed as follows: a. Set RANGE and FREQUENCY TUNE to the desired frequency.
b. Set RANGE to 0.5-1 MHz.
5-40
Model 8640B
ADJUSTMENTS
5-44. FM LINEARITY ADJUSTMENT (Alternate) (Cont'd)
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
2. Using the filter kit, prepare a 25 kHz Butterworth low-pass filter and install it in the discriminator.
3. Set the discriminator's range to 1 MHz and sensitivity to 1V.
4. Set spectrum analyzer's resolution bandwidth to 100 Hz and its center frequency controls for a 0 to 5 kHz span.
Set the display for 10 dB per division.
5. Use generator's PEAK DEVIATION vernier to set 5 kHz of peak deviation (as read on panel meter).
Use analyzer's display reference level controls to set the demodulated 1 kHz signal to the top (reference) graticule line on the display.
6. Adjust POS SHAPE and NEG SHAPE adjustments, A7R12 and A7R41, for minimum distortion.
Observe both second and third harmonics.
7. Slowly tune from 0.5 to 1 MHz and observe distortion. If harmonics are less than 30 dB down (3% distortion) or if it is desired to minimize distortion across the band, adjust A7R12 and A7R41 for best compromise. However, harmonics must always be greater than 30 dB down.
8. Perform the FM sensitivity adjustment (5-40).
5-41/ (5-42 blank)
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
SECTION VI
REPLACEABLE PARTS
6-1. INTRODUCTION
6-2. This section contains information for ordering
parts. Table 6-2 lists abbreviations used in the parts list
and throughout the manual. Table 6-3 lists all
replaceable parts in reference designator order. Table
6-4 contains the names and addresses that correspond
to the manufacturer's code numbers.
6-3. EXCHANGE ASSEMBLIES
a. The Hewlett-Packard part number.
b. The total quantity (Qty) in the instrument.
c. The description of the part.
d. A typical manufacturer of the part in a five-digit code.
6-4. Table 6-1 lists assemblies within the instrument
that may be replaced on an exchange basis, thus affording a considerable cost saving. Exchange, factory-repaired and tested assemblies are available only on a trade-in basis; therefore, the defective assemblies must be returned for credit. For this reason, assemblies required for spare parts stock must be ordered by the new assembly part number.
6-5. ABBREVIATIONS
6-6. Table 6-2 lists abbreviations used in the parts list,
schematics and throughout the manual. In some cases, two forms of the abbreviation are used, one all in capital letters, and one partial or no capitals. This occurs because the abbreviations in the parts list are always all capitals. However, in the schematics and other parts of the manual, other abbreviation forms are used with both lower case and upper case letters.
e. The manufacturer's number for the part.
6-10. The total quantity for each part is given only once at the first appearance of the part number in the list.
list.
NOTE
Total quantities for optional assemblies are totaled by assembly and not integrated into the standard
6-11. ORDERING INFORMATION
6-12. To order a part listed in the replaceable parts table, quote the Hewlett-Packard part number, indicate the quantity required, and address the order to the nearest Hewlett-Packard office.
6-7. REPLACEABLE PARTS LIST
6-8. Table 6-3 is the list of replaceable parts and is
organized as follows: a. Electrical assemblies and their components in alpha-numerical order by reference designation.
6-13. To order a part that is not listed in the replaceable parts table, include the instrument model number, instrument serial number, the description and function of the part, and the number of parts required. Address the order to the nearest Hewlett-Packard office.
6-14. SPARE PARTS KIT
b. Chassis-mounted parts in alpha-numerical order by reference designation.
c. Miscellaneous parts.
6-9. The information given for each part consist of the following:
6-15. Stocking spare parts for an instrument is often done to insure quick return to service after a malfunction occurs. Hewlett-Packard has a "Spare Parts Kit" available for this purpose. The kit consists of selected replaceable assemblies and components for this instrument. The contents of the kit and the
"Recommended Spares" list are based on failure reports and repair data, and parts
6-1
Model 8640B support for one year. A complimentary "Recommended
Spares" list for this instrument may be obtained on request and the "Spare Parts Kit" may be ordered through your nearest Hewlett-Packard office.
6-16. ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWNS
6-17. Illustrated Parts Breakdowns for the following assemblies are given on the alphabetic foldout pages in this manual (located after the numbered, schematic foldouts):
Reference
Designation
A1
A3
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B Al Output Level Assembly
A8 Counter/Lock Assembly
A9 Peak Deviation and Range Switch Assembly
A10 Divider/Filter Assembly All Variable-
Frequency Modulation Oscillator Assembly
(Option 001)
A26 AM/AGC and RF Amplifier Assembly
6-18. Figures 6-1 and 6-2 are breakdowns of the
generator's cabinet parts and the parts that comprise the
Type N connector, J1.
Table 6-1. Part Numbers for Exchange Assemblies
Description
Output Level Assy
RF Oscillator Assy
Part Number
Exchange Assy New Assy
08640-60081
08640-60079
08640-60113
08640-60098
6-2
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Table 6-2. Reference Designations and Abbreviations (1 of 2)
REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS
A ............................ assembly E ...................... miscellaneous P ...............electrical connector U ................. integrated circuit;
AT ........... attenuator; isolator; ...........................electrical part .................. (movable portion); microcircuit
..............................termination
F fuse plug V ........................electron tube
B ............................ fan; motor FL ....................................filter
Q....................transistor: SCR; VR................voltage regulator;
BT ...............................battery
H .............................. hardware ........................ triode thyristor breakdown diode
C .............................. capacitor HY............................ circulator R ................................. resistor W..............cable; transmission
CP ...............................coupler
J................electrical connector RT ...........................thermistor
path; wire
CR....................... diode; diode
.................... thyristor; varactor
DC.............. directional coupler ...............................................
TB .................... terminal board electric or quartz)
DL ............................delay line K .....................................relay
TC .................... thermocouple Z ................tuned cavity; tuned
DS ...................... annunciator;
(stationary portion); S ...................................switch
X ..................................socket
jack T ...........................transformer
Y ................ crystal unit (piezo-
L......................... coil; Inductor signaling device M................................... meter
TP ........................... test point circuit
(audible or visual); MP ................... miscellaneous
...............................lamp; LED mechanical part
ABBREVIATIONS
A ............................... ampere COEF .....................coefficient
EDP ............... .electronic data INT ............................ .internal
ac .............. alternating current COM common processing kg ............................. kilogram
ACCESS..................accessory
COMP ..................composition
ELECT ................... electrolytic kHz ............................kilohertz
ADJ ....................... adjustment COMPL .................... complete ENCAP............... encapsulated k
Ω
............................... kilohm
A/ID ............. analog-T0-digital CONN ..................... connector EXT............................ external kV ................................kilovolt
AF .................audio frequency CP ...................cadmium plate F ................................... farad lb................................... pound
AFC ........................ automatic CRT.............. cathode-ray tube FET ........................ field-effect LC ........................inductance-
.....................frequency control CTL .................complementary
................................ transistor capacitance
AGC .............. .automatic gain transistor logic F/F ............................. flip-flop LED .......... light-emitting diode control CW ...............continuous wave FH ........................... .flat head LF .................... low frequency
AL............................aluminum
cw ...........................clockwise
FIL H ....................fillister head LG................................... .long
ALC ................ automatic level cm ......................... centimeter FM......... frequency modulation LH ........................... .left hand control D/A............... digital-T0-analog FP ......................... front panel LIM .................................. limit
AM............. amplitude moduladB .............................. decibel FREQ ...................... frequency LIN ...............linear taper (used
......................................... tion dBm ................decibel referred FXD ............................... .fixed
in parts list)
AMPL ........................amplifier
to 1 mW g .................................... gram lin................................... linear
APC...............automatic phase de....................... direct current GE ........................ germanium LK WASH............. lock washer control deg ......... degree (temperature GHz.......................... gigahertz LO ............ low; local oscillator
ASSY ...................... assembly interval or differGL ................................. glass LOG ........... logarithmic taper
AUX .......................... auxiliary .......................................ence) GRD ......................ground(ed) avg ............................average degree (plane H ....................................henry
(used in parts list) log ...................... logarithm(ic)
AWG ................ American wire angle) h...................................... hour LPF .................. low pass filter gauge °C.....................degree Celsius HET....................... heterodyne LV ......................... low voltage
BAL ............................ balance (centigrade) HEX ........................hexagonal
m ....................meter(distance)
BCD.................... binary coded °F ............... degree Fahrenheit HD ..................................head
mA .......................milliampere
decimal °K ..................... degree Kelvin HDW ........................ hardware MAX ........................ maximum
BD ................................ board DEPC .......... deposited carbon HF ...................high frequency Mf
Ω
........................... megohm
BE CU ...................... beryllium DET............................ detector HG ............................mercury
MEG .............meg (10
6
) (used
.....................................copper
diam ..........................diameter
HI ....................................high
in parts list)
BFO ................ beat frequency DIA...............diameter (used in HP ................ Hewlett-Packard MET FLM ................ metal film
................................. oscillator parts list) HPF ................. high pass filter MET OX ........... metallic oxide
BH ....................... binder head DIFF AMPL............. differential HR ..................... hour (used in MF ............ medium frequency;
BKDN .................... breakdown .................................. amplifier ................................ parts list) microfarad (used in
BP .......................... bandpass div ..............................division
HV .......................high voltage parts list)
BPF ..................bandpass filter DPDT .................. double-pole, Hz ................................. Hertz MFR .................. manufacturer
BRS ...............................brass
double-throw IC .................. integrated circuit mg .......................... milligram
BWO ............. backward-wave DR ..................................drive
ID ................... inside diameter MHz ...................... megahertz oscillator DSB .............. double sideband IF ....................... intermediate mH ..........................millihenry
CAL ........................... calibrate DTL diode transistor frequency mho .................................mho
ccw..............counter-clockwise logic IMPG................... impregnated MIN .......................... minimum
CER ........................... ceramic DVM ...............digital voltmeter in ..................................... inch min..................... minute (time)
CHAN ........................ channel ECL ................emitter coupled INCD .................. incandescent minute (plane cm .......................... centimeter ........................................ logic INCL........................ include(s) angle)
CMO.......... cabinet mount only EMF ......... electromotive force INP..................................input
MINAT...................... miniature
COAX ......................... coaxial INS ......................... Insulation mm ......................... millimeter
NOTE
All abbreviations in the parts list will be in upper-case.
6-3
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Table 6-2. Reference Designations and Abbreviations (2 of 2)
MOD........................modulator
OD ...............outside diameter PWV ................. peak working TD ..........................time delay
MOM momentary OH .......................... oval head voltage TERM ........................ terminal
MOS .................... metal-oxide OP AMPL .............. operational RC .........................resistanceTFT ............thin-film transistor semiconductor amplifier capacitance TGL .............................. toggle ms ..........................mllisecond
OPT ..............................option
RECT ......................... rectifier THD .............................thread
MTG .........................mounting
OSC ......................... oscillator REF.......................... reference THRU .........................through
MTR ............ meter (indicating OX ................................. oxide REG ......................... regulated TI .............................. titanium device) oz ................................. ounce REPL.....................replaceable
TOL.......................... tolerance mV ............................ millivolt
Ω
..................................... ohm RF ..................radio frequency TRIM ...........................trimmer
mVac ....................millivolt, ac P ............... peak (used in parts RFI ..................radio frequency TSTR ...................... transistor mVdc millivolt. dc list) interference TTL ...........transistor-transistor mVpk ................ millivolt, peak PAM ..............pulse-amplitude RH................ round head; right mVp-p millivolt. peakmodulation hand logic
TV ............................ television to-peak PC .....................printed circuit RLC .......................resistanceTVI ........ television interference mVrms mW millivolt. rms milliwatt
PCM pulse-code modulation; pulse-count inductanceTWT ......... traveling wave tube capacitance
MUX ......................... multiplex .............................. modulation RMO ..............rack mount only
U.................. micro (10
6
) (used in parts list)
MY................................. mylar PDM ................. pulse-duration rms ............. root-mean-square UF.............microfarad (used in
µA ......................microampere
.............................. modulation RND ..............................round
parts list)
µF ..........................microfarad
pF ............................ picofarad ROM .......... read-only memory UHF ......... ultrahigh frequency
µH ........................ microhenry PH BRZ .........phosphor bronze R&P .................rack and panel UNREG ................ unregulated
µmho .......................micromho
PHL ............................. Phillips RWV .............. reverse working V ....................................... volt
µs microsecond PIN positive-intrinsicvoltage VA......................... voltampere
µV microvolt negative S .............scattering parameter Vac ...........................volts, ac
µVac .................. microvolt, ac PIV ...................... peak inverse s........................ second (time) VAR ........................... variable
µVdc microvolt, dc voltage ..." . ...... second (plane angle) VCO ........... voltage-controlled
µVpk................microvolt, peak pk .................................... peak S-B ............... slow-blow (fuse)
µVp-p . microvolt, peakPL phase lock (used in parts list) oscillator
Vdc ...........................volts, dc to-peak PLO .......................phase lock SCR .............silicon controlled VDCW..........volts, dc, working
µVrms microvolt, rms oscillator ........................ rectifier; screw ................... (used in parts list)
µW ......................... microwatt PM .............. phase modulation SE ............................selenium
V(F) ................... volts. filtered nA........................nanoampere
PNP ............ positive-negativeSECT .........................sections
VFO .......... variable-frequency
NC ....................no connection ....................................positive
SEMICON ............... semiconoscillator
N/C normally closed P/O part of ductor VHF .................. very-high fre-
NE ..................................neon
POLY ...................polystyrene
SHF .................. superhigh fre-
NEG negative PORC porcelain quency quency Vpk ....................... volts, peak nF............................nanofarad
POS ......... positive; position(s) SI .................................silicon
Vp-p ........ volts, peak-T0-peak
NI PL nickel plate (used in parts list) SIL ................................. silver Vrms ...................... volts, rms
N/O................... normally open POSN ........................ position SL .................................. slide VSWR........... voltage standing
NOM...........................nominal
POT ................. potentiometer SNR ....... signal-T0-noise ratio wave ratio
NORM ......................... normal p-p .................... peak-T0-peak SPDT .................... single-pole, VTO .................. voltage-tuned
NPN......... . negative-positivePP ............peak-T0-peak (used .......................... double-throw oscillator negative in parts list) SPG ............................. spring VTVM..................vacuum-tube
NPO ............. negative-positive PPM ................. pulse-position zero (zero tempera-
SR ............................ split ring voltmeter modulation SPST .................... single-pole, V(X) ................. volts, switched ture coefficient) PREAMPL preamplifier single-throw W ................................ .... watt
NRFR ......... not recommended PRF ................ pulse-repetition SSB ............... single sideband W/ ................................ ... with for field replacefrequency SST .................. stainless steel WIV................. working inverse
................................ ....... ment PRR ................ pulse repetition STL ................................ . steel
NSR not separately rate SQ .............................. square voltage
WW ...................... wirewound replaceable ps ......................... picosecond SWR ........ standing-wave ratio W/O ............................ without ns ....................... nanosecond PT ................................ ..point
SYNC .................. synchronize YIG ........... yttrium-iron-garnet nW ........................... nanowatt PTM ....................... pulse-time T .......... timed (slow-blow fuse) Z
0
...................... characteristic
OBD ............ order by descrip.............................. modulation TA ............................ tantalum impedance tion PWM .................... pulse-width TC........................ temperature modulation compensating
NOTE
All abbreviations in the parts list will be in upper-case.
MULTIPLIERS
Abbreviation
T
G
M k da d f a n p c m
µ
Prefix tera giga mega kilo deka deci centi milli micro nano pico femto atto
Multiple
10
12
10
9
10
6
10
3
10
10
-1
10
-2
10
-3
10
-6
10
-9
10
-12
10
--15
10
-18
6-4
Reference
Designation
A1MP13
A1MP14
A1MP15
A1MP16
A1MP17
A1MP18
A1MP19
A1MP20
A1MP21
A1MP22
A1MP23
A1MP24
A1MP25
A1MP26
A1MP27
A1MP28
A1R1A
A1
A1
A1MP1
A1MP2
A1MP3
A1MP4
A1MP5
A1MP6
A1MP7
A1MP8
A1MP9
A1MP10
A1MP11
A1MP12
A1A1
A1A1R1
A1A1R2
A1A1R3
A1A1R4
A1A1R5
A1A1R6
A1A2
A2
A2C1
A2C2
A2C3
A2C4
A2C5
A2CR1
A2MP1
A2R1
A2R2
A2R3
A2R4
A2R5
A2R6
A2R7
A2R8
A2R9
A2R10
A2R11
A2S1A
A2S1B
A2S1C
A2TP1 - TP5
A2U1
A2U2
A2VR1
A2VR2
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
HP Part
Number
08640-60113
08640-60081
0380-0021
0380-0029
0510-1176
0540-0002
1430-0760
2190-0020
3130-0445
3130-0446
3130-0455
3130-0038
08640-00020
08640-00023
08640-20266
08640-20205
08640-20208
1480-0082
2190-0016
2190-0019
2200-0109
2200-0141
2200-0167
2950-0001
3030-0007
3050-0105
1430-0770
2100-3292
08640-60010
0698-7532
0698-7794
0698-3449
0757-0280
2100-2521
2100-2521
08640-60205
08640-60031
0160-0128
0180-1746
0160-2199
0180-1746
0180-2207
1901-0040
4040-0749
1480-0073
0698-7095
0698-3160
0698-3160
0757-0442
2100-2633
0698-3440
0698-3460
0757-0279
0757-0420
0698-3157
0757-0398
3101-1728
0360-1514
1820-0158
1820-0476
1902-3104
1902-0025
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
Qty Description
Mfr
Code
1
2
4
1
1
6
1
4
1
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
8
5
14
3
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
17
1
5
1
4
4
1
3
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
33
3
3
OUTPUT LEVEL ASSY
RESTORED 08640-60113,REQUIRES EXCHANGE
STANDOFF-RND .3121G .1258D .190D STL
STANDOFF-RND 1LG .12810 .190D STL CD-AU
SCREW:THREADED STRUTT
NUT,-HEX-DBL-CHAM 5-40-THD .094-THK
GEAR SPUR
NOT ASSIGNED
WASHER-LK HLCL NO.-5 .128-IN-IC
SWITCH,SGL SECT
SWITCH,SGL SECT
SHAFT ASSY:INNER 0.125" DIA
COUPLER:SWITCH SST U-SHAPED
SUPPORT, PC BOARD
SUPPORT, GEAR ASSY, ATTENUATOR
SUPPORT, ATTENUATOR
GEAR SPUR
SHAFT GEAR
NOT ASSIGNED
NOT ASSIGNED
PIN:SPIROL
WASHER-LK INTL T N0.-3/8 .377-IN-ID
WASHER-LK HLCL NO.-4 .115-IN-IC
SCREW-MACH 4-40 .438-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI
SCREW-MACH 4-40 .312-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI
SCREW-MACH 4-40 .375-IN-LG 82 CEG
NUT-HEX-DBL-CHAM 3/8-32-THD .094-THK
SCREW-SET 4-40 .125-IN-LG SMALL CUP-PT
WASHER-FL MTLC NO.-4 .125-IN-ID
GEAR, SPUR
RESISTOR, VAR CERMET 900 OHM
RF VERNIER ASSY
RESISTOR 100 .25% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K .25% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 28.7K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR.-TRMR 2K 10% C SIDE-ADJ 1-TURN
RESISTOR-TRMR 2K 10% C SIDE-ADJ 1-TURN
OUTPUT ATTENUATOR ASSY
METER SWITCH/DETECTOR ASSY
CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF +-20% 50WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 15UF +- 10% 20VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 30PF +- 5% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 15UFP +- 10% 20VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 100UF +- 10% 10VDC TA
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35
EXTRACTOR-PC BD BRN POLYC .062-BD-THKNS
PIN:DRIVE 0.250” LG
RESISTOR 11K .25% .125W F TC=0+-50
RESISTOR 31.6K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 31.6K 1%.125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR-TRMR 1K 10% C SIDE-ADJ 1-TURN
RESISTOR 196 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 422K 1%.125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 3.16K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 750 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 19.6K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 75 1% 125W F TC=0+-100
SWITCH-PB 10MM C-C SPACING
(INCLUDES A2S1B,C, NSR)
SWITCH, P-B -STA DPOT
(PART OF A2S1A, NSR)
SWITCH, P-B -STA DPDT (PART OF A2S1A,NSR)
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
IC LM 302 OP AHP
IC UA 715C OP AMP
DIODE-ZNR 5.62V 5% DO-7 PD=.4W TC=+.016%
DIODE-ZNR 10V 5% DO-7 PD=.4W TC=+.06%
28450
28480
76854
76554
00000
76854
28480
28480
27014
07263
04713
04713
See introduction to this section for ordering information
28480
28480
25480
76854
76854
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
24546
30983
30983
28480
28480
28480
56289
28480
56289
56289
28480
28480
00000
24546
16299
16299
24546
00287
78189
28480
28480
28480
28480
12697
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
19701
19701
16299
30983
16299
03888
24546
24546
16299
24546
28480
6-5
Mfr Part Number
08640-60113
08640-60081
3457-420
3457-464
0BD
22041-255
1430-0760
2190-0020
3130-0445
3130-0446
A-3130-9008
12276-6
08640-00020
08640-00023
08640-20266
08640-20205
08640-20208
TYPE 302
1920-02
2190-0019
2200-0109
2200-0141
2200-0167
20/4-13
3030-0007
3050-0105
1430-0770
2100-3292
08640-60010
MF4C1/8-T0-100R-C
MF4C1/8-T0-1002-C
C4-1/8-T0-2872-F
C4-1/8-T0-1001-F
ET50X202
ET50X202
08640-60205
08640-60031
0160-0128
150D0156X9020B2
0160-2199
1500156X9020B2
150D107X9010R2
1901-0040
4040-0749
OBD
NC55
C4-1/8-T0-3162-F
C4-1/8-T0-3162-F
C4-L/8-T0-1002-F
ET50X10Z
C4-1/8-T0-196R-F
PME55S
C4-1/8- TO-361-F
C4-1/8-T0-751-F
C4-1/8-T0-1962-F
C4-1/8-T0-75R0-F
3101-1728
0360-1514
LM302H
715HC
SZ 10939-110
SZ 10939-182
Model 8640B
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
A3A1
A3A1FL1
A3A1FL2
A3A1FL3
A3A1FL4
A3A1FLS
A31AFL6
A3A1J1
A3A1J2
A3A1MP1
A3A1MP2
A3A1MP3
A3A1MP4
A3A1MP5
A3A1MP6
A3A1MP7
43A1MP8
A3A1MP9
A3A1MP10
A3A1MP11
A3A1MP12
A3A1MP13
A3A1MP14
A3A1MP15
A3A1MP16
A3A1A1
A34312
A3A1A2C1
A3A1A2C2
A3A1A2C3
A3A1A2C4
A3A1A2C5
A3A1A2C6
A3A1A2C7
43A1A2C8
A341A2C9
Reference
Designation
A3MP12
A3MP13
A3MP14
A3MP15
A3MP16
A3MP17
A3MP18
A3MP19
A3MP20
A3MP21
A3MP22
A3MP23
A3MP24
A3MP25
A3MP26
A3Q1
A3R1
A3R2
A3
A3
A3CI
A3C2
A3L1
A3MP1
A3MP2
A3MP3
A3MP4
A3MP5
A3MP6
A3MP7
A3MP8
A3MP9
A3MP10
A3MP11
HP Part
Number
08640-60099
08640-60098
0510-0052
0510-0055
1430-0537
1430-0759
08640-00085
08640-20106
8160-0233
08640-20106
08640-20224
08640-60206
2200-0151
2190-0019
8160-0203
0510-0055
3030-0007
1430-0759
3030-0196
2190-0016
3030-0196
2190-0016
3030-0007
2510-0135
3050-0001
2190-0017
08640-20193
0510-0015
5086-7082
2100-3265
2100-0541
08640-60034
0160-0204
0160-0204
0160-0204
0160-0204
0160-0204
0160 0204
1250-0830
1250-0830
0864-00011
2200-0105
3050-0105
8160-0229
08640-00011
9160-0229
2200-0105
3050-0105
2740-0001
2190-0011
2740-0001
2190-011
2200-0121
2190-0019
2190-0019
2200-0143
08640-60024
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3878
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3878
0160-3456
0160-3873
0160-3876
8
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
6
4
Qty
1
1
1
3
5
1
1
3
2
2
1
2
1
13
2
1
13
10
8
1
39
4
1
Description
RF OSCILLATCR ASSY, NRFR
RESTORED 08640-60099,REQUIRES EXCHANGE
NSR, PART DO A3
NSR,PART CF A3
NSR, PART CF A3MP10
RETAINER, RING, .125 DIA, CAD PLT STL
RETAINER, RING, .438 DIA, CAD PLT STL
GEAR SPUR
GEAR SPUR
GASKET, COVER (FINE TUNE)
BUSHING, POT
RFI PLUG BE CU IAU PL .173-OD .18-L
BUSHING, POT
CAP, TRANSISTOR
OSCILLATOR FINE TUNE ASSY
SCREW-MACH 4-40 PAN HD POZI REC SST-300
WASHER-LK HLCL NO. 4 .115 IN ID .226 IN
REF,ROUND STRIP NI ALY .06-00 TD
RETAINER, RING, .438 DIA, CAD PLT STL
SCREW-SET 4-40 SMALL CUP PT HEX REC ALY
GEAR SPUR
SCREW-SET 4-40 SMALL CUP PT HEX REC ALY
WASHER-LK INTL T .377 IN ID .507 IN OD
SCREW-SET 4-40 SMALL CUP PT HEX REC ALY
WASHER-LK INTL T .377 IN ID .507 IN OD
SCREW-SET 4-40 SMALL CUP PT HEX REC ALY
SCREW-MACH 8-32 PAN HD POZI REC SST-300
WASHER-FL MTLC NO. 8 .172 IN ID .375 IN
WASHER-LK HLCL NO. 8 .168 IN ID .31 IN
SHAFT MO. FINE TUNE
RETAINER, RING, .125 DIA, CAD PLT STL
TRANSISTOR
RESISTOR-VAR10K 20% C
RESISTOR-VAR PREC 1K 3% WW
NOTE
WHEN RFPLACING A3RI OR R2, ALSO RE-
PLACE BUSHING B3MP6 OR NPBS, AND LOCK-
WASHER A3FlP1 OF AP20.
FILTER/BUFFER AMPLIFIER ASSY NRFR
CAPACITOR-FLTR 5500PF GMV 200v
CAPACITOR-FLTR 5500PF GMV 200V
CAPACITOR-FLTR 5500PF GMV 200V
CAPACITOR-FLTR 5500PF GMV 200V
CAPACITOR-FLTR 5500PF GMV 200V
CAPACI TOR-FLTR 5500PF GMV 200V
CONNECTOR-RF SMC M SGL HOLE FR
CONNECTOR-RF SMC M SGL HOLE FR
COVER, BUFFER BOARD
SCREW-MACH 4-0 .312-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI
WASHER-FL MTLC NO.-4 .125-IN-ID
GASKET, RFI
COVER, BUFFER BOARD
GASKET, RFI
SCREW-MACH-40 .312-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI
WASHER-FL MTLC NO.-4 .125-IN-ID
NUT-HEX-DBL-CHAM 10-32-THD .109-THK
WASHER-LK INTL T NO.-10 .195-IN-ID
NUT-HEX- DBL-CHAM 10-32-THD .109-THK
WASHER-LK INTL T NO.-10 .195-IN-ID
SCREW-MACH 4-40 1.125-IN-LG PAN-HO-POZI
WASHER-LK HLCL NO.-4 .115-N-ID
WASHER-LK HLCL NO.-4 .115-IN-ID
SCREW-MACH 4-40 .375-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI
VARACTOR HEAC FILTER ASST, NRFR
RF DIVIDER/FILTER BUFFER AMPLIFIER ASSY
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000 PF +-10% 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000 PF +-10% 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000 PF +-20% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000 PF +-10% 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000 PF +-10% 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000 PF +-20% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000 PF +-10% 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 4.7 PF +-.5% 200WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 47 PF +-20% 200WVDC CER
See introduction to this section for ordering information
† SEE TABLES 7-1 AND 7-2, FOR BACKDATING
6-6
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
97464
97464
29480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
07700
97464
28480
28480
28480
78189
23480
78189
28480
29480
73734
28480
28480
79136
28490
71450
29480
28480
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
2K497
2K497
28480
28480
28480
07700
28480
07700
28480
28480
28480
78189
29490
78189
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28490
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
08640-60034
SMFB-A2
SMFB-A2
SMFB-A2
SMFB-A2
SMFB-A2
SMFB-A2
701873
701873
08640-00011
2200-0105
3050-0105
48-90092
08640-00011
48-90092
2200-0105
3050-0105
2740-0001
1910-00
2740-0001
1910-00
2200-0121
2190-0019
2190-0019
2200-0143
08640-60024
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3878
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3878
0160-3456
0160-3873
0160-3876
Mfr Part Number
08640-60099
08640-60098
7100-12-CD
3100-43-ST-CD
1430-0537
1430-0759
08640-00085
08640-20106
8160-0233
08640-20106
08640-20224
08640-60206
2200-0151
2190-0019
20-90044
3100-43-ST-CD
3030-0007
1430-0759
3030-0196
1920-02
3030-0196
1920-02
3030-0007
2510-0135
NO. 1445
2190-0017
08540-20193
5133-12-S-MD-R
5086-7082
550
2100-0541
Model 8640B
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
Reference
Designation
A3A2CR3
A3A2R1
A3A3
A3A4†
A3A4C1
A334C2
A3A4R1
A3A4R2†
A3A4R3
A3A4R4
A3A4R5
A3A4R6
A3A4R7
A3A4R8
A3A4R9
A3A4U1
A3A1A3R2
A3A1A3R3
A3A1A3R4
A3A1A3R5
A3A1A3R6
A3A1A3R7
A3A1A3R8
A3A1A3R9
A3A1A3R10
A3A1A3R11
A3A1A3R12
A3A1A3T1
A3A2
A3A2C1
A3A2CR1
A3A2CR2
A3A1A2L1
A3A12L2
A3A1A2MP1
A3A1A2Q1
A3A1A2Q2
A3A1A2R1
A3A1A2R2
A3A1A2R3
A3A1A2R4
A3A1A2RS
A3A1AZR6
A3A1A2R7
A3A1A2R8
A3A1A2R9
A3A1A2R10
A3A1AT1
A3A1A3
A3A1A3C1
A3A1A3C2
A3A1A3C3
A3A1A3C4
A3A1A3C5
A3A1A3C6
A3A1A3C7
A3A1A3L1
A3A1A3L2
A3A1A3MP1
A3A1A3Q1
A3A1A3Q2
A3A1A3R1
HP Part
Number
9140-0142
9140-0142
1200-0173
1854-0247
1854-0247
0757-0422
0698-7212
0698-7188
0698-3445
0698-7214
0698-7224
0757-0422
0698-7193
0698-3445
0698-7214
08640-00007
08640-60037
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3878
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3878
0160-3456
9140-0142
9140-0142
1200-0173
168540247
1854-0247
0757-0422
0698-7212
0698-7188
0698-3445
0698-7216
0698-7224
0757-0422
0698-7193
0698-3445
0698-7196
0698-7196
0698-7205
08640-00007
08640-60040
0160-2055
0160-2055
2100-3161
2100-3109
2100-3109
2100-3154
2100-3154
0757-0442
0757-0420
0698-0084
0757-0416
1820-0158
8
2
4
4
3
2
4
2
1
2
1
3
1
Qty
4
1
4
1
36
3
1
13
Description
COIL FXD MOLOED RF CHOKE 2.2UH 10%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 2.2UH 10%
INSULATOR XSTR T0-5 .075-THX
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-39 PD=1W FT800MHZ
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-39 PD=1W FT-800MHZ
RESISTOR 909 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 100 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 348 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 121 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 316 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 909 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 16.2 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 348 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 121 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
LOOP BUFFER INPUT
COUNTER/BUFFER AMPLIFIER ASSY
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 1000WVOC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 1000WVOC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-20% 100WVOC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 1000WVOC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 1000WVOC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-20% 100WVOC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 1000WVOC CER
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 2.2UH 10%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 2.2UH 10%
INSULATOR-XSTR TO-5 .075-THK
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-39 PD=1W FT-800MHZ
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-39 PD=1W FT-800MHZ
RESISTOR 909 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 100 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 348 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 147 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 316 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 909 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 16.2 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 348 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 21.5 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 21.5 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 51.1 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
LOOP BUFFER INPUT
VARACTOR HEAD ASSY, NRFR
NSR, PART OF A3A2.
NSR, PART OF A3A2.
NSR, PART OF A3A2.
NSR. PART OF A3A2.
NSR, PART OF A342.
OSCILLATOR LOOP ASSY, NRFR
CONNECTOR BOARD ASSY
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF + 80-20% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100WVDC CER
RESISTOR-TRMR ZOK 101 C SIDE-ADJ 17-TURN
RESISTOR-TRMR 2K 101 C SIDE-ADJ 17-TURN
RESISTOR.TRMR 2K 101 C SIDE-ADJ 17-TURN
RESISTOR-TRMR 1K 101 C SIDE-ADJ 17-TURN
RESISTOR-TRMR 1K 101 C SIDE-ADJ 17-TURN
RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 750 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 2.15K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 511 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
IC LM 302 OP AMP
See introduction to this section for ordering information
† SEE TABLES 7-1 AND 7-2, FOR BACKDATING.
6-7
Mfr
Code
16299
24546
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
24226
24226
28480
28480
28480
24546
24226
24226
28480
28480
28480
24546
24546
24546
16299
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
16299
24546
24546
24546
24546
16299
24546
24546
24546
28480
28480
28480
28480
32997
32997
32997
32997
32997
24546
24546
16299
24546
27014
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
08640-60040
0160-2055
0160-2055
3006P-1-203
3006P-1-202
3006P-1-202
3006P-1-102
3006P-1-102
C4-1/8-T0-1002-F
C4-1/8-T0-751-F
C4-1/8-T0-2151-F
C4-1/8-T0-511R-F
LM302H
Mfr Part Number
10/221
10/221
1200-0173
1854-0247
1854-0247
C4-1/8-T0-909R-F
C3-1/8-T0-100R-G
C3-1/8-T0-10R-G
C4-1/8-T0-348R-F
C3-1/8-T0-121R-G
C3-1/8-T0-316R-G
C4-1/8-T0-909R-F
C3-1/8-T0-16R2-G
C4-1/8-T0-348R-F
C3-1/8-T0-121R-G
08640-00007
08640-60037
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3878
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3878
0160-3456
10/221
10/221
1200-0173
1854-0247
1854-0247
C4-1/8-T0-909R-F
C3-1/8-T0-100R-G
C3-1/5-T00-10R-G
C4-1/8-T0-348R-F
C3-1/8-T0-147R-G
C3-1/8-T0-316R-G
C4-1/8-T0-909R-F
C3-1/8-T00-16R2-G
C4-1/8-T0-348R-F
C3-1/8-T00-21R5-G
C3-1/8-T00-21R5-G
C3-1/8-T00-51R1-G
08640-00007
Model 8640B
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
Reference
Designation
A4
A4C1
A4C2
A4CC3
A4C4
A4C5
A4CR1
41CR2
A4MP1
A5
A5C1
A5C2
A5C3
A5C4
A5C5
A5C6
A5C7
A5C8
A4R20
A4R21
A4R22
A4TP1
A4TP2
A4TP3
A4TP4
A4TP5
44TP6
A4TP7
A44U1
A4U2
A4U3
A4U4
A4VR1
A4VR2
A5C9†
A5CR1-
A5CR4
A5CR5
A5CR6
A5CR7
A5CR8
A5CR9
A5CR10
A5CR11
A5CR12
A5CR13
A4Q1
A4Q2
A4Q3
A4R1
A4R2
A4R3
A4R4
A4R5
A4R6
A4R7
A4R8
A4R9
A4R10
A4R11
A4R12
A4R13
A4R14
A4R15
A4R16
A4R17
A4R18
A4R19
HP Part
Number
0757-0199
0698-3444
0757-0460
0757-0260
0757-0442
0757-0466
0698-3193
2100-2514
0698-3193
0757-0279
0757-0280
0757-0280
0757-0346
0757-0346
0698-7340
0698-8307
2100-2521
08640-60032
0160-2199
0180-0228
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2199
1901-0040
1901-0025
4040-0750
1480-0073
1854-0071
1854-0019
1854-0019
0757-0442
0757-0442
0757-0280
0683-1065
0696-5094
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
1820-0223
1820-0223
1820-0054
1820-0511
1902-0025
1902-0025
00640-60029
0160-2228
0160-2228
0180-0116
0180-1715
0180-0269
0180-0197
0180-0116
0180-2211
0160-0939
1901-0025
1901-0025
1901-0025
1901-0025
1901-0025
1901-0050
1901-0050
1901-0050
1901-0025
3
3
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
3
2
3
1
21
16
2
1
1
1
1
2
8
5
17
2
17
4
Qty
1
3
6
Description
METER/ANNUNCIATOR DRIVE ASSY
CAPACITOR-FXD 3OPF +-5% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 22UF+-10% 15VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100WVDCDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100WVDCVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 30PF +-5% 300WVDC MICA
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35
DIODE-GEE PRP 100V 200MA DO-7
EXTRACTOR-PC BD RED POLYC .062-BD-THKNS
PIN:DRIVE 0.250” LG
TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300M FT-200M1HZ
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW
RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 21.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 316 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 61.9K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 110K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K .25% .125W F TC=0+-50
RESISTOR-TRMR 20K 10% C SIDE-ACJ 1-TURN
RESISTOR 10K .25% .125W F TC=0+-50
RESISTOR 3.16K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1K 1 .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 79.95K .25% 125W TC=0+-50
RESISTOR 7.4K .25% .125W F TC=0+-50
RESISTOR-TRMR 2K 10% C SIDE-ADJ 1-TURN
RESISTOR 9.09K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10M 5% .25W FC TC-900/+1100
RESISTOR 5.1M 5% .25W FC TC-900/+1100
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
IC LM 301A OP AMP
IC LM 301A CP AMP
IC SN74 00 N GATE
IC SN74 08 N GATE
DIODE-ZNR 10V 5% DO-7 PD-.4W TC-+.06%
DIODE-ZNR 10V 5% DO-7 PD-.4W TC-+.06%
FM AMPLIFIER ASSY
CAPACITOR-FXD 2700PF +-5% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 2700PF +-5% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 6.8UF+-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 150UF+-10% 6VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 1UF+75-10% 150VDC AL
CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF+-10% 20VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 6.8UF+-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 5UF+50-10% 150VDC AL
CAPACITOR-FXD 430PF +-5% 300WVDC MICA
NOT ASSIGNED
DIODE-GEN PRP 100V 200MA DO0-7
DIODE-GEN PRP 100V 200MA DO7
DIODE-GEN PRP 100V 200MA DO-7
DIODE-GEN PRP 100V 2001MA DO-7
DIODE-GEN PRP 100V 200MA DO-7
DIODE-SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO-7
DIODE-SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO-7
DIODE-SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO-7
DIODE-GEN PRP 100v 200MA DO-7
See introduction to this section for ordering information
† SEE TABLES 7-1 AND 7-2, FOR BACKDATING.
6-8
Mfr
Code
24546
16299
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
30983
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
19701
19701
30983
28480
28480
56289
28680
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
00000
28480
26480
28480
24546
24546
19701
01121
01121
28480
28480
28480
28460
28480
28480
28480
27014
27014
01295
01295
04713
04713
28480
20480
20480
56289
56259
56289
56289
56289
56289
28480
28480
28480
28460
29480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Mfr Part Number
08640-60032
0160-2199
1500226X901502
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2199
1901-0040
1901-0025
4040-0750
OBD
1854-0071
185-0019
1854-0019
C4-1/8-T0-1002-F
C4-1/8-T0-102-F
C4-1/8-T-2152-F
C4-1/8-T0-316R-F
C4-1/8-T0-6192-F
C4-1/8-T0-1001-F
C4-1/8-T0-1002-F
C4-1/8-T0-1103-F
NC55
ET50W203
NC55
C4-1/8-T0-3161-F
C4-1/8-T0-1001-F
C4-1/8-T0-1001-F
C4-1/8-T0-10R0-F
C4-1/8-T0-10R0-F
MF4C1/8-T2-T9951-C
MF52C1/4-T2-7401-C
ET50XZ02
MF4C1/8-T0-9091-F
CR1065
C85155
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
LM301AH
LM301AH
SN7400N
SN7408N
SZ 10939-182
SZ 10939-182
08640-60029
0160-2228
0160-2228
1500D685X903582
150D157X9006R2
3001015G1508A2
150D225X9020A2
150D685X903582
30D505F15OCC2
0160-0939
1901-0025
1901-0025
1901-0025
1901-0025
1901-0025
1901-0050
1901-0050
1901-0050
1901-0025
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
A5Q11†
A5Q12
A5R13
A5R14
A5R15
A5R16
A5R17
A5R18
A5R19
A5R20
A5R21
A5R22
A5R23
A5R24
A5R1
A5R2
A5R3
A5R4
A5R5
A5R6
A5R7
A5R8
A5R9
A5R10
A5R11
A5R12
A5R25
A5R26
A5R27
A5R28
A5R29
A5R30
A5R31
A5R32
A5R33
A5R34
A5R35
A5R36
A5R37
A5R38
A5R39
A5R40
Reference
Designation
A5K1
A5MP1
A5MP2
A5Q1
45Q2
A5Q3
A5Q4
A5Q5†
A5Q6†
A5Q7†
A5Q8†
A5Q9†
A5Q10
HP Part
Number Qty Description
Mfr
Code
2360-0199
2420-0003
2190-0018
2190-0007
1853-0012
1200-0173
1854-0237
0510-0002
1205-0085
2360-0199
2420-0003
2190-0018
2190-0007
0698-3162
0757-0180
0757-0403
0757-0290
0757-0317
0698-3132
0698-3410
2100-3164
0698-0085
0757-0317
0698-3132
0757-0290
0490-1078
4040-0750
1480-0073
4040-0756
1480-0073
1854-0221
1854-0221
1854-0404
1854-0404
1853-0038
1205-0011
1200-0173
1853-0038
1205-0011
1200-0173
1853-0038
1200-0173
1854-0039
1205-0011
1200-0173
1854-0022
1200-0173
1854-0237
0510-0002
1205-0085
0757-0180
0757-0403
0698-3162
0757-0401
0698-3446
0698-3132
0757-0401
0757-0346
0698-3430
2100-3154
0757-0280
0757-0280
0757-0346
0757-0441
0757-0440
0698-3158
0757-0443
0757-0442
0757-0438
0698-0085
0698-0085
0757-0399
0757-0399
0698-3391
0757-0198
0698-5839
0698-5839
1
1
2
4
1
4
3
1
4
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
4
3
12
1
2
6
1
1
15
7
1
1
2
1
4
2
3
RELAY-REED 1A .5A 200V CONT 5V-COIL
EXTRACTOR-PC BD RED POLYC .062-BD-THKNS
PIN:DRIVE 0.250” LG
EXTRACTOR-PC BOARD, WHITE
PIN:DRIVE 0.250” LG
TRANSISTOR-DUAL NPN PD=750MW
TRANSISTOR-DUAL NPN PD=750MW
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360FW
TRANSISTOR PNP SI TO-39 PD=1W FT=100MHZ
HEAT-DISSIPATOR SGL TO-5/TO-39 PKG
INSULATOR-XSTR TO-5 .075-THK
TRANSISTOR PNP SI TO-39 PD=1W FT=100MHZ
HEAT-DISSIPATOR SGL TO-5/TD-39 PKG
INSULATOR-XSTR TO-5 .075-THK
TRANSISTOR PNP SI TO-39 PD-1W FT=100MZ
INSULATOR-XSTR 70-5 .075-TH1
TRANSISTOR NPN 2N3053 SI TO-5 PD=1W
HEAT-DISSIPATOR SGL TO-5/TO-39 PKG
INSULATOR-XSTR TO-5 .075-THK
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-39 PD=700MW
INSULATOR-XSTR TO-5 .075THK
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-66 PD-20W FT-10MHZ
PRESS-IN NUT 6-32 .062-LG
HEAT-DISSIPATOR SGL TO-49 PKG
SCREW-MACH 6-32 .438-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI
NUT-HEX-DBL-CHAM 6-32-THD .094-THK
WASHER-LK HLCL NO.-6 .141-IN-IC
WASHER-LK INTL T NO.-6 .141-IN-ID
TRANSISTOR PNP 2N29046A SI TO-5 PD-600MW
INSULATOR-XSTR TO-5 .075-THK
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-66 PD=20W FT-100MHZ
PRESS-IN NUT 6-32 .062-LG
HEAT-DISSIPATOR SGL TO-49 PKG
SCREW-MACH 6-32 .438-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI
NUT-HEX-DBL-CHAM 6-32-THD .094-THK
WASHER-LK INTL T NO.-6 .141-IN-ID
WASHER-LK INTL T NO.-6 .141-IN-ID
RESISTOR 46.4K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 31.6 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 121 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 6.19K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1.33K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 261 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 3.16K 1% .5W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR-TRMR 10 20% C SIDE-ADJ 17-TURN
RESISTOR 2.61K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1.33K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 261 1% 125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 6.19K 1% .125W F TC-0-100
RESISTOR 31.6 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 121 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 46.46K 1% 125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 100 1% .125w F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 383 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 261 13 .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 100 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
NOT ASSIGNED
RESISTOR 21.5 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR-TRNR 1K 10% C SIDE-ADJ T17-TURN
RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 8.25K 1% 125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 7.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 23.7K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 2.61K 1% 125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 2.61K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 82.5 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 82.5 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 21.5 1% .5W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 100 1% .5W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 9.1 5% .25W FC TC=-400/+500
RESISTOR 9.1 5% .25W FC TC=-400/+500
03888
32997
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
16299
24546
24546
24546
16299
16299
24546
24546
GM005
19701
01121
01121
See introduction to this section for ordering information
78189
16299
24546
24546
19701
24546
16299
24546
32997
16299
24546
16299
19701
28480
28480
28480
78189
01295
28480
04713
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
04713
28480
28480
07263
28480
04713
28480
28480
28480
28480
00000
28480
00000
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
24546
24546
16299
24546
16299
16299
24546
24546
† SEE TABLES 7-1 AND 7-2, FOR BACKDATING.
6-9
Mfr Part Number
0490-1078
4040-0750
OBD
4040-0756
OBD
1854-0221
1854-0221
1854-0404
1854-0404
1853-0038
1205-0011
1200-0173
1853-0038
1205-0011
1200-0173
1853-0038
1200-0173
2N3053
1205-0011
1200-0173
S17843
1200-0173
2N3738
0510-0002
1205-0085
2360-0199
2420-0003
2190-0018
1906-00
2N2904A
1200-0173
2N3738
0510-0002
1205-0085
2360-0199
2420-0003
2190-0018
1906-00
C4-1/8-T0-4642-F
C5-1/4-T0-31R6-F
C4-1/8-T0-121R-F
MF4C1/8-T0-6191-F
C4-1/8-T0-1331-F
C4-1/8-T0-2610-F
NA6
3006P-1-100
C4-1/8-T0-2611-F
C4-1/8-T0-1331-F
C4-1/8-T0-2610-F
MF4C1/8-T0-6191-F
C5-1/4-T0-31R6-F
C4-1/8-T0-121R-F
C4-1/8-T0-4642-F
C4-1/8-T0-101-F
C4-1/8-T0-383R-F
C4-1/8-T0-2610-F
C41/8-T0-101-F
C4-1/8-T0-10R0-F
PME55-1/8-T0-21R54
3006P-1-102
C4-1/8-T0-1001-F
C4-1/8-T0-1001-F
C4-1/8-T0-10R0-F
C4-1/8-T0-8251-F
C4-1/8-T0-7501-F
C4-1/8-T0-2372-F
C4-1/8-T0-1102-F
C4-1/8-T0-1002-F
C4-1/8-T0-5111-P
C4-1I8-T0-2611-F
C4-1/8-T0-2611-F
C4-1/8-T0-82R5-F
C4-1/8-T0-8285-F
CEC, T-0
MF7C1/2-T0-101-F
CB91G5
CB91G5
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
Reference
Designation
A1CR1
A7CR2
A7CR3
A7CR4
A7CR5
A7CR6
A7CR7
A7CR8
A7CR9
A7CR10
A7CR11
A7CR12
A7CR13
A7CR14
A7CR15
A7CR16
A7CR17
A6R1
47†
A7C1
A7C2
A7C3
A7C4
A7C5
A7C6
A7C7
A7C8
A7C9
A7C10
A7C11
A7C12
A7C13
A7CR18
A7CR19
47CR20
47CR21
A7J1†
A7K1
A7MP1
A7MP2
A7Q1
A7Q2
A7Q3†
47Q4
A5R41
A5TP1
A5TP2
A5TP3
A5TP4
A5TP5
A5TP6
A5U1
A6
A6DS1
A6DS2
A6DS3
A6DS4
A6DS5
A6DS6
A6P1
HP Part
Number Qty Description
Mfr
Code
1901-0033
1901-0033
1901-0033
1901-0033
1250-0835
0490-1080
4040-0751
1480-0073
4040-0748
1480-0073
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0022
1200-0173
1853-0020
1901-0033
1901-0033
1901-0033
1901-0033
1901-0033
1901-0033
1901-0033
1901-0033
1901-0033
1901-0025
1901-0033
1901-0033
1901-0033
1901-0033
1901-0033
1901-0033
1901-0033
0698-3260
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
1820-0158
08640-60033
2140-0427
2140-0427
2140-0427
2140-0427
2140-0427
2140-0427
1251-3054
1251-1249
1251-1313
0757-0346
08640-60046
0180-1735
0180-1735
0180-0373
0180-2141
0180-0141
0180-1715
0160-2453
0180-1846
0160-2204
0180-0141
0180-1715
0160-2204
0180-2206
2
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
6
1
20
1
RESISTOR 464K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
IC LM 302 CP ANP
ANNUNCIATCR ASSY
LAMP-INCAND 5VDC 60MA T-1-BULB
LAMP-INCAND 5VDC 60MA T-1-BULB
LAMP-INCAND 5VDC 60MA T-1-BULB
LAMP-INCAND 5VDC 60MA T-1-BULB
LAMP-INCAND 5VDC 60MA T-1-BULB
LAMP-INCAND 5VDC 60MA T-1-BULB
CONNECTOR STRIP:9 OPEN POSITION
PLZG KEY-PRINTED CIRCUIT CONN
CONTACT-CONN FEN CRP
RESISTCR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
FP SHAPING BOARD ASSY
CAPACITOR-FXD .22UF+-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD .22UF+-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD .68UF+-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 3.3UF+-10% 50VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 50UF+75-10% 50VDC AL
CAPACITOR-FXD 150UF+-10% 6VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD .22UF .-10% 80WVDC POLYE
CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF+-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 100PF +-5% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 50UF+75-10% 50VDC AL
CAPACITOR-FXD 150UF+-10% 6VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 100PF+-5% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 60UF+-10% 6VDC TA
DIODE-GEN PRP 180V 200MA DO-7
DIODE-GEN PRP 180V 200MA DO-7
DIODE-GEN PRP 180V 200MA DO-7
DIODE-GEN PRP 180V 200MA DO-7
DIODE-GEN PRP 180V 200MA DO-7
DIODE-GEN PRP 180V 200MA DO-7
DIODE-GEN PRP 180V 200MA DO-7
DIODE-GEN PRP 180V 200MA DO-7
DIODE-GEN PRP 180V 200MA DO-7
DIODE-GEN PRP 180V 200MA DO-7
DIODE-GEN PRP 180V 200MA DO-7
DIODE-GEN PRP 180V 200MA DO-7
DIODE-GEN PRP 180V 200MA DO-7
DIODE-GEN PRP 180V 200MA DO-7
DIODE-GEN PRP 180V 200MA DO-7
DIODE-GEN PRP 180V 200MA DO-7
DIODE-GEN PRP 180V 200MA DO-7
DIODE-GEN PRP 180V 200MA DO-7
DIODE-GEN PRP 180V 200MA DO-7
DIODE-GEN PRP 180V 200MA DO-7
DIODE-GEN PRP 180V 200MA DO-7
CONNECTOR-RF SMC M PC
RELAY-REED 1C .25A 150V CONT 5V-COIL
EXTRACTOR-PC BD ORN POLYC .062-B-THKNS
PIN:DRIVE 0.250" LG
EXTRACTOR-PC BD BLK POLYC .062-B-THKNS
PIN:DRIVE 0.250" LG
TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300MW FT-200MHZ
TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300MW FT-200MHZ
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-39 PD-700MW
INSULATOR-XSTR TO-5 .075-THR
TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD-300MW FT-150MHZ
28480
28480
28480
28480
24931
28480
28480
00000
28480
00000
28480
28480
07263
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
9D949
9D949
24546
28480
56289
56289
56289
56289
56289
56289
28480
56289
93790
56289
56289
93790
56289
03888
28680
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
27014
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
74868
9
See introduction to this section for ordering information
† SEE TABLES 7-1 AND 7-2, FOR BACKDATING.
6-10
Mfr Part Number
1901-0033
1901-0033
1901-0033
1901-0033
37JR104-2
0490-1080
4040-0751
OBD
4040-0748
OBD
1854-0071
1854-0071
S17843
1200-0173
1853-0020
1901-0033
1901-0033
1901-0033
1901-0033
1901-0033
1901-0033
1901-0033
1901-0033
1901-0033
1901-0025
1901-0033
1901-0033
1901-0033
1901-0033
1901-0033
1901-0033
1901-0033
PHE555
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
LM302H
08640-60033
2140-0427
2140-0427
2140-0427
2140-042T
2140-0427
2140-0427
221-68
143-953
220-502
C4-1/8-T0-10R0-F
08640-60046
150D224X9035A2
150D224X9035A2
150D684X9035A2
150D335X9050B2
300506C050DD2
150D157X9006R2
0160-2453
1500225X9035B2
RDM15F101J3C
30050650500DD2
1500157X9006R2
RDM15F101J3C
1500606X9006B2
Reference
Designation
A7Q5
A7Q6†
A7R48
47R49
A7R50
A7R51
A7R52
A7R53
A7R54
A7R55
A7R56
A7R57
A7R58
A7R59
A7R60
A7R61
A7R62
A7R63
A7R31
A7R32
A7R33
A7R34
A7R35
A7R36
A7R37
A7R38
A7R39
A7R40
A7R41
A7R42
A7R43
A7R44
A7R45‡
A7R46
A7R47
A7R64
A7R65
A7R66
A7R67-
A7R69
A7R70
47R71
A7R14
A7R15
A7R16
A7R17
A7R18
A7R19
A7R20
A7R21
A7R22
A7R23
47R24
A7R25
A7R26
A7R27
A7R28‡
A7R29
A7R30
A7Q7
A7Q8
A7R1
A7R2
A7R3
A7R4
A7R5
A7R6
A7R7
A7R8
A7R9
A7R10
A7R11
A7R12
A7R13
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
HP Part
Number Qty Description
Mfr
Code
0757-0443
0698-3159
0757 0123
0698-3449
0757-0199
0698-3136
0757-0442
0757 0440
0757-0200
0698-3151
0757-1094
0757-0401
0698 3432
0698-3433
0698-3434
0757-0316
0698-3160
0757-0465
0757-0401
0757-0403
0757 0399
0757-0395
0698-3435
0698-3432
0757-0294
0698-3427
0757-0346
0757-0401
0757-0280
0757-0200
2100-3109
0757-0442
0698-3155
0757-0394
0757 0276
0757-0398
0757-0400
0757-0403
0757-0405
0757 0401
0698-3154
0757-0288
2100-3109
0757-0279
0698-3260
0757-0458
0757-0443
0698-3155
0757-0123
2100-3103
0698-3152
0757-1094
0757-0278
0757-0279
0757-0290
0757-0443
0698-3157
1854-0071
1853-0038
1200-0173
1853-0020
1853-0020
0698-3162
0698-3450
0698-3153
0757-0199
0757-0440
0698 3243
0698-3454
0757-0289
0698-3161
1
1
1
7
1
3
2
4
2
1
1
3
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300MW FT=200MLHZ
TRANSISTOR PNP SI TO-39 PD-1W FT=100MHZ
INSULATOR-XSTR TO-5.075-THK
TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD=300MW FT=150MHZ
TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD=300MW FT=1500MHZ
RESISTOR 46.4K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 42.2K 1% 125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 3.83K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 21.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 7.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 178K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 215K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 13.3K 1% .125W P TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 38.3K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 4.22K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 9.09K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR-TRMR 2K 10% C SIDE=ADJ 17=TURN
RESISTOR 3.16K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 4.64K 1%.125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 51.1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 4.64K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 34.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR-TRMR 10K 10% C SIDE-ADJ 17=TURN
RESISTOR 3.48K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1.47K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1.78K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 3.16K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 6.19K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 19.K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 31.6K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 100K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 100 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 121 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 82.5 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 56.2 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 38.3 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 26.1 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 17.8 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 13.3 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 100 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.62K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR-TRMR 2K 10% C SIDE-ADJ 17-TURN
RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 4.64K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 26.1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 34.8K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 28.7K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 21.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 17.8K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 7.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.62K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 2.87K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1.47K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 100 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 26.1 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 28.7 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 34.8 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 42.2 1% .125 F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 51.1 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 61.9 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 75 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 90.9 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 121 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 162 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 100 1% .125w F TC=0+-100
24546
16299
24546
16299
24546
16299
24546
24546
24546
16299
24546
24546
03888
03888
16299
24546
16299
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
16299
03888
19701
03888
24546
24546
24546
24546
32997
24546
16299
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
16299
19701
32997
24546
03888
24546
24546
16299
24546
32997
16299
24546
24546
24546
19701
24546
16299
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
16299
16299
16299
24546
24546
16299
16299
19701
16299
NOT ASSIGNED
0698-3150
0757-0424
2
1
RESISTOR 2.37K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1.1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
16299
24546
See introduction to this section for ordering information
† SEE TABLES 7-1 AND 7-2, FOR BACKDATING. ‡ SEE NOTE, CHANGE 34, SECTION 7.
6-11
Mfr Part Number
C4-1/8 T0-3162-F
C4-1/8-T0-1003-F
C4-1/8-T0-101-F
C4-1/8-T0-121R-F
C4-1/8-T0-82R5-F
C4-1/8-T0-56R2-F
C4-I1/8-T0-38R3-F
PME55-1/8-T0-26R1-F
MF4C1/8-T0-17R8-F
PME55-1/8-T0-13R3-F
C4-1/8-T0-10R0-F
C4-1/8-T0-101-F
C4-1/8-T0-1001-F
C4-1/8-T0-5621-F
3006P-1-202
C4-1/8-T0-1002-F
C4-1/8-T0-4641-F
C4-1/8-T0-102-F
C4-1/8-T0-2612-F
C5-1/4-T0-3482-F
C4-1/8-T0-2872-F
C4-1/8-T0-2152-F
C4-1/8-T0-1782-F
C4-1/8-T0-1002-F
C4-1/8-T0-7501-F
C4-1/8-T0-5621-F
C4-1/8-T0-2871-F
C4-1/8-T0-1471-F
C4-1/8-T-101-F
PME55-1/8-T0-26R1-F
PME55-1/8-T0-2BR7-F
C4-1/8-T0-34R8-F
C4-1/8-T0-42R2-F
C4-1/8-T0-51R1-F
C4-1/8-T0-6192-F
C4-1/8-T0-75R0-F
C4-1/8-T0-90R9-F
C4-1/8-T0-121R-F
C4-1/8-T0-162R-F
C4-1/8-T0-101-F
1854-0071
1853-0038
1200-0173
1853-0020
1853-0020
C4-1/8-T0-4642-F
C4-1/8-T0-4222-F
C4-1/8-T0-3831-F
C4-1/8-T0-2152-F
C4-1/8-T0-7501-F
C4-1/8-T0-1783-F
C4-1/8-T0-2153-F
MF4C1/8-T0-1332-F
C4-1/8-T0-3832-F
C4-1/8-T0-4221-F
MF4C1/8-T0-9091-F
3006P-I-202
C41/8-T0-3161-F
PME55S
C4-1/8-T0-5112-F
C4-1/8-T0-1102-F
C4-1/8-T0-4641-F
C5-1/4-T0-3482-F
3006P-1-103
C4-1/8-T0-3481-F
C4-1/8-T0-1471-F
C4-1/8-T0-1781-F
C4-1/8-T0-3161-F
MF41C1/8-T0-6191-F
C4-1/8-T0-1102-F
C4-1/8-T0-1962-F
C4-1/8-T0-2371-F
C4-1/8-T0-1101-F
Model 8640B
Reference
Designation
A8MP16
A8MP17
A8MP18
A8MP19
A8MP20
A8MP21
A8NP22
A8MP23
A8MP24
A8MP25
A8MP26
A8MP27
A8MP28
A8MP29
A8MP30
A8MP31
A8L4
A8L5
A8MP1
A8MP2
A8MP3
A8MP4
A8MP5
A8MP6
A8MP7
A8MP8
A8MP9
A8MP10
A8MP11
A8MP12
A8MP13
A8MP14
A8MP15
A8MP32
A8MP33
A8MP34
A8MP35
A8MP36
A8MP37
A8MP38
A8MP39
A8MP40
ATU3
A7VR1
A7VR2
A8
A8C1
A8C2
A8C3
A8C4
A8C5
A8C6
A8FL1
A8FL2
A8FL3
A8FL4
A8L1†
A8L2 †
A8L3 †
A7R72
A7R73
A7R74
A7R75
ATR76
A7R77
A7R78
A7R79
A7TP2
A7TP2
A7TP3
A7TP4
A7U1
A7U2
HP Part
Number
9100-2232
9100-2232
1200-0081
2190-0027
3050-0443
8160-0219
8160-0220
08640-00001
08640-00009
08640-00051
08640-00052
08640-20280
08640-20201
08640-20063
08640-20089
00640-20092
08640-20202
08640-20203
08640-40003
08640-40041
5040-0391
5040-0392
5040-0393
5040-0394
5040-0395
2190-0368
2190-0019
2200-0147
2200-0107
2200-0151
2190-0005
2950-0006
2200-0140
08640-00058
2200-0105
0520-0127
2190-0014
0516-0005
2200-0103
2200-0155
0361-0207
2200-0504
0698-3450
0698-3450
0698-3150
0757-0420
0757-0441
0757-0438
0757-0346
0757-0416
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
1826-0013
1820-0125
1821-0175
1902-0049
1902-3182
08640-60115
0160-2049
0160-2049
0160-2049
0160-2049
0160-2357
0160-2357
0160-0204
0160-0204
0160-0204
0160-0204
9100-2232
9100-2232
9100-2232
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
2
1
1
1
2
1
4
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Qty
2
5
Description
RESISTOR 42.2K 1% 25W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 42.2K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 2.37K 1% 125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 750 1% 125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 8.2SK 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% 125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10 1% 125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 511 1% .125W F TC-0-100
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-NTG
TERHINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-IMTG
TERMINAL-STUC SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
IC OP AMP
IC UA 711C COMPARATOR
IC SN74 05 N INV
DIODE-ZNR 6.19V 5% DO-7 PD=.4W TC=+.022%
DIOOE-ZNR 12.1V 5% DO-7 PD=.4W TC=+.064%
COUNTER/LOCK ASSY
CAPACITOR-FXD 5000PF +80-20% 500WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 5000PF +80-20% 500WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 5000PF +80-20% 500WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 5000PF +80-20% 500WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +80-20% 500WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +80-20% 500WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FLTR 5500PF GMV 200V
CAPACITOR-FLTR 5500PF GMV 200V
CAPACITOR-FLTR 5500PF GMV 200V
CAPACITOR-FLTR 5500PF GNV 200V
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE .56UH 10%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE .56UH 10%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE .56UH 10%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE .56UH 10%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE .56UH 10%
INSULATOR-BSHG-FLG .115-ID
WASHER-LK INTL T NO.-1/4 .256-IN-ID
WASHER-FL NM NO.-8 .176-IN-ID. .375-1N-OD
RFI STRIP NI ALY 1.06-W 2.64-L
RFI STRIP NI ALY 2.48-W 4.215-L
SHIELD, LED TAPE
COVER, CENTER FILTER
FRAME C SHIELD, LARGE
FRAME C SHIELD, SMALL
COVER, CONTROL INPUT
HEAT SINK
WINDOW COUNTER
SUPPORT, PC BOARD, CENTER
SHIELD, BUTTON
CASTING, TOP
CASTING, BOTTOM
PIPE LIGHT
PIPE LIGHT, OVER-FLOW
BUTTON:X10
BUTTON:X100
BUTTON-ON
BUTTON-INT
BUTTON-EXT
WASHER-FL MITLC NO.-5 .13-IN-ID
WASHER-LK HLCL NO.-4 .115-IN-ID
SCREW-MACH 4-40 .5-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI
SCREW-MACH 4-40 .375-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI
SCREW-MACH 4-40 .75-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI
WASHER-LK EXT T NO.-4 .116-IN-ID
NUT-HEX-DBL-CHAM 1/4-32-THD .094-TNK
SCREW-MACH 4-40 .25-IN-LG 100 DEC
INSULATOR, COUNTER
SCREW-MACH 4-40 .312-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI
SCREW-MACH 2-56 .188-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI
WASHER-LK INTL T NO.-2 .089-IN-ID
SCREW-MACH 0-80 .188-IN- LG PAN-HD-SLT
SCREW-MACH 4-40 .25-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI
SCREW-MACH 4-40 1-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI
RIVET:BLIND. BLACK NYLON 0.125" DIA
SCREW-MACH 4-40 1.062-IN-LG PAN-HD
See introduction to this section for ordering information
† SEE TABLES 7-1 AND 7-2, FOR BACKDATING.
6-12
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
25480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
78189
73734
28480
28480
28480
28480
78189
28480
28480
28480
00000
28480
24226
24226
26365
78189
86928
28400
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
01295
04713
04713
28480
28480
28480
26480
28480
28480
28480
01121
01121
01121
01121
24226
24226
24226
16299
16299
16299
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
28480
28480
28480
28480
20480
07263
Mfr Part Number
15/560
15/560
974 307
1914-00
5624-16-10
8160-0219
8160-0220
00640-00001
08640-00009
06640-00051
08640-00052
06640-20280
08640-20281
08640-20063
08641-20069
08640-20092
08640-20202
08640-20203
08640-40003
08640-40041
5040-0391
5040-0392
5040-0393
5040-0394
5040-0395
2190-0368
2190-0019
2200-0147
2200-0107
2200-0151
1804-01
9000
2200-0140
08640-00058
2200-0105
0520-0127
1902-00
0516-0005
2200-0103
2200-0155
OBD
2200-0504
C4-1/8-T0-4222-F
C4-1/8-T0-4222-F
C4-1/8-T0-2371-F
C4-1/8-T0-751-F
C4-1/8-T0-8251-F
C4-1/8-T0-5111-F
C4-1/8-T0-10R0-F
C4-L/8-T0-511R-F
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
1826-0013
711HC
SNT405N
SZ 10939-122
SZ 10939-206
08640-60115
0160-2049
0160-2049
0160-2049
0160-2049
0160-2357
0160-2357
SMFB-A2
SMFB-A2
SMFB-A2
SMFB-A2
15/560
15/560
15/560
Model 8640B
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
HP Part
Number
08640-40067
2190-0012
2190-0057
2680-0128
08640-20088
1990-0507
1990 0507
1990-0507
1990-0507
1990-0507
1990-0507
08640-60168
08640-60097
0180-0197
0180-0197
0160-3879
0160-3879
0160-3879
0160-2204
1901-0050
1901-0050
1901-0050
1250-1220
1250-1220
0490 1073
0490-1073
08640-20088
0360-0124
0360-0124
0361-0036
1854-0404
1854-0404
0698-7236
0160-3456
0160-3094
0160-3094
0180-0049
0180-1735
0180-0197
0160-3456
0180-0228
0180-0228
0160 3455
0160-3455
0160-3466
0160-2207
0160-3877
0160-3879
0698-7248
0698-7248
0698 7212
0757-0394
0757-0416
0757-0416
0757-1094
0757-0416
0698-7221
0698-7197
0698-7221
1820 0736
1820-1003
1820-0145
1820-0102
5086-7089
08640-60027
08640-60187
Reference
Designation
A8A1C6
A8A1C7
A8A1CR1
A8A1CR2
A8A1CR3
A8A1J1
A8A1J2
A8A1K1
A8A1K2
A8A1MP1
A8A1MP2
A8A1MP3
A8A1MP4
A8A1Q1
A8A1Q2
A8A1R1
A8A1R2
A8A1R3
A8A1R4
A8A1R5
A8A1R6
A8A1R7
A8A1R8
A8A1R9
A8A1R10
A8MP41
A8MP42
A8MP43
A8MP44
A8MP45
A8O1
A8O2
A8O3
A8O4
A8O5
A8O6
A8A1
A8A1
A8A1C1
A8A1C2
A8A1C3
A8A1C4
A8A1C5
A8A1R11
A8A1R12
A8A1R13
A8A1R14
A8A1U1
A8A1U2
A8A1U3
A8A1U4
A8A1U5
A8A2
A8A2
A8A2C1
A8A2C2
A8A2C3
A8A2C4
A8A2C5
A8A2C6
A8A2C7
A8A2C8
A8A2C9
A8A2C10
A8A2C11†
A8A2C12 †
A8A2C13
A8A2C14
A8A2C15
1
9
2
4
3
1
6
6
1
1
2
1
6
6
2
1
1
3
2
1
Qty
1
1
1
1
2
6
13
1
†SEE TABLES 7-1 AND 7-2, FOR BACKDATING.
Description
KNOB, TIME EASE
WASHER-LK EXT T NO.-10 .195-IN-ID
WASHER-LK INTL T NO.-12 .218-IN-ID
SCREW-MACH 10-32 .25-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI
NUT, HEAT SINK
DISPLAY NUM DOT MAT 1 CHAR .29 IN HIGH
DISPLAY NUM DOT MAT 1 CHAR .29 IN HIGH
DISPLAY NUM DOT MAT 1 CHAR .29 IN HIGH
DISPLAY NUM DOT MAT 1 CHAR .29 IN HIGH
DISPLAY NUM DOT MAT 1 CHAR .29 IN HIGH
DISPLAY NUM DOT MAT 1 CHAR .29 IN HIGH
RF SCALER ASSY
SAME AS 08640-60168 WITHOUT U2 AND U5.
CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF+-10% 20VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF+-10% 20VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-20% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-20% 100WVDC CER
NOT ASSIGNED
CAPACITOR FXD .01UF +-20% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR FXD 100PF +-5% 300WVDC MICA
DIODE-SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS 00-7
DIODE-SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS 00-7
DIODE-SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS 00-7
CONNECTOR-RF SMC M PC
CONNECTOR-RF SMC M PC
RELAY-RFED 1A 250MA 120VAC 4.5VDC-COIL
RELAY-RFED 1A 250MA 120VAC 4.5VDC-COIL
NUT, HEAT SINK
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
RIVET:SEMITUBULAR 0.89" BODY DIA
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW
RESISTOR 1K 2% .05W F TC=0+-I00
NOT ASSIGNED
NOT ASSIGNED
RESISTOR 3.16K 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 3.16K 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 100 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 51.1 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 511 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 511 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1.47K 1% .125W F TC=0+100
RESISTOR 511 1% .125W F TC=0+-1100
RESISTOR 237 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 23.7 2% .05W F TC-0+-100
RESISTOR 237 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
IC COUNTER
IC COUNTER
IC MC 1010P GATE
IC MC 1013P FLIP-FLOP
TRIGGER AMPLIFIER
COUNTER/LOCK BOARD ASSY
RESTORED 08640-60189 OR 60258, REQUIRES
EXCHANGE.
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +- 10% 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .10F +- 10% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .10UF +- 10% 100vWDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .20UF +- 75-10% 50VDC AL
CAPACITOR-FXD .22UF +- 10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 2.20UF +- 10% 20VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +- 10% 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 22UF +- 10% 15VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 22UF +- 10% 15 VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 470PF +- 10% 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 470PF +- 10% 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 100PF +- 10% 1000wVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 300PF +- 5% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 100PF +- 20% 200WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +- 20% 100WVDC CER
See introduction for ordering information
6-13
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Mfr Part Number
08640-40067
1810-00
1912-03
2680-0128
08640-20088
1990-0507
1090-0507
1990-0507
1990-0507
1990-0507
1990-0507
08640-60168
08640-60097
150D225X9020A2
150D225X9020A2
0160-3879
0160-3879
0160-3879
RDM15F101J3C
1901-0050
1901-0050
1901-0050
50-051-0109
50-051-0109
0490-1073
0490-1073
08640-20088
0360-0124
0360-0124
0BD
1854-0404
1854-0404
C3-1/8-TO-1001-G
C3-1/8-TO-3161-G
C3-1/8-TO-3161-G
C3-1/8-TO-100R-G
C4-1/8-TO-51R1-F
C4-1/8-TO-51LR-F
C4-1/8-TO-51R-F
C4-1/8-TO-1471-F
C4-1/8-TO-511R-F
C3-1/8-TO-237R-G
C3-1/8-TO-23R7TG
C3-1/8-TO-237R-G
1820-0736
1820-1003
MC1010P
MC1013P
5086-7089
08640-60027
08640-60187
0160-3456
0160-3094
0160-3094
30D206G050CC2
1500224X9035A2
1500225X90200A2
0160-3456
150D226X901582
150D226X901582
0160-3455
0160-3455
0160-3466
0160-2207
0160-3877
0160-3879
Mfr.
Code
28480
78189
78189
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
56289
56289
28480
28480
28480
93790
28480
28480
28480
98291
99291
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
00000
28480
28480
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
28480
28480
04713
04713
28480
28490
28480
28480
28480
28480
56289
56289
56289
28480
56289
56289
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
Model 8640B
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
Reference
Designation
HP Part
Number Qty
A8A2Q6
A8A2Q7
A8A2Q8
A8A2Q9
A8A2Q10
A8A2Q11
A8A2Q12
A8A2Q13
A8A2Q14
A8A2Q15
A8A2Q16
A8A2Q17
A8A2Q18
A8A2R1
A8A2R2
A8A2R3
A8A2R4
A8A2R5
A8A2C16
A8A2C17
A8A2C18
A8A2C19†
A8A2C20
A8A2C21
A8A2C22
A8A2C23
A8A2C24
A8A2C25
A8A2C26
A8A2C27†
A8A2C28 †
A8A2C29 †
A8A2C30 †
A8A2CR1
A8A2CR2
A8A2J1
A8A2L1†
A8A2L2 †
A8A2Q1
A8A2Q2
A8A2Q3
A8A2Q4
A8A2A5
A8A2R6
A8A2R7
A8A2R8
A8A2R9
A8A2R10
A8A2R11
A8A2R12
A8A2R13
A8A2R14
A8A2R15
A8A2R16
A8A2R17
A8A2R18
A8A2R19
A8A2R20
A8A2R21
A8A2R22
A8A2R23
A8A2R24
A8A2R25
A8A2R26
A8A2R27
A8A2R28
A8A2R29
A8A2R30
A8A2R31
A8A2R32
A8A2R33
A8A2R34
A8A2R35
5
4
1
6
2
2
3
1
5
1
1
1
1
1
5
†SEE TABLES 7-1 AND 7-2, FOR BACKDATING.
1855-0062
1853 0020
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854 0071
1853-0020
1854-0071
1854-0071
1853-0020
1853-0020
1854-0071
0698-3440
0757-0438
0698-7253
0698-7253
0698-7239
0698-7239
0698-7246
0698-7246
0698-7277
0698-7277
0683-8245
0683-8245
0698-7267
0698-7272
0698-7277
0698-7267
0698-7284
0698-7284
0698-7277
0698-7288
0698-7253
0698-7253
0698-7277
0698-7260
0698-7284
0698-3453
0698-7260
0698-7260
0698-7256
0698-7258
0698-7260
0698-7260
0698-7264
0698-7243
0698-7229
0160-3879
0160-0174
0160-3094
0160-2201
0180-0291
0180-0197
0160-3879
0180-0197
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2204
0160-3876
0160-3876
0160-3876
1901-0040
1901-0040
1200-0448
9100 1622
9100-1620
1854-0071
1853-0020
1853-0020
1854-0071
1854-0071
1
1
6
2
2
1
4
4
1
Description
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-20% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .47UF +- 80-20% 25WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF +- 10% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 51PF +- 5% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 1UF +-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF+-10% 20VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF + 2% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF10% 20VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 10WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80%20% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 100PF +-5%300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 47PF +-20% 200WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 47PF +-20% 200WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 47PF+ -20% 200WVDC CER
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS D0-35
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS D0-35
SOCKET-IC 1-CONT DIP-SLDR-TERMS
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 24UH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 15UH 10
TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300MW FT=200MHZ
TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD=300MW FT=150MHZ
TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD=300MW FT=150MFZ
TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300MW FT=200MHZ
TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300MW FT=200MHZ
TRANSISTOR J-FET N-CHAN D-MODE SI
TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD=300MW FT=150MHZ
TRANSISTCR NPN SI PD=300MW FT=200MHZ
TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300MW FT=200MHZ
TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300MW FT=200MHZ
TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300MW FT=200MHZ
TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300MW FT=200MHZ
TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD=300MW FT=150MHZ
TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300MW FT=200MHZ
TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300MW FT=200MHZ
TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD=300MW FT=150MHZ
TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD=300MW FT=150MHZ
TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300MW FT=200MHZ
RESISTOR 196 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1.33K 2% .05W F TC=0+ 100
RESISTOR 1.33K 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 2.61K 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 2.61K 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 51.1K 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 51.1K 2% 05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 820K 5% .25W FC TC=-800/+900
RESISTOR 820K 5% .25W FC TC=-800/+900
RESISTOR 19.6K 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 31.6K 2% 05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 51.1K 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 19.6K 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 100K 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 100K 2% 05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 51.1K 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 147K 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 51.1K 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 100K 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 196K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 6.81K 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 8.25K 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 14.7K 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1.96K 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 511 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
See introduction for ordering information
6-14
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Mfr Part Number
1855-0062
1853-0020
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1853-0020
1854-0071
1854-0071
1853-0020
1853-0020
1854-0071
C4-1/8 TO-1962-F
C4-1/8-TO-5111-F
C3-1/8-TO-5111-G
C3-1/8-TO-5111-G
C3-1/8-TO-1331-G
C3-1/8-TO-1331-G
C3-1/8-TO-2611-G
C3-1/8-TO-2611-G
C3-1/8-TO-5112-G
C3-1/8-TO-5112-G
C88245
C88245
C3-1/8-TO-1962-G
C3-1/8-TO-3162-G
C3-1/8-TO-5112-G
C3-1/8-TO-1962-G
C3-1/8-TO-0033-G
C3-1/8-TO-1003-G
C3-1/8-TO-5112-G
C3-1/8-TO-1473-G
C3-1/8-TO-5111-G
C3-1/8-TO-5111-G
C3-1/8-TO-5112-G
C3-1/8-TO-1002-G
C3-1/8-TO-1003G
C3-1/8-TO-1963-F
C3-1/8-TO-1002-G
C3-1/8-TO-1002-G
C3-1/8-TO-6811-G
C3-1/8-TO-8251-G
C3-1/8-TO-1002-G
C3-1/8-TO-1002-G
C3-1/8-TO-1472-G
C3-1/8-TO-1961-G
C3-1/8-TO-511R-G
0160-3879
0160-0174
0160-3094
0160-2201
150D105X9035A2
150D225X9020A2
0160-3879
150D225X9020A2
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160 2055
RDM1SF101J3C
0160- 3876
0160-3876
0160-3876
1901-0040
1901-0040
1938-4G1
15/242
15/152
1854-0071
1853-0020
1853-0020
1854-0071
1854-0071
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
284e0
28480
28480
28480
28480
16299
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
01121
01121
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
16299
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
28480
28480
27264
24226
24226
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
56289
56289
28480
56289
28480
28480
28480
93790
28480
28480
28480
Model 8640B
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
Reference
Designation
A8A2S1A
A8A2S1B
A8A2S1C
A8A2P1
A8A2P2
A8A2P3
A8A2P4
A8A2P5
A8A2P6
A8A2U1
A8A2U2
A8A2U3
A8A2U4
A8A2U5
A8A2U6
A8A2U7
A8A2U8
A8A2U9
A8A2U10
A8A2U11
A8A2U12
A8A2U13
A8A2U14
A8A2U15
A8A2U16
A8A2U17
A8A2U18
A8A2U19
A8A2U20
A8A2U21
A8A2U22
A8A2U23
A8A2U24
A8A2U25
A8A2U26
A8A2U27
A8A2U28
A8A2U29
A8A2VR1
A8A2VR2
A8A2R36
A8A2R37
A8A2R38
A8A2R39
A8A2R40
A8A2R41
A8A2R42
A8A2R43
A8A2R44
A8A2R45
A8A2R46
A8A2R47
A8A2R48
A8A2R49
A8A2R50
A8A2R51
A8A2R52
A8A2R53
A8A2R54
A8A2R55
A8A2R56
A8A2R57
A8A3
A8A3C1
A8A3C2
A8A3C3
A8A3C4
A8A3C6
A8A3C7
A8A3C8
A8A3C9
A8A3C10
HP Part
Number
0757-0442
0757-0416
0698-3442
0757-0442
0757-0279
0757-0442
0698-0083
0698-0083
0698-0083
0757-0416
0757-0416
0698 7229
0757-0280
0698-7248
0698-7248
0698-7229
0698-7229
0698-7236
0811-1662
0698-7219
3101-1729
0360 1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
1820-0077
1820-0054
1820-0054
1820-0174
1820-0077
1820-0328
1820-0701
1820-0701
1820-0701
1820-0701
1820-0701
1820-0701
1820-0511
1820-0205
1820-0054
1820-0054
1820-0511
1820-0511
1820-0546
1820-0546
1820-0546
1820-0546
1820-0546
1820-0546
1820-0328
1820-0077
1820-0205
1820-0546
1826-0092
1902-3070
1902-3182
08640-60026
0160-3094
0160-3094
0160-3094
0160-3094
0160-3094
0160-3094
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
Qty
1
5
4
2
2
6
1
1
1
1
3
1
2
7
†SEE TABLES 7-1 AND 7-2, FOR BACKDATING.
Description
RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 511 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 237 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 3.16K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1.96K 1% 125W F TC=0+-I00
RESISTOR 1.96K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1.96K 1% .125W F TC=0+100
RESISTOR 511 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
NOT ASSIGNED
RESISTOR 511 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
NOT ASSIGNED
RESISTOR 511 2% 05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 3.16K 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 3.16K 2% 05W F TC=0+100
RESISTOR 511 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 511 2%.05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1K 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR .47 5% 2W PW TC=0+-800
RESISTOR 196 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
SWITCH-P8 15MM C-C SPACING
NSR P/O A8A2S1A
NSR P/O A8A2S1A
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TFRMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
IC SN74 74 N FLIP-FLOP
IC SN74 00 N GATE
IC SN74 00 N GATE
IC SN74 04 N INV
IC SN74 74 N FLIP-FLOP
IC SN74 02 N GATE
IC LATCH
IC LATCH
IC LATCH
IC LATCH
IC LATCH
IC LATCH
IC SN74 08 N GATE
IC MC 3003P GATE
IC SNT4 00 N GATE
IC SN74 00 N GATE
IC SN74 08 N GATE
IC SN74 08 N GATE
IC SN74 192 N COUNTER
IC SN74 192 N COUNTER
IC SN74 192 N COUNTER
IC SN74 192 N COUNTER
IC SN74 192 N COUNTER
IC SN74 192 N COUNTER
IC SN74 02 N GATE
IC SN74 74 N FLIP-FLOP
IC MC 3003P GATE
IC SN74 192 N COUNTER
IC MC 1458 OP AMP
DIODE-ZNR 4.22V 5 D0-7 PD=.4W TC=-.038%
DIODE-ZNR 12Z.V 52 D0-7 PD=.4W TC=+.064%
TIME BASE ASSY
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF +- 10% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF +- 10% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF +- 10% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF +- 10% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF +- 10% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF +- 10% 100WVDC CER
NOT ASSIGNED
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100WVDC CER
See introduction for ordering information
6-15
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Mfr
Code
24546
24546
16299
24546
24546
24546
16299
16299
16299
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
75042
24546
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
07263
07263
07263
07263
07263
07263
01295
04713
01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
04713
01295
28480
04713
04713
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
SN7474N
SN7400N
SN7400N
SN7404N
SN7474N
SN7402N
93L14DC
93L14DC
93L14DC
93L14DC
93L14DC
93L14DC
SN7408N
MC3003P
SN7400N
SN7400N
SN7408N
SN7408N
SN74192N
SN74192N
SN74192N
SN74192N
SN74192N
SN74192N
SN7402N
SN7474N
MC3003P
SN74192N
1826-0092
SZ 10939-74
SZ 10939-206
08640-60026
0160-3094
0160-3094
0160-3094
0160-3094
0160-3094
0160-3094
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
Mfr Part Number
C4-1/8-TO-1002-F
C4-1/8-TO-511R-F
C4-1/8-TO-237R-F
C4-1/8-TO-1002-F
C4-1/8-TO-3161-F
C4-1/8-TO-1002-F
C4-1/8-TO-1961-F
C4-1/8-TO-1961-F
C4-1/8-TO-1961-F
C4-1/8-TO-511R-F
C4-1/8-TO-511R-F
C3-1/8-TO-511R-G
C4-1/8-TO-1001-F
C3-1/8-TO-3161-G
C3-1/8-TO-31611G
C3-1/8-TO-511R-G
C3-1/8-TO-511R-G
C3-1/8 TO-1001-G
BWH2-47/100-J
C3-1/8-TO-196R-G
3101-1729
Model 8640B
Reference
Designation
A8A3C31
A8A3C32
A8A3C33
A8A3C34
A8A3C35
A8A3C36
A8A3C37
A8A3C38
A8A3C39
A8A3C40
A8A3CR1
A8A3J1
A8A3L1
A8A3L2
A8A3L3
A8A3L4
A8A3L5
A8A3L6
A8A3L7
A8A3L8
A8A3L9
A8A3L10
A8A3L11
A8A3L12
A8A3L13
A8A3L14
A8A3MP1
A8A3MP2
A8A3MP3
A8A3MP4
A8A3MP5
A8A3Q1
A8A3Q2
A8A3R1
A8A3R2
A8A3R3
A8A3R4
A8A3R5
A8A3R6
A8A3R7
A8A3R8
A8A3R9
A8A3R10‡
A8A3R11
A8A3R12
A8A3R13
A8A3R14
A8A3R15
A8A3R16
A8A3R17
A8A3R18‡
A8A3R19
A8A3R20
A8A3C11
A8A3C12
A8A3C13
A8A3C14
A8A3C15
A8A3C16
A8A3C17
A8A3C18
A8A3C19
A8A3C20
A8A3C21
A8A3C22
A8A3C23
A8A3C24
A8A3C25
A8A3C26
A8A3C27
A8A3C28
A8A3C29
A8A3C30
‡ SEE NOTE, CHANGE 33, SECTION 7
HP Part
Number
0180-0197
0160-3094
0160-2055
0180-0197
0180-0197
0180-0197
0180-0197
0160-2055
0180-0197
0160-3456
1901-0040
1250-1383
9140-0137
9140-0137
9140-0137
9140-0137
9140-0137
9140-0137
9140-0137
9140-0137
9140-0137
08640-80001
9140-0137
08640-80001
08640-80001
08640-80001
2190-0003
2200-0155
2260-0001
08640-20211
08640-40040
1854-0019
1854-0019
0698-3155
0757-0274
0757-0442
0757-0438
0698-7229
0757-0416
0757-0442
0757-0442
0698-0085
0698-0083
0757-0416
0757-0416
0757-0438
0757-0438
0757-0438
0757-0438
0698-0083
0757-0399
0698-3437
0698-3160
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-3094
0160-3879
0160-2055
0160-3094
0160-2055
0160-3879
0160-3879
0160-3877
0160-3877
0160-3457
0160-3456
0160-3094
0160-2055
0180-0197
0180-0197
0180-0197
0180-0197
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
2
1
1
1
Qty
1
1
10
8
2
3
Description
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF+- 10% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-20% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 10WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF +-10% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100HOWVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-20% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-20% 100VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 10PF +-20% 2000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 100PF +-20% 200VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 2000PF +-10% 250WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +- 01%100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF +-10% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-80-201 100VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF+-10 20VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF+-10 20VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF+-10 20VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF+-10 20VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF+-10 20VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF+-100VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-80-20 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF+-10% 20VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF+-10% 20VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF+- 10 20VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF+- 101 20VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD .01 UF +- 80-20% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF+-10% 20VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 1000WVDC CER
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50HA 2NS DO-35
CONNECTOR-REF SM SNP M SGL HOLE RR
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 1MH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 1MH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 1MH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 1MH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 1MH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 1MH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 1MH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 1MH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 1MH 5%
FILTER, TOROID
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 1MH 5%
FILTER, TOROID
FILTER, TOROID
FILTER, TOROID
WASHER-LK HLCL NO.-4 .115-IN-IC
SCREW-MACH 4-40 1-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI
NUT-HEX-OBL-CHAM 4-40-THD .094-THK
GUIDE, CONNECTOR
INSULATOR SWITCH
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW
RESISTOR 4.64K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1.21K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 511 2%.05H F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 511 1% .125W F TC=+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1% 125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 2.61K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1.96K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 511 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 511 1% .125W F TC=+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1.96K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 82.5 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 133 1%.125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 31.6K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
See introduction for ordering information
6-16
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Mfr Part Number
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-3094
0160-3879
0160-2055
0160-3094
0160-2055
0160-3879
0160-3879
0160-3877
0160-3877
0160-3457
0160-3456
0160-3094
0160-2055
1500225X9020A2
1500225X9020A2
1500225X9020A2
1500225X9020A2
1500225X9020A2
0160-3094
0160-2055
1500225X9020A2
1500225X9020A2
1500225X9020A2
1500225X9020A2
0160-2055
1500225X9020A2
0160-3456
1901-0040
1250-1383
19/104
19/104
19/104
19/104
19/104
19/104
19/104
19/104
19/104
08640-80001
19/104
08640-80001
08640-80001
08640-80001
2190-0003
2200-0155
2260-0001
08640-20211
08640-40040
1854-0019
1854-0019
C4-1/8-TO-4641-F
C4-1/8-TO-1213-F
C4-1/8-TO-1002-F
C4-1/8-TO-5111-F
C3-1/8-TO-511R-G
C4-1/8-TO-511R-F
C4-1/8-TO-1002-F
C4-1/8-TO-1002-F
C4-1/8-TO-2611-F
C4-1/8-TO-1961-F
C4-1/8-TO-511R-F
C4-1/8-TO-511R-F
C4-1/8-TO-5111-F
C4-1/8-TO-5111-F
C4-1/8-TO-5111-F
C4-1/8-TO-5111-F
C4-1/8-TO-1961-F
C4-1/8-TO-82R5-F
C4-1/8-TO-133R-F
C4-1/8-TO-3162-F
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
24226
24226
24226
24226
24226
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
16299
24546
16299
16299
28480
28480
16299
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
16299
16299
24226
24226
24226
24226
28480
24226
28480
28480
28480
56289
28480
28480
56289
56289
56289
56289
28480
56289
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
56289
56289
56289
56289
Model 8640B
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
Reference
Designation
A8A3VR1
A8A3XA5
A8A3Y1
A8A4
A8A4DS1
A8A4DS2
A8A4J1
A8A4J1
A8A4MP1
A8A4MP2
A8A4MP3
A8A4P1A
A8A4P1B
A8A4Q1
A8A3R21
A8A3R22
A8A3R23
A8A3S1A
A8A3S1B
A8A3S1C
A8A3TP1
A8A3U1
A8A3U2
A8A3U3
A8A3U4
A8A3U5
A8A3U6
A8A3U7
A8A3U8
A8A3U9
A8A3U10
A8A3U11
A8A3U12
A8A3U13
A8A3U14
A8A3U15
A8A3U16‡
A8A3U17 ‡
A8A4R1
A8A4R2
A8A4R3†
A8A4R4 †
A8A4R5 †
A8A4XDS1A
A8A4XDS1B
A8A5
A8A5XA8A2
A9
A9C1
A9C2
A9C3
A9C4
A9C5
A9MP1†
A9MP2
A9MP3
A9MP4
A9MP5
A9MP6
A9MP7
A9MP8
A9MP9
A9MP10
HP Part
Number
0698-3444
0757-0280
0698-3440
3101 1730
0360-1514
1820-0054
1820-0077
1820-0368
1820-0511
1820-0661
1820-0661
1820-0174
1820 0054
1820-0054
1820-1490
1820-1490
1820-0055
1820-1429
1820-1429
1820-1429
1820-1490
1820-1490
1902-3203
1251-2035
1813-0006
08640-60025
2140-0356
2140-0016
1200-0471
1200-0472
03431-01201
03431-01201
03431-01201
1260-0363
1260-0364
1854-0071
2100-0647
2100-1738
0698-7277
0698-7276
1251-2194
1251-2194
08640-60028
1251-2035
08640-60117
0140-0191
0140-0191
0140-0191
0140-0191
0140-0191
0510-0052
1430-0759
1430-0772
1430-0773
1430= 0774
3050-0099
5040-0218
08640-00019
08640-40039
08640-40045
Qty
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
6
1
4
1
3
1
5
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Description
RESISTOR 316 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 196 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
SWITCH-PB 15PM C-C SPACING
(INCLUDES A8A3S1A,B.C)
NSR P/O A8A3S1A
NSR P/O A8A3S1A
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
IC SN74 00 N GATE
IC SN74 74 N FLIP-FLOP
IC SN74 96 N RGTR
IC SN74 08 N GATE
IC SN74 32 N GATE
IC SN74 32 N GATE
IC SNT4 04 N INV
IC SN74 00 N GATE
IC SN74 00 N GATE
IC SN74LS 90 N COUNTER
IC SN74LS 90 N COUNTER
IC SN74 90 N COUNTER
IC SN74LS160 N COUNTER
IC SN74LS160 N COUNTER
IC SN74LS160 N COUNTER
IC SN74LS 90 N COUNTER
IC SN74LS 90 N COUNTER
DIODE-ZNR 14.7V 5T D0-7 PD=.4W TC=+.057%
CONNECTOR-PC EDGE 15-CONT/ROW 2.ROWS
CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
COUNTER/DISPLAY ASSY
LAMP-INCAND 7683 5VDC 60NA T-1-BULB
LAMP-INCAND T-1 BULB 5V
CONTACT:8-PIN, IC
SOCKET:40-PIN, IC
BRACKET, MOUNTING
BRACKET, MOUNTING
BRACKET, MOUNTING
CONNECTOR:11 PIN
CONNECTOR:25 PIN
TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300MW FT=200MHZ
RESISTOR-VAR W/SW 5K 20% SPST-NO
RESISTOR-TRMR 10K 10 % TOP-ADJ 1ITURN
RESISTOR 51.1K 2%.05W F TC=0+-100
NOT ASSIGNED
RESISTOR 46.4K 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
CONNECTOR SGL CONT SKT .021-DIA
CONNECTOR-SGL CONT SKT .021-DIA
RISER ASSY
CONNECTOR-PC EDGE 15-CONT/ROW 2-ROWS
PEAK DEVIATION C RANGE SWITCH ASSY
CAPACITOR-FXD 56PF +- 5% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 56PF +- 5% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 56PF +- 5% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 56PF +- 5% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 56PF +- 5% 300WVDC MICA
RETAINER-RING .125-DIA CD PL STL
GEAR SPUR
GEAR:PLANET
GEAR:COMBINATION
GEAR:COMBINATION
WASHER-FL MTLC NO.12 .25-IN-IC .5-IN-OD
COUPLER:SWITCH SHAFT
SUPPORT, SWITCH
SHAFT, ADJUSTABLE
SHAFT, SWITCH, AF BAND
See introduction for ordering information
†SEE TABLES 7-1 AND 7-2, FOR BACKDATING. ‡ SEE NOTE, CHANGE 33, SECTION 7.
6-17
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Mfr
Code
16299
24546
16299
28480
Mfr Part Number
C4-1/8-TO-316R-F
C4-1/8-TO-1001-F
C4-1/8-TO-196R-F
3101-1730
0360-1514
SN7400N
SN7474N
SN7496N
SN7408N
SN7432N
SN7432N
SN7404N
SN7400N
SN7400N
SN74LS90N
SN74LS90N
SN7490N
SN74LS160N
SN74LS160N
SN74LS160N
SN74LS90N
SN74LS90N
SZ 10939-230
252-15-30-300
1813-0006
08640-60025
CM7-7683
11-AS25
1200-0471
1200-0472
03431-01201
03431-01201
03431-01201
1260-0363
1260-0364
1854-0071
2100-0647
ET50W103
C3-1/8-TO-5112-G
C3-1/8-TO-4642-G
3-331272-0
3-331272-0
08640-60028
252-15-30-300
08640-60117
DM15E560J0300WV1CR
DM15ES60J0300WV1CR
DM15E560J0300WV1CR
DM15E560J0300WV1CR
DM15E560J0300WV1CR
7100-12-CD
1430-0759
1430-0772
1430-0773
1430-0774
3050-0099
5040-0218
08640-00019
08640-40039
08640-40045
28480
01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
04713
71785
28480
28480
71744
00501
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
30983
24546
24546
00779
00779
28480
71785
28480
72136
72136
72136
72136
72136
97464
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
Model 8640B
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
Reference
Designation
A9W1†
A10MP1
A10MP2
A10MP3
A10MP4
A10MP5
A10MP6
A10MP7
A10MP8
A10MP9
A10MP10
A10MP11
A10MP12
A10MP13
A10MP14
A10MP15
A10MP16
A10MP17
A10MP18
A10MP19
A10A1
A10C1
A10A1C2
A10A1C3
A10A1C4
A10A1C5
A10A1C6
A10A1C7
A10A1C8
A10A1C9
A10A1C10
A10A1C11
A10A1C12
A10A1C13
A10A1C14
A10A1C15
A10A1C16
A10A1C17
A10A1C18
A10A1C19
A10A1C20
A9P1
A9R1
A9R2
A9R3
A9R4
A9R5
A9R6
A9R7
A9R8
A9R9
A9R10
A9R11
A9R12
A9R13
A9R14
A9R15
A9R16
A9R17
A9R18
A9R19
A9R20
A9R21
A9R22
A9R23
A9R24
A9R25
A9R26
A9R27
A9R28
A9R29
A9R30
A9R31
HP Part
Number
08640-60105
0403-0156
0403-0157
0403-0158
8160-0226
08640-00047
08640-00048
08640 00049
08640-00050
08640-20268
08640-20269
2190-0003
2200-0101
2200-0121
2200-0147
2200-0127
2190-0124
2950-0078
2200-0129
0361-1071
08640-60204
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
0140-0219
0140-0226
0140-0226
0140-0220
0140-0195
0140-0220
0140-0220
0140-0195
0140-0150
0160-3940
0160-2587
0160-4217
1251-2799
2100-3262
0698-4014
0757-0280
0757-0278
0757-0274
0757-0416
0698-0082
0757-0280
0698-8211
0757-0280
0698-8212
0698-5669
0698-8213
0698-5669
0698-8213
0698-5669
0698-8213
0698-5669
0698-8213
0698-5669
0698-5669
0698-8299
0698-8298
0698-8297
0757-0398
0698-8296
0757-0399
0698-8295
0757-0400
0757-0400
08640-60107
3
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
4
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
Qty
1
1
1
†SEE TABLES 7-1 AND 7-2, FOR BACKDATING.
Description
CONNECTOR-PC EDGE 15-CONT/ROW 2-RDWS
RESISTOR-VAR 2.5K 10T C
RESISTOR 787 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
NOT ASSIGNED
RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1.78K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1.21K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 511 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 464 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 2K .2% 25W F TC=0+-25
RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 6K .25% .125W F TC=0+-25
RESISTOR 1.SK .25% .125W F TC=0+-25
RESISTOR 3K .25% .125W F TC=0+-25
RESISTOR 1.5K .25% .125W F TC=0+-25
RESISTOR 3K .25% .125W F TC=0+-25
RESISTOR 1.5K .25% .125W F TC=0+-25
RESISTOR 3K .25% .125W F TC=0+-25
RESISTOR 1.5K .25% .125W F TC=0+-25
RESISTOR 3K .25% .125W F TC=0+-25
RESISTOR 1.5K .25% .125W F TC=0+-25
RESISTOR 1.5K .25% .125W F TC=0+-25
RESISTOR 4.259K .25% .125W F TC=0+-25
RESISTOR 1.071K .25% .125W F TC=0+-25
RESISTOR 1.284K .25% .125W F TC=0+-25
RESISTOR 75 1% .125W F TC=0+=100
RESISTOR 1.493K .252 .125W F TC=0+-25
RESISTOR 82.5 1%.125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1.556K .252 .125W F TC=0+-25
RESISTOR 90.9 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 90.9 12 .125W F TC=0+-100
CABLE ASSY,PEAK DEVIATION
DIVIDER/FILTER ASSY
GUIDE-PC BD YEL POLYC .062-BD-THKNS 1-LG
GUIDE-PC BD GRN POLYC .062-BD-THKNS 1-LG
GUIDE-PC BD BLU POLYC .062-BD-THKNS 1-LG
RFI ROUND STRIP NI ALY .062-0D
SHIELD, SPRING #1
SHIELD, SPRING #2
SHIELD, SPRING 13
SHIELD, SPRING 14
CAST,TOP COVER, D/F
CAST, CENTER, O/F
WASHER-LK HLCL NO.-4 .115-INCI
SCREW-MACH 440 .188-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI
SCREW-MACH 4-40 1.125-IN-LG PAN-HD-DPOZI
SCREW-MACH 4-40 .5-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI
SCREW-MACH 4-40 1.75-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI
WASHER-LK INTL T NO.-10 .195-IN ID
NUT-HEX-DBL-CHAM 10-32-THO .067-THK
SCREW-MACH 4-40 2-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI
RIVET:BLIND, DCME HD 0.125" DIA
RF FILTER ASSY
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100WVDC, CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 180PF +-2% 30WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 320PF +-1% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 320PF +-1% 300WDVC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 200PF +-1% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 130PF +-5% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 200PF +-1% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 200PF +-1% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 130PF +-5% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 731.5PF +-1% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 3200PF +-1% 100WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 4000PF +-1% 100WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 3900PF +-1 %500WVDC MICA
See introduction for ordering information
6-18
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Mfr Part Number
251-15-30-400
550
C4-1/8-TO-787R-F
C4-1/8-TO-1001-F
C4-1/8-TO-1781-F
C4-1/8-TO-1213-F
C4-1/8-TO-511R-F
C4-1/8-TO-4640-F
C4-1/3-TO-1001-F
MF52C1/4 T9-2001-C
C4-1/8-TO-1001-F
MF4C1/4-T9-6001-C
NE55
MF4C1/4-T9-3001-C
NE55
MF4C1/4-T9-3001-C
NE55
MFC1/4-T9-3001-C
NE55
MFC1/4-T9-3001-C
NE55
NE55
MF4C1/8-T9-4259R=C
MF4C1/8-T9-1071R-C
MF4C1/8-T9-1284R-C
C4-1/8-TO-75R0-F
MF4C1/8-T9-1493R-C
C4-1/8-TO-82R5-F
MF4C1/8-T9-1556R-C
C4-1/8-TO-90R-F
C4-1/8-TO-90R9-F
08640-60107
08640-60105
0403-0156
0403-0157
0403-0158
8160-0226
08640-00047
08640-00048
08640-00049
08640-00050
08640-20268
08640-20269
2190-0003
2200-0101
2200-0121
2200-0147
2200-0127
LW101-30
HN100-11
2200-0129
AAP-4-3
08640-60204
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
DM15F181G0300WV1CR
DM15F321F0300WV1C
DM15F321F0300WV1C
DM15F201F0300WV1CR
DM15F131J0300WV1CR
DM15F201F0300WV1CR
DM15F201F0300WV1CR
DM15F131J0300WV1CR
DM15F731R5F0300WV1CR
0160-3940
0160-2587
0160-4217
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
24931
24931
28480
11815
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
72136
72136
72136
72136
72136
72136
72136
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
72136
72136
71785
71450
16299
24546
24546
24546
24546
16299
24546
19701
24546
19701
24546
19701
24546
19701
24546
19701
24546
19701
24546
24546
19701
19701
19701
24546
19701
24546
19701
24546
24546
28480
Model 8640B
Reference
Designation
A10A1C81
A10A1C82
A10A1C83
A10A1C84
A10A1C85
A10A1C86
A10A1C87
A10A1C88
A10A1C89
A10A1C90
A10A1C91
A10A1FL1
A10A1FL2
A10A1FL3
A10A1C56
A10A1C57
A10A1C58
A10A1C59
A10A1C60
A10A1C61
A10A1C62
A10A1C63
A10A1C64
A10A1C65
A10A1C66
A10A1C67
A10A1C68
A10A1C69
A10A1C70
A10A1C71
A10A1C72
A10A1C73
A10A1C74
A10A1C75
A10A1C76
A10A1C77
A10A1C78
A10A1C79
A10A1C80
A10A1C21
A10A1C22
A10A1C23
A10A1C24
A10A1C25
A10A1C26
A10A1C27
A10A1C28
A10A1C29
A10A1C30
A10A1C31
A10A1C32
A10A1C33
A10A1C34
A10A1C35
A10A1C36
A10A1C37
A10A1C38
A10A1C39
A10A1C40
A10A1C41
A10A1C42
A10A1C43
A10A1C44
A10A1C45
A10A1C46
A10A1C47
A10A1C48
A10A1C49
A10A1C50
A10A1C51
A10A1C52
A10A1C53
A10A1C54
A10A1C55
HP Part
Number
0121-0060
0121-0061
0121-0061
0121-0060
0160-0174
0180-0197
0160-0174
0180-0197
0160-0174
0180-0197
0160-2055
0160-0204
0160-0204
0160-0204
0160-0974
0160-2201
0160-2306
0160-2201
0160-2201
0160-2199
0160-0335
0140-0177
0140-0234
0140-0233
0160-3934
0160-2537
0160-3046
0160-2265
0140-0190
0140-0190
0160-2266
0160-2260
0160-2266
0160-2266
0160-2262
0160-2257
0160-2263
0160-2263
0160-2257
0160-2276
0140-0172
0160-2585
0160-2537
0160-0341
0160-0341
0140-0200
0140-0199
0160-0939
0160-0939
0140-0199
0160-2537
0160-3092
0160-2585
0160-3937
0160-3939
0160-3938
0160-2387
0160-0335
0160-2206
0160-2206
0160-2204
0140-0205
0160-0839
0160-0839
0140-0205
0140-0219
0160-0342
0160-2387
0160-3935
0160-3936
0140-0150
0140-0234
0160-2307
0160-0974
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
3
1
1
2
Qty
2
3
1
1
2
1
Description
CAPACITOR-FXD 2780PF +-2% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 3000PF +-1% 100WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 2000PF +-1% 100WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 360PF +-1% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 640PF +1% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 640PF +-1% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 390PF +-5% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 240PF +-5% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 430PF +-5% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 430PF +-5% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 240PF +-5% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 360PF +-1% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 1600PF +-1% 100WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 2000PF +-1% 100WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 1916PF +-1% 100WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 1400PF +-1%100 WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 1470PF +-1% 100WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-1% 500WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 91PF +-1% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 160PF +-5% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOP-FXD 160PF +-5% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 100PF +-5% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 62PF +-5% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 110PF +-1% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 110PF +-1% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 62PF +-5% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 180PF +-5% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 800PF +-1% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-1% 500WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 958PF +- 100WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 700PF +-1% 100WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 731.5PF +-1% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 500PF +-1% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 47PF +-5% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 80PF +-2% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 80PF +-2% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 51PF +-5% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 27PF +-5% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 51PF +-5% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 51PF +-5% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 30PF +-5% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 91PF +-1% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 400PF +-1% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 500PF +-1%300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 480PF +-1% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 350PF +-1% 100WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 360PF +-1% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 250PF +-1% 100WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 22PF +-5% 500WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 39PF +-5% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 39PF +-5% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 24PF +-5% 500WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 13PF +-5% 500WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 24PF +-5% 500WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 24PF +-5% 500WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 16PF +-5% 500WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 10PF +-5% 500WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 18PF +-5% 500WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 18PF +-5% 500WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 10PF +-5% 500WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-V TRMR-CER 2/8PF 350V PC-MTG
CAPACITOR-V TRMR-CFR 5.5/18PF 350V
CAPACITOR-V TRMR-CER 5.5/18PF 350V
CAPACITOR-V TPMR-CER 2/8PF 350V PC-MTG
CAPACITOR-FXD .47UF +80-203 25WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF +-10 20VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD .47UF +-80-20% 25WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF +-10% 20VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD .47UF +-80-20% 25WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF +-10 %VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-80-20%100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FLTR 5500PF GMV 200V
CAPACITOR-FLTR 5500PF GMV 200V
CAPACITOR-FLTR 5500PF GMV 200V
See introduction for ordering information
6-19
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Mfr Part Number
0160-0974
0160-2201
0160-2306
0160-2201
0160-2201
0160-2199
0160-0335
DM15F401F0300WV1CR
DM15F501F0300WV1C
DM15F481F0300WV1C
0160-3934
0160-2537
0160-3046
0160-2265
DM15E390J0300WV1CR
DM15E390J0300WV1CR
0160-2266
0160-2260
0160-2266
0160-2266
0160-2262
0160-2257
0160-2263
0160-2263
0160-2257
304322 218PF NPO
304322 5.5/18PF NPO
304322 5.5/18PF NPO
304322 2/8PF NPO
0160-0174
150D225X9020A2
0160-0174
1500225X9020A2
0160-0174
1500225X9020A2
0160-2055
SMFB-AZ
SMFB-AZ
SMFB-AZ
0160-2276
DM19F302F0100WV1CR
0160-2585
0160-2537
0160-0341
0160-0341
0391J0300WV1CR
DM15F241J0300WV1CR
0160-0939
0160-0939
DM15F241J0300WV1CR
0160-2537
0160-3092
0160-2585
0160-3937
0160-3939
0160-3938
0160-2387
0160-0335
0160-2206
0160-2206
DM15F101J3C
DM15E620J0300WV1CR
0160-0839
0160-0839
DM15E620J0300WV1CR
DM15F181G0300WV1CR
0160-0342
0160-2387
0160-3935
0160-3936
DM15F731R5F0300WV1CR
DM15F501F0300WV1CR
0160-2307
0160-0974
Mfr
Code
0086S
0086S
0086S
0086S
28480
56289
28480
56289
28480
56289
28480
01121
01121
01121
28480
28480
28480
28480
72136
72136
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
72136
72136
72136
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
72136
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
72136
28480
28480
28480
28480
72136
72136
28480
28480
28480
93790
72136
28480
28480
72136
72136
28480
28480
28480
28480
72136
72136
28480
28480
Model 8640B
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
HP Part
Number
1250-1220
1250-1220
1250-1220
1250-1220
0490-1073
0490-1073
0490-1073
0490-1073
9100-3375
9100-3365
9100-3375
9100-3361
9100-3362
9100-3361
9100-3364
9100-3374
9100-3363
9100-3369
9100-3370
9100-3369
9100-3368
9100-3367
9100-3368
9100-3374
9100-3372
9100-3373
9100-3359
9100-3360
9100-3359
9100-3357
9100-3358
9100-3357
9100-3372
9100-3370
9100-3371
9100-3355
9100-3356
9100-3355
9100-3513
9100-3513
9100-3513
9100-3370
9100-3365
9100-3366
9100-3512
9100-3512
9100-3512
9100-3514
9100-3514
9100-3514
9100-3514
9100-3514
9100-3514
Reference
Designation
A10A1J1
A10A1J2
A10A1J3
A10A1J4
A10A1K1
A10A1K2
A10A1K3
A10A1K4
A10A1L1
A10A1L2
A10A1L3
A10A1L4
A10A1L5
A10A1L6
A10A1L7
A10A1L8
A10A1L9
A10A1L10
A10A1L11
A10A1L12
A10A1L13
A10A1L14
A10A1L15
A10A1L16
A10A1L17
A10A1L18
A10A1L19
A10A1L20
A10A1L21
A10A1L22
A10A1L23
A10A1L24
A10A1L25
A10A1L26
A10A1L27
A10A1L28
A10A1L29
A10A1L30
A10A1L31
A10A1L32
A10A1L33
A10A1L34
A10A1L35
A10A1L36
A10A1L37
A10A1L38
A10A1L39
A10A1L40
A10A1L41
A10A1L42
A10A1L43
A10A1L44
A10A1L45
A10A1L46
A10A1L47
A10A1L48
A10A1L49
A10A1L50
A10A1L51
A10A1L52
A10A1L53
A10A1L54
A10A1MP1
A10A1MP2
A10A1MP3
A10A1MP4
A10A1MP5
A10A1MP6
A10A1MP7
A10A1MP8
A10A1MP9
A10A1MP10
A10A1MP11
A10A1MP12
A10A1MP16
A10A1MP14
A10A1MP15
9140-0144
9140-0144
08640-80001
08640-80001
08640-80001
08640-80001
1480-0352
08443-20003
08640-00029
08640-20082
08640-20083
08640-20200
08640-20214
08640-20219
08640-40004
08640-20064
2200-0105
08640-20133
3030-0007
2200-0145
08640-20206
Qty
3
2
1
1
2
1
Z
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
3
6
1
2
1
3
2
†SEE TABLES 7-1 AND 7-2, FOR BACKDATING.
Description
CONNECTOR-RF SMC N PC
CONNECTOR-RF SMC M PC
CONNECTOR-RF SMC M PC
CONNECTOR-RF SMC M PC
RELAY-RFED 1A 250MA 120VAC 4.5VDC-COIL
RELAY-RFED 1A 250MA 120VAC 4.5VDC-COIL
RELAY-RFED 1A 250MA 120VAC 4.5VDC-COIL
RELAY-RFED 1A 250MA 120VAC 4.5VDC-COIL
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE .462UH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE .5UH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE .462UH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE .3UH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE .323UH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE .3UH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 8UH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 4UH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 4.74UH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE .924UH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 1UH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE .924UH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE .6UH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE .646UH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE .6UH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 4UH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 2UH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 2.37UH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE .231UH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE .25UH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE .231UH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE .15UH 5s
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE .162UH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE .15UH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 2UH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 1UH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 1.18UH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE .115UH 5
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE .125UH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE .115UH 5
COIL-FXD NON-MOLDED RF CHOKE 7 5UH
COIL-FXD NON-MOLDED RF CHOKE 7 5UH
COIL-FXD NON-MOLDED RF CHOKE 7 5UH
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 1UH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE .5UH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE .592UH 5%
COIL-FXD NON-MOLDED RF CHOKE 50UH
COIL-FXD NON-MOLDED RF CHOKE 50UH
COIL-FXD NON-MOLDED RF CHOKE 50UH
COIL-FXD NON-MOLDED RF CHOKE 30UH
COIL-FXD NON-MOLDED RF CHOKE 30UH
COIL-FXD NON-MOLDED RF CHOKE 30UH
COIL-FXD NON-MOLDED RF CHOKE 30UH
COIL-FXD NON-MOLDED RF CHOKE 30UH
COIL-FXD NON-MOLDED RF CHOKE 30UH
PART OF ETCHED CIRCUIT BOARD
PART OF ETCHED CIRCUIT BOARD
PART OF ETCHED CIRCUIT BOARD
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 4.7UH 10%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 4.7UH 10%
FILTER, TOROID
FILTER, TOROID
FILTER, TOROID
FILTER, TOROID
PIN:DETENT 0.055 X 0.750- DIA
ROLLER, DETENT
SPRING, DETENT
SHAFT, CAM
SHAFT, CAN FOLL
CAST, BOTTOM COVER, D/F
BUSHING, CAM HOUSING
COVER, CAM
FOLLOWER, CAN
CAM, SLIDER
SCREWIMACH 4-40 .312-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI
SUPPORT, CLAMP
SCREW-SET 4-40 .125-IN-L SMALL CUP-PT
SCREW,-MACH 4-40 438-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI
RETAINER, SLIDER
See introduction for ordering information
6-20
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Mfr Part Number
50-051-0109
50-051-0109
50-051-0109
50-051-0109
0490-1073
0490-1073
0490-1073
0490-1073
9100-3375
AE-.500J-P
9100-3375
9100-3361
AD.323J-P
9100-3361
AH-B.00J-I
9100-3374
AK-4.74J-P
9100-3369
9100-3370
9100-3369
9100-3368
AC-.646J-P
9100-3368
9100-3374
9100-3372
9100-3373
AC-.231J-P
AC-.250J-P
AC-.231J-P
AC-.150J-P
AC-.162J-P
AC-.150J-P
9100-3372
9100-3370
9100-3371
AC-.105J-P
AC-.125J-P
AC-.115J-P
8123-2
8123-2
8123-2
9100-3370
AE-500J-P
AE-592J-P
8123-1
8123-1
8123-1
8123-3
8123-3
8123-3
8123-3
8123-3
8123-3
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
0004A
0004A
0004A
0004A
0004A
0004A
28480
28480
0004
28480
0004A
28480
28480
28480
28480
0004A
28480
28480
28480
0004A
0004A
0004A
24226
24226
24226
28480
0004A
0004A
24226
24226
24226
24226
24226
24228
24226
24226
24226
98291
98291
98291
98291
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
0004A
28480
28480
0004A
24226
24226
28480
28480
28480
28480
00000
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
10/471
10/471
08640-80001
08640-80001
08640-80001
08640-80001
1480-0352
08443-20003
08640-00029
08640-20082
08640-20083
08640-20200
08640-20214
08640-20219
08640-40004
08640-20064
2200-0105
08640-20133
3030-0007
2200-0145
08640-20206
Model 8640B
Reference
Designation
A10A1MP16
A10A1R1
A10A1R2
A10A1R3
A10A1R4
A10A1R5
A10A1R6
A10A1R7
A10A1R8
A10A1R9
A10A1S1
A10A1S2
A10A1S3
A10A1S4
A10A1S5
A10A1S6
A10A1W1
A10A1W2
A10A1W3
A10A1XA10A3A
A10A1XA10A3B
A10A2
A10A2C1
A10A2C2
A10A2C3
A10A2C4
A10A2C5
A10A2C6
A10A2C7
A10A2C8
A10A2C9
A10A2C10
A10A2C11
A10A2C12
A10A2C13
A10A2C14
A10A2C15
A10A2C16
A10A2C17
A10A2C18
A10A2C19
A10A2C20
A10A2C21
A10A2C22
A10A2C23
A10A2C24
A10A2C25
A10A2C26
A10A2C27
A10A2C28
A10A2C29
A10A2C30
A10A2C31
A10A2C32
A10A2C33
A10A2C34
A10A2C34
A10A2C36
A10A2C37
A10A2C38
A10A2C39
A10A2C40
A10A2C41
A10A2C42
A10A2C43
A10A2C44
A10A2C45
HP Part
Number
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-3456
0160-2055
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3456
0180-0100
0160-3456
0180-0100
0180-0197
0180-0374
0510-0015
0757-0346
0757-0346
0757-0346
0757-0346
0757-0346
0757-0346
0757-0346
0757-0346
0757-0346
0640 60106
3130-0480
08640-60106
3130-0480
08640 60106
3130-0480
08640-60106
3130-0480
08640-60106
3130-0480
08640-60106
3130-0480
8120-1830
8120-1832
8120-1831
1251-2035
1251-2026
08640-60023
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3456
0180-1743
0180-0374
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
0180-1743
0180-1743
0180-1743
0180-1743
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Table. 6-3. Replaceable Parts
Qty Description
6
6
1
4
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
10
RETAINER-RING .125-01A C0 PL STL
RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
SWITCH, SLIDE D/F
CONTACT:SWITCH
SWITCH. SLIDE D/F
CONTACT: SITCH
SWITCH, SLIDE D/F
CONTACT:SWITCH
SWITCH, SLIDE D/F
CONTACT:SWITCH
SWITCH, SLIDE D/F
CONTACT:SWITCH
SWITCH, SLIDE D/F
CONTACT:SWITCH
CABLE-COAX 50 OHM .086-0D
CABLE-COAX 50 OHM .086-0D
CABLE-COAX 50 OHM .086-0D
CONNECTOR-PC EDGE 15-CONT/ROW 2-ROWS
CONNECTOR-PC EDGE 18-CONT/ROW 2-ROWS
RF DIVIDER ASSY
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 1000WVDC CER
NOT ASSIGNED
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 1000VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 1000VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 4.7UF +-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 4.7UF +-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF +-10% 20VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 10UF +-10% 20VDC TA
NOT ASSIGNED
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF+-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 10UF+-10%VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR FXD .01UF +80-20% 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF +-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF +-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF +-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF +-10% 35VDC TA
See introduction to this section for ordering information.
6-21
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
71785
71785
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
0018A
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
56289
28480
56289
56289
56289
56289
56289
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
56289
56289
56289
56289
Mfr Part Number
150D104X9035A2
150D106X9020B2
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
150D104X9035A2
150D104X9035A2
150D104X9035A2
150D104X9035A2
1500-12-CD
C4-1/8=TO-10R0-F
C4-1/8=TO-10R0-F
C4-1/8=TO-10R0-F
C4-1/8=TO-10R0-F
C4-1/8=TO-10R0=F
C4-1/8=TO-10R0-F
C4-1/8=TO-10R0-F
C4-1/8=TO-10R0-F
C4-1/8=TO-10R0-F
08640=60106
3130-0480
08640-60106
3130-0480
08640-60106
3130-0480
08640-60106
3130-0480
08640-60106
3130-0480
08640-60106
3130-0480
8120-1830
8120-1832
8120-1831
252-15-30-300
252-18-30-300
08640-60023
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-3456
0160-2055
0160-3456
0160-3456
0160-3456
150D475X903582
0160-3456
150D475X9035B2
150D225X9020A2
150D106X902082
Model 8640B
HP Part
Number
0180 1743
0180-1743
0180-1743
0180-1743
0180-1743
0160-3456
0180-0197
1901-0025
1901-0025
1901-0025
1901-0025
1901-0025
1901-0025
1901-0025
1901-0025
1901-0025
0757-0438
0757-0984
0698-7194
0698-7223
0698-7223
0757-0398
0757-0984
0757-0438
0698-7224
0698-7219
0698-7190
0698-7227
0698-7227
0698-3437
0757-0399
0757-0984
0757-0438
0698-7224
0698-7219
0698-7190
0698-7227
0698-7227
0757-0399
0698-3437
0757-0984
9100 1620
9140-0096
9100-1612
9140-0094
9100-1615
9140-0098
9100-1618
9140-0114
9100-1620
9100-1620
9100-1628
9100-1620
9100-1620
9100-1628
1854-0071
1853-0034
1853-0034
1853-0034
1854-0345
0757-0394
0757 0394
0757-0394
0757-0984
0757-0438
0698-7194
0698-7223
0698-7223
0757-0394
0757-0984
0757-0438
0698-7194
0698-7223
0698-7223
0757-0394
Reference
Designation
A10A2L12
A10A2L13
A10A2L14
A10A2L15
A10A2L16
A10A2Q1
A10A2Q2
A10A2Q3
A10A2Q4
A10A2Q5
A10A2R1
A10A2R2
A10A2R3
A10A2R4
A10A2R5
A10A2R6
A10A2R7
A10A2R8
A10A2R9
A10A2R10
A10A2R11
A10A2R12
A10A2R13
A10A2R14
A10A2R15
A10A2C46
A10A2C47
A10A2C48
A10A2C49
A10A2C50
A10A2C51
A10A2C52
A10A2CR1
A10A2CR2
A10A2CR3
A10A2CR4
A10A2CR5
A10A2CR6
A10A2CR7
A10A2CR8
A1OA2CR9
A10A2L1
A10A2L2
A10A2L3
A10A2L4
A10A2L5
A10A2L6
A10A2L7
A10A2L8
A10A2L9
A10A2L10
A10A2L11
A10A2R16
A10A2R17
A10A2R18
A10A2R19
A10A2R20
A10A2R21
A10A2R22
A10A2R23
A10A2R24
A10A2R25
A10A2R26
A10A2R27
A10A2R28
A10A2R29
A10A2R30
A10A2R31
A10A2R32
A10A2R33
A10A2R34
A10A2R35
A10A2R36
A10A2R37
A1042R38
A10A2R39
A10A2R40
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Table. 6-3. Replaceable Parts
2
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
9
3
6
Qty
2
3
1
Description
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF+-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF+-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF+-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF+-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF+-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 1000WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF+-10% 20VDC TA
OIODE-GEN PRP 100V 200MA DO-7
DIODE-GEN PRP 100V 200MA DO-7
CIODE-GEN PRP 100V 200MA DO-7
OIODE-GEN PRP 100V 200MA DO-7
OIODE-GEN PRP 100V 200MA DO-7
OIODE-GEN PRP 100V 200MA DO-7
DIODE-GEN PRP 100V 200MA DO-7
DIODE-GEN PRP 100V 200MA DO-7
DIODE-GEN PRP 100V 200MA DO-7
PART OF ETCHED CIRCUIT BOARD
NOT ASSIGNED
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 15UH 10%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 1UH 10%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE .33UH 20%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE .68UH 10%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHCKE 1.2UH 10%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 2.2UH 10%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 5.6UH 10%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 10UH 10%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 15UH 10%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 15UH 10%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 43UH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 15UH 10%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 15UH 10%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 43UH 5%
TRANSISTOR NPN SI PDO300MW FT-200MHZ
TRANSISTOR PNP SI TO-18 PD=360MW
TRANSISTOR PNP SI TO-18 PD=360MW
TRANSISTOR PNP SI TO-18 PD=360MW
TRANSISTOR NPN 2N5179 SI TO-72 PD=200MM
RESISTOR 51.1 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 51.1 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 51.1 1% .125W F TC=0+100
RESISTOR 10 1% .5W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 17.8 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 287 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 287 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 51.1 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10 1%.5W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 17.8 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 287 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 287 2%: .OSW F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 51.1 1% .125W F TC-0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10 1% .5W F TC-0+-100
RESISTOR 17.8 2% .05W F TC=0+100
RESISTOR 287 2% .O5 F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 287 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 75 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10 1% .5W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 316 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 196 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 12.1 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 422 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 422 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 133 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 82.5 1% .125W F TC=0+=100
RESISTOR 10 1% .5W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 316 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 196 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 12.1 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 422 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 422 2% .05W F TC=0+100
RESISTOR 82.5 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 133 1% . .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10 1% .5W F TC0+-100
See introduction to this section for ordering information.
6-22
Mfr
Code
56289
56289
56289
56289
56289
28480
56289
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
24546
19701
24546
24546
24546
24546
19701
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
16299
24546
19701
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
16299
19701
24226
24226
24226
24226
24226
28480
28480
28480
28480
04713
24546
24546
24546
19701
24546
24546
24226
24226
24226
24226
24226
24226
24226
24226
24226
24546
24546
24546
19701
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
Mfr Part Number
150D104X9035A2
150D104X9035A2
150D104X9035A2
1500104X9035A2
150D104X9035A2
0160-3456
150D225X9020A2
1901-0025
1901-0025
1901-0025
1901-0025
1901-0025
1901-0025
1901-0025
1901-0025
1901-0025
15/152
15/101
15/330
15/680
15/121
15/221
15/561
15/102
15/152
15/152
15/432
15/152
15/152
15/432
1854-0071
1853-0034
1853-0034
1853-0034
2N5179
C4-1/8-TO-51R1-F
C4-1/8-TO-51R1-F
C4-1/8-TO-51R1-F
MF7C1/2TO-10R0-F
C4-1/8-TO-5111-F
C3-1/8-TO-17R8-G
C3-1/8-TO-287R-G
C3-1/8-TO-287R-G
C4-1/8-TO-51Rl-F
MF7C1/2-TO-10RO-F
C4-1/8-TO-5111-F
C3-1/8-TO-17R8-G
C3-1/8-TO-287R-G
C3-1/8-TO-287R-G
C4-1/8-TO-51R1-F
C4-1/8-TO-51R1-F
MF7C1/2-TO-10RO-F
C3-I/8-TO-17RS8G
C3-1/8-TO-287R-G
C3-1/8-TO-287R-G
C4-1/8-TO-75RO-F
MF7C1/2-TO-10R-F
C4-1/8-TO-5111-F
C3-1/8-TO-316R-G
C3-1/8-TO-196R-G
C3-1/8-TO-12R1-G
C3-1/8-TO-422R-G
C3-1/8-TO-422R-G
C4-1/8-TO-133R-F
C4-1/8-TO-82R5-F
MF7C1/22TO-10RO-F
C4-1/8-TO-5111-F
C3-1/8-TO-316R-G
C3-1/8-TO-196R-G
C3-1/8-TO-12R1-G
C3-1/8-TO-422R-G
C3-1/8-TO-422R-G
C4-1/8-TO-82R5-F
C4-1/8-TO-133R-F
MF7C1/2-TO 10RO-F
Model 8640B
HP Part
Number
08553-6012
08553-6012
08553-6012
08553-6012
08553-6012
08640-80002
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
1826-0013
1820-0102
1820-0102
1820-0102
1820-0102
1820-0535
1820-0145
1820-0145
1820-0145
1820-0753
1820-0982
1820-0736
1820 0753
1820-0736
1820-0753
0757-0438
0757-0984
0757-0438
0757-0984
0698-7253
0698 7253
0698-3440
0698-3444
0757-0379
0698-3447
0698-3447
0757-0442
0757-0984
0757-0442
0698-3151
0757-0461
0757-1094
0757-0458
0757-0442
0757-0280
0757-0280
0757-0416
1820 0557
1820-0145
1820-0143
1820-0145
1820-0102
1902-3002
8120-1823
8120-1824
8120-1825
8120-1826
8120-1828
8120-1827
8120-1829
1200-0474
1200-0474
08640-60022
1251-2035
1251-2026
7120-4264
2110-0094
Reference
Designation
A10A2T1
A10A2T2
A10A2T3
A10A2T4
A10A2T5
A10A2T6
A10A2TP
A10A2TP
A10A2TP
A10A2TP
A10A2U
A10A2U
A10A2U
A10A2U
A10A2U
A10A2U
A10A2U
A10A2U
A10A2U
A10A2U
A10A2U
A10A2U
A10A2U
A10A2U
A10A2U
A10A2R41
A10A2R42
A10A2R43
A10A2R44
A10A2R45
A10A2R46
A10A2R47
A10A2R48
A10A2R49
A10A2R50
A10A2R51
A10A2R52
A10A2R53
A10A2R54
A10A2R55
A10A2R56
A10A2R57
A10A2R58
A10A2R59
A10A2R60
A10A2R61
A10A2R62
A10A2U
A10A2U
A10A2U
A10A2U
A10A2U
A10A2VR1
A10A2W1
A10A2W2
A10A2W3
A10A2W4
A10A2W5
A10A2W6
A10A2W7
A10A2XA10A2U5
A10A2XA10A2U6
A10A3
A10A2XA10A2A
A10A3XA10A2B
A14MP1
F1
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
Qty
1
5
1
1
Description
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% 125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10 1% .5W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11% 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10 K% .5W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 196 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 316 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 12.1 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 422 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 422 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1% 125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10 1% .5W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K % .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 2.87K 1% .125W F TC1=0+-100
RESISTOR 68.1K 1% 125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1.47K % .125W F TC-0+-100
RESISTOR 51.1K % .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 100K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1K 1% 125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 511 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
TRANSFORMER, RF(CODE = BLUE)
TRANSFORMER,RF(CODE = BLUE)
TRANSFORMER,RF(CCOE = BLUE)
TRANSFORMER,RF(CODE = BLUE)
TRANSFORMER.RF(CODE = BLUE)
TRANSFORMER, RF 12-TURN
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
IC OP AMP
IC MC 1013P FLIP-FLOP
IC MC 1013P FLIP-FLOP
IC MC 1013P FLIP-FLOP
IC MC 1013P FLIP-FLOP
IC SN75 451BP DRIVER
IC MC 1010P GATE
IC MC 1010P GATE
IC MC 1010P GATE
IC GATE
IC 5084-0164 DIFF AMPL
IC COUNTER
IC GATE
IC COUNTER
IC GATE
IC FLIP-FLOP
IC MC 1010P GATE
IC MC 1027P FLIP-FLOP
IC MC 1010P GATE
IC MC 1013P FLIP-FLOP
DIOOE=ZNR 2.37V 5% D0 7 PD-.4W TC=-.074%
CABLE-COAX 50 OHM .086-0D
CABLE-COAX 50 OHM .086-0D
CABLE-COAX 50 CHM .086-0D
CABLE-COAX 50 OHM .086-0D
CABLE-COAX 50 OHM .086-0D
CABLE-COAX 50 OHM .086-0D
CABLE-COAX 50 OHM .086-0D
SOCKET; ELEC; IC 14-CONT DIP SLDR TERM
SOCKET; ELEC; IC 14-CONT DIP SLOR TERM
RISER ASSY
CONNECTOR-PC EDGE 15-CONT/ROW 2-ROWS
CONNECTOR-PC EDGE 18-CONT/ROW 2-ROWS
LABEL, INFO LINE V. +5-10%;48-440
FUSE 1.25A 250V 1.25X.25 UL lEC
See introduction for ordering information
6-23
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Mfr Part Number
1820-0557
MC1010P
MC1027P
MC1010P
MC1013P
SZ 10939-2
8120-1823
8120-1824
8120-1825
8120-1826
8120-1828
8120-1827
8120-1829
1200-0474
1200-0474
08640-60022
252-15-30-300
252-18-30-300
7120-4264
3121.25
08553-6012
08553-6012
08553-6012
08553-6012
08553-6012
08640-80002
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
1826-0013
MC1013P
MC1013P
MC1013P
MC1013P
SN75451BP
MC1010P
MC1010P
MC1010P
1820-0753
1820-0982
1820-0736
1820-0753
1820-0736
1820-0753
C4-1/8-TO-5111-F
MF7C1/2=TO-10R0-F
C4=1/8-TO-5111-F
F7C1/2-TO-10R0-F
C3-1/8-TO-5111S G
C3-1/8-TO-5111=G
C4-1/8-TO-196R-F
C4-1/8-TO-316R-F
MF4C1/8-TO-12R1-R
C4-1/8-TO-422R-F
C4-1/8-TO-422R-F
C4-1/8-TO-1002-F
MF7C1/2-TO-10R0=F
C4-1/8-TO-1002-F
C4-1/8-TO-2871-F
C4-1/8-TO-6812-F
C4-1/8-TO-1471-F
C4-1/8-TO-5112=F
C4-1/8-TO-1002-F
C4-1/8-TO-1001-F
C4-1/8-TO-1001-F
C4-1/8-TO-511R-F
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
2848
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
04713
04713
04713
04713
01295
04713
04713
04713
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
16299
24546
19701
24546
16299
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
19701
24546
19701
24546
24546
16299
16299
19701
16299
28480
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
71785
71785
28480
75915
Model 8640B
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
Reference
Designation
A11Q3
A11Q4
A11Q5
A11Q6
A11R1
A11R2
A11R3
A11R4
A11R5
A11R6
A11R7
A11R8
A11R9
A11R10
A11R11‡
A11R12
A11R13
A11R14
A11R15
A11R16
A11R17
A11R18
A11R19
A11R20
A11R21
A11R22
A11R23
A11R24
A11R25
A11R26
A11TP1
A11TP2
A11TP3
A11TP4
A11TP5
A11
A11C1
A11C2
A11C3
A11C4
A11C5
A11C6
A11C7
A11CR1
A11CR2
A11CR3
A11Q1
A11Q2
A11TP6
A11U2
A11VR1
A11VR3
A11A1
A11A1MP1
A11A1R1
A11A1R2
A11A1R3
A11A1R4
A11A1S1
HP Part
Number
08640-60020
0160-3548
0160-0336
0180-0094
0180-0094
0180-2206
0180-1746
0180-1746
1901-0040
1901-0040
1901-0040
1854-0003
1200-0173
1854-0003
1200-0173
1854-0071
1854-0003
1200-0173
1854-0003
1200-0173
1854-0071
0757-0401
0757-0401
0757-0401
0698-0024
0698-0024
0698-0024
0698-0024
0757-1100
0757-1100
0757-0442
0757-0442
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0757-0346
0757-0438
0698-3457
0698-0085
2100-31758
0698-3151
0757-0280
0698-3453
0757-0280
0757-0438
0757-0438
0757-0438
0698-0085
0757-0401
0360-1514
1826-0007
1902-0049
1902-0049
08640-60116
08640-20218
0698-8272
0757-0479
0698-8272
0757-0479
3100-3091
2
6
4
4
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
4
2
1
1
2
2
Qty
1
1
1
2
1
2
3
4
1
Description
FIXED:-FREQUENCY MODULATION OSCILLATOR
(STANDARD MODULE)
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-1% 100WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 100PF +-1% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 100UF+75-10%: 25VDC AL
CAPACITOR-FXD 100UF+75-10% 25VDC AL
CAPACITOR-FXD 60UF+-10 6VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 15UF+-10% 20VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 15UF+-10% 20VDC TA
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS D0-35
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS D0-35
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS D0-35
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-39 PD=800MW
INSULATOR-XSTR TO-5 .075-THK
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-39 PD=800MW
INSULATOR-XSTR TO-5 .075-THK
TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300MW FT=200MHZ
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-39 PD=800MHZ
INSULATOR-XSTR TO-5 .075-THK
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-39 PD=800MW
INSULATOR-XSTR TO-5.075-THK
TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300MW FT=200MHZ
NOT ASSIGNED
RESISTOR 10 1% .125 F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11 1% .125W F TC =0+-100
RESISTOR 316K 1% .125WF TC= 0+-100
RESISTOR 2.61K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR-TRNR 1K 5% WW SIDE-ADJ 1-TURN
RESISTOR 2.87K 1% .125 W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 196K 1% .125W F TC =0+-100
RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 2.61K 1% .5W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 100 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 100 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 100 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 100 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 2.61K 1% .5W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 2.61K 1% .5W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 2.6K 1% .5% F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 2.6K 1% .5% F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 600 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 600 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 600 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
TREMINAL STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
IC UA 741 0P AMP
DIODE-ZNR 6.19V 5% D0-7 PD=.4w TC-+.022%
DIODE-ZNR 6.19V 5% D0-7 PD=.4W TC-+.022%
FREQUENCY SELECT SWITCH ASSY
HOUSING, GEAR SPROCKET, AUDIO
RESISTOR 157K 1t .125w F TC1=O+100
RESISTOR 392K 1I 125w F TC-O+-100
RESISTOR 157K t1 125W F TC-O+-100
RESISTOR 392K 1S .125W F TC=O+-100
SWITCH:ROTARY
See introduction for ordering information
†SEE TABLES 7-1 AND 7-2, FOR BACKDATING.
6-24
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Mfr Part Number
08640-60020
0160-3548
0160-0336
30D107G025DD2
30D107G025D02
150D606X900682
150D156X902082
150D156X902082
1901-0040
1901-0040
1901-0040
1854-0003
1200-0173
1854-0003
1200-0173
1854-0071
1854-0003
1200-0173
1854-0003
1200-0173
1854-0071
C4-1/8-TO-10R0-F
C4-1/8-TO-51L-F
PME55S
C4-1/8-TO-2611-F
CT-106-4
C4-1/8-TO-2871-F
C4-1/8-TO-1001-F
C4-1/8-TO-1963-F
C4-1/8-TO-1001-F
C4-1/8-TO-5111-F
C4-1/8-TO-5111-F
C4-1/8-TO-5111-F
C4 1/8-TO-2611F
C4-1/8-TO-101-F
C4-1/8-TO-101-F
C4-1/8-TO-101-F
C4-1/8-TO-101-F
NA6
NA6
NA6
NA6
C4-1/8-TO-601-F
C4-1/8-TO-601-F
C4-1/8-TO-1002-F
C4-1/8-TO-1002-F
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
1826-0007
SZ 10939-122
SZ 10939-122
08640-60116
08640-20218
MF4C1/8-TO-1573-F
MF4C1/8-TO-3923-F
MF4C1/8-TO-1573-F
MF4C1/8-TO-3923-F
3100-3091
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
56289
56289
56289
56289
56289
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
24546
24546
03888
16299
GB027
16299
24546
16299
24546
24546
24546
24546
51629
24546
28480
28480
04713
04713
28480
28480
19701
19701
19701
19701
28480
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
Reference
Designation
A11
A11C1
A11C16
A11C17
A11C18
A11C19
A11C20
A11C21
A11C22
A11LC23
A11CR1
A11CR2
A11CR3
A11CR4
A11CR5
A11CR6
A11CR7
A11CR8
A11CR9
A11CR10
A11MP1
A11C2
A11C3
A11C4
A11C5
A11C6
A11C7
A11C8
A11C9
A11C10
A11C11
A11C12
A11C13
A11C14
A11C15
A11MP2
A11MP3
A11MP4
A11MP5
A11MP6
A11MP7
A11MP8
A11MP9
A11MP10
A11MP11
A11MP12
A11MP13
A11MP14
A11MP15
A11MP16
A11Q1
A11Q2
A11Q3†
A11Q4
A11Q5
A11Q6†
A11Q7
A11Q8
A11Q9
A11Q10
A11Q11
41IQ12
A11R1
4llR2
,A113
A11R4
A11R5
HP Part
Number
08640-60019
0121-0477
1854-0071
1853-0276
1200-0173
1854-0351
1854-0003
1854-0003
1200-0173
1854-0351
1853-0276
1854-0071
1853-0020
1855-0062
1854-0071
0698-8294
0698 3453
0698-4508
0698-8294
0698-3451
0340-0039
1430-0764
08640-00006
08640-20090
08640-00008
08640-20062
2200-0103
0570-0111
2190-0004
2260-0009
0403-0026
4040-0749
1480-0073
086640-20090
08640-20090
08640-20090
1853-0020
0160-2236
0180-2207
0180-2207
1901-0040
1901-0040
1901-0040
1901-0040
1901-0040
1901 0040
1901-0040
1901-0040
1901-0040
1901-0040
0340-0037
0340-0039
0340-0037
0160-2257
0160-2261
0140-0213
0140-0213
0160-2055
0121-0036
0180-0374
0160-2204
0160-2199
0180-0116
0180-0116
0180-1714
0180-1714
0180-0116
0180-0116
0180-0228
0160-2261
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
5
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
2
10
1
1
1
1
1
4
2
1
2
2
Qty
1
1
Description
VARIABLE-FREQUENCY MODULATION OSC. ASSY
(OPTION 001)
CAPACITOR-V A1R DIEL 10.3/365.7PF 350V
(INCLUDES C2, C3)
NSR PART OF A11C1
NSR PART CF A11C1
CAPACITOR-FXD 10PF +-5% 500WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 15PF +-5% 500WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 2000PF +-1% 300VDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 2000PF +-1% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-V TRMR-CER 5.5/18PF 350V
CAPACITOR-FXD 10UF +-10 20VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 100PF -+5% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 30PF +-5% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 6.8UF +-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 6.8UF+-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 330UF+-10% 6VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 330UF+-10% 6VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 6.8UF +-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 6.8UF+-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 22UF +-10% 15VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 15PF +-5% 500WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1PF +-.25PF 500WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 100UF +-10VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 100UF +-10VDC TA
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35
TERMINAL-STUD DBL-TUR PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL BUSHING-TEFLON: MOUNTS IN
TERMINAL-STUD DBL-TUR PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL BUSHING-TEFLON: MOUNTS IN
GEAR SPUR
COVER, AUDIO OSCILLATOR
SUPPORT, COVER AUDIO OSCILLATOR
COVER, BACK A OSCILLATOR
SPACER, BUSHING
SCREW-MACH 4-40 .25-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI
SCREW-MACH 6-32 .37-IN-LG RD-HD-SLT
WASHER-LK INTL T NO.-4 .115-IN-ID
NUT-HEX-W/LKWR 4-40-THD .094-THK .25A/F
GLIDE: NYLON
EXTRACTOR-PC BD BRN POLYC .062-BD-THKNS
PIN:DRIVE 0.250" LG
SUPPORT, LOWER, AUDIO OSCILLATOR
SUPPORT, LOWER, AUDIO OSCILLATOR
SUPPORT, LCWER, AUDIO OSCILLATOR
TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD=300MW FT=150MHZ
TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD-300MW FT=200MHZ
TRANSISTOR PNP SI TO-52 PD-3600MW
INSULATOR-XSTR TO-5 .075-THK
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-39 PD=800MW
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-39 PD=800MW
INSULATOR-XSTR TO-5 .075-THK
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW
TRANSISTOR PNP SI TO-52 PD-360MW
TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300MW FT=200MHZ
TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD=300MW FT=150MHZ
TRANSISTOR J-FET N-CHAN (D-NODE SI
TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=3OOMW FT=200MHZ
RESISTOR 21.5M 1% .5W F TC=O+-100
RESISTOR 196K 1% .125W F TC=O+-100
RESISTOR 78.7K 1% .125W F TC=O+ 100
RESISTOR 21.5M 1% .5W F TC=O+-100
RESISTOR 133K 1% .125W F TC=O+-100
See introduction to this section for ordering information.
† SEE TABLES 7-1 AND 7-2, FOR BACKDATING.
6-25
Mfr
Code
28480
80486
28480
04713
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
04713
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
16299
24546
28480
16299
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
95987
U1453
28480
28480
28480
00000
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
56289
56289
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
72136
72136
28480
73899
56289
93790
24840
56289
56289
56289
56289
56289
56289
56289
28480
Mfr Part Number
08640-60019
2112 MODIFIED
0340-0039
1430-0764
08640-00006
08640-20090
08640-00008
08640-20062
2200-0103
N-632-3/8
1904
2260-0009
0403-0026
4040-0749
0BD
08640-20090
08640-20090
08640-20090
1853-0020
1854-0071
MM3906
1200-0173
1854-0351
1854-0003
1854-0003
1200-0173
185-0351
MM3906
1854-0071
1853-0020
1855-0062
1854-0071
0698-8294
C4-1/8-TO-1963-F
C4-1/8-TO-7872-F
0698-8294
C4-1/8-1TO-1333-F
0160-2257
0160-2261
DM19F202F0300WV1CR
DM19F202F0300WV1CR
0160-2055
DV11PR18A
150D1006X90200B2
RDM15F101J3C
0160-2199
150D685X9035B2
150D685X9035B2
150D337X9006S2
150D337X9006S2
150D685X9035B2
150D685X9035B2
150D226X9015B2
0160-2261
0160-2236
150D107X9010R2
1500107X9010R2
1901-0040
1901-0040
1901-0040
1901-0040
1901-0040
1901o0040
1901-0040
1901-0040
1901-0040
1901-0040
0340-0037
0340-0039
0340-0037
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
HP Part
Number
0757-0442
0757-0401
0757-0401
0698-3156
0698-0024
0698-0024
0757-0395
0757-0395
075T-1100
0757-1100
0757-0442
0757-0442
5080-1718
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0757-0346
0757-0346
0757-0280
0698-3453
0698-3152
2100-2521
0757-0290
0757-0279
0757-0199
0698-3150
2100-2521
0698-0082
0757-0200
0757-0401
0757-0401
0360-1514
0360-1514
1902-3059
1902-3059
08640-60149
08640-20218
08640-20205
1430-0763
08640-20084
3030-0196
3030-0007
0698-3453
0757-0401
0757-0401
0757-0441
0757-0447
0757-0199
0757-0442
0757-0279
0757-0199
0698-0082
0757-0200
0757-0442
0757-0401
0757-0395
0757-0401
0757-0395
0757-0395
0757-0346
0757-0346
0757-0442
0698-3156
0757-0280
0698-3132
0698-4471
0757-0199
0698-3454
0698-5903
0698-4471
Reference
Designation
A11R54
A11R55
A11R56
A11RT1
A11TP1
A11TP2
A11TP3
A11TP4
A11TP5
A11TP6
A11VR1
A11VR2
A11A1
A11A1MP1
A11A1MP2
A11A1MP3
A11A1MP4
A11A1MP5
A11A1MP6
A11R37
A11R38
A11R39†
A11R40
A11R41
A11R42
A11R43
A11R44
A11R45
A11R46
A11R47
A11R48
A11R49
A11R50
A11R51
A11R52
A11RS3
A11R20
A11R21
A11R22
A11R23
A11R24
A11R25
A11R26
A11R27
A11R28
A11R29
A11R30
A11R31
A11R32
A11R33
A11R34†
A11R35†
A11R36†
A11R6
A11R7
A1AR8
A11R9
A11R10
A11R11
A11R12
A11R13
A11R14
A11R15
A11R16
A11R17
A11R18
A11R19
A11A1R1
A11A1R2
A11A1R3
A11A1R4
A11A1R5
2
2
1
1
2
1
1
6
8
1
1
5
6
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
† SEE TABLES 7-1 AND 7-2, FOR BACKDATING.
Qty
5
4
1
2
2
Description
RESISTOR 196K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 100 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 100 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 8.25K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 16.2K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 21.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 100K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 3.16K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 21.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 464 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.62K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 100 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 56.2 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 100 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 56.2 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 56.2 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 14.7K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 261 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
NOT ASSIGNED
RESISTOR 10 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10 1% .125w F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 196K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 3.48K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR-TRMR 2K 10% C SIDE ADJ 1-TURN
RESISTOR 6.19K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 3.16K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 21.5K 1% .012W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 2.37K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR-TRMR 2K 10% C SIDE-ADJ 1-TURN
RESISTOR 464 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.62 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 100 1% .125 F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 100 1% .125 F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 100 1% .125 F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 100 1% .125 F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 100 1% .125 F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 14.7 1% .125 W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 2.61K 1% .5 W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 2.61 K 1% .5W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 56.2 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 56.2 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 600 1% .125 F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 600 1% .125 F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
THERMISTOR
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
DIODE-ZNR 3.83V 5% DO-7 PD=.4W TC=.051%
DOIDE-ZNR 3.83V 5% DO-7 PD=.4W TC=.05%
FREQUENCY SELECT SWITCH ASSY
HOUSING, GEAR SPROCKET. AUDIO
GEAR SPUR
GEAR SPUR
SHAFT. AUDIO OSCILLATOR
SCREW-SET 4-40 .188-IN-LG SMALL CUP-PT
SCREW-SET 4-40 .125-IN-LG SMALL CUP-PT
RESISTOR 7.15K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 21.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 215K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 2.4M 1% .5W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 7.15K 1% .125w F TC=0+-100
See introduction to this section for ordering information
6-26
Mfr
Code
24546
24546
24546
16299
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
24546
24546
24546
6299
16299
30983
19701
24546
24546
16299
30983
16299
24546
24546
24546
28480
28480
04713
04713
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
16299
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
16299
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
16299
24546
16299
24546
24546
16299
91637
24546
Mfr Part Number
C4-1/8-TO-1963-F
C4-1/8-TO-101-F
C4-1/8-TO-101-F
C4-1/8-TO-8251-F
C4-1/8-TO-1622-F
C4-1/8-TO-2152-F
C4 1/8-TO-1002-F
C4-1/8-TO-3161-F
C4-1/8-TO-2152-F
C4-1/8-TO-4640-F
C4-1/8-TO-5621-F
C4-1/8·TO-1002-F
C4-18-TO-101-F
C4-1/8-TO-56R2-F
C4-1/8-TO-101-F
C4-1/8-TO-56R2-F
C4-1/8-TO-56R2-F
C4-1/8-TO-1ORO-F
C4-1/8-TO-1ORO-F
C4-1/8-TO-1002-F
C4-1/8-TO-1472-F
C4-1/8-TO-1001-F
C4-1/8-TO-2610-F
C4-1/8-TO-1ORO-F
C4-1/8-TO-1ORO-F
C4-1/8-TO-1001-F
C4-1/8-TO-1963-F
C4-1/8-TO-3481-F
ET50X202
MF4C1/8-TO-6191-F
C4-1/8-TO-3161-F
C4-1/8-TO-2152-F
C4-1/8-TO-2371-F
ET50X202
C4 1/8-TO-4640-F
C4-1/8-TO-5621-F
C4-1/8-TO-101-F
C4-1/8-TO-101F
C4-1/8-TO-1002-F
C4-1/8-TO-101-F
C4-1/8-TO-101-F
C4-1/8-TO-1472-F
NA6
NA6
C4-1/8-TO-56R2-F
C4-1/8-TO-56R2-F
C4-1/8TO-601-F
C4-1/8-TO-601-F
C4-1/8-TO-1002-F
C4-1/8-TO-1002-F
5080-1718
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360=1514
0360-1514
SZ 10939-62
SZ 10939-62
08640-60149
08640-20218
08640-20205
1430-0763
08640-20084
3030-0196
3030-0007
C4-1/8-TO-7151-F
C4-1/8-TO-2152-F
C4-1/8-TO-2153-F
MFF-1/2-10
C4-1/8-TO-7151-F
Model 8640B
Reference
Designation
A11A1R6
A11A1R7
A11A1R8
A11A1S1
HP Part
Number
0757-0199
0698-3454
0698-5903
08640-60108
3100-3081
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Table. 6-3. Replaceable Parts
1
1
Qty Description
RESISTOR 21.5K 1% 125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 215K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 2.4H 1% .5W F TC=0+-100
SWITCH ASSY, AUDIO OSCILLATOR
SWITCH:ROTARY
See introduction to this section for ordering information.
6-27
Mfr
Code
24546
16299
91637
28480
28480
Mfr Part Number
C4-1/8-TO-2152-F
C4-1/8-TO-2153-F
MFF=1/2-10
08640-60108
3100-3081
Model 8640B
Reference
Designation
A12R5
A12R6
A12R7
A12VR1
A13
A13C1
A13C2
A13C3
A13C4
A13J1
A13J2
A13J3
A13J4
A13J5
A13MP1
A13MP2
A13MP3
A13R1
A13R2
A13R3
A13R4
A13R5
A13R6
A12CR11
A12CR12
A12CR13
A12CR14
A12CR15
A12CR16
A12CR17
A12CR18
A12CR19
A12CR20
A12MP1
A12Q
A12R81
A12R82
A12R3
A12R4
A12
A12C1
A12C2
A12C3
A12C4
A12C5
A12CR1
A12CR2
A12CR3
A12CR4
A12CR5
A12CR6
A12CR7
A12CR8
A12CR9
A12CR10
A13S2
A13XA11
A13XA15
A13XA2
A13XA3A4
HP Part
Number
0757-0442
0757-0442
0757-0442
1902-3393
08640-60002
0180-2208
0180-2208
0180-2208
0180-2208
1250-0257
1251-3055
1250-0257
1250-0257
1251-3055
0403-0026
08640-20211
08640-40063
0757-0004
0757-0443
2100-1986
0757-0460
0757-0460
08640-60152
5020-3440
08640-40063
08640-60153
5020-3440
5040-0319
08640-40063
1251-2571
1251-2035
1251-2571
1251-0472
1901-0418
1901-0418
1901-0418
1901-0418
1901-0418
1901-0418
1901-0418
1901-0418
1901-0418
1901-0418
0403-0026
1884-0012
0757-0401
0698-3447
0757-0199
0757-0442
08640 60003
0160-0168
0160-0168
0160-0168
0160-0168
0160-0168
1901-0418
1901-0418
1901-0418
1901-0418
1901-0418
1901-0418
1901-0418
1901-0418
1901-0418
1901-0418
Table. 6-3. Replaceable Parts
3
2
1
1
5
2
6
8
6
1
18
1
2
3
1
1
8
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
Qty
5
20
Description
RECTIFIER ASSY
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF +-10% 200WVDC POLYE
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF +-10% 200WVDC POLYE
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF +-10% 200WVDC POLYE
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF +-10% 200WVDC POLYE
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF +-10% 200WVDC POLYE
DIODE-PWR RECT 400V 1.5A
DIODE-PWR RECT 400V 1.5A
DIODE-PWR RECT 400V 1.5A
DIODE-PWR RECT 400V 1.5A
DIODE-PWR RECT 400V 1.5A
DIODE-PWR RECT 400V 1.5A
DIODE-PWR RECT 400V 1.5A
DIODE-PWR RECT 400V 1.5A
DIOOE-PWR RECT 400V 1.5A
DIODE-PWR RECT 400V 1.5A
DIODE-PWR RECT 400V 1.5A
DIODE-PWR RECT 400V 1.5A
DIODE-PWR RECT 400V 1.5A
DIODE-PWR RECT 400V 1.5A
DIODE-PWR RECT 400V 1.5A
DIODE-PWR RECT 400V 1.5A
DIODE-PWR RECT 400V 1.5A
DIODE-PWR RECT 400V 1.5A
DIODE-PWR RECT 400V 1.5A
DIODE-PWR RECT 4OOV 1.5A
GLIDE:NYLON
THYRISTOR-SCR JEDEC 2N3528
RESISTOR 100 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 422 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 21.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1%2 .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1%.125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1S .125W F TC=0+-100
DIODE-2NR 75V 5% DO=7 PO-.4W TC-+.077%
MODULATION/METERING MOTHER BOARD ASSY
CAPACITOR-FXD 220UF+-10% 10VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 220UF+-10% 10VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 220UF+-10% 10VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 220UF+-10% 10VDC TA
CONNECTOR-RF SMB M PC
CONNECTOR STRIP:8 MALE CONTACT
CONNECTOR-RF SMB N PC
CONNECTOR-RF SMB M PC
CONNECTOR STRIP:8 MALE CONTACT
GLIDE:NYLON
GUIDE. CONNECTOR
GUIDE, SLIDE SWITCH
RESISTOR 860 1% 5W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR-TRMR 1K 10% TOP-ADJ 1-TURN
RESISTOR 61.9K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTCR 61.9K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
SWITCH, SLIDE 4R, PC
SPRING:DETENT
GUIDE, SLIDE SWITCH
SWITCH, SLIDE 3R, PC
SPRING:DETENT
SLIDE:3 RGW. 12 POSITION
GUIDE, SLIDE SWITCH
CONNECTOR-PC EDGE 15-CONT/ROW 1-ROW
CONNECTOR-PC EDGE 15-CONT/ROW 2-ROWS
CONNECTOR-PC EDGE 15-CONT/ROW 1-ROW
CONNECTOR-PC EDGE 6-CONT/ROW 2-ROWS
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Mfr
Code
19701
24546
30983
24546
24546
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
26742
71785
26742
71785
24546
24546
24546
04713
28480
56289
56289
56289
56289
28480
74868
28480
28480
74868
28480
28480
28480
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
28480
02735
24546
16299
24546
24546
28480
56289
56289
56289
56289
56289
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
Mfr Part Number
C4-1/8-TO-1002-F
C4-1/87TO-1002-F
C4-1/8-TO-1002-F
SZ 10939-434
08640=60002
150D227X901052
1500227X9010S2
1500227X9010S2
1500227X9010S2
1250-0257
221-70
1250-0257
1250-0257
221-70
0403-0026
08640-20211
08640-40063
MF7C1/2-TO-861-F
C4-1/8-TO-1102-F
ETSOW102
C4-1/8-TO-6192-F
C4-1/8-TO-6192-F
08640-60152
5020-3440
08640-40063
08640-60153
5020-3440
5040-0319
08640-40063
91-6915-0702-00
252-15-30=3D0
91-6915-0702-00
252-06-30-300
08640-60003
292P10492
292P10492
292P10492
292P10492
292P10492
SR184612
SR1846-12
SR1846-12
SR1846-12
SR1846-12
SR1846-12
SR1846-12
SR1846-12
SR1846-12
SR1846-12
SR1846-12
SR1846-12
SR1846-12
SR1846-12
SR1846-12
SR1846-12
SR1846-12
SR1846-12
SR1846-12
SR1846-12
0403-0026
2N3528
C4-1/8-TO-101-F
C4-1/8-TO-422R-F
C4-1/8-TO-2152-F
C4-1/8-TO-1002-F
See introduction to this section for ordering information.
6-28
Model 8640B
Reference
Designation
A17
A17XA12
A17XA18
A17XA20
A17XA22
A17XA24
A17XA26
A18
A18C1
A18C2
A18C3
A18C4
A18C5
A18CR1
A18CR2
A18CR3
A1BCR4
A18CR5
A18CR6
A18CR7
A18CR8
A18CR9
A18CR10
A18CR11
A18CR12
A18DS1
A18F1
A18MP1
A13XA4
A13XA5
A13XA7
A13XA8A3
A14
A14MP1
414P1
A15
A15MP1
A15MP2
A15MP3
A15XA17
A16
A16B1
A16P1
A18Q1
A18Q2†
A18Q3
A18Q4
A18Q5†
A18Q6
A18Q7†
A18Q8
A18Q9
A18Q10†
A18Q11
HP Part
Number
1901-0040
1901-0040
1901-0159
1901-0040
1901-0040
1901-0049
1901-0049
1901-0040
1901-0050
1990-0326
2110 0425
4040-0752
1480-0073
1853-0020
1854-0039
1200-0173
1884-0012
1854-0003
1853-0027
1200-0173
1853-0050
1853-0027
1200-0173
1853-0050
1853-0050
1853-0027
1200-0173
1853-0050
1251-2571
1251-2571
1251-2571
5060-0109
5060 9409
7120-4264
5020-8122
08640-60018
0403-0153
0403-0154
0403-0155
1251-3308
08640-60119
3140G0490
1251-0198
5040-0327
0B64* 60001
1251-2034
1251-2571
1251-2571
1251-2571
1251-2034
1251-2034
08640-60004
0180-0229
0160-3534
0180-2214
0180-0197
0160-2055
1901-0040
1901-0025
1901-0025
Table. 6-3. Replaceable Parts
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
5
4
1
21
4
1
4
4
6
2
9
5
1
2
4
10
Qty
5
2
Description
CONNECTOR-PC EDGE 15-CONT/ROW 1-ROW
CONNECTOR-PC EDGE 15-CONT/ROW 1-ROW
CONNECTOR-PC EDGE 15-CONT/ROW 1-ROW
CONNECTOR:15 CONTACTS
LINE MODULE WITH FILTER, JADE GRAY
LABEL, INFO LINE V.+5-10%; 48-440
LINE VOLTAGE SELECTION CARD
RISER ASSY
GUIDE-PC BD BRN POLYC .062-BD-THKNS I-LG
GUIDE-PC BF RED POLYC .062-BD-THKNS I-LG
GUIDE-PC BD CRN POLYC .062-BD-THKNS I-LG
CONNECTOR-PC EDGE 15-CONT/ROW 2-ROWS
FAN MOTOR ASSY
MOTOR BRUSHLESS 10VDC 2550-RPM
CONNECTOR-PC EDGE 6-CONT/ROW 2-ROWS
HOOD:CCNNECTOR
POWER SUPPLY MOTHER BOARD ASSY
CONNECTOR-PC EDGE 10-CONT/ROW 2-ROWS
CONNECTOR-PC EDGE 15-CONT/ROW 1 ROW
CONNECTOR-PC EDGE 15-CONT/ROW 1-ROW
CONNECTOR-PC EDGE 15-CONT/ROW 1-ROW
CONNECTOR-PC EDGE 10-CONT/ROW 2-ROWS
CONNECTOR-PC EDGE 10-CONT/ROW 2-ROWS
REGULATOR & FAN DRIVER ASSY, -5.2V
CAPACITOR-FXD 33UF+-10% 10 VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 510PF +-5% 100WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 90UF+-75-10% 16VDC AL
CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF+-10 20% VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UFF +80-20% 100WVDC CER
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35
DIODE-GEN PRP 100V 200MA DO-7
DIODE-GEN PRP 100V 200MA DO-7
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35
DIODEPWR FECT 400V 750MA DO-41
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35
DIODE-PWR RECT 50V 750MA DO-29
DIODE-PWR RECT 50V 750MA DO-29
DIODE=SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS 00=35
DIODE-SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS 00-7
LED-VISIBLE
FUSE 2A 125V SLO-BLO .25X.27
EXTRACTOR-PC 8D YEL POLYC .062-BD-THKNS
PIN:DRIVE 0.250" LG
TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD=300MW FT=150MHZ
TRANSISTOR NPN 2N3053 SI TO-5 PD=1W
INSULATOR-XSTR TO-S .075-THK
THYRISTOR-SCR JEDEC 2N3528
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-39 PD8OOMW
TRANSISTOR PNP SI TO-39 PD-1W FT=100MHZ
INSULATOR-XSTR TO-5 .075-THK
TRANSISTCR PNP SI TO-18 PFD360MW
TRANSISTOR PFP SI TO-39 PD-1W FT=100MHZ
INSULATOR-XSTR TO-5 .075-THK
TRANSISTOR PNP SI TOB1 PD=360MW
TRANSISTOR PNP SI TO-18 PD=36OMW
TRANSISTOR PNP SI TO-39 PD-1W FT=100MHZ
INSULATOR-XSTR TO-5 .075-THK
TRANSISTOR PNP S1 TO-18 PD=360MW
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
04713
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
71400
28480
00000
28480
04713
28480
02735
28480
71785
26742
26742
26742
71785
71785
28480
56289
28480
56289
56289
28480
28480
28480
28480
26742
26742
26742
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
71785
28480
3H768
71785
28480
Mfr Part Number
1901-0040
1901-0040
SR1358-4
1901-0040
1901-0040
1901-0049
1901-0049
1901-0040
1901-0050
1990-0326
GMW 2A
4040-0752
OBD
1853-0020
2N3053
1200-0173
2N3528
1854-0003
1853-0027
1200-0173
18530050
1853-0027
1200-0173
1853-0050
1853-0050
1853-0027
1200-0173
1853-0050
91-6915-0702-00
91-6915-0702-00
91-6915-0702-00
5060-0109
5060-9409
7120-4264
5020-8122
08640-60018
0403-0153
0403-0154
0403-0155
252-12-30-032
08640-60119
1AD3001-OA
251-06-30-261
5040-0327
08640-60001
252-10-30-300
91-6915-0702-00
91-6915-0702-00
91-6915-0702-00
252-1030-300
252-10-30-300
08640-60004
150D336X9010B2
0160-3534
300906G016CC2
1500225X9020A2
0160-2055
1901-0040
1901-0025
1901-0025
† SEE TABLES 7-1 AND 7-2, FOR BACKDATING.
See introduction to this section for ordering information.
6-29
Model 8640B
Table. 6-3. Replaceable Parts
HP Part
Number
1990-0326
2110-0332
2110-0047
4040-0748
1480-0073
4040-0753
1480-0073
1884-0012
1854-0039
1200-0173
1854 0022
1200-0173
1853-0038
1200-0173
1853-0020
1854-0023
1884-0012
08640-60005
0160-0153
0180-0229
0180-0234
0180-0228
0160-0300
0180-2208
0180-0229
0160-3094
1901-0159
1901-0050
1901-0159
1901-0050
1901-0050
1990-0326
0698-3160
0698-3438
0757-0462
0698-0083
0698-3407
0757-0442
0811-1553
0698-3438
0698-3438
0698-7246
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
1826-0010
1902-3005
1902-3094
1902-0049
1251-2313
1251-2313
1853-0027
1200-0173
0757-0317
2100-3123
0757-0278
0683-0475
0757-0420
06983440
0757-0420
0698-3161
0811-2813
0757-0316
0757-0317
0757-0397
0698-3447
0757-0290
Reference
Designation
A20MP2
A20Q1
A20Q2†
A20Q3†
A20Q4†
A20Q5
A20Q6
A20Q7
A20R1
A20R2
A20R3
A20R4
A20R5
418012†
A18R15
A18R16
A18R17
A18R18
A18R19†
A18TP1
A18TP2
A18TP3
A18TP4
A18TP5
A18TP6
A18U1
A18VR1
A18VR2
A18VR3
A18XF1A
A18R1
A18R2
A18R3
A18R4
A18R5
A18R6
A18R7
A18R8
A18R9
A18R10
A18R11
A18R12
A18R13
A18R14
A18XF18
A19
A20
A20C1
A20C2
A20C3
A20C4
A20C5
A20C6
A20C7
A20C8
A20CR1
A20CR2
A20CR3
A20CR4
A20CR5
A20DS1
A20DS2
A20F1
A20F2
A20MP1
1
1
5
2
1
2
10
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
1
6
1
5
3
1
3
2
1
4
3
3
4
1
Qty
2
43
6
Description
TRANSISTOR PNP SI T70-39 PD=1W FT=100MHZ
INSULATOR-XSTR TO-5 .075-THK
RESISTOR 1.33K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR-TRMR 500 10% C SIDE-ADJ l7-TURN
RESISTOR 1.78K 1% .125W F TC=-0+-100
RESISTOR 4.7 5% .25W FC TC-400/+500
RESISTOR 750 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 196 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 750 1% .125W F T=-0+-100
RESISTOR 38.3K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1 5% .75W PW TC=0+-50
RESISTOR 42.2 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1.33K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 68.1 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 422 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 6.19K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR .68 52 2% PW TC=0+-800
RESISTOR 147 1% .125W F TC-0+-100
RESISTOR 147 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 2.61K 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
IC UA 723 V RGLTR
DIODE-ZNR 2.43V 5% DO-7 PD=.4W TC=-.0762
DIODE-ZNR 5.11V 2% DO-7 PD=.4W TC=-.009%
DIODE-ZNR 6.19V 5% DO-7 PD=.4W TC=+.0222
CONNECTOR-SOL CONT SKT .04-DIA
CONNECTOR-SGL CONT SKT .04-DIA
NOT ASSIGNED
REGULATOR ASSY, +5.2V & +44.6V
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-10% 200WVDC POLYE
CAPACITOR-FXD 33UF +-10% 10VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD; 33UF+-20% 75VDC TA-MET
CAPACITOR'FXD 22UF+-10% 15VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 2700PF+-10% 200WVDC POLYE
CAPACITOR-FXD 220UF+-10% 10VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 33UF+-10% 10VOC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF +-10% 100WVDC CER
DIODE-PWR RECT 400V 750MA DO-41
DIODE-SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS D0-7
DIODE-PWR RECT 400V 750MA D0-41
DIODE-SWITCHING 8OV 200MA 2NS DO-7
DIODE-SWITCHING 8OV 200MA 2NS DO-7
LED-VISIBLE
LED-VISIBLE
FUSE 3A 125V .25X.27
FUSE 1A 125V .25X.27
EXTRACTOR-PC 80 BLK POLYC .062-80-THKNS
PIN:DRIVE 0.250" LG
EXTRACTOR-7PC 80 GRN POLYC .062-BD-THKNS
PIN:DRIVE 0.250" LG
THYRISTOR-SCR JEDEC 2N3528
TRANSISTOR NRN 2N3053 S1 70-5 PD=1W
INSULATOR-XSTR TO-5 .075-THK
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-39 PD=700MW
INSULATOR-XSTR ID-5 .075-THK
TRANSISTOR PNP SI TO-39 PD=1W FT=100MHZ
INSULATOR-XSTR ID-5 .075-THK
TRANSISTOR PIP SI PD-300MW FT=150MHZ
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW
TIHYRISTOR-SCR JEDEC 2N3528
RESISTOR 31.6K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 147 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 75K 1%.125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1.96K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1.96K 1% .5W F TC=0+-100
See introduction to this section for ordering information.
† SEE TABLES 7-1 AND 7-2, FOR BACKDATING.
6-30
Mfr
Code
28480
71400
71400
28480
00000
28480
00000
02735
04713
28480
07263
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
02735
28480
56289
56289
56289
56289
56289
56289
56289
28480
04713
28480
04713
28480
28480
28480
16299
16299
24546
16299
24546
24546
75042
16299
16299
24546
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
07263
04713
04713
04713
00779
00779
28480
28480
24546
32997
24546
01121
24546
16299
24546
16299
91637
24546
24546
24546
16299
19701
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Mfr Part Number
1990-0326
GMW 3
GMW-1
4040-0748
OBD
4040-0753
OBD
2N3528
2N3053
1200-0173
S17843
1200-0173
1853=0038
1200-0173
1853-0020
1854-0023
2N3528
08640-60005
292P10292
150D336X9010B2
109D336X0075F2
1500226X9015B2
292P27292
1500227X901052
1500336X9010B2
0160-3094
SR1358-4
1901-0050
SR1358-4
1901-0050
1901-0050
1990-0326
C4-1/8-TO-3162-F
C4-1/8-TO-147R-F
C4-1/8-TO-7502-F
C4-1/8-TO-1961-F
NA6
1853-0027
1200-0173
C4-1/8 TO-1331-F
3006P-1-501
C4-1/8-TO-1781-F
C847G5
C4-1/8-TO-751-F
C4-1/8-TO-196R-F
C4-1/8-TO-751-F
C4-1/8-TO-3832-F
RS1/2-T2-IRO-J
C4-1/8-TO-422Z-F
C4-1/8-TO-1331-F
C4,1/8-TO-68R1-F
C4-1/8-TO-422R-F
MF4C1/8-TO-6191-F
C4-1/8-TO-1002-F
BWH2=11/16-J
C4-1/8-TO-147R-F
C4-1/7-TO-147R-F
C3-1/8-TO-2611G
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
723HM
SZ 10939-5
SZ 10939-99
SZ 10939-122
3-332070-5
3-332070-5
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
Reference
Designation
A22C3
A22C4
A22C5
A22C6
A22C7
A22C8
A22CR1
A22CR2
A22CR3
A22CR4
A22CR5
A22CR6
A22DS1
A22DS2
A22F1
A22F2
A22MP1
A20TP10
A20U1
A20U2
A20VR1
A20VR2
A20VR3
A20VR4
A20VR5
A20VR6
A20XF1A
A20XF18
A20XF2A
A20XF2B
A21
A22
A22C1
A22C2
A20R20
A20R21
A20R22
A20R23
A20R24
A20R25
A20R26
A20R27
A20TP1
A20TP2
A20TP3
A20TP4
A20TP5
A20TP6
A20TP7
A20TP8
A20TP9
A20R6
A20R7
A20R8
A20R9
A20R10
A20R11
A20R12
A20R13
A20R14
A20R15
A20R16
A20R17
A20R18
A20R19
A22MP2
HP Part
Number
0757-0420
0811-2813
0757-0316
0757-0397
0698-3447
0811-1666
0811-1666
0698-7246
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0698-3155
0698-3449
2100-3154
0757-0438
0811-2813
0757-0158
0757-0397
0698-3447
0811-1666
0757-0420
2100 3123
0698-3150
0757-0416
0698-3440
0360-1514
1826-0010
1826-0010
1902-0025
1902-3234
1902-0244
1902-3345
1902-3005
1902-0049
1251-2313
1251-2313
1251-2313
1251-2313
08640-60006
0180-0229
0160-3534
0160-0158
0180-0058
0180-0229
0160-3534
0160-0158
0180-0058
1901-0025
1901-0159
1901-0050
1901-0025
1901-0050
1901-0159
1990-0326
1990-0326
2110-0424
2110-0424
4040-0748
1480-0073
4040-0754
1480-0073
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
3
4
2
2
2
1
1
1
Qty
2
1
1
16
1
3
1
2
1
Description
RESISTOR 4.64K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 28.7K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR -TRMR 1K 10 % C SIDE-ADJ 17-TURN
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1.5% .75W PW TC=0+-50
RESISTOR 619 1% .5W F TC=0+ 100
RESISTOR 68.1 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 422 1% .125W F TC=+-100
RESISTOR 1 5% 2W PW TC=0+-800
RESISTOR 750 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR-TRMR 500 10% C SIDE-ADJ 17-TURN
RESISTOR 2.37K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 511 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 196 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 750 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1 5% .75W PW TC=0+-50
RESISTOR 42.2 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 68.1 1% .125 F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 422 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1 5% 2W PW TC=0=+-800
RESISTOR 1 5% 2W PW TC=+-800
RESISTOR 2.61K 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-HTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-FIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
IC UA 723 V RGLTR
IC UA 723 V RGLTR
DIODE-ZNR IOV 5% DO-7 PD=.4W TC=+.06%
DIODE-ZNR 19.6V 5% DO-7 PD=-.4W TC=+.073%
DIODE-ZNR 30.1V 5% DO-15 PD=1W TC=+.075%
DIODE -ZNR 51.1V 5% DO-7 PD=.4W TC=+.081%
DIODE -ZNR 2.43V 5% DO-7 PD=.4W TC-.076%
DIODE-ZNR 6.19V 5% DO-7 PD=.4W TC=+.022%
CONNECTOR-SGL CONT SKT .04-DIA
CONNECTOR-SGL CONT SKT .04-DIA
CONNECTOR-SGL CONT SKT .04-DIA
CONNECTOR-SGL CONT SKT .04-DIA
NOT ASSIGNED
REGULATOR ASSY, +20V & -20V
CAPACITOR-FXD 33UF4+-10% 10VDC TA
CAPACITOR -FXD 510PF+-5% 100WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 5600PF+-10% 200WVDC POLYE
CAPACITOR-FXD 50UF+75-10% 25VDC AL
CAPACITOR-FXD 33UF+-10% 10VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 510PF +-5% 100WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 5600PF +-10% 200WVDC POLYE
CAPACITOR-FXD 50UF+75-10% 25VDC AL
DIODE-GEN PRP 100V 200MA DO-7
DIODE-PWR RECT 400V 750MA DO-41
DIODE-SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO-7
DIODE-GEN PRP 100V 200MA DO-7
DIODE-SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO-7
DIODE-PWR RECT 400V 750MA DO-41
LED-VISIBLE
LED-VISIBLE
FUSE .75A 125V SLO-BLO .25X.27
FUSE .75A 125V SLO-BLO .25X.27
EXTRACTOR-PC 80 BLK POLYC .062-BD-THKNS
PIN: DRIVE 0.250" LG
EXTRACTOR-PC 80 BLU POLYC .062-B0'THKNS
PIN:DRIVE 0.250" LG
See introduction to this section for ordering information
SEE TABLES 7-1 AND 7-2, FOR BACKDATING
6-31
Mfr Part Number
08640-60006
150D336X901082
0160-3534
292P56292
30D506G025CC2
150D336X901082
0160-3534
292P56292
30D506G0250C2
1901-0025
SR1358-4
1901-0050
1901-0025
1901-0050
SR1358-4
1990-0326
1990-0326
GMW 3/4A
GMW 3/4A
4040-0748
OBD
4040-0754
080
C4-1/8-TO-4641-F
C4-1/8-TO-2872-F
3006P-1-102
C4-1/8-TO-5111-F
RS1/2-T2-1R0-J
MF7C1/2-TO-619R-F
C4-1/8-TO-68R1-F
C4-1/8-TO-422R-F
BWH2-IRO-J
C4=1/8=TO-751-F
3006P-I-501
C4-1/8-TO-2371-F
C4-1/8-TO-511R-F
C4-1/8-TO-196R-F
C4-1/8-TO-751-F
RS1/2-T2-1RO-J
C4-1/8-TO-42R2-F
C4=1/8-TO-68R1-F
C4-1/8-TO-422R=F
BWH2-IRO-J
BWH2-IRO-J
C3-1/8-TO-2611-G
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
723HM
723HM
SZ 10939-L82
SZ 10939-266
1902-0244
SZ 10939-386
SZ 10939-5
SZ 10939-122
3-332070-5
3-332070-5
3-332070-5
3-332070-5
Mfr
Code
24546
91637
24546
24546
16299
75042
75042
24546
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
16299
16299
32997
24546
91637
19701
24546
16299
75042
24546
32997
16299
24546
16299
28480
07263
07263
04713
04713
28480
04713
04713
04713
00779
00779
00779
00779
28480
56289
28480
56289
56289
56289
28480
56289
56289
28480
04713
28480
28480
28480
04713
28480
28480
71400
71400
28480
00000
28480
00000
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
Reference
Designation
A22Q1
A22Q2
A22Q3
A22Q4
A22R1
A22R2
A22R3
A22R4
A22R5
A22R6
A22R7
A22TP6
A22TP7
A22TP8
A22TP9
A22TP10
A22U1
A22U2
A22VR1
A22VR2
A22VR3
A22VR4
A22VR5
A22XF1A
A22XF1B
A22XF2A
A22XF2B
A23
A24
A24MP1
A24MP2
A24XQ1
A24XQ2
A24XQ3
A24XQ4
A25
A26
A26C1
A26C2
A26C3
A26C4
A26C5
A22R20
A22R21
A22R22
A22R23
A22R24
A22R25
A22R26
A22R27
A22TP1
A22TP2
A22TP3
A22TP4
A22TP5
A22R8
A22R9
A22R10
A22R11
A22R12
A22R13
A22R14
A22R15
A22R16
A22R17
A22R18
A22R19
HP Part
Number
1884-0012
1854-0039
1200-0173
1854-0039
1200-0173
1884-0012
0698-0085
0757-0280
0698-3154
0757-0401
0698-0084
0698-3154
2100-3123
0683-0275
0698-3439
0757-0397
0698-3447
0811-1668
0757-0278
0698-0085
0757-0280
0698-3154
0757-0401
0757-0438
2100-3123
0698-0084
0683-0275
0698-3439
0757-0397
0698-3447
0811-1668
0698-7260
0698-7260
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
1826-0010
1826-0010
1902-0202
1902-3256
1902-0761
1902-0202
1902-3256
1251-2313
1251-2313
1251-2313
1251-2313
08640-60007
0361-0009
0403-0152
1200-0041
1200-0041
1200-0041
1200-0041
08640-60110
0160-2049
0160-2049
0160-3219
0160-3219
0160-2049
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
2
2
1
I
4
1
1
1
12
3
3
8
6
2
2
2
2
Qty
2
Description
THYRISTOR-SCR JEDEC 2N3528
TRANSISTOR NPN 2N3053 SI TO-5 PD=1W
INSULATOR XSTR TO-5 .075-THK
TRANSISTOR NPN 2N3053 SI TO-5 PD=1W
INSULATOR-XSTR TO-5 .075-THK
THYRISTOR-SCR JEDEC 2N3528
RESISTOR 2.61K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 4.22K 1% .125W F TC=00+100
RESISTOR 100 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 2.15K 1% 125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 4.22K 1% 125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR-TRMR 500 10% C SIDE-ADJ 17-TURN
RESISTOR 2.7 5% .25W FC TC=-400/+500
RESISTOR 178 1% .125W F TC=+-100
RESISTOR 68.1 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 422 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1..5 5% 2W PW TC=0+-400
RESISTOR 1.78K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 2.61K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 4.22K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 100 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR-TRMR 500 10% C SIDE-ADJ 17-TURN
RESISTOR 2.15K 1% .125M F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 2.7 5% .25W FC TC=-400/+500
RESISTOR 178 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 68.1 1% .125W F TC=0+-0100
RESISTOR 422 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1.5 5% 2W PW TC=0+-400
RESISTOR 10K 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 2% .05W F TC=0+-100
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS°MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
IC UA 723 V RGLTR
IC UA 723 V RGLTR
DIODE-ZNR 15V 5% DO-15 PD=1W TC=+.057%
DIODE=ZNR 23.7V 5% DO-7 PD-.4W TC=+.076%
DIOOE-ZNR 1N821 6.2V 5% DO-7 PD.25W
DIODE-ZNR 15V 5% DO-15 PD=1W TC=+.057%
DIODE-ZNR 23.7V 5% DO-7 PD=.4W TC=+.076%
CONNECTOR-SGL CONT SKT .04-DIA
CONNECTOR-SGL CONT SKT .04-DIA
CONNECTOR-SGL CONT SKT .04-DIA
CONNECTOR-SGL CONT SKT .04-DIA
NOT ASSIGNED
SERIES REGULATOR SOCKET ASSY
RIVET, SEMITUBULAR OVAL HD 0.188" LG
GUIDE-PC BD BLK POLYC .062-BD-THKNS 1-LG
SOCKET-XSTR 2-CONT TO-3-PKG
SOCKET-XSTR 2-CONT TO-3-PKG
SOCKET-XSTR 2-CONT TO-3-PKG
SOCKET-XSTR 2-CONT TO-3-PKG
NOT ASSIGNED
AM/AGC AND RF AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLY
CAPACITOR-FXD 5000PF +80-20% 500WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 5000PF +80-20% 500WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 100PF +-20% 500WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 100PF +-20% 500WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 5000PF +80-20% 500WVDC CER
Mfr Part Number
2N3528
2N3053
1200-0173
2N3053
1200-0173
2N3528
C4-1/8-TO-2611-F
C4-1/8-TO-1001-F
C4-1/8-TO-4221-F
C4-1/8-TO-101-F
C4-1/8-TO-2151-F
C4-1/8-TO-4221-F
3006P-1-501
CB27G5
C4-1/8-TO-178R-F
C4-1/8-TO-68R1-F
C4-1/8-TO-4221-F
BWH2-1R5-J
C4-1/8-TO-1781-F
C4-1/8-TO-2611-F
C4-1/8-TO-1001-F
C4-1/8-TO-4221-F
C4-1/8-TO-101-F
C4-1/8-TO-5111-F
3006P-1-501
C4-1/8-TO-2151-F
CB27G5
C4-1/8-TO-178R-F
C4-1/8-TO-68R1-F
C4-1/8-TO-422R-F
BWH2-1R-J
C3-1/8-TO-1002-G
C3-1/8-TO-1002-G
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
723HM
723HM
1902-0202
SZ 10939-290
1N821
1902-0202
SZ 10939-290
3-332070-5
3-332070-5
3-332070-5
3-332070-5
08640-60007
OBD
0403-0152
PTS-1
PTS-1
PTS-1
PTS-1
08640-60110
0160-2049
0160-2049
0160-3219
0160-3219
0160-2049
Mfr
Code
02735
04713
28480
04713
28480
02735
16299
24546
16299
24546
16299
16299
32997
16299
01121
16299
24546
16299
75042
24546
24546
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
01121
16299
24546
16299
75042
24546
16299
24546
16299
24546
24546
32997
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
07263
07263
28480
04713
04713
28480
04713
00779
00779
00779
00779
28480
00000
28480
22753
22753
22753
22753
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
SEE TABLES 7-1 AND 7-2, FOR BACKDATING
See introduction to this section for ordering information
6-32
Model 8640B
Reference
Designation
A26U2
A26W1 a26W2
A26W3
A26W4
A26A1
A26A1C1
A26A1C2
A26A1C3
A26A1C4
A26A1C5
A26A1C6
A26A1C7
A26A1CR1
A26A1CR2
A26A1CR3
A26A1CR4
A26A1L1
A26A2L2
A26J2
A26J3
A26L1
A26L2
A26L3
A26L4
A26L5
A26L6
A26L7
A26L8
A26MP1
A26MP2
A26MP3
A26MP4
A26MP5
A26MP6
A26MP7
A26C6
A26C7
A26C8
A26C9
A26C10
A26C11
A26C12
A26C13
A26C14
A26C15
A26CI16
A26C17
A26C18
A26J1
A26MP8
A26MP9
A26MP10
A26MP11
A26MP12
A26MP13
A26MP14
A26MP15
A26MP16
A26MP17
A26MP18
A26MP19
A26MP20
A26MP21
A26MP22
A26MP23
A26MP24
A26MP25
A26R1
A26U1
HP Part
Number
08640-20263
08640-20264
08640-00013
0403-0153
0403-0156
0403 0157
2200-0107
0520-0127
2360-0201
2950-0078
2190-0124
2190-0012
2190-0014
2190-0018
3050-0228
2950-0035
2190-0068
0361-1071
0757- 0159
08640-67002
08640-00002
08640-67003
08640 00002
8120-1889
8120-1887
8120-1905
8120-1892
08640-60017
0160-3094
0160-2049
0160-2049
0160-2049
0160-2049
0160-2049
0160-2049
0160-2049
0160-3961
0160-3219
0160-2049
0160-2049
0160-2152
0160-2152
1250-0829
1250-1423
1251-2613
9100 1620
9100-1621
9100-1620
9100-1620
9100-1620
9100-1620
9140-0178
9100-1620
8160-0218
8160-0222
8160-0223
8160 0224
08640 00012
08640-00018
08640-20262
0160-3094
0160-3094
0180-0197
0140-0198
0160-2204
1910-0022
1901-0040
1901-0539
1901:0040
9100-1620
9140-0180
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
1
1
7
2
2
1
9
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Qty
1
1
Description
CAPACITOR-FXD 5000PF +80=20% 500WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXO 5000PF +80=20% 500WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 5000PF +80=20% 500WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 5000PF +80=20% 500WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 5000PF +80=20% 500WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 5000PF +80=20% 500WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 5000PF +80=20% 500WVDC CER
CAPACITOR=FXD 56PF +=20% 500WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 100PF +=20% 500WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 5000PF +80=20% 500WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 5000PF +80=20% 500WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 10PF +-20% 500WVDC CER
CAPACITOR FXD 10PF +-20% 500WVDC CER
CONNECTOR-RF SMC M SGL HOLE FR
CAP-COAX TO FIT F-BNC NON-SHTG 2.5 IN
CONNECTOR-SGL CONT SKT .033-DIA
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 15UH 10%
COIL-FXD MOLDEO RF CHOKE 1BUH 10%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 15UH 10%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 15UH 10%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 15UH 10%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 15UH 10%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 12UH 10%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 15UH 10%
RFI STRIP NI ALY .782-W 4.7281L
RFI STRIP NI ALY 2.027-W 3.053-L
RFI STRIP NI ALY l-W 2.196-L
GASKET:MOD BOTTOM COVER
COVER, ACCESS
COVER, FILTER MODULE
COVER, TOP MODULE
CASTING, MODULE
COVER, BOTTOM MODULE
COVER, FILTER AMPLIFIER
GUIDE-PC BD GRN POLYC .062-BD-THKNS 1-LG
GUIDE-PC BD YEL POLYC .062-BD-THKNS 1-LG
GUIDE-PC BD GRN POLYC .062-BD-THKNS 1=LG
SCREW-MACH 4-40 .375-IN-LG PAN-HO-PO21
SCREW-MACH 2-56 .188-IN-LG PAN-HOD=PO21
SCREW-MACH 6-32 .5-IN-LG PAN-HC-PO2I
NUT-HEX-DBL-CHAM 10-32-THD .067-THK
WASHER-LK INTL T NO.-IO .195IN-=ID
WASHER-LK EXT T NO.-10 .195-IN-ID
WASHER-LK INTL T NO.-2 .089IN-ID
WASHER-LK HLCL NO.-6 .141-IN-IC
WASHER-FL MTLC NO.-6 .156-IN-ID
NUT-HEX-DBL-CHAM 15/32=32-THD .078-THK
WASHER-LK INTL T NO.-1/2 .505-IN-ID
RIVET:BLIND, DOME HD 0.125" DIA
RESISTOR 1K 12 .5W F TC=0+-10
OUTPUT AMPLIFIER
HEAT SINK, TRANSISTOR
MODULATCR PREAMPLIFIER
HEAT SINK, TRANSISTOR
CABLE-COAX .086-00
CABLE-COAX 50 OHM .086-00
CABLE-COAX .086-OD
CABLE-COAX .086-00
POWER AMPLIFIER 6 AGC DETECTOR ASSY
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF +-10% 100WVCC CER
NOT ASSIGNED
CAPACITOR-FXO .1UF +-10% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF+-10% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF+-10% 20 WVDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 200PF +-5% 300 WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 100PF +-5% 300WVDC MICA
DIODE-GE 5V 60NA 3.5NS D0=7
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V SOMA 2NS D0-35
DIODE-SCHOTTKY
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V SOMA 2NS D035
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 15UH 10%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 2.7UH 10%
See introduction to this section for ordering information
6-33
Mfr
Code
11815
19701
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
24931
24931
78189
78189
28480
80120
28480
78189
28480
00779
24226
24226
24226
24226
24226
24226
24226
24226
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
98291
28480
28480
56289
72136
93790
28480
28480
28480
28480
24226
24226
Mfr Part Number
08640-20263
08640-20264
08640-00013
0403-0153
0403-0156
0403-0157
2200-0107
0520-0127
2360-0201
HN100-11
LW101-30
1810-00
1902-00
2190-0018
MS15795-305
2950-0035
1924-02
AAP-4-3
MFTC/22-TO-1RO-F
08640-67002
08640-00002
08640-67003
08640-00002
8120-1889
8120-1887
8120-1905
8120-1892
08640-60017
0160-3094
0160-2049
0160-2049
0160-2049
0160-2049
0160-2049
0160-2049
0160-2049
0160-3961
0160-3219
0160-2049
0160-2049
0160-2152
0160-2152
50-045-4610
1250-1423
50864-3
15/152
15/182
15/152
15/152
15/152
15/152
15/122
15/152
8160-0218
8160-0222
8160-0223
8160-0224
08640-00012
08640-00018
08640-20262
0160-3094
0160-3094
1500225X9020A2
DMS15F201J0300WV1CR
RDM15F101J3C
1910-0022
1901-0040
1901-0539
1901-0040
15/152
15/271
Model 8640B
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
Reference
Designation
A26A2C3
A26A2C4
A26A2C5
A26A2C6
A26A2C7
A26A2C8
A26A2C9
A26A2C10
A26A2C11
A6A22C12
A26A2CR1
A26A2CR2
A26A2CR3
A26A2CR4
A26A2CR5
A26A2CR6
A26A2CR7
A26A2CR8
A26A2CR9†
A26A2CR10
A26A2CR11
A26A2CR12
A26A2CR13
A26A2CR14
A26A2CR15
A26A2CR16
A26A2CR17
A26A2CR18
A26A2K1
A26A2L1
A26A2L2
A26A2L3
A26A2MP1
A26AIMP1
A26A1Q1†
A26A1Q2
A26A1Q3
A26A1Q4
A26A1Q5
A26A1Q6
A26A1R1
A26A1R2
A26A1R3
A26A1R4
A26A1R5
A26A1R6
A26A1R7
A26A1R8
A26A1R9
A26A1R10
A26A1R11
A26A1R12
A26A1R13
A26A1R14
A26A1R15
A26A1R16†
A26A1R17†
A26A1TP1
A26A1TP2
A26A1VR1
A26A1VR2
A26A1XA26U1A-E
A26A2
A26A2C1
A26A2C2
A26A2MP2
HP Part
Number
0340-0044
1853-0015
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1853-0007
1855-0049
0757-0441
0693-3443
0698-3160
0698-3446
0698-3445
0757-0280
0683-1055
0698-3450
0757-0438
0757-0442
2100-2061
0757-0401
0757-0401
0698-3450
0757-0280
0698-3438
0698-3132
0360-I514
0340-0044
1902-0184
1902-0048
1251-2613
08640-60014
0180-0291
0180-0291
0180-0291
0180-0291
0160-3450
0160-0161
0160-3450
0180-1743
0180-0100
0180-0116
0180-0291
1910-0022
1901-0022
1901-0022
1901-0022
1901-0040
1901-0040
1901-0040
1910-0016
1901-0040
1901-0040
1901-0040
1910-0022
1910-0022
1910-0022
1910-0022
1901-0040
1910-0022
0490-1080
9100-1641
9100-1641
9100-1620
4040-0749
1480-0073
4040-0752
1480-0073
† SEE TABLES 7-1 AND 7-2, FOR BACKDATING.
4
3
2
4
1
1
1
4
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
10
1
1
1
2
2
Qty
3
1
7
1
7
4
2
Description
TERMINAL-STUD DBL-TUR PRESS-MTG
TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD=200MW FT=500MH2
TRANSISTCR NPN SI PD=300MW FT=200MH2
TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300MW FT=200MH2
TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300MW FT=200MH2
TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO-18 PD=360MW
TRANSISTOR-JFET DUAL N-CHAN D-MODE SI
RESISTOR 8.25K 1% 125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 287 1%.125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 31.6K 1% 125W F TC=0+100
RESISTOR 383 1% 125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 348 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+=100
RESISTOR IM 57 .25W FC TC=-800/+900
RESISTOR 42.2K 1% .125W F TC=04+100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1% 125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR-TRMR 200 10% C TOP=ADJ 1-TURN
RESISTOR 100 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 100 1%.125W F TC= 0+-100
RESISTOR 42.2K 1% 125W F TC-0+-100
RESISTOR 1K 1%.125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 147 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 261 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD DBL-TUR PRESS-MTG
DIODE-2NR 16.2V 5% DO-7 PD-.4W TC=+.066%
DIODE-2NR 6.81V 5% DO-7 P=D.4W TC=+.043%
CONNECTOR-SGL CONT SKT .033-DIA
AM OFFSET : PULSE SWITCHING ASSY
CAPACITOR-FXD 1UF+-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 1UF+-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 1UF+-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 1UF+-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 5000PF +-10% 250WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD ..01UF+-10% 200WVDC POLYE
CAPACITOR-FXD 5000PF +-105 250WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF+10% 35VDC TA
NOT ASSIGNED
CAPACITOR-FXD 4.7UF+-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 6.8UF+-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 1UF+-10% 35VDC TA
DIODE-GE SV 60NA 3.SNS DO7
DIODE-STABISTOR 10V 250MA
DIODE-STABISTOR 10V 250MA
DIODE-STABISTOR 10V 250MA
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DD-35
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DD-35
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DD-35
NOT ASSIGNED
DIODE-GE 60V 60NA 1US D0-7
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS 00-35
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS 00-35
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS 00-35
DIODE-GE 5V 60NA 3.5NS DO-7
DIODE-GE 5V 60NA 3.SNS DO-7
DIODE-GE 5V 60NA 3.SNS DO-7
DIODE-GE 5V 60NA 3.SNS DO-7
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50A 2NS DO-35
DIODE-GE SV 60NA 3.S5NS DO-7
RELAY-REED 1C .25A 150V CONT 5V-COIL
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 240UH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 240UH 5%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 15UH 10%
EXTRACTOR-PC BD BRN POLYC .062-BD=THKNS
PIN:DRIVE 0.250" LG
EXTRACTOR-PC BD YEL POLYC .062-BD=THKNS
PIN:DRIVE 0.250" LG
See introduction to this section for ordering information.
6-34
Mfr
Code
24546
30983
24546
24546
16299
24546
16299
16299
28480
83330
04713
04713
00779
28480
56289
56289
83330
28480
28480
28480
28480
04713
28480
24546
16299
16299
16299
16299
24546
01121
16299
24546
56289
56289
28480
56289
28480
56289
56289
56289
56289
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
24226
24226
24226
28480
00000
28480
00000
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Mfr Part Number
1910-0016
1901-0040
1901-0040
1901-0040
1910-0022
1910-0022
1910-0022
1910-0022
1901-0040
1910-0022
0490-1080
15/243
15/243
15/152
4040-0749
080D
4040-0752
08D
92-1500
1853-0015
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
2N3251
1855-0049
C4-1/8-TO-8251=F
C4-1/8-TO-287R-F
C4 1/8-TO-3162-F
C4-1/8-TO-383R-F
C4-1/8-TO-348R-F
C4-1/8-TO-1001-F
CB1055
C4-1/8-TO-4222-F
C4-1/8-TO-5111-F
C4-1/8-TO-1002-F
ETSOW201
C4-1/8 TO-101-F
C4-1/8=TO-101-F
C4-1/8-TO-4222-F
C4-1/8-TO-1001-F
C4-1/8-TO-147R-F
C4-1/8-TO-2610-F
0360-1514
92-1500
S2 10939-242
S2 10939-134
50864-3
08640-60014
150D105X9035A2
150D105X9035A2
150D105X9035A2
150D105X9035A2
0160-3450
292P10392
0160-3450
150D104X9035A2
150D475X9035B2
150D685X9035B2
150D105X9035A2
1910-0022
1901-0022
1901-0022
1901-0022
1901-0040
1901-0040
1901-0040
Model 8640B
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
Reference
Designation
HP Part
Number
A2643C5
A26A3C6
A26A3CR1
A26A3CR2
A26A3CR3
A26A3CR4
0757-0422
0757-0421
0757-0439
0757-0442
0757-0442
0757-0401
0757-0421
0757-0438
0757-0280
0698-3440
0757-0438
2100-2413
0698-3157
0757-0416
0757-0394
0698-3162
1854 0221
1854-0404
1853-0034
1853-0034
1854-0404
1854-0404
1854-0404
1853-0034
1853-0034
0757-0465
0757-0440
0757-0442
0757-0442
0698-3155
0757-0442
0757-0440
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
1826-0114
1820-0448
1820-0579
1902-3139
08640-60016
0160-3094
0160-3094
0150-0048
1251-2229
0150-0048
0757-0438
0698-3162
07s7-0438
0698-0085
0698-3162
0698-3150
0757-0438
0698-3154
0757-0438
0698-3450
0757-0289
0698-0082
0698-0083
0757-0442
0757-0438
0698-0083
0360-1514
1251-2229
0150-0048
1251-2229
0150-0048
1251-2229
08640-60163
4
2
1
4
8
1
† SEE TABLES 7-1 AND 7-2, FOR BACKDATING
A26A2TP2
A26A2TP3
A26A2TP4
A26A2TP5
A26A2TP6
A26A2TP7
A26A2TP8
A26A2U1†
A26A2U2†
A26A2U3
A26A2VR1
A26A3
A26A3C1
A26A3C2
A26A3C3
A26A2R24
A26A2R25
A26A2R26
A26A2R27
A26A2R28
A26A2R29
A26A2R30
A26A2R31
A26A2R32
A26A2R33
A26A2R34
A26A2R35
A26A2R36
A26A2R37
A26A2R38
A26A2R39
A26A2TP1
A26A2R8
A26A2R9
A26A2R10
A26A2R11
A26A2R12
A26A2R13
A26A2R14
A26A2R15
A26A2R16
A26A2R17
A26A2R18
A26A2R19
A26A2R20
A26A2R21
A26A2R22
A26A2R23
A26A2Q1
A26A2Q2†
A26A2Q3†
A26A2Q4†
A26A2Q5†
A26A2Q6†
A26A2Q7†
A26A2Q8†
A26A2Q9†
A26A2R1
A26A2R2
A26A2R3
A26A2R4
A26A2R5
A26A2R6
A26A2R7
A26A3C4
3
4
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
Qty Description
TRANSISTOR-DUAL NPN PO=75OMW
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD-360MW
TRANSISTOR PNP SI TO-18 PD-360MW
TRANSISTOR PNP SI TO-18 PD-360MW
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD-360MW
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD-360MW
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD-360MW
TRANSISTOR PNP S1 TO-18 PD-360MW
TRANSISTOR PNP SI TO-18 PD-360MW
RESISTOR 100K 1% .125W F TC=-0+-100
RESISTOR 7.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC= 0+ 100
RESISTOR 4.64K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 7.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 909 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 825 1%.125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 6.81K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 100 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 825 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1K 1%.125W F TC-=0+-100
RESISTOR 196 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1%.125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR-TRMR 200 10% C SIDE-ADJ 1-TURN
RESISTOR 19.6K 1% 125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 511 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 51.1 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 46.4K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 46.4K 1%.125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 2.61K 1% .125w F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 46.4K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 2.37K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 4.22K 1% .125W F TC-=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 42.2K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 13.3K 1% .125w F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 464 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1.96K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC-=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1.96K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-YTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-HTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
IC UA 710 CCMPARATOR
IC:TTL QUAD 2-INPT NAND GATE
IC SN74 123 N MV
OIODE-2NR 8.25V 5% DO-7 PD=.4W TC-+.053%
MODULATOR ASSY
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF+-10% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF +-10% 100WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .22PF +-5% 500WVDC TI DIOX
CONNECTOR-SGL CONT SKT .033-DIA
CAPACITOR-FXD .22PF -5% 500WVDC TI DIOX
CONNECTOR-SGL CONT SKT .033-DIA
CAPACITOR-FXD .22PF +- 5% 500WVDC TI DIOX
CONNECTOR-SGL CONT SKT .033-DIA
CAPACITOR-FXD .22PF +-5% 500VDC TI DIOX
CONNECTOR-SGL CONT SKT .033-DIA
MATCHED DIODE SET
(INCLUDES A26A3CR2 THRU 8, NSR)
NSR, PART OF A26A3CR1.
NSR, PART OF A26A3CR1.
NSR, PART OF A26A3CR1.
See introduction to this section for ordering information.
6-35
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
07263
01295
01295
04713
28480
28480
28480
95121
00779
95121
24546
16299
24546
16299
16299
16299
24546
16299
24546
16299
19701
16299
16299
24546
24546
16299
28480
00779
95121
00779
95121
00779
28480
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
16299
24546
30983
16299
24546
24546
16299
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
24546
24546
24546
24546
16299
24546
24546
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Mfr Part Number
C4-1/8-TO.-5111-F
C4-1/8-TO-4642-F
C4-1/8-TO-5111-F
C4-1/8-TO-2611-F
C4-1/8-TO-4642-F
C4-1/8-TO-2371-F
C4-1/8-TO-5111-F
C4-1/8-TO-0221-F
C4-1/8-TO-5111-F
C4-1/8-TO-4222-F
MF4C1/8-TO-1332-F
C4-1/8-TO-4640-F
C4-1/8-TO-1961-F
C4-1/8-TO-1002-F
C4-1/8-TO-5111-F
C4-1/8-TO-1961-F
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
710HM
SN5400N
SN74123N
SZ 10939-158
08640-60016
0160-3094
0160-3094
TYPE QC
1-331677-3
TYPE OC
1-331677-3
TYPE QC
1-331677-3
TYPE QC
1-331677-3
08640-60163
1854-0221
1854-0404
1853-0034
1853-0034
1854=0404
1854-0404
1854-0404
1853-0034
1853-0034
C4-1/8-TO-1003-F
C4-1/8-TO-7501-F
C4-18-TO-1002-F
C4-1/8-TO-1002-F
C4-1/8-TO-4641-F
C4-1/8-TO-1002-F
C4-1/8-TO-7501-F
C4-1/8-TO-909R-F
C4-1/8-TO-825R-F
C4-1/8-TO-6811-F
C4-1/8-TO-1002-F
C4-1/8-TO-1002-F
C4-1/8TO-101-F
C4-1/8-TO-825R-F
C4-1/8-TO-5111-F
C4-1/8-TO-1001F
C4-1/8-T-196R-F
C4-18-TO-5111-F
ETSOX201
C4-1/8-TO-1962-F
C4-1/8-TO-51R1-F
C4-1/8-TO-51RL-F
C4-1/8-TO-4642-F
Model 8640
Reference
Designation
A26A4Q1
A26A4Q2
A26A4Q3
A26A4Q4
A26A4Q5
A26A4Q6
A26A4Q7
A26A4Q8
A26A4Q9
A26A4R1
A26A4R2
A26A4R3
A26A4R4
A26A4R5
A26A3CR5
A26A3CR6
A26A3CR7
A26A3CR8
A26A3J1
A26A3J2
A26A3L1
A26A312
A26A3R1
A26A3R2
A26A3R3
A26A3R4
A26A3R5
A26A3T1
A26A3T2
A26A3XA26U2A-E
A26A4
A26A4C1
A26A4C2
A26A4C3
A26A4C4
A26A4C5
A26A4C6
A26A4C7
A26A4C8
A26A4C9
4A6A4C10†
A26A4C11
A26A4C12
A26A4C13
A26A4C14†
A26A4C15
A26A4C16
A26A4C17
A26A4CR1
A26A4CR2
A26A4CR3
A26A4CR4
A26A4CR5
A26A4CR6
A26A4CR7
A26A4CRB
A26A4CR9
A26A4CR10
A26A4CR11
A26A4CR12
A26A4CR13
A26A4CR14
A26A4CR15
A26A4K1
A26A4L1
A26A4L2
A26A4MP1
A26A4NP2
HP Part
Number
9100-1641
4040-0749
1480-0073
4040-0753
1480-0073
1854-0221
1854-0071
1853-0007
1854-0221
1853-0034
1854-0071
1853-0034
1854-0071
1854-0071
2100-2521
2100-2521
0757-0401
0757-0290
0757-0280
1901-0040
1901-0040
1901-0040
1901-0040
1901-0022
1901-0022
1910-0016
1910-0016
1910-0016
1901-0022
1901-0040
1901-0022
1901-0539
1901-0518
1901-0040
0490-1080
9100-1641
0180-0291
0180-0291
0160-2307
0160-2307
0160-3458
0180-0291
0180-0197
0160-0161
0160-0302
0160-0159
0140-0191
0180-0291
0160-0576
0160-0297
0160-3534
0160-3459
1250-1425
1251-2194
9100-1620
9140-0112
0698-7229
0698-3132
0698-3132
0757-0416
0757-0416
08640 80003
1251-2194
08640-80003
1251-2194
1251-2613
08640-60015
0180-0291
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
1
1
2
9
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Qty
1
1
1
2
Description
NSR, PART OF A26A3CR1.
NSR. PART OF A26A3CR1.
NSR. PART OF A26A3CR1.
NSR. PART OF A26A3CR1.
CONNECTOR-RF SMC MSGL HOLE RR
CONNECTOR-SGL CONT SKT .021-DIA
COIL-FXD FOLDED RF CHOKE 15UH 10%
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 4.7UH 10%
RESISTOR 511 2% .05W F TC-0+-100
RESISTOR 261 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 261 1% 125M F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 511 1%.125W F TC-0+-100
RESISTOR 511 1.125W F TC=0+-100
BALUN ASSY
CONNECTOR-SGL CONT SKT .021-DIA
BALUN ASSY
CONNECTOR-SGL CONT SKT .021-DIA
CONNECTOR-SGL CONT SKT .033-0lA
AGC AMPLIFIER ASSY
CAPACITOR-FXC 1UF+-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 1UF+-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXC 1UF+-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 47PF +-5% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXO 47PF +-5% 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 5000PF +-10% 250WVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD IUF4+-=OX 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF-=10% 200WVDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-10%: 200WVDC POLYE
CAPACITOR-FXD .018UF +-10% 200WVDC POLYE
CAPACITOR-FXO 6800PF +10% 200VDC POLYE
CAPACITOR-FXD 56PF +-5: 300WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD 1UF+-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF 4=20 SO 5VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1200PF +-10% 200WVDC POLYE
CAPACITOR-FXD 510PF +-5% 100WVDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD .02UF +-20% 100WVDC CER
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO-35
DIODE-STABISTOR 10V 250MA
DIODE-STABISTOR 10V 250MA
DIODE-GE 60V 60NA 1US DO-7
DIODE-GE 60V 60NA 1US DO-7
DIODE-GE 60V 60NA 1US DO-7
DIODE-STABISTOR 1OV 250MA
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO35
OIODE-STABISTOR 10V 250MA
DIODE-SCHOTTKY
DIODE-SCHOTTKY
DIODE-SWITCHING 30V SOMA 2NS DO-35
RELAY-REED IC .25A 150V CONT 5VCOIL
COIL-FXD MOLDED RF CHOKE 240UH 5%
COIL-FXO MOLDED RF CHOKE 240UH 5%
EXTRACTOR-PC BD BRN POLYC .062-BD-THKNS
PIN:DRIVE 0.250” LG
EXTRACTOR-PC BD GRN POLYC .062-BD-THKNS
PIN:DRIVE 0.250” LG
TRANSISTOR-DUAL NPN PO=75OMW
TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300MW FT=20OMH2
TRANSISTOR PKP 2N3251 SI TO718 PO=360MW
TRANSISTOR-DUAL NPN PD=75OMW
TRANSISTOR PNP SI TO-18 POD360MW
TRANSISTOR NPN SI PO-300MW FT=200MHZ
TRANSISTOR PNP SI TD-18 PD=360MW
TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD0300MW FT=200MHZ
TRANSISTOR NPN SI PO=300MW FT=200MHZ
RESISTOR-TRMR 2K 10% C SIDE-ADJ 1-TURN
RESISTOR-TRMR 2K 10% C SIDE-ADJ 1 TURN
RESISTOR 100 1T .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 6.19K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC0+-100
See introduction to this section for ordering information.
6-36
Mfr
Code
24226
28480
00000
28480
00000
28480
28480
04713
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
30983
30983
24546
19701
24546
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
24226
56289
56289
28480
28480
28480
56289
56289
56289
56289
56289
72136
56289
26654
56289
28480
28480
2K497
00779
24226
24226
24546
16299
16299
24546
24546
28480
00779
28480
00779
00779
28480
56289
Mfr Part Number
1901-0040
1901-0040
1901-0040
1901-0040
1901-0022
1901-0022
1910-0016
1910-0016
1910-0016
1901-0022
1901-0040
1901-0022
1901-0539
1901-0518
1901-0040
0490-1080
15/243
15/243
4040=0749
OBD
4040-0753
OBD
1854-0221
1854-0071
2N3251
1854-0221
1853-0034
1854-0071
1853-0034
1854-0071
1854-0071
ET50X202
ET50X202
C4-1/8-TO-101-F
MF4C1/8-TO-6191-F
C4-1/8-TO-1001-F
700177-1
3-331272 0
15/152
15/471
C3-1/8-TO-511R-G
C4-1/8-TO-2610-F
C4-1/8-TO-2610-F
C4-1/8-TO-511R-F
C4-1/8-TO-511R-F
08640-80003
3-331272-0
08640-80003
3-331272-0
50864-3
08640-60015
150D105X9035A2
150D105X9035A2
150D105X9035A2
0160-2307
0160-2307
0160-3458
150D105X9035A2
1500225X9020A2
292P10392
292P18392
292P68292
DM15E560J0300WV1CR
1500D105X9035A2
2130BR050R104M
292P12292
0160-3534
0160-3459
Model 8640B
HP Part
Number
0757-0278
0757-0290
0698-0083
0757-0458
0757-0438
0757-0458
0757-043S
0757-0442
0757-0441
0757-0317
0757-0442
0757-0438
0757-0465
0757-0465
0698 0083
0757-0394
0757-0440
0691-3154
0757-0440
0757-0465
0757-0442
0757-0042
2100-2514
0698-3156
0757-0442
0698-3156
0757-0438
0698-3453
0698-3153
0757-0464
0757-0438
0757-0438
0691-3153
0757-0280
0698-3437
0757-0465
0757-0465
0698-0083
0698-3450
0757-0442
0698-3154
0757-0401
0757-0289
0698-3150
0698-3451
0757-0280
0757-0278
0757-0421
3101-0973
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
1826-0092
1826-0026
1820-0328
1820-0471
1902-0025
1902-3203
08640-60009
1251-3231
08640-60011
1251-1886
Reference
Designation
A26A4R38
A26A4R39
A26A4R40
A26A4R41†
A26A4R42†
A26A4R43
A26ARR44
A26A4R45
A26A4R46
A26A4R47
A26A4R48
A26A4R49
A26A4R50
A26A4R51
A26A4RS2
A26A4R53
A26A4R54†
A26A451
A26A4TP1
A26A4TP2
A26A4TP3
A26A4TP4
A26A4TP5
A26A4TP6
A26A4TP7
A26A4TP8
A26A4U1
A26A4U2
A26A4U3
A26A4U4
A26A4VR1
A26A4VR2
A26A5
A26A5XA26A6
A26A6
A26A6XA2662
A26A4R22†
A26A4R23
A26A4R24
A26A42R5
A26A4R26
A26A4R27
A26A4R28
A26A4R29
A26A4R30
A26ASR31
A26A4R32
A26A4R33
A26A4R34
A26A4R35
A46A4R36
A26A4R37
A26A4R6
A26A4R7
A26A4R8
A26A4R9
A26A4R10
A26A4R11
A26A4R12
A26A4R13†
A26A4R14
A26A4R15†
A26A4R16
A26A4R17
A26A4R18
A26A4R19
A26A4R20
A26A4R21
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
1
6
1
2
1
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
1 -
1
1
1
1
Qty
2
1
Description
RESISTOR 7.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 4.22K 1% 125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 7.5K 1% .125M F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 100K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1%.125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+ 100
RESISTOR-TRMR 20K 10% C SIDE-ACJ 1-TURN
RESISTOR 14.7K 1% 125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 14.7K 1% 125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 196K 1%.125 F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 3.83K 1% 125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 90.9K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1.78K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 6.19K 1% .125W F TC=0+-I00
RESISTOR 1.96K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 51.1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 51.1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-I00
RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 8.25K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1.33K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 100k1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 100K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1.96K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 51.1 15 .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 3.83K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 133 1% .125W F TC =0+-100
RESISTOR 100K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 100K 1% .125WF TC=0-=100
RESISTOR 1.96K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 42.2K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 4.22K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1% 125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 13.3K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 2.37K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 133K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
NOT ASSIGNED
RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1.78K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 825 1% .125W F TC7=0+-100
SWITCH-SL DPDT-NS MINTR .5A 125VAC/DC PC
TERMINAL-STUO SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUC SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUO SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUC SGL-PIN PRESS-MTG
TERMINAL-STUD SGL-FIN PRESS-MTG
IC MC 1458 DP AMP
IC LM 311 CCMPARATOR
IC SN74 02 N GATE
IC SN74 06 N INV
DIODE-ZNR 10V 5% DD-7 PD=.4W TC=+-.06%
DIODE-ZNR 14.7V 5% DD-7 PO-.4W TC=+-.057%
RISER ASSY
CDNNECTOR; PC EDGE; 15-CONT; WIRE WRAP
AM MOTHER BOARD ASSY
CONNECTOR-PC EDGE 15-CONT/ROW 2-ROWS
† SEE TABLES 7-1 AND 7-2, FOR BACKDATING.
See introduction to this section for ordering information.
6-37
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Mfr Part Number
C4-1/8-TO-7501-F
C4-1/8 TO-4221-F
C4-1/8-TO-7501-F
C4-1/8-TO-1003-F
C4-1/8-TO-1002-F
C4-1/8-TO-1002-F
ET50W203
C4-1/8-TO-1472-F
C4-1/8-TO-1002-F
C4-1/8-TO-1472-F
C4-1/8-TO-5111-F
C4-1/8-TO-1963-F
C4-1/8-TO-3831-F
C4-1/8-TO-9092-F
C4-1/8-TO-5111-F
C4-1/8-TO-5111-F
C4-1/8-TO-1781-F
MF4C1/8-TO-6191=F
C4-1/8-TO-1961-F
C4-1/8-TO-5112-F
C4-1/8-TO-5111-F
C4-1/8-TO-5112-F
C4-1/8-TO-5111-F
C4-1/8-TO-1002-F
C4-1/8-TO-8251-F
C4-1/8-TO-1331-F
C4-1/8-TO-1002-F
C4-1/8-TO-5111-F
C4-1/8-TO-1003-F
C4-1/8-TO-1003--F
C4-1/8-TO-1961-F
C4-1/8-TO-51R1-F
C4-1/8-TO-3831-F
C4-1/8-TO-1001-F
C4-1/8-TO-133R-F
C4-1/8-TO-1003-F
C4-1/8-TO-1003-F
C4-1/8-TO-1961-F
C4-1/8-TO-4222-F
C4-1/8-TO-1002-F
C4-1/8-TO-4221-F
C4-1/8-TO-1001-F
MF4C1/8-TO-1332-F
C4-1/8-TO-2371-F
C4-1/8-TO-1333-F
C4-1/8-TO-1001-F
C4-1/8-TO-1781=F
C4-1/8-TO-7825R-F
GF126=0018
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
1826-0092
LM311H
SN7402M
SN7406N
SZ 10939-182
SZ 10939-230
08640=60009
1251-3231
08640-60011
252-15-30-340
Mfr
Code
24546
19701
16299
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
16299
24546
24546
16299
24546
24546
24546
24546
30983
16299
24546
16299
24546
16299
16299
24546
24546
24546
16299
24546
16299
24546
24546
16299
16299
24546
16299
24546
19701
16299
16299
24546
24546
24546
79727
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
27014
01295
01295
04713
04713
28480
28480
28480
71785
Model 8640B
Table. 6-3. Replaceable Parts
MP4
MP5
MP6
MP7
MP8
MP9†
MP10
MP11
MP29
MP30
MP31
MP32
MP33
MP34
MP35
MP36
MP12
MP13
MP14
MP15
MP16
MP17
MP18
MP19
MP20†
MP21
MP22†
MP23
MP24
MP25
MP26
MP27
MP28
MP37
MP38
MP39
MP40
MP41
MP42
MP43
MP44
MP45
MP46
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6†
DS1
F1
F1
J1
M1†
MP1
MP2
MP3
0370-2379
0370-2380
0370-2381
0370-2382
0370-2383
0370-2387
0370-2445
0370-2446
0403-0026
0590-1011
1400-0825
1540*0034
08640-20163
3150-0203
5001-0135
5060-0109
08640-00063
08640-00021
08640-40044
08640-00022
08640-00030
08640-00058
08640-00059
08640-20078
08640-20079
1500-0433
08640-20204
08640-40016
08640-40026
08640 40046
08640-40047
08640-40049
08640 20296
08640-40055
08640-40056
08640-60036
5040-0388
5040-0389
5040-0390
3030-0007
0624-0267
0626-0002
1200-0043
0180-2530
0180-2530
0180-2334
0180-2277
0180-2277
0160-4048
2140-0244
2110-0002
2110-0094
08640-60103
1120-0539
0360 0053
0340-0486
0370-2376
0370-2378
Reference
Designation
HP Part
Number
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
Qty Description
CHASSIS PARTS
CAPACITOR-FXD 3900UF+75-10% 50VDC AL
CAPACITOR-FXD 3900UF+75-10% 50VDC AL
CAPACITOR-FXD 3900UF+75-10% 75VDC AL
CAPACITOR-FXD 8200UF+75-10% 25VDC AL
CAPACITOR-FXD 8200UF+75-10% 25VDC AL
CAPACITOR FXD .022UF +20% 250WVAC MET
LAMP-GLOW A1H 135/105VDC 1MA T-2-BULB
FUSE 2A 250V 1.25X.25 UL IEC
(FOR 100/120V OPERATION)
FUSE 1.25A 250V 1.25X.25 UL IEC
(FOR 220/240V OPERATION)
CONNECTOR, TYPE N RF OUTPUT(SEE FIG 6-2)
METER
TERMINAL-LUG-SLDR 10 SCR .204/.094 ID
INSULATOR-COVER TO- 3.33-THK
KNOB:BAR, SKIRTED 0.250" OIA SHAFT
FREQUENCY RANGE
KNOB:RNO, CONCENTRIC 0.125" DIA SHAFT
(FM)
KNOB:RND, CONCENTRIC 0.125" DIA SHAFT
(AM)
KNOB:BAR BASE 0.250" DIA SHAFT
PEAK DEVIATION RANGE
KNOB:BAR BASE 0.250" DIA SHAFT
(OPT 001) AUD OUT 3V
KNOB:RND, SKIRTED 0.250” DIA SHAFT
(STANDARD) MCD FREQ
KNOB-BASE-PTR .375 IN JGK MGP-DECAL
FINE TUNE
KNOB:RND BASE 0.250" DIA SHAFT
(STANDARD) AUD OUT 1V
KNOB-BASE-RND .5 IN JGK MGP-DECAL
OUTPUT LEVEL VERNIER
KNOB-CONC-RND .5 IN JGK MGP-DECAL
(OPT 001) MOO FREQ VERNIER
GLIDE:NYLCN
NUT-KNRLD-R 15/32-32-THD .12-THK .61-WD
CLIP-LED MTG 0.201-IN ID; 0.330-IN 00
CONTAINER-PLASTIC POLYSTY 1.062LG
CLAMP, CAP
FILTER-CARTRIDGE EXP AL 3.6-W 6-L
WRENCH:COMB
CGNNECTOR:15 CONTACTS
PANEL, FRONT
SHIELD. FM AMPLIFIER
SCREW, METER ZERO
SUPPORT, PC BOARD
SUPPORT, MODULE
INSULATOR COUNTER
INSULATOR, CONNECTOR
EXTRUSION, TOP
EXTRUSION, BOTTOM
COUPLER, SHAFT
FRONT CASTING, 5H FM
CLAMP. METER
KNOB/DIAL ASSY, OUTPUT LEVEL
LENS. DIFFUSING
KNOB/DIAL ASSY(OPT 001)MOD FREQ RANGE
WINDOW, FRONT
DIAL GEAR ASSY,(OPT 001)
MOD FRED. VERNIER SKIRT
KNOB & SKIRT, FREQUENCY TUNE
SKIRT, OUTPUT LEVEL CURSOR
BOARD ASSY, EXTENDER
BUTTON, X10%
BUTTON, K/MHZ
BUTTON, VOLTS
SCREW,SET 4-40(FRONT PANEL KNOBS)
SCREWTPG 6=20 .625-IN-LG PAN-HD
SCREW-TPG 6-20 .5-IN-LG PAN-HD SLT-REC
INSULATOR-XSTR TO-3 02-THK
See introduction to this section for ordering information.
† SEE TABLES 7-1 AND 7-2, FOR BACKDATING
6-38
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
99934
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
76530
56289
56289
56289
56289
56289
C0633
08806
71400
75915
28480
28480
83330
0011J
28480
28480
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Mfr Part Number
0370-2379
0370-2380
0370-2381
0370-2382
0370-2383
0370-2387
0370-2445
0370-2446
0403-0026
0590-1011
1400-0825
1540-0034
08640-20163
3150-0203
5001-0135
5060-0109
08640-00063
08640-00021
08640-40044
08640-00022
08640-00030
08640-00058
08640-00059
08640-20078
08640-20079
A-201-34A
08640-20204
08640-40016
08640-40026
08640-40046
08640-40047
08640-40049
08640-20296
08640-40055
08640-40056
08640-60036
5040-0388
5040-0389
5040-0390
3030-0007
0624-0267
0626-0002
322047
36D392GO50SV2B
36D392GO50AC2B
36D392F075BB2B
36D822G025AC2A
36D822G025AC2A
PME 271 M 522
A1H
AGC-2
3121.25
08640-60103
1120-0539
1410-10
A22-2003
0370-2376
0370-2378
Model 8640B
08640-00072
08640-00073
08640 00074
1430-0761
08640-00037
3030-0343
1251-3294
1251-0198
5040-0327
1251-1249
1251-1313
1251-3054
1854-0063
1854-0063
1854-0250
1854-0063
1854-0063
2100-3344
0698-3449
3101-1395
3101-0070
3101-0163
9100-3350
8120-1378
8120-1886
8120-1890
08640-60127
8120-1928
8120-1881
8120-1882
8120-0580
8120-1928
8120-0581
8120-1885
08640-60128
08640-60126
8120-1891
08640-60124
8120- 1525
HP Part
Number
3160-0217
5040-0170
3030-0007
5040-0447
08620-20016
08640-00014
08640-00015
08640-00065
0400-0005
0403-0026
8160-0238
8160-0239
08640-20228
08640-40052
08640-20057
Reference
Designation
MP63-
MP67
MP68
MP69
MP70
MP71-
MP79
MP80
MP81
MP82
MP83
P1
P2
MP47
MP48
MP49
MP50
MP51
MP52
MP53
MP54
MP55†
MP56†
MP57
MP58
MP59†
MP60
MP61
MP62
P3
W5
W6
W7
W8
W9
W10
W11
W12
W13
W14
W15
W16
S1
S2
S3
T1
W1
W2
W3
W4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
R1†
R2
R3†
Table. 6-3. Replaceable Parts
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Qty
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Description
FAN BLADE .76-THK 3-OD .079-ID
GUIDE:PLUG-IN PC BOARD
SCREW-SET 4-40 .125-IN-LG SMALL CUP-PT
FCOT:REAR(LONG)
NOT ASSIGNED
HEAT SINK, TRANSISTOR
DECK, TRANSFORMER
DECK, MAIN
SHIELD, ATTENUATOR
GROMMET:RUBBER FOR 0.562" DIA HOLE
GLIDE: NYLON
GASKET MATL,RFI, RING((MAIN TUNEI
GASKET MATL, RFI,RING(FINE TUNE)
COLLAR,RETAINING(FINE TUNE SHAFT)
LEVER SLIDE SWITCH
INSULATOR, TRANSISTOR SCREW
NOT ASSIGNED
NOT ASSIGNED
BRACKET, FAN, TOP
BRACKET, FAN, ROTTOM
FOAM STRIP, 80TTCM COVER
NOT ASSIGNED
NOT ASSIGNED
GEAR SPUR
INSULATOR, SOTTOM COVER
NOT ASSIGNED
SCREW SET 1/4-28 .25-IN-LG HALF DOG-PT
CONNECTOR. PC EDGE, 10-CONT, SOLDER EYE
CONNECTOR-PC EDGE 6-CONT/ROW 2-ROWS
HOOD:CONNECTCR
PL2G KEY-PRINTED CIRCUIT CONN
CONTACT-CONN FEM CRP
CONNIECTOR STRIP:9 OPEN POSITION
TRANSISTOR NPN 2N3055 SI TO-3 PD=115W
TRANSISTOR NPN 2N3055 SI TO-3 PD=115W
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-3 PD=11SW
TRANSISTOR NPN 2N3055 SI TO-3 PD=115W
TRANSISTOR NPN 2N3055 SI T7-3 PO=115W
R:VAR DUAL 2K/20K OHM 20/10 LIN
(PART OF R1)
RESISTOR 28.7K 1% 125W F TC=0+-100
SWITCH-P8 DPCT DB ALTNG 10.5A 250VAC
SWITCH-SL DPOT-NS MINTR .5A 125VAC/DC
SWITCH-TGL SUBWIN SPOT NS 5A 115VAC
TRANSFCRPER: POWER
CABLE ASSY 3-COND 18-AWG
CABLE-COAX .086-00
CABLE ASSY-COAX 5.253-LG
CABLE ASSY, FM INPUT/OUTPUT
CABLE-SHLD 2-COND 24-AWG
CABLE-COAX .086-OD
CABLE-COAX .086-00
CABLE ASSY, COAX
CABLE-SHLD 2-COND 24-ANG
CABLE ASSY, COAX
CABLE-COAX
CABLE ASSY, FM INPUT/OUTPUT
CABLE ASSEMBLY
CABLE-COAX .086-OD
CABLE ASSY, EXTERNAL TIME BASE
CABLE-SHLD 6-COND 22-AWG
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Mfr Part Number
3160-0217
5040-0170
3030-0007
5040-0447
08620-20016
08640-00014
08640-00015
08640-00065
#1660
0403-0026
8160-0238
8160-0239
08640-20228
08640-40052
08640-20057
08640-00072
08640-00073
08640-00074
1430-0761
08640-00037
3030-0343
3VH10/1JN12
251-06-30-261
5040-0327
143-953
220-502
221-68
1854-0063
1854-0063
1854-0250
1854-0063
1854-0063
2100-3344
C4-1/8-TO-2872-F
53-67280-121/A1H
GF-126-0000
2-11
9100-3350
8120-1378
8120-1886
8120-1890
08640-60127
8120-1928
8120-1881
8120-1882
8120-0580
8120-I1928
8120-0581
8120=1885
08640-60128
08640-60126
8120-1891
08640-60124
8120-1525
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
05574
71785
28480
90949
9D949
74868
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
16299
00501
79727
09353
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
73734
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
†SEE TABLES 7-1 AND 7-2, FOR BACKDATING.
See introduction to this section for ordering information.
6-39
Model 8640B
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
6
7
4
5
1
2
3
Reference
Designation
HP Part
Number
08640-20075
08640-20204
08640-00026
5000-8705
5000-8707
00860-00003
08640-00004
5060-0222
5060-8737
5060-0767
1490-0030
5000-0051
5060-8740
5000-8711
Table. 6-3. Replaceable Parts
Qty
2
1
1
5
1
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
3
1
Description
FRAME ASSY, 5 X 16
FRONT CASTING. 5H FM
PANEL, REAR
COVER, SIDE:PERFORATED
COVER:FRONT SIDE
COVER. TOP
COVER, BOTTOM
HANDLE ASSY:SH SIDE
HANDLE:RETAINER
FOOT ASSY:FM
TILT STAND
TRIM STRIP
KIT:RACK MOUNT, SH(MINT GRAY)
COVER:FRONT SIDE PLATE(MINT GRAY)
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
Mfr Part Number
08640-20075
08640-20204
08640-00026
5000-8705
5000-8707
08640-00003
08640-00004
5060-0222
5060- 8737
5060-0767
1490-0030
5000-0051
5060-8740
5000-8711
Figure 6-1. Cabinet Parts
See introduction to this section for ordering information.
6-40
Model 8640B
Reference
Designation
J1MP1
J1MP2
J1MP3
J1MP4
J1MP5
J1MP6
J1MP7
J1MP8
HP Part
Number
1250-0914
1250-0915
2190-0104
2950 0132
5040-0306
08555-20093
08555 20094
08761-2027
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
Description Qty
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
CONNECTGR-RF AP-CN FEM UNMTD
CONTACT, RF CONNECTOR. FEF,ALE CENTER
WASHER-LK INTL T NG.-7/16 .439-N-110
NUT-HEX-DBL-CHAM 7/16-28-THO .094-THK
INSULATOR
CENTER CONDUCTOR
BCDY, BULKHEAD
INSULATOR
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Mfr
Code
90949
71785
78189
73734
28480
28480
28480
28480
Mfr Part Number
131-150
131-149
1922-04
76500NP
5040-0306
08555-20093
08555-20094
08761-2027
Figure 6-2. Type N Connector
See introduction to this section for ordering information
6-41
Model 8640B
Table 6-4. Code List of Manufacturers
Mfr
Code
75042
75915
76530
76854
78189
79727
80120
80486
83330
86928
9D949
91637
27014
27264
28480
28520
3H768
30983
32997
56289
71400
71450
71744
71785
72136
73734
73899
74868
05574
07263
07700
08876
09353
11815
12697
16299
19701
2K497
22753
24226
24546
24931
26365
26654
26742
C0633
GB027
GM005
01453
00000
004A
0011J
0018A
00287
0050I
00779
00865
01121
01295
02735
03886
04713
95121
9587
97464
98291
99934
Manufacturer Name
AKTIEBSLAGET RIFA
NEOHM
DEUTSCHE VITROHM GMBH AND CO.
BARBER & COLEMAN LTD
U.S.A. COMMON
ARIZONA COIL INC
JERMYN INDUSTRIES
AR TECH PACKAGING CORP
C E M CO INC
ILLUMINATED PRODUCTS INC
AMP INC
STETTNER-TRUSH INC
ALLEN-BRADLEY CO
TEXAS INSTR INC SEMICOND CMPNT DIV
RCA CORP SOLID STATE DIV
KDI PYROFILM CORP
MOTOROLA SEMICONDUCTOR PRODUCTS
VIKING INDUSTRIES INC
FAIRCHILD SEMICONDUCTCOR DIV
TECHNICAL WIRE PRODUCTS INC
GE CO MINIATURE LAMP PROD DEPT
C AND K COMPONENTS INC
CHERRY RIVET DIV TOWNSEND CO
CLAROSTAT MFG CO INC
CORNING GL WK ELEC CMPNT DIV
MEPCO/ELECTRA CORP
CABLEWAVE SYSTEMS INC
U I D ELECTRONICS CORP
GOWANDA ELECTRONICS CORP
CORNING GLASS WORKS (BRADFORD)
SPECIALTY CONNECTOR CO INC
GRIES REPRODUCER CORP
VARADYNE INC
METHODE ELECTRONICS INC
NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORP
MOLEX PRODUCTS CO
HEWLETT-PACKARO CO CORPORATE HQ
HEYMAN MFG CO
SIEMENS CORP
MEPCO/ELECTRA CORP
BOURNS INC TRIMPOT PROD DIV
SPRAGUE ELECTRIC CO
BUSSMAN MFG DIV Of MCGRAW-EDISON CO
CTS CORP
CHICAGO MINIATURE/DRAKE
TRW ELEK COMPONENTS CINCH DIV
ELECTRO MOTIVE MFG CO INC
FEDERAL SCREW PRODUCTS CO
J F D ELECTRONICS CORP
RF PRODUCTS DIV. OF AMPHENOL-BORG ELECT. CORP.
TRW INC PHILADELPHIA DIV
LITTELFUSE INC
TRW ELEK CMPNT CINCH-MONADNOCK DIV
OAK IND INC SW DIV
ILLINOIS TOOL WORKS INC SHAKEPROOF
C-W INDUSTRIES
SCHNITZER ALLOY PRODUCTS CO
ALL STAR PROD INC
SMITH HERMAN INC
SEASTROM MFG CO
AMPHENOL SALES DIV OF BUNKER-RAMD
DALE ELECTRONICS INC
QUALITY COMPONENTS INC
WECKESSER CO INC
INDUSTRIAL RETAINING RING CO
SEALECTRO CORP
RENBRANDT INC.
Address
BROMMA SWEDEN
ENGLAND
GERMANY
ENGLAND
ANY SUPPLIER OF THE U.S.A.
NOGALES AZ
LOWELL MA
DANIELSON CT
ANAHEIM CA
HARRISBURG PA
CAZENOVIA NY
MILWAUKEE WI
DALLAS TX
SOMMERVILLE NJ
WHIPPANY NJ
PHOENIX AZ
CHATSWORTH CA
MOUNTAIN VIEW CA
CRANFORD NJ
CLEVELAND OH
WATERTOWN MA
SANTA ANA CA
DOVER NH
RALEIGH NC
MINERAL WELLS TX
NORTH HAVEN CT
HOLLYWOOD FL
GOWANDA NY
BRADFORD PA
INDIANAPOLIS IN
NEW ROCHELLE NY
SANTA MONICA CA
CHICAGO IL
SANTA CLARA CA
DOWNERS GROVE IL
PALO ALTO CA
KENILWORTH NJ
ISELIN NJ
SAN DIEGO CA
RIVERSIDE CA
NORTH ADAMS MA
ST LOUIS MO
ELKHART IN
CHICAGO IL
ELK GROVE VILLAGE IL
WILLIMANTIC CT
CHICAGO IL
BROOKLYN NY
DANBURY, CONN
PHILADELPHIA PA
DES PLAINES IL
CITY OF INDUSTRY CA
CRYSTAL LAKE IL
ELGIN
WARMINSTER PA
ELIZABETH NJ
DEFIANCE OH
BROOKLYN
GLENDALE CA
HAZELWOOD MO
COLUMBUS NE
ST MARYS PA
CHICAGO IL
IRVINGTON NJ
MAMARONECK NY
BOSTON MA
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Zip Code
16111
85621
08830
92121
92507
01247
63017
46514
60640
60007
06226
60618
11219
06810
19108
60016
91747
60014
60126
18974
07206
43512
11207
91201
63042
68601
42172
92707
03820
27604
76067
06473
33021
14070
16701
46227
10802
90403
6t656
95n5I
60515
94304
07033
01854
06239
92803
17105
13035
53212
75231
08876
07981
85008
91311
94040
07016
44112
15857
60641
07111
10544
6-42
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
1229A00121 to 00140
1244A
1245A
1246A
1249A
1251A
1303A
1310A
1313A
1316A00385 to 00464
1316A00465 and above
1322A
1323A
1324A
1327A
1332A, 1333A
1339A
1342A
1345A
1350A
1401A
1404A
Make Manual Changes
N, M, L, K, J, I, H, G, F, E
D, C, B, A
N, M, L, K, J, I, H, G, F, E,
D, C, B
N, M, L, K, J, I, H, G, F,
E, D, C
N, M, L, K, J, I, H, G, F, E,
D
N, M, L, K, J, I, H, G, F, E
N, M, L, K, J, I, H, G, F,
N, M, L, K, J, I, H, G
N, M, L, K, J, I, H,
N, M, L, K, J, I
N, M, L, K, J
N, M, L, K
N, M, L
N, M
N
ERRATA
1
1, 2
1-3
1-4
1-5
1-6
1-7
1-8
SECTION VII
MANUAL CHANGES
7-1. INTRODUCTION
7-2. This section contains manual change instructions for adapting this manual to cover HP Model 8640B
Signal Generators that have serial number prefixes which are different than the first prefix listed on the title page. This section also contains instrument modification suggestions and procedures that are recommended to improve the performance and reliability of your generator.
changes listed opposite your instrument's serial number or prefix. The manual changes are listed in serial number sequence and should be made in the sequence listed. For example, Change A should be made after
Change B; Change B should be made after Change C,
etc. Table 7-2 is a summary of changes by component.
7-5. If your instrument's serial number or prefix is not
listed on the title page of this manual or in Table 7-1, it
may be documented in a yellow MANUAL CHANGES supplement. For additional important information about serial number coverage, refer to INSTRUMENTS
COVERED BY MANUAL in Section I.
7-3. MANUAL CHANGES
7-4. To adapt this manual to your instrument, refer to
Table 7-1 and make all of the manual
Table 7-1. Manual Changes By Serial Number
Serial Prefix or No.
1229A00120 and below
Serial Prefix or No.
1405A
1406A
1416A
1419A
1423A
1429A
1431A
1435A,1438A
1440A
1442A
1501A
1506A, 1513A
1515A
1519A
1520A
1524A, 1526A
1530A
1532A
1534A
1535A
1538A
1542A, 1543A
1544A
1545A
1552A
Make Manual Changes
1-9
1-10
1-11
1-12- and 13
1-14
1-15
1-12, 14-16
1-12, 14-17
1-12, 14-18
1-12, 14-19
1-12, 14-20
1-12, 14-21
1-12, 14-22
1-12, 14-23
1-12, 14-24
1-12, 14-25
1-12, 14-26
1-12, 14-27
1-12, 14-28
1-12, 14-29
1-12, 14-30
1-12, 14-31
1-32
1-33
1-34
7-1
I
F
G
H
D
E
Model 8640B
Change A1
A
B
C
A2
Table 7-2. Summary of Changes by Component (1 of 8)
A3 A4 A6 A5
Insulators for Q5-9 and Q11
A7
Insulators for Q3 and Q6
A8
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
A9 A10
VR3*, 4* A2C11,12
19,27*
A2L1*
A2R46',
56 57*
A4R4*
MP15, 16
R2
A4 (entire sub assy)
A4R2
C9*
J1*
A7 Assy
Part No.
L1-3 sub-assy)
A1C7*
A2C12*
A2L2*
A2R48*
C6-8' A10A1MP10
A1 (entire W1* 12*
J
A1 Part No.
A1C7,
CR1-6,
MP2-4,
A1Q3,R1-3,
A2C27-30
K
L
M
A2C5*
N
R13 21-28,
37,40,
45 54,
57-65
A4R3*, 5,
A4XDS1A,
B
*Instrument modification recommended, see paragraph 7-7.
7-2
A2R6-8,
12-14,
18-20
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Change
A
B
A11
Insulators for Q1, Q2,
Q4, and Q5
(STD) and
Q3 and Q6
(Opt. 001)
A12
R7*, 14*
(STD)
R36*, 39*
(Opt. 001)
Table 7-2. Summary of Changes by Component (2 of 8)
A13 A14 A17 A18
Insulators
A20 A22
for Q2, Q5, Insulators Insulators
Q7, Q10, for Q2-4 for Q2 and and Q12 Q3
A26
A1Q1*
No Prefix
R4,5
C
D
E
F
CR5-8
CR13-16
R4, R6
R1 A1R16,17 MP59*
A4C10*
A4R54*
MP60*
A2Q2-9 MP56
A2U1,2 MP57
G
H
A2CR9*
A4R13*, 15*
22*,41*,42*
M1*
MP20*,22*
A4C14*
I
J
K
R19* R27* R26*,
R27*
R1*
MP6*, 9*
L
M
R34, 35
(Opt. 001)
N
C6
*Instrument modification recommended, see paragraph 7-7.
7-3
10
11
12
13
14
6
7
8
9
2
3
4
5
Model 8640B
Change A1 A2
Table 7-2. Summary of Changes by Component (3 of 8)
A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8
A4R2*
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
A9 A10
C8* A2C53,
A2R55
56, 58
1
VR2
A4 (entire assy)
A4R1,R6
*Instrument modification recommended, see paragraph 7-7.
7-4
A4R1* A2C54*
R2 ALC17,24,
32, 52, 67
MP41
A1C8
A2C31*
A2U14
A1CR4,5
A1C5,7
A1C17,52
Model 8640B
Change A11
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
A12
Table 7-2. Summary of Changes by Component (4 of 8)
A13 A14 A17 A18 A20 A22 A26 No Prefix
1
2
A4VR2*
Q2* Q2* Q2, 3*
11
12
13
14
3
4
Q1*
R2, R6
Q1*
R1*, R2*
(Opt. 001) VR1*
R6
5
6
7
8
MP17*
(Opt.001)
9
10
R2
(Opt. 001)
U1*
Q4*
U1*, 2* R6, R28
U1*, 2*
VR6
*Instrument modification recommended, see paragraph 7-7.
7-5
A2CR5,6
A2K1
A4S1
A2CR9*,13*
A4CR7-9
A4R5, 28
A1 (entire sub-assy)
W16*
20
21
22
23
18
19
24
16
17
25
26
27
28
Model 8640B
Change A1 A2
Table 7-2. Summary of Changes by Component (5 of 8)
A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
A9 A10
15
Assy Part
No., MP8,
13,
MP17-20
A4C3,4
A4L1,2
C1,3,4,CR1
R3,5,23,24
A2 Assy
Part No.
A2C27-30
A2R28,58
A2 Assy
Part No.
MP47, 48
*Instrument modification recommended, see paragraph 7-7.
7-6
entire assy
A2U14
A2U5
A2R58
Model 8640B
Change A11
15
A12
Table 7-2. Summary of Changes by Component (6 of 8)
A13 A14
MP1*
A17 A18 A20 A22
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
A26 No Prefix
F1*
S2
16
17
18
19
20
C24
(Opt. 001)
C6,CR21
Q1, R1, 2
VR1
21
22
23
A4R34,35
MP8
A4CR7-9, MP72
13
A4R2
MP75
A2CR5
A3R1
24
25
26
27
C24
(Opt. 001)
28
A2R35, 40
A4Q8*,
A4R44, 54*
A4R2
A4R5
*Instrument modification recommended, see paragraph 7-7.
7-7
31
32
33
34
Model 8640B
Change A1
A1R5, 6
29
A2
Table 7-2. Summary of Changes by Component (7 of 8)
A4 A5 A6 A7
Q1
A3 A8
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
A9 A10
30
A2C27
A2U6
A2U25
A2U1
MP14
A3R10, 17
A3U10, 11,
A3U13-17
R28, 45 A2C4,12,32
*Instrument modification recommended, see paragraph 7-7.
7-8
A2R17,19,
A2R58-62
A2R38, 39
Model 8640B
Change A11
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
A12
Table 7-2. Summary of Changes by Component (8 of 8)
A13 A14 A17 A18 A20 A22 A26 No
Prefix
29
30
33
34
31
32
R28
(Opt.001)
A1R21, 22
*Instrument modification recommended, see paragraph 7-7.
7-9
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
MANUAL CHANGES
7-6. MANUAL CHANGE INSTRUCTIONS
CHANGE A
Delete 1200-0173, INSULATOR, XSTR from A5Q5-9 and Q11.
Pages 6-10 and 6-11, Table 6-3:
Delete 1200-0173, INSULATOR. XSTR from A7Q3 and Q6.
Delete 1200-0173, INSULATOR, XSTR from AllQ1, Q2, Q4, and Q5.
Delete 1200-0173, INSULATOR, XSTR from AllQ3 and Q6.
Page 6-29 and 6-30, Table 6-3:
Delete 1200-0173, INSULATOR, XSTR from A18Q2, Q5, Q7, Q10, Q12 and A20Q2-4.
Delete 1200-0173, INSULATOR, XSTR from A22Q2 and Q3.
CHANGE B
NOTE
See paragraphs 7-9 through 7-19 for recommended instrument modifications.
Change third sentence to read, "...for 750 ± 10 mVrms at A11TP5
740
_______________
760 mVrms."
Pages 6-13 through 6-15, Table 6-3:
Change A8A2C11 and C12 to 0160-3466; CAPACITOR; FXD; 100 PF ±10%.
Change A8A2C19 to 0140-0193; CAPACITOR; FXD; 82 PF ± 5%.
Delete A8A2C27.
Delete A8A2L1.
Add A8A2R46 0757-0416; RESISTOR; FXD; 511 OHM 1% .05W.
Change A8A2R56 to 0811-1665; RESISTOR; FXD; 0.82 OHM 5% 2W.
Delete A8A2R57.
Add A8A4R4 0698-3628 RESISTOR; FXD; 220 OHM 5% 2W.
Change A26A1Q1 to 1853-0007.
Add R4 0757-0458 RESISTOR; FXD; 51.1K 1/8W F.
Add R5 0757-0462 RESISTOR; FXD; 75.0K 1/8W F.
Delete MP55.
7-10
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
MANUAL CHANGES
CHANGE B (cont'd)
Service Sheet 9 (schematic):
Change AllR7 to 1470 ohms and AllR14 to 3160 ohms.
Add R4, 51.1K between 958 and 956 wires.
Add R5, 75K between 956 and 0 wires.
NOTE
If R1, AUDIO OUTPUT LEVEL vernier is changed, remove R4 and R5 from instrument.
Change voltage at AllTP3 and TP5 to 2.1 ± 0.1 V p-p.
Service Sheet 9A (schematic):
Change AllR36 to 4640 ohms and AllR39 to 3160 ohms.
Add R4, 51.1K between 958 and 956 wires.
Add R5, 75K between 956 and 0 wires.
NOTE
If R1, AUDIO OUTPUT LEVEL vernier is changed, remove R4 and R5 from instrument.
Change voltage at Al11TP3 and TP5 to 2.1 ±0.1 V p-p.
Service Sheet 13 (schematic):
Change A26AlQ1 to 1853-0007.
Service Sheet 17 (schematic):
Add A2VR3 and A2VR4 (in series with each other) in parallel with A2R3.
NOTE
See paragraph 7-9. A2VR3 and VR4 should be removed from instrument.
Service Sheet 20 (schematic):
Replace appropriate portion of schematic with attached partial schematic (Figure 7-1).
Change A8A2C11 to 100 pF.
Delete A8A2C27.
Delete A8A2L1 and in its place add A8A2R46, 511 ohms.
Add A8A4R4 between pin 2 and A8A4DS2.
Change A8A2R56 to 0.82 ohm. Change +4.5V at other side of A8A4DS2 to +20V.
7-11
Model 8640B
CHANGE B (cont'd)
MANUAL CHANGES
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 7-1. A8A2 Counter/Lock Board Assembly Backdating (Change B).
CHANGE C
Delete step 7.
NOTE
See paragraph 7-20 for recommended instrument modification.
Pages 5-33 and 5-34, paragraph 5-40:
Step 1: Change "FREQUENCY TUNE ... 24 MHz" to "FREQUENCY TUNE ... 16 MHz."
Step 2: Change "24 MHz" to "16 MHz."
Step 4: Delete entire step.
Step 5: Change reference designator A3A4R2 to A3A4R3.
Step 6: Change reference designator A3A4 R4 to A3A4R5.
Step 7: Delete "24".
Change A3R2 to 2100-3266 RESISTOR; VAR; CONT, RREC, 1K 5%.
Delete A3MP15 and MP16.
Delete A3A4 (entire sub-assembly list) and add the following:
A3A4R1 0757-0442 RESISTOR; FXD; 10.0K 1% 1/8W.
A3A4R2 2100-3161 RESISTOR; VAR; 20K 10% TYPE P 3/4W.
A3A4R3 2100-3123 RESISTOR; VAR; 500 OHM 10% TYPE P 3/4W.
A3A4R4 0757-0280 RESISTOR; FXD; 1K 1% 1/8W.
A3A4R5 2100-3154 RESISTOR; VAR; 1000 OHM 10% TYPE P 3/4W.
A3A4TP1 0360-1514 TERMINAL PIN: SQUARE.
1400-0024 CLAMP, CABLE NYLON 1/4 DIA.
Service Sheet 5 (schematic):
Change Reference Designators "A3A4R6" to "A3A4R1" and "A3A4R1" to "A3A4R2".
7-12
Model 8640B
MANUAL CHANGES
CHANGE C (cont'd)
Service Sheet 6 (schematic):
Replace A3A4 with attached partial schematic (Figure 7-2):
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 7-2. A3A4 Connector Board Assembly Backdating (Change C).
CHANGE D
NOTE
See paragraph 7-23 for recommended instrument modification.
Delete A26AIR16 and R17.
Change A26A4C10 to 0170-0066 CAPACITOR; FXD; 0.027 UF +10% 200 WVDC.
Delete A26A4R54.
Delete MP59 and MP60.
Service Sheet 12 (schematic):
Delete A26A4R54.
Change A26A4C10 to 0.027 UF.
Service Sheet 13 (schematic):
Replace appropriate portion of schematic with attached partial schematic (Figure 7-3).
Service Sheet 14 (schematic):
Add a ground symbol at the junction of A13R1 and A13S2BF.
7-13
Model 8640B
CHANGE D (cont'd)
MANUAL CHANGES
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 7-3. A26A1 Power Amplifier and AGC Detector Assembly Backdating (Change D).
CHANGE E
NOTE
See paragraphs 7-26 through 7-35 for recommended instrument modifications.
Delete section a. A8A1R4 Selection.
Add the following:
a. A8A1 R1 Selection. A8AIR1 is always 620 ohms in parallel with a resistor selected as follows:
1. Set COUNTER MODE to EXT 0-10 MHz.
2. Connect RF OUTPUT (-10 dBm at 8 MHz) to COUNTER INPUT.
3. Connect a 10-ohm linear pot across A8AlR1 (two test points beside U5).
4. Counter should hold a stable count. Decrease OUTPUT LEVEL vernier until counter just goes into random counting.
5. Adjust pot for a stable count.
6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 until the minimum input for stable counting is reached.
7-14
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
MANUAL CHANGES
CHANGE E (cont'd)
Page 5-2, paragraph 5-21 (cont'd):
7.
Without changing pot resistance, remove pot and measure its resistance. It should typically be 4500 ohms.
8.
Solder nearest standard value resistor in parallel with A8AlR1 (across test points).
Delete A8A1R4.
Add the following:
A8A1R1 18 620 ohms
Change A3A4R2 to 2100-3161 RESISTOR; VAR; 20K 10% TYPE P 3/4W.
Change assembly part number for A7 to read as follows:
A7 08640-60030 FM SHAPING ASSY.
Delete A7J1.
Change A8L1, L2 and L3 to 9140-0210 COIL, FXD, CHOKE, 100 UH 5%.
Delete A8A1 (entire sub-assembly) and add the following:
A8A1 08640-60038 COUNTER/LOCK ASSY
A8A1C1 0180-0197 C: FXD ELECT 2.2 UF 10% 20VDCW
A8A1C2 0180-0197
A8A1C3 0160-3879
A8A1C4 0160-3879
A8A1CR1 1901-0050
A8A1CR2 1901-0050
A8A1CR3 1901-0050
A8A1CR4 1901-0050
A8A1CR5 1901-0050
A8A1CR6 1901-0050
A8A1J1 1250-1220
A8A1J2 1250-1220
A8A1K1 0490-1073
A8A1K2 0490-1073
A8A1Q1 1854-0404
A8A1Q2 1854-0404
C: FXD ELECT 2.2 UF 10% 20 VDCW
C: FXD CER 0.01 UF 20% 100 VDCW
C: FXD CER 0.01 UF 20% 100 VDCW
DIODE: SI 200 MA AT 1V
DIODE: SI 200 MA AT 1V
DIODE: SI 200 MA AT 1V
DIODE: SI 200 MA AT 1V
DIODE: SI 200 MA AT 1V
DIODE: SI 200 MA AT 1V
CONNECTOR: RF 50 OHM SCREW ON TYPE
CONNECTOR: RF 50 OHM SCREW ON TYPE
RELAY
RELAY
TSTR: SI NPN
TSTR: SI NPN
7-15
Model 8640B
MANUAL CHANGES
CHANGE E (cont'd)
Page 6-13, Table 6-3 (cont'd):
A8A1R1 0698-6648 R: FXD COMP 620 OHM 5% 1/8W
A8A1R2 0698-6648 R: FXD COMP 620 OHM 5% 1/8W
A8A1R3 0757-0416 R: FXD MET FLM 511 OHM 1% 1/8W
A8A1R4 0757-0394 R: FXD MET FLM 51.1 OHM 1% 1/8W
A8A1R5 0757-0416 R: FXD MET FLM 511 OHM 1% 1/8W
A8A1R6 0757-0416 R: FXD MET FLM 511 OHM 1% 1/8W
A8A1R7 0757-1094 R: FXD MET FLM 1.47K OHM 1% 1/8W
A8A1R8 0757-0279 R: FXD MET FLM 3.16K OHM 1% 1/8W
A8A1U1 1820-0736 IC: DIGITAL
A8A1U2 1820-1003 IC: ECL HEX CONVERTER
A8A1U3 1820-0145 IC: DIGITAL QUAD 2-INPUT NOR GATE
A8A1U4 1820-0102 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT: J -K FLIP FLOP
A8A1U5 5088-7001 IC: AMP AND TRIG
1251-1556 CONNECTOR: SINGLE CONTACT
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Add A9C6 CAPACITOR; FXD; 150 PF 5%.
Add A9C7 CAPACITOR: FXD; 750 PF 5%.
Add A9C8 CAPACITOR; FXD; 1500 PF 5%.
Delete A9W1.
Change A1OAlMP10 to 08640-40050.
Delete A1OAIMP12.
Change A26A2Q2, Q5 and Q6 to 1854-0071 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300 MW FT=200 MHZ.
Change A26A2Q7 to 1854-0023 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=360 MW FT=15 MHZ.
Change A26A2Q3, Q4, Q8 and Q9 to 1853-0020 TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD=300 MW FT=150 MHZ.
Change A26A2U1 to 1820-0398 IC: DIFF COMPARATOR AVOL = 1K MIN.
Change A26A2U2 to 1820-0370 IC: TTL HS QUAD 2 INPUT NAND GATE.
Delete MP56 and MP57.
Service Sheet 6 (schematic):
Add A9C6, 150 pF in parallel with A9R18.
Add A9C7, 750 pF in parallel with R20.
Add A9C8, 1500 pF in parallel with R22.
Delete shielded cable A9W1 and in its place add 948 wire (white-yellow-gray).
Change A3A4R2 to 20K.
7-16
Model 8640B
MANUAL CHANGES
CHANGE E (cont'd)
Service Sheet 7 (schematic):
Delete shielded cable A9W1 and in its place add 948 wire (white-yellow-gray).
Delete Reference Designator A7J1.
Change part number of A7 assembly to 08640-60030.
Service Sheet 8 (schematic):
Change part number of A7 assembly to 08640-60030.
Service Sheet 13 (schematic):
Change A26A2Q7 to 1854-0023.
Change A26A2Q8 and Q9 to 1853-0020.
Change A26A2U1 to 1820-0398.
Change A26A2U2 to 1820-0370.
Change the pin configuration on the symbol and drawing for A26A2U1 shown in Figure 7-4.
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 7-4. A26A2U1 Backdating (Change E).
Service Sheet 14 (schematic):
Change A26A2Q2, Q5 and Q6 to 1854-0071.
Change A26A2Q3 to 1853-0020.
Service Sheet 18 (schematic):
Delete A8A1C3.
Change the following reference designators:
A8A1R8 to A8A1R3.
A8AIR9 to A8A1R5.
A8AIR10 to A8A1R7.
A8A1R11 to A8A1R6.
Change U5 to 5080-7001.
Replace appropriate portion of schematic with attached partial schematic (Figure 7-5).
7-17
Model 8640B
CHANGE E (cont'd)
MANUAL CHANGES
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 7-5. A8A1 RF Scaler Assembly Backdating (Change E).
CHANGE F
Delete A8A1C7.
Service Sheet 18 (schematic):
Delete A8A1C7.
Service Sheet 22 (schematic):
Replace appropriate portion of schematic with attached partial schematic (Figure 7-6).
7-18
Model 8640B
CHANGE F (cont'd)
MANUAL CHANGES
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 7-6. A12 Rectifier Assembly Backdating (Change F).
7-19
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
MANUAL CHANGES
CHANGE G
NOTE
See paragraphs 7-38 through 7-43 for recommended instrument modifications.
Delete A5C9.
Change A8A2C12 to 0160-3455 CAPACITOR; FXD; 470 PF +10% 1000 WVDC.
Delete A8A2L2.
Add A8A2R48, 0698-7219 RESISTOR; FXD; 196 OHM 2% 1/8W.
M1, MP20 changed. See paragraph 7-42 for recommended instrument modification.
Service Sheet 6 (schematic):
Delete A5C9.
Service Sheet 20 (schematic):
Change A8A2C12 to 470 pF.
Delete A8A2L2 and in its place add A8A2R48 196 ohms.
CHANGE H
NOTE
See paragraph 7-44 for recommended instrument modification.
Change A26A2CR9 to 1910-0022 DIODE; GE; 5W1V.
Change A26A4R13 and R15 to 0757-0199 RESISTOR; FXD; 21.5K 1% 1/8W.
Change A26A4R22 to 0757-1093 RESISTOR; FXD; 3K 1% 1/8W.
Change A26A4R41 and R42 to 0698-3156 RESISTOR; FXD; 14.7K 1% 1/8W.
Service Sheet 12 (schematic):
Change A26A4R13 and R15 to 21.5K.
Change A26A4R22 to 3K.
Change A26A4R41 and R42 to 14.7K.
7-20
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
MANUAL CHANGES
CHANGE I
Change A26A4C14 to 0160-0134 CAPACITOR; FXD; 220 PF i5% 300 WVDC.
Service Sheet 12 (schematic):
Change A26A4C14 to 220 pF.
CHANGE J
NOTE
See paragraph 7-46 for recommended instrument modification.
NOTE
See paragraphs 7-48 through 7-51 for recommended instrument modification.
Change A8A1 to 08640-60041 RF SCALER ASSY.
Delete A8A1C7.
Delete A8AlCR1-3.
Add A8AlCR1-4 1901-0518 DIODE: HOT CARRIER.
Add A8A1CR5, 6 1901-0050 DIODE: SI 200 mA at 1V.
Delete A8AiMP2-4.
Add A8A1Q3 1854-0071 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300 MW FT=200 MHZ.
Change A8AlR1 to 0698-6648 RESISTOR; FXD; 620 OHM 5% 1/8W.
Add A8A1R2 0698-5103 RESISTOR; FXD; 430 OHM 5% 1/8W.
Add A8A1R3 0698-7248 RESISTOR; FXD; 3.16K 2% 1/8W.
Change A8A2C27 to 0160-3877 CAPACITOR; FXD; 100 PF 20% 200 WVDC.
Delete A8A2C28, C29 and C30.
Delete A18R19.
Delete A20R27.
Delete A22R26 and R27.
Service Sheet 18 (schematic):
Replace appropriate part of schematic with attached partial schematic (Figure 7-7).
Service Sheet 20 (schematic):
Delete A8A2 C28, C29 and C30.
7-21
Model 8640B
CHANGE J (cont'd)
MANUAL CHANGES
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 7-7. A8A1 RF Scaler Assembly Backdating (Change J).
Service Sheet 22 (schematic):
Delete A20R27, A22R26 and R27.
Service Sheet 23 (schematic):
Delete A18R19.
CHANGE K
NOTE
See paragraph 7-52 for recommended instrument modification.
Add A10OA2C5 0160-3456 CAPACITOR; FXD; 1000 PF 10% 250 WVDC.
Service Sheet 11 (schematic):
Add A10OA2C5 between the collector of A10A2Q3 and ground.
CHANGE L
Pages 6-38 and 6-39, Table 6-3:
R1 and AUDIO OUTPUT LEVEL knob changed. See paragraph 7-54 for recommended instrument modification.
7-22
Model 8640B
MANUAL CHANGES
CHANGE M
Change to read as follows:
A7R13 0698-3155 R: FXD MET FLM 4.64K OHM 1% 1/8W
A7R21 0698-3437 R: FXD MET FI,M 133 OHM 1% 1/8W
A7R22 0757-0417 R: FXD MET FLM 562 OHM 1% 1/8W
A7R23 0698-0083 R: FXD MET FLM 1.96K OHM 1% 1/8W
A7R24 0757-0279 R: FXD MET FLM 3.16K OHM 1% 1/8W
A7R25 0698-3154 R: FXD MET FLM 4.22K OHM 1% 1/8W
A7R26 0757-0438 R: FXD MET FLM 5.11K OHM 1% 1/8W
A7R27 0757-0290 R: FXD MET FLM 6.19K OHM 1% 1/8W
A7R28 0757-0439 R: FXD MET FLM 6.81K OHM 1% 1/8W
A7R30 0698-4037 R: FXD MET FLM 46.4 OHM 1% 1/8W
A7R31 0698-4037 R: FXD MET FLM 46.4 OHM 1% 1/8W
A7R32 0698-4037 R: FXD MET FLM 46.4 OHM 1% 1/8W
A7R33 0698-4037 R: FXD MET FLM 46.4 OHM 1% 1/8W
A7R34 0698-4037 R: FXD MET FLM 46.4 OHM 1% 1/8W
A7R35 0698-4037 R: FXD MET FLM 46.4 OHM 1% 1/8W
A7R36 0698-4037 R: FXD MET FLM 46.4 OHM 1% 1/8W
A7R37 0757-0180 R: FXD MET FLM 31.6 OHM 1% 1/8W
A7R40 0757-0439 R: FXD MET FLM 6.81K OHM 1% 1/8W
A7R45 0698-3156 R: FXD MET FLM 14.7K OHM 1% 1/8W
A7R46 0757-0441 R: FXD MET FLM 8.25K OHM 1% 1/8W
A7R47 0757-0440 R: FXD MET FLM 7.50K OHM 1% 1/8W
A7R48 0757-0439 R: FXD MET FLM 6.81K OHM 1% 1/8W
A7R49 0757-0290 R: FXD MET FLM 6.19K OHM 1% 1/8W
A7R50 0757-0200 R: FXD MET FLM 5.62K OHM 1% 1/8W
A7R51 0757-0438 R: FXD MET FLM 5.11K OHM 1% 1/8W
A7R52 0698-3155 R: FXD MET FLM 4.64K OHM 1% 1/8W
A7R53 0757-0200 R: FXD MET FLM 5.62K OHM 1% 1/8W
A7R54 0757-0439 R: FXD MET FLM 6.81K OHM 1% 1/8W
A7R57 0757-0402 R: FXD MET FLM 110 OHM 1% 1/8W
A7R58 0757-0401 R: FXD MET FLM 100 OHM 1% 1/8W
A7R59 0757-0400 R: FXD MET FLM 90.9 OHM 1% 1/8W
A7R60 0757-0399 R: FXD MET FLM 82.5 OHM 1% 1/8W
A7R61 0757-0398 R: FXD MET FLM 75 OHM 1% 1/8W
A7R62 0757-0397 R: FXD MET FLM 68.1 OHM 1% 1/8W
A7R63 0757-0276 R: FXD MET FLM 61.9 OHM 1% 1/8W
A7R64 0757-0395 R: FXD MET FLM 56.2 OHM 1% 1/8W
A7R65 0757-0394 R: FXD MET FLM 51.1 OHM 1% 1/8W
Change AllR34 to 0757-0438 RESISTOR; FXD; 5.11K 1% 1/8W.
Change AllR35 to 2100-2633 RESISTOR; VAR; 1K 10% 1/2W LIN.
7-23
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
MANUAL CHANGES
CHANGE M (cont'd)
Service Sheet 7 (schematic)
Change to read as follows:
A7R13 4640
Ω
A7R21
A7R28
133
Ω
A7R22 562
Ω
A7R23 1960
Ω
A7R24 3160
Ω
A7R25 4220
Ω
A7R26 5110
Ω
A7R27 6190
Ω
6810
Ω
A7R30
A7R31
A7R32
A7R33
A7R34
A7R35
A7R36
A7R37
A7R40
46.4
46.4
46.4
46.4
46.4
46.4
46.4
31.6
6810
Ω
Ω
Ω
Ω
Ω
Ω
Ω
Ω
Ω
A7R45
A7R46
A7R47
A7R48
A7R49
A7R50
A7R51
A7R52
A7R53
14.7K
8250
7500
6810
6190
5620
5110
4640
5620
Ω
Ω
Ω
Ω
Ω
Ω
Ω
Ω
A7R54 6810
Ω
A7R57 110
Ω
A7R58 100
Ω
A7R59 90.9
Ω
A7R60 82.5
Ω
A7R61 75.0
Ω
A7R62 68.1
Ω
A7R63 61.9
Ω
A7R64 56.2
Ω
A7R65 51.1
Ω
Service Sheet 9A (schematic):
Change AllR34 to 5110Q2.
Change AllR35 to 1000Q2.
CHANGE N
NOTE
See paragraph 7-56 for recommended instrument modification.
Delete A10OA2R6-8, R12-14, and R18-20.
Pages 5-2 and 5-3, paragraph 5-21:
Delete sections b. and c. A10OA2R6-8, R12-14, and R18-20.
Change A8A4R3 to 0757-0458 RESISTOR; FXD; 51.1K OHM ±1% 1/8W.
Delete A8A4R5.
Delete A8A4XDSlA/B.
Change C6 to 0160-0586 CAPACITOR; FXD; 0.022 UF + 20% 100 WVDC.
Service Sheet 20 (schematic):
Delete A8A4R5.
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
7-24
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
CHANGE 1 NOTE
See paragraph 7-58 for recommended instrument modification.
Add the following: g.
A9C8 Selection. If A9 has been changed, perform FM 3 dB BANDWIDTH TEST (4-38) to determine if the
FM Amplifier is peaking above specification in the 5 kHz PEAK DEVIATION range. If the FM Amplifier is peaking excessively, increase the value of A9C8 until flatness of the amplifier is within specification.
Add the following:
Component
A9C8
Service
Sheet
6
Range of
Values Basis of Selection
240-310pF
Change A8A4R2 to 2100-3216 RESISTOR, VAR, TRMR, 10K OHM 20%SC.
Add A9C8 0140-0210 CAPACITOR, FXD, 270 PF ±+5% 300 WVDC.
Add A10A2C53 0180-0197 CAPACITOR, FXD, 2.2UF +10% 20 VDC TA.
Change A10A2R55 to 0698-0085 RESISTOR, FXD, 2.61K 1% .125W F TUBULAR.
Delete A10A2R56.
Change A10A2R58 to 06983454 RESISTOR, FXD, 215K 1% .125W F TUBULAR.
Service Sheet 6 (schematic):
Add A9C8 270 pF (with asterisk) parallel to R22, between R21 and ground.
Service Sheet 11 (schematic):
Add A10A2C53 (2.2pF) from U1 pin 3 to ground with the positive electrode at pin 3.
Change A10A2R55 to 2610.
Delete A10A2R56.
Change A10OA2R58 to 215K.
Service Sheet 11 (Principles of Operation):
Schmitt Trigger (A 10A2):
Delete R56 from second sentence.
CHANGE 2
NOTE
See paragraph 7-60 for recommended instrument modification.
Change A26A4VR2 to read 1902-0184 DIODE, VREG, 16.2V VZ, 0.4W MAX.
Service Sheet 12 (schematic):
Change A26A4VR2 to 16.2V.
CHANGE 3 NOTE
See paragraphs 7-62 through 7-67 for recommended instrument modification.
Change A8A4R1 to 2100-0647.
7-25
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
CHANGE 3 (Cont'd)
Add A10A2C54, 0160-3456 CAPACITOR, FXD,0.001 UF±10% 250 WVDC.
Change A18Q2 to 1854-0232.
Change A20Q2 to 1854-0232.
Change A22Q2, 3 to 1854-0232.
Service Sheet 11 (schematic):
Add A10A2C54, 1000 pF, between the heat sink of U14, -5.2V (F2) and ground.
Service Sheet 22 (schematic):
Change A20Q2 and A22Q2,3 to 1854-0232.
Service Sheet 23 (schematic):
Change A18Q2 to 1854-0232.
CHANGE 4 NOTE
See paragraph 7-70 for recommended instrument modification.
Delete A9R2.
Pages 6-18 and 6-19, Table 6-3:
Change A10A1C24, C32 and C67 to 0160-2537.
Change A10A1C17 and C52 to 0140-0150.
Pages 6-25 and 6-26, Table 6-3:
Change A11Q1 to 1853-0050.
Change AllR2 and R6 to 0757-0472 RESISTOR, FXD, 200K 1% 0.125W F TUBULAR.
Change A12 to 08640-60190.
Delete A12Q1, A12R1, 2 and A12VR1.
Add A13R6 0698-4014 RESISTOR; FXD; 787 OHM 1% 0.125W F.
Delete A26A2CR6.
Delete A26A2K1.
Service Sheet 6 (schematic):
Delete A9R2 and associated 94 wire.
Add A13R6 787 ohm between pin 28 (to A9J1) and ground.
Service Sheet 9A (schematic):
Change AllQ1 to 1853-0050.
Change AllR2 and R6 to 200K.
Service Sheet 13 (schematic):
Delete A26A2CR6 and A26A2K1.
Connect the anode of A26A2CR5 to Pin 19.
Service Sheet 22 (Principles of Operation):
Input Voltage (A12 and A14):
Delete entire second paragraph after "The A12 Rectifier Assembly contains five full-wave rectifiers."
Service Sheet 22 (schematic):
Change part number for the A12 assembly to 08640-60190.
Delete A12Q1, A12R1,2 and A12VR1.
Service Sheet 25 (schematic):
Add A13R6 between pin 28 (to A9J1) and ground.
7-26
Model 8640B
CHANGE 5
Change A8MP41 to 08640-40067.
Change A26A4S1 to 3101-0860.
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
CHANGE 6
NOTE
See paragraph 7-75 for recommended instrument modification.
Delete the following:
Spare power supply regulator integrated circuit.
Add step h. A8A1C8 Selection. Capacitor may or may not be used; its value will always be 2.2 pF. Select as follows:
1.
Set COUNTER MODE: Source to EXT 0-550, RANGE to 256-512 MHz, and OUTPUT LEVEL to +10 dBm.
2.
Connect RF OUTPUT to COUNTER INPUT.
3.
Turn FREQUENCY TUNE cw and observe frequency increase towards 550 MHz on the counter.
4.
Repeat step 3 for OUTPUT LEVEL settings of 0 dBm and -7 dBm. If count becomes erratic or displays zero count, as frequency approaches 550 MHz, add capacitor between pins 13 and 16 of A8AlU1.
Add the following:
Component
A8A1C8
Service
Sheet
18
Range of
Values
2.2 pF
Basis of Selection
Add A8A1C8 0160-3872 CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2 PF + 0.25 PF 200 WVDC.
Change A26A2CR9 to 1901-0539 DIODE, SCHOTTKY, SI.
Change A26A2CR13 to 1901-0539 DIODE, SCHOTTKY, SI.
7-27
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
CHANGE 6 (Cont'd)
Change A26A4CR7-9 to 1901-0539 DIODE, SCHOTTKY, SI.
Delete references to "IC regulator" (two places).
Service Sheet 18 (schematic):
Add a 2.2 pF capacitor C8, with asterisk (*), between A8AIU1 pin 13 and ground.
CHANGE 7 NOTE
See paragraphs 7-78 through 7-82 for recommended instrument modification.
Add A8A2C31 0160-3456 CAPACITOR; FXD; 0.001 UF + 10% 1000 WVDC.
Add A11MP17 08640-00081 INSULATOR, VAR AUD OSC.
Change A26A4R5 to 0757-0290 RESISTOR; FXD; 6.19K 1% 0.125 W F TUBULAR.
Change A26A4R28 to 0698-3154 RESISTOR; FXD; 4.22K 1% 0.125 W F TUBULAR.
Service Sheet 12 (schematic):
Change A26A4R5 to 6190 ohms.
Change A26A4R28 to 4220 ohms.
Service Sheet 21 (schematic):
Add A8A2C31, 1000 pF, between TP6 and ground.
CHANGE 8
Change A2VR2 to 1902-3104 DIODE; ZENER; 5.62V VZ; 0.4W MAX PD.
Service Sheet 17 (schematic):
Change A2VR2 to 5.62V:
Change indicated voltages at A2VR2 cathode, A2U1 pin 4, and A2U2 pin 5 to -14V.
7-28
Model 8640B
CHANGE 9
Delete step 7.
Change A3A4 to 08640-60196.
Delete A3A4C1, and C2.
Change A3A4R3 to 2100-3123 RESISTOR: VAR: TRMR: 500 OHM 10% C.
Delete A3A4R5.
Change A3A4R7 to 0698-3439 RESISTOR: FXD: 178 OHM 1%0.125 W F TUBULAR.
Change A3A4R8 to 0757-0416 RESISTOR: FXD; 511 OHM 1% 0.125 F.
Delete A3A4U1.
Change A8A2U14 to 1820-0205.
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Service Sheet 5 (schematic):
Change the part number for the A3A4 sub-assembly to 08640-60196.
Service Sheet 6 (Principles of Operation):
Input and Buffer Circuits (A5):
Change the seventh sentence to read as follows:
"The gain compensation adjustment potentiometers (A3A4R2, R3, and R4) set the FM sensitivity at the frequency mid-point and extremes."
Service Sheet 6 (Troubleshooting):
Delete FM Gain Compensation, (A3A4) Circuit.
Service Sheet 6 (schematic):
Replace appropriate portion of schematic with the attached partial schematic.
P/O Figure 8-25. FM Amplifiers Schematic Diagram (P/O Change 9).
7-29
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
CHANGE 9 (Cont'd)
Service Sheet 20 (schematic):
Change the part number for A8A2U14 (at U14B) to 1820-0205 (see note).
Service Sheet 21 (schematic):
Change the part number for A8A2U14A to 1820-0205.
Service Sheet G (internal view)
Delete A3A4R5 OFFSET 1
NOTE
IC 1820-0205 is the recommended replacement for A8A2U14 in instruments with serial number prefixes below 1405A.
CHANGE 10 NOTE
See Paragraph 7-83 for recommended instrument modification.
MODULATION CHARACTERISTICS:
General:
Change Internal Modulation Sources: Optional to read as follows:
"Frequency: Variable 20 Hz to 600 kHz +10% in 5 decade continuous bands plus fixed 400 Hz and 1 kHz +3%."
Pages 4-44 and 4-45, paragraph 4-30:
SPECIFICATION:
Option 001:
Change +2% to +3%.
Delete steps 2 and 3.
Add the following:
2.
The frequency counter should read 400 + 8 Hz on a standard instrument, 400 ± 12 Hz on an Option 001.
The voltmeter should read greater than 1 Vrms on a standard instrument, 3 Vrms on an Option 001.
Standard: 392
__________
408 Hz
1.0 Vrms
__________
Option 001: 388
__________
412 Hz
3.0 Vrms
__________
3.
Set MODULATION FREQUENCY to 1 kHz (fixed). The frequency counter should read 1000 ± 20 Hz on a standard instrument, 1000 + 30 Hz on an Option 001, and the voltmeter should read as specified above.
Standard: 980
__________
1020 Hz
1.0 Vrms
__________
Option 001: 970
__________
1030 Hz
3.0 Vrms
__________
Change 4-30, Internal Modulation Oscillator Test as follows:
400 Hz Fixed: Standard: 392
_______
408 Hz
1.0 Vrms
_______
Option 001: 388
_______
412 Hz
3.0 Vrms
_______
1 kHz Fixed: Standard: 980
_______
1020 Hz
1.0 Vrms
_______
Option 001: 970
_______
1030 Hz
3.0 Vrms
_______
7-30
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
CHANGE 10 (Cont'd)
Add A8A1C5 0160-3879 CAPACITOR; FXD; 0.01 UF ± 20% 100 WVDC.
Change A8A1C7 to 0160-3877 CAPACITOR; FXD; 100 PF ± 20% 200 WVDC.
Add A8A1CR4, 5 1901-0050 DIODE; SWITCHING: SI; 80V MAX VRM 200 MA.
Change A11R2 to 0698-3453 RESISTOR; FXD; 196K 1% 0.125 W F TUBULAR.
Change A20Q4 to 1853-0224 TRANSISTOR; PNP; SI CHIP PD = 1W FT = 15 MHz.
Service Sheet 9A (schematic):
Change A11R2 to 196 k
Ω
.
Service Sheet 18 (Principles of Operation):
Comparator (A8A1): Change the second sentence to read as follows:
"In the EXT counter mode, the external input couples into U5 through relay K2 and a diode network (CR2-
5) which protects U5 from large voltages."
Service Sheet 18 (component locations):
Replace Figure 8-55 with the attached figure.
A8A1
Figure 8-55. A8A1 RF Scaler Assembly Component Locations (P/O Change 10)
7-31
Model 8640B
CHANGE 10 (Cont'd)
Service Sheet 18 (schematic):
Replace appropriate portion of schematic with attached partial schematic.
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
P/O Figure 8-57. Counter RF Scaler Schematic Diagram (P/O Change 10)
Service Sheet 22 (schematic):
Change the part number for A20Q4 to 1853-0224.
CHANGE 11
NOTE
See paragraphs 7-85 through 7-89 for recommended instrument modification.
Change A18U1 to 1826-0177.
Change A20U1, 2 to 1826-0177.
Change A22 to 08640-60177.
Change A22R6 to 0757-0438 RESISTOR; FXD; 5.11K 1% 0.125W F TUBULAR.
Add A22R28 0757-0278 RESISTOR; FXD; 1.78K 1% 0.125W F TUBULAR.
Change A22U1, 2 to 1826-0177.
Add A22VR6 1902-0761 DIODE; ZENER; 6.2V VZ; 0.25W MAX PD.
7-32
Model 8640B
CHANGE 11 (Cont'd)
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Change W16 to 8120-1593 CABLE; SHLD 5-COND 22 AWG.
Service Sheet 22 (Principles of Operation):
+20V REGULATOR (A22):
Change the first sentence as follows:
" . . . formed by R5, R6, and R7 and is referenced to the Voltage across VR6."
Service Sheet 22 (component locations):
Replace Figure 8-68 with the attached figure.
A22
Figure 8-68. A22 +20V and -20V Regulator Assembly Component Locations (P/O Change 11)
Service Sheet 22 (schematic):
Change the part number for A22 to 08640-60177 (2 places).
Change the part number for the voltage regulator (Note 1) to 1826-0177.
Replace the appropriate portions of schematic with the following partial schematics.
7-33
Model 8640B
CHANGE 11 (Cont'd)
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
P/O Figure 8-69. Power Supply Circuits Schematic Diagram (P/O Change 11) (1 of 2)
7-34
Model 8640B
CHANGE 11 (Cont'd)
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
P/O Figure 8-69. Power Supply Circuits Schematic Diagram (P/O Change 11) (2 of 2)
Service Sheet 23 (schematic):
Change the part number for the voltage regulator, A18U1, to 1826-0177 (schematic and Note 1).
CHANGE 12
Pages 6-18 and 6-19, Table 6-3:
Change A10A1C17 and C52 to 0160-3156 CAPACITOR; FXD 750 PF + 1% 300 WVDC.
Service Sheet 10 (schematic):
Change A10A1C17 and C52 to 750 pF.
CHANGE 13
Change A26A1R11 in step 2 to A26A1R19.
Pages 6-33 and 6-34, Table 6-3:
Replace the A26A1 subassembly parts list with the following list:
A26A1 08640-60043 POWER AMPLIFIER AND AGC DETECTOR ASSY
A26A1C1
A26A1C2
A26A1C3
A26A1C4
A26A1C5
A26A1C6
A26A1CR1
A26A1CR2
A26A1CR3
A26A1CR4
0160-3094
0160-3094
0160-3094
0140-0198
0160-2204
0180-0197
1901-0040
1901-0040
1901-0022
1901-0040
CAPACITOR, FXD, .1 UF + -10% 100 WVDC
CAPACITOR, FXD, .1 UF + -10% 100 WVDC
CAPACITOR, FXD, .1 UF + -10% 100 WVDC
CAPACITOR, FXD, 200 PF + -5% 300 WVDC
CAPACITOR, FXD, 100 PF + -5% 300 WVDC
CAPACITOR, FXD, 2.2 UF + -10% 20 VDC TA
DIODE, SWITCHING, SI, 30V MAX VRM 50 MA
DIODE, STABISTOR, SI, 10V MAX VRM 250 MA
DIODE, SWITCHING, SI, 30V MAX VRM 50 MA
DIODE, SWITCHING, SI, 30V MAX VRM 50 MA
7-35
Model 8640B
CHANGE 13 (Cont'd)
A26A1R3
A26A1R4
A26A1R5
A26A1R6
A26A1R7
A26A1R8
A26A1R9
A26A1R10
A26A1R11
A26A1R12
A26A1R13
A26A1R14
A26A1R15
A26A1R16
A26A1R17
A26A1CR5
A26A1CR6
A26A1L1
A26A1L2
A26A1Q1
A26A1Q2
A26A1Q3
A26A1Q4
A26A1Q5
A26A1Q6
A26A1Q7
A26A1Q8
A26A1Q9
A26A1R1
A26A1R2
A26A1R18
A26A1R19
A26A1R20
A26A1R21
A26A1R22
A26A1R23
A26A1TP1
A26A1TP2
A26A1VR1
A26A1VR2
A26A1XU1A- E
0757-0420
0757-0317
0757-0420
0757-0260
0757-0441
0698-3443
0757-0199
0757-0199
0757-0458
0683-3355
0698-3450
0698-3450
0683-1055
0698-3438
0698-3132
1901-0040
1901-0539
9100-1620
9140-0180
1853-0007
1855-0049
1855-0020
1853-0007
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
0698-3447
0698-3446
0757-0438
2100-2061
0757-0442
0757-0420
0698-3160
0683-1055
0360-1514
0340-0044
1902-0184
1902-0048
1251-2613
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
DIODE, SWITCHING, SI, 30V MAX VRM 50 MA
DIODE, SCHOTTKY, SI
COIL, FXD, MOLDED RF CHOKE, 15 UH 10%
COIL, FXD, MOLDED RF CHOKE, 2.7 UH 10%
TRANSISTOR, 2N3251 PNP SI
TRANSISTOR, JFET, DUAL, N-CHAN D-MODE SI
TRANSISTOR, JFET N-CHAN D-MODE SI
TRANSISTOR, 2N3251 PNP SI
TRANSISTOR, NPN SI
TRANSISTOR, NPN SI
TRANSISTOR, NPN SI
TRANSISTOR, NPN SI
TRANSISTOR, NPN SI
RESISTOR, FXD, 422 OHM 1% .125W F
RESISTOR, FXD 383 OHM 1% .125W F
RESISTOR, FXD, 750 OHM 1% .125W F
RESISTOR, FXD, 1.33K 1% .125W F TUBULAR
RESISTOR, FXD, 750 OHM 1% .125W F
RESISTOR, FXD, 1K 1% .125W F TUBULAR
RESISTOR, FXD, 8.25K 1% .125W F TUBULAR
RESISTOR, FXD, 287 OHM 1% .125W F
RESISTOR, FXD, 21.5K 1% .125W F TUBULAR
RESISTOR, FXD, 21.5K 1% .125W F TUBULAR
RESISTOR, FXD, 51.1K 1% .125W F TUBULAR
RESISTOR, FXD, 3.3M 5% .25W CC TUBULAR
RESISTOR, FXD, 42.2K 1% .125W F TUBULAR
RESISTOR, FXD, 42.2K 1% .125W F TUBULAR
RESISTOR, FXD, 1M 5% .25W CC TUBULAR
RESISTOR, FXD, 147 OHM 1% .125W F
RESISTOR, FXD, 261 OHM 1% .125W F
RESISTOR, FXD, 5.11K 1% .125W F TUBULAR
RESISTOR, VAR, TRMR, 200 OHM 10% C
RESISTOR, FXD, 10K 1% .125W F TUBULAR
RESISTOR, FXD, 750 OHM 1% .125W F
RESISTOR, FXD, 31.6K 1% .125W F TUBULAR
RESISTOR, FXD, 1M 5% .25W CC TUBULAR
TERMINAL, SLDR STUD
TERMINAL, SLDR STUD, .148 SHK DIA
DIODE, VREG, 16.2V VZ, .4W MAX
DIODE, VREG, 6.81V VZ, .4W MAX
CONNECTOR, 1 - CONT SKT .033 DIA
7-36
Model 8640B
CHANGE 13 (Cont'd)
Service Sheet 13 (Principles of Operation):
Change Principles of Operation to read as follows:
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
General
The RF signal from the RF Filters is amplified by RF Output Amplifier A26U1. The amplifier is a sealed microcircuit that plugs into the rear of the AGC detector board. The amplifier drives resistor A26U1R1 which sets the amplifier output impedance. The output is ac coupled through A26U1C2 and drives the Output
Attenuator. The step attenuator consists of resistive attenuator sections which are switched in and out by cam driven microswitches. The attenuator steps are 10 dB with an impedance of 5092. Capacitor A1A2C1 ac couples the RF output to the RF OUTPUT jack J1.
AGC Detector (A26U1)
The AGC detector (CR1) detects the negative peaks of the RF signal from the Output Amplifier. The detector output is summed with the positive AGC reference voltage in the Summing Amplifier (Service Sheet 12).
Detector diode CR1 conducts whenever the RF amplifier output is one diode junction voltage drop below the voltage across C3. The capacitor is then negatively charged until the amplifier voltage rises, at which time
CR1 shuts off. C3 then slowly discharges through resistors A26A1R22 and R23 until another negative peak recharges it.
AM Bandwidth Control (A26A1)
In the 2-4 and 4-8 MHz (or LO BAND 2) frequency ranges, capacitor C5 is switched in parallel with A26U1C3 by Q7. Transistor Q7 is a switch which operates in the inverted mode (i.e., the emitter functions as a collector and the collector as an emitter). The added capacitance of C5 reduces the amount of capacitor discharge between RF voltage peaks on the lower frequency bands, but limits the AM bandwidth. Capacitor C4 is also switched in for the 0.5-1 and 1-2 MHz (or LO BAND 1) ranges by Q6.
In the pulse modulation mode Q5, Q8, and Q9 are switched on. This switches out C4 and C5 and switches C6 in. Switching of Q5-9 is multiplexed onto one line by transistors A26A2Q8 and Q9. A26A2Q8 is a switchable current source. In LOW BAND 2 it generates just enough current to turn on the collector-base junction of Q7.
In LOW BAND 1 the current increases enough to turn on both Q6 and Q7 (because the voltage drop across R4 is enough to turn on Zener diode VR2). When the PULSE CODE line is low, A26A2Q9 is on which turns on
Q5, Q8 and Q9 through Zener diode VR1.
Sample and Hold (A26A1)
The Schmitt Trigger (A26A2) and Q4 bias Q3 (normally biased on) off between pulses, which prevents C6 from discharging. (If C6 were to discharge between pulse bursts, the Modulator would be driven to maximum output when the next pulse arrived.)
Schmitt Trigger (A26A2)
The Schmitt Trigger formed by U1 and U2A converts the pulse input voltage into 0 to 5V pulses. When the
PULSE CODE line is low, the Schmitt Trigger output is enabled at U2C. Resistors R20 and R21 set the trigger reference at about 0.5 Vdc. When the input to U1 is above the reference, the output of U2A is low. When the input goes below the reference, the output of U2A goes high (+5V). Resistor R23 adds a small amount of hysteresis to the reference voltage.
In the pulse modulation mode, NAND gate U2C inverts the trigger output and switches transistors A26A1Q4 and Q3 on when the input pulse is high, or off when the input pulse is low. Thus the charge on capacitor
A26A1C6 is stored between pulses. Similarly, NAND gate U2D inverts the trigger output and switches the
Modulator Driver Amplifier A26A4 (Service Sheet 12).
7-37
Model 8640B
CHANGE 13 (Cont'd)
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Detector Buffer Amplifier (A26A1)
Transistor Q1 and FET Q2 form a high impedance, unity gain buffer amplifier. Diode CR6 and resistor R19 add a dc offset which compensates for the junction voltage drop of the detector diode to maintain constant %
AM when OUTPUT LEVEL Verner is varied.
Rate Detector (A26A2)
Flip-flops U3A and U3B form a rate detector to turn off the RF level drive to the meter circuits whenever the pulse repetition rate falls below 20 Hz. Below 20 Hz rates, the output leveling system cannot accurately control the output amplitude. The flip-flops are arranged as retriggerable monostable (one-shot) multivibrators with timing elements R25 and C10, and R28 and C11. A low-going output from U2A triggers U3A and the Q output of U3A goes low for 50 ms. If the repetition rate of the incoming pulses is higher, than 20 Hz, U3A retriggers and the Q output remains low. In the absence of pulses from the Q output of U3A, the Q output of U3B is low, transistor Q7 is off and the meter operates normally. For pulse repetition rates less than 20 Hz, U3B is periodically triggered by the Q output of U3A. The Q output of U3B goes high for 100 ms (or longer if U3B is retriggered by U3A) and turns on Q7 which disables the meter drive amplifier output, and the meter reads zero.
Thus the meter is turned off for low rate pulses. When not in the pulse modulation mode, the output of inverter
U2B is low; the output of U2C is high and A26A1Q4 and Q3 are held on; the output of U2D is high and the modulator is held in its normal on mode; and Q7 is held off.
Service Sheet 13 (Troubleshooting):
Add the following note after Initial Control Settings.
NOTE
If pulse burst amplitude is too high for low-duty cycle pulses, check A26A1Q3, Q2, C6, and interconnecting lines for dc current leakage.
Change the RF Amplifier, Pulse Switching and Step Attenuator Troubleshooting table as follows:
DETECTOR BUFFER
AMPLIFIER (A26A1)
As above
≈
-3 Vdc at TP1 (DET)
Check Q1, Q2, and associated circuitry
BW CONTROL
(A26A1)
Initial conditions and Same signal level on both settings except set AM to sides of C4 and C5
INT
Set RANGE to
4-8 MHz
Signal level differs across
C5 (i.e., no signal at
Q7-e)
Set RANGE to
1-2 MHz
Set AM to PULSE
C6 (i.e., no signal at
Signal level differs across
C4 (i.e., no signal at
Q6-e)
Signal level differs across associated circuitry
Q5-e)
7-38
- - - -
Check C5, Q7, Q9 and associated circuitry
Check C4, Q6, Q8, VR2 and associated circuitry
Check Q5-9, VR1, and
Model 8640B
CHANGE 13 (Cont'd)
Service Sheet 13 (component locations):
Replace Figure 8-43 with the attached figure:
A26A1
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 8-43. A26A1 Power Amplifier and AGC Detector Assembly Component Locations (P/O Change 13)
Service Sheet 13 (schematic):
Replace appropriate portion of schematic with the attached partial schematic.
7-39
Model 8640B
CHANGE 13 (Cont'd)
7-40
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
CHANGE 14
Change A3A4R1 to 2100-3054 RESISTOR; VAR; TRMR 50K OHM 10% C SIDE ADJ.
Delete A3A4R6.
Service Sheet 5 (schematic):
Change A3A4R1 to 50K.
Delete A3A4R6 and connect A3A4R1 to PC board connector pin 5.
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
CHANGE 15
NOTE
See paragraph 7-90 for recommended instrument modifications.
Delete "1A Fuse (HP 2110-0001)."
Add "1.25A Fuse (HP 2110-0094)."
Change A14MP1 to 7120-4264 LABEL: INFO: 200VA 2A 1.25A.
Change F1 2110-0001 to F1 2110-0094 FUSE 1.25A 250V.
Service Sheet 22 (schematic):
Change Note 2 as follows:
"... AND 1.25 AMP FOR 220/240V."
CHANGE 16
Add a footnote to Restabilization Time: After 1 min in RF OFF Mode to read, "These specifications apply only if the RF ON/OFF switch has been wired to turn the RF Oscillator off."
Pages 4-5 and 4-6, paragraph 4-13:
Under SPECIFICATION, add a footnote to "Restabilization Time (normal mode) after 1 min. in RF OFF mode" to read, "This specification applies only if the RF ON/OFF switch has been wired to turn the RF Oscillator off."
Add a note to step 7 to read, "The first 10 minute wait applies only to instruments which have been wired to turn the RF Oscillator off."
Under SPECIFICATION, add a footnote to "Restabilization Time (phase locked mode) after 1 min. in RF OFF mode" to read, "This specification applies only if the RF ON/OFF switch has been wired to turn the RF
Oscillator off."
7-41
Model 8640B
CHANGE 16 (Cont'd)
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Service Sheet 5 (RF ON/OFF Switch Modification):
Change to read as follows:
RF ON/OFF switch S2 (see Service Sheet 15) is normally wired to leave the RF Oscillator on while switching only the modulator off (see Service Sheet 12). This allows the RF Oscillator to remain warmed up, the Auxiliary RF Output to remain on, and the counter and phase lock to remain operating. The RF, however, is not truly "off" but is reduced by an amount equal to the pulse on/off ratio (at least 40 dB down, and dependent upon OUTPUT LEVEL Vernier setting).
For some applications it may be desirable to modify the switch to turn both the modulator and the RF
Oscillator off. To modify the RF ON/OFF switch, proceed as follows:
1.
Remove bottom cover (see Service Sheet F).
2.
Remove two nuts that secure Connector Board Assembly A3A4, and remove the board. The board is located directly behind RANGE switch cam housing.
3.
Remove the jumper wire between the two holes labeled "RF OSC ON/OFF INHIBIT".
4.
Reinstall board and bottom cover.
5.
Check RF ON/OFF operation by observing the counter or Auxiliary RF Output, which should stop operating with RF ON/OFF switched to OFF.
Service Sheet 15 (Principles of Operation):
Change the RF On/Off Switch paragraph to read as follows:
RF ON/OFF switch S2 normally turns off only the amplitude modulator (by switching off the modulator drive current).
If it is desirable to switch both the modulator and the RF Oscillator off (by also interrupting the +20V supply to the oscillator) the RF ON/OFF function may be easily modified. See Service Sheet 5 for modification instructions.
CHANGE 17
Change A10A2U14 to 1820-1354.
Service Sheet 11 (schematic):
Change part number for A10A2U14 to 1820-1354.
7-42
Model 8640B
CHANGE 18
Change the last sentence as follows:
". . tuning range of 1000 ppm for precision frequency setting."
Change FINE TUNING specification as follows:
Unlocked mode: >1000 ppm total range.
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Pages 4-3 to 4-5, paragraph 4-12:
Change SPECIFICATION as follows:
Fine Tuning: Unlocked, >1000 ppm total range.
Change step 8 to read as follows:
Set FINE TUNE fully cw. Note frequency counter reading, then set FINE TUNE fully ccw. The frequency counter should read 50 kHz (1000 ppm) lower than the reading noted above.
50 kHz ____________
Under paragraph 4-12, change FINE TUNE 10 kHz to FINE TUNE 50 kHz.
Change A3 as follows:
Part Number
New Assy: 08640-60099.
Change A3 08640-60100 to A3 08640-60099.
Change A3MP8 to 0510-0015.
Change A3MP13 to 08640-20193.
Add A3MP17 08640-60206 FINE TUNE ASSEMBLY.
Add A3MP18 08640-00085 GASKET, RFI.
Add A3MP19 08640-00086 LABEL.
Add A3MP20 2200-0151 SCREWS, PAN HEAD 4-40 x 0.75 INCH.
Change MP8 to 0370-2623.
CHANGE 19
Change A8A2 as follows:
Part Number
New Assy: 08640-60189.
Change A4C1 to 0140-0191 CAPACITOR: FXD 56 PF + 5% 300 WVDC MICA.
Change A4C3 and A4C4 to 0180-0116 CAPACITOR: FXD 6.8 UF +10% 35 VDC TA.
Delete A4CR1.
Change A4R3 to 0757-0449 RESISTOR 20K 1% 0.125W F TUBULAR.
Change A4R5 to 0698-3243 RESISTOR 178K 1% 0.125W F TUBULAR.
Add A4R23 0757-0418 RESISTOR 619 OHM 1% 0.125W F TUBULAR.
Add A4R24 0757-1094 RESISTOR 1.47K 1% 0.125W F TUBULAR.
7-43
Model 8640B
CHANGE 19 (Cont'd)
Change A8A2 08640-60027 to A8A2 08640-60189.
Change A10A2U5 to 1820-0143 IC DGTL MC 1027P J-K FLIP-FLOP.
Delete A1A2XA10A2U5 and A10A2XA10A2U9.
Add A12C6 0180-0197 CAPACITOR: FXD: 2.2 UF +10% 20 VDC TA.
Add A12CR21 1901-0418 DIODE: PWR RECT: SI: 400V MAX VRM 1.5A.
Add A12Q1 1884-0239 THYRISTOR: SCR.
Add A12R1 and A12R2 0698-3447 RESISTOR 422 OHM 1% 0.125W F TUBULAR.
Add A12VR1 1902-3393 DIODE ZNR 75V 5% DO-7 PD = 0.4W TC = +0.077%.
Change A26A4R34 and R35 to 0683-1055 RESISTOR, 1M 5% 0.25W CC TUBULAR.
Service Sheet 11 (schematic):
Change part number for A10A2U5 to 1820-0143.
Service Sheet 12 (schematic):
Change A26A4R34 and R35 to 1MQ.
Service Sheet 17 (component locations):
Replace Figure 8-52 with the attached figure.
A4
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 8-52. A4 Meter/Annunciator Drive Assembly Component Locations (P/O Change 19)
7-44
Model 8640B
CHANGE 19 (Cont'd)
Service Sheet 17 (schematic):
Replace appropriate portions of schematic with the attached partial schematics.
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
P/O Figure 8-54. Meter Circuits Schematic Diagram (P/O Change 19, 1 of 2)
P/O Figure 8-54. Meter Circuits Schematic Diagram (P/O Change 19, 2 of 2)
7-45
Model 8640B
CHANGE 19 (Cont'd)
Service Sheet 20 (component Locations):
Replace Figure 8-61 with attached figure.
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 8-61. P/O A8A2 Counter/Loch Board Assembly Component Locations (P/O Change 19)
Service Sheet 20 (schematic):
Change part number for A8A2 subassembly to 08640-60189.
7-46
Model 8640B
CHANGE 19 (Cont'd)
Service Sheet 21 (component locations):
Replace Figure 8-63 with attached figure.
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 8-63. P/O A8A2 Counter/Lock Board Assembly Component Locations (P/O Change 19)
Service Sheet 21 (schematic):
Change part number for A8A2 subassembly to 08640-60189.
Service Sheet 22 (Principles of Operation):
Change the second paragraph under Input Voltage (A12 and A14) to read as follows:
The A12 Rectifier Assembly contains five full-wave rectifiers and a crowbar to protect the instrument from excessively high line voltages. The crowbar is across the output of the rectifier bridge to the +44.6V
regulator. If the rectified voltage exceeds 75V, breakdown diode A12VR1 conducts and triggers the gate of
SCR A12Q1. Q1 then conducts and blows the primary fuse. Diode A12CR21 prevents filter capacitor C3 from discharging through the crowbar when the crowbar conducts.
7-47
Model 8640B
CHANGE 19 (Cont'd)
Service Sheet 22 (component locations):
Replace Figure 8-66 with the attached figure.
A12
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 8-66. A12 Rectifier Assembly Component Locations (P/O Change 19)
Service Sheet 22 (schematic):
Replace appropriate portion of schematic with the attached partial schematic.
P/O Figure 8-69. Power Supply Circuits Schematic Diagram (P/O Change 19)
7-48
Model 8640B
CHANGE 20
Add A3A4C3 and A3A4C4 0180-0116 CAPACITOR, FXD, 6.8 UF ± 10%.
Add A3A4L1 and A3A4L2 9100-1664 COIL, FXD, MOLDED RF CHOKE 3 mH, 5%.
Add A11C24 0140-0145 CAPACITOR - FXD 22PF ± 5% 500 WVDC MICA.
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Change A26A4CR7, CR8, CR9, and CR13 to 1901-0518 DIODE, SCHOTTKY, HOT CARRIER.
Change A26A4R2 to 2100-2489 RESISTOR, VAR 5000 OHM 10%.
Add MP7 2 7120-4294, LABEL, WARNING.
Service Sheet 5 (component locations):
Replace Figure 8-20 with the attached figure.
P/O A3A4
Figure 8-20. P/O A3A4 Connector Board Assembly Component Locations (P/O Change 20)
7-49
Model 8640B
CHANGE 20 (Cont'd)
Service Sheet 5 (schematic):
Replace appropriate portion of schematic with attached partial schematic.
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
P/O Figure 8-21. RF Oscillator Simplified Diagram (P/O Change 20)
7-50
Model 8640B
CHANGE 20 (Cont'd)
Service Sheet 6 (component locations):
Replace Figure 8-22 with the attached figure.
P/O A3A4
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 8-22. P/O A 3A4 Connector Board Assembly Component Locations (P/O Change 20)
Service Sheet 9A (schematic):
Add a 22 pF capacitor, AllC24, parallel to AllR36.
Service Sheet 12 (schematic):
Change A26A4R2 to 5000w.
CHANGE 21
Add MP75 08640-00096 INSULATOR, COUNTER HEAT SINK.
CHANGE 22
Delete A26A2CR5.
Service Sheet 13 (schematic):
Delete diode A26A2CR5. Connect pin 10 directly to pin 19.
CHANGE 23
Change A26A3R1 to 0698-7227 RESISTOR, FXD, 422 OHM 1% 0.125W F.
Service Sheet 12 (schematic):
Change A26A3R1 to 4222.
7-51
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
CHANGE 24
Add the attached paragraph 5-42.
5-42. PHASE LOCK ERROR VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENT
REFERENCE:
Service Sheet 21.
DESCRIPTION:
When the instrument is operating in the normal count mode, a nominal mid-range (phase lock error) voltage should exist at test point A8A2TP6. A mid-range voltage ensures that the generator will maintain phase lock when the oscillator shifts up or down in frequency.
EQUIPMENT:
Digital Voltmeter................................................................. HP 3480B/3484A
PROCEDURE:
1. Set Signal Generator's controls as follows:
COUNTER MODE: LOCK ....................................................................... Off
2. Connect one lead of the voltmeter to testpoint A8A2TP6 and the other lead to ground. Adjust potentiometer
A8A2R58 for a voltmeter reading of +11.5 + 1.OVdc.
Change A8A2 as follows:
Part Number
New Assy: 08640-60258.
Change A8A2 08640-60189 to 08640-60258.
Delete A8A2C27, C28, C29 and C30.
Change A8A2R28 to 0698-7258 RESISTOR; FXD; 8.25K 2% 0.05W F TUBULAR.
Add A8A2R58 2100-2497 RESISTOR, VAR., TRMR, 2K OHM 10% C TOP ADJ.
Service Sheet 20 (component locations):
Replace Figure 8-61 with attached figure.
7-52
Model 8640B
CHANGE 24 (cont'd)
P/O A8A2
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 8-61. P/O A8A2 Counter/Lock Board Assembly Component Locations (P/O Change 24)
Service Sheet 20 (schematic):
attached partial schematic.
7-53
Model 8640B
CHANGE 24 (cont'd)
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
P/O Figure 8-62. Up/Down Counter and Display Schematic Diagram (P/O Change 24)
7-54
Model 8640B
CHANGE 24 (cont'd)
Service Sheet 21 (component locations):
Replace Figure 8-63 with attached figure.
P/O A8A2
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 8-63. P/O A8A2 Counter/Lock Board Assembly Component Locations (P/O Change 24 )
Service Sheet 21 (schematic):
Change part number of A8A2 subassembly to 08640-60258.
Replace appropriate portion of Figure 8-64 with attached partial schematic.
P/O Figure 8-64. Counter Phase Lock Schematic Diagram (P/O Change 24)
7-55
A9
A9A1
A9A1MP1
A9A1MP2
A9A1MP3
A9A1MP4
A9A1MP5
A9A1MP6
A9A1MP7
A9A1MP8
A9A1MP9
A9A1MP10
A9A1MP11
A9A1MP12
A9A1MP13
A9A1MP14
Model 8640B
CHANGE 25
Change paragraph e to read as follows:
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P e.
A9A1A2C6, C7 and C8. If the A9A1A2 FM Gain Switch Board Assembly has been replaced or repaired, measure the 3 dB bandwidth at A7TP3 with an oscilloscope on the following RF frequency ranges while driving the FM INPUT connector with an external test oscillator. Change the corresponding capacitor, if necessary, for best flatness (less than 3 dB down at 250 kHz rate). Increase capacitance to decrease deviation (250 kHz rate).
FREQUENCY
RANGE (MHz)
512 - 1024
256 - 512
128- 256
PEAK DEVIATION
Range
5 kHz
5 kHz
5 kHz
Capacitor
A9A1A2C8
A9A1A2C7
A9A1A2C6
NOTE
Changing any capacitor will likely affect flatness on other ranges.
Delete A9C8 (see Change 1).
Add the following:
Basis of Selection
Component
A9A1A2C6
A9A1A2C7
A9A1A2C8
Service
Sheet
6
6
6
Range of
Values
0 - 56 pF
500 - 900 pF
750 - 2000 pF
Page 6-17 and 6-18, Table 6-3:
Replace the entire A9 assembly parts list with the following list.
----------------
08640-60179
0380-0013
0380-0013
0510-0005
0510-0005
0510-0005
0510-0015
0510-0052
0510-0052
1430-0759
1430-0772
1430-0772
1430-0773
1430-0774
1460-0019
PEAK DEVIATION AND RANGE SWITCH ASSEMBLY
SWITCH ASSEMBLY
SPACER, 1.0 LONG
SPACER, 1.0 LONG
RING, RETAINER 1/4 DIA
RING, RETAINER 1/4 DIA
RING, RETAINER 1/4 DIA
RING, RETAINER EXT
RING, EXT 0.125 DIA
RING, EXT 0.125 DIA
GEAR, SPUR
GEAR, PLANET
GEAR, PLANET
GEAR, COMBINATION
GEAR, COMBINATION
SPRING, COMPRESSION
7-56
Manual Changes
A9A1A1R1
A9A1A1R2
A9A1A1R3
A9A1A1R4
A9A1A1R5
A9A1A1R6
A9A1A1R7
A9A1A1R8
A9A1A1R9
A9A1A1S1
A9A1MP31
A9A1A1S2
A9A1MP30
CHANGE 25 (Cont'd)
A9A1MP15
A9A1MP16
A9A1MP17
A9A1MP18
A9A1MP19
A9A1MP20
A9A1MP21
A9A1MP22
A9A1MP23
A9A1MP24
A9A1MP25
A9A1MP26
A9A1MP27
A9A1MP28
A9A1MP29
A9A1MP30
A9A1MP31
A9A1MP32
A9A1MP33
A9A1MP34
A9A1MP35
A9A1MP36
A9A1MP37
A9A1MP38
A9A1MP39
A9A1MP40
A9A1MP41
A9A1R1
A9A1W1
A9A1A1
1460-0019
1460-0019
2190-0390
3050-0103
3050-0103
3050-0103
3130-0503
3130-0504
08640-00091
08640-00092
08640-00093
08640-00098
08640-20241
08640-20242
08640-20248
08640-20249
08640-20250
2360-0220
2360-0123
2260-0009
0520-0173
2360-0135
2200-0107
2360-0129
2190-0006
2950-0006
2190-0027
2100-3435
08640-60197
08640-60253
0698-8299
0698-8298
0698-8297
0757-0398
0698-829,6
0757-0399
0698-8295
0757-0400
0757-0400
-------------
-------------
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
SPRING, COMPRESSION
SPRING, COMPRESSION
WASHER, FLAT NON-METALIC
WASHER, FLAT
WASHER, FLAT
WASHER, FLAT
SHAFT, INDEX ASSY
SHAFT, INDEX ASSY
MOUNTING PLATE, DETENTS
MOUNTING PLATE, GEARS
MOUNTING PLATE, POT
BOARD, SUPPORT
BUSHING, PLASTIC
SHAFT, FM GAIN SWITCH
SWITCH ROTOR, 4 CONTACT (P/O A9A1A2S1)
SWITCH ROTOR, 3 CONTACT (P/O A9A1A1S2)
SWITCH ROTOR, 2 CONTACT (P/O A9A1A1S1)
SCREW, 6-32 x 2.25
SCREW, 6-32 x 6.25 W/LOCK
NUT, 4-40 W/LOCK
SCREW, 2-56 x 0.25 W/LOCK
SCREW, 6-32 x 1-50
SCREW, 4-40 x 0.312 W/LOCK
SCREW, 6-32 x 1.000 LG
WASHER, SPLIT LOCK
NUT, 1/4 - 32
WASHER, LOCK INT STAR
RESISTOR, VAR 2.5K OHM
CABLE ASSEMBLY, OOAX
PEAK DEVIATION BAND SWITCH BOARD ASSEMBLY
(DOES NOT INCLUDE ROTORS A9A1MP31 and A9A1MP30,
P/O S1 AND S2)
RESISTOR, FXD 4.259K OHM
RESISTOR, FXD 1.071K OHM
RESISTOR, FXD 1.284K OHM
RESISTOR, FXD 75 OHM 1%
RESISTOR, FXD 1.493K OHM
RESISTOR, FXD 82.5 OHM 1%
RESISTOR, FXD 1.556K OHM
RESISTOR, FXD 90.9 OHM 1%
RESISTOR, FXD 90.9 OHM 1%
NSR, INCLUDES PRINTED CIRCUIT TRACES AND ROTOR
NSR, INCLUDES PRINTED CIRCUIT TRACES AND ROTOR
7-57
Manual Changes
CHANGE 25 (Cont'd)
A9A1A2
A9A1A2C1
A9A1A2C2
A9A1A2C3
A9A1A2C4
A9A1A2C5
A9A1A2C6
A9A1A2C7
A9A1A2C8
A9A1A2C9
A9A1A2R1
A9A1A2R2
A9A1A2R3
A9A1A2R4
A9A1A2R5
A9A1A2R6
A9A1A2R7
A9A1A2R8
A9A1A2R9
A9A1A2R10
A9A1A2R11
A9A1A2R12
A9A1A2R13
A9A1A2R14
A9A1A2R15
A9A1A2R16
A9A1A2R17
A9A1A2R18
A9A1A2R19
A9A1A2R20
A9A1A2S1
A9A1MP29
A9A2
A9A2P1
08640-60254
0140-0191
0140-0191
0140-0191
0140-0191
0140-0191
0160-2204
0160-3537
0160-2222
0160-2204
0757-0280
0757-0278
0757-0274
0757-0416
0698-0082
0757-0280
0698-7799
0698-5669
0698-8212
0698-5669
0698-8213
0698-5669
0698-8213
0757-0280
0698-5669
0698-8213
0698-5669
06988213
0698-5669
0757-0447
------------
08640-60256
1251-1959
08640-00101
08640-20256
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
FM GAIN SWITCH BOARD ASSEMBLY (DOES NOT INCLUDE
ROTOR A9AlMP29, P/O S1)
CAPACITOR, FXD 56 PF 300V
CAPACITOR, FXD 56 PF 300V
CAPACITOR, FXD 56 PF 300V
CAPACITOR, FXD 56 PF 300V
CAPACITOR, FXD 56 PF 300V
CAPACITOR, FXD 100 PF 300V (SELECTED COMPONENT)
CAPACITOR, FXD 680 PF 300V (SELECTED COMPONENT)
CAPACITOR, FXD 1500 PF 300V (SELECTED COMPONENT)
CAPACITOR, FXD 100 PF 300V
RESISTOR, FXD 1K OHM
RESISTOR, FXD 1.78K OHM
RESISTOR, FXD 1.21K OHM
RESISTOR, FXD 511 OHM
RESISTOR, FXD 464 OHM
RESISTOR, FXD 1K OHM
RESISTOR, FXD 2K OHM
RESISTOR, FXD 1.5K OHM
RESISTOR, FXD 6K OHM
RESISTOR, FXD 1.5K OHM
RESISTOR, FXD 3K OHM
RESISTOR, FXD 1.5K OHM
RESISTOR, FXD 3K OHM
RESISTOR, FXD 1K OHM
RESISTOR, FXD 1.5K OHM
RESISTOR, FXD 3K OHM
RESISTOR, FXD 1.5K OHM
RESISTOR, FXD 3K OHM
RESISTOR, FXD 1.5K OHM
RESISTOR, FXD 16.2K OHM
NSR, INCLUDES PRINTED CIRCUIT TRACES AND ROTOR
INTERCONNECT ASSEMBLY
CONNECTOR, PC EDGE
LABEL
BOARD, CONNECTOR
7-58
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
CHANGE 25 (Cont'd)
A9A2W1
A9A2W2
A9A2A1
A9A2A1J1
A9A2A1J2
A9A2A1P1
A9A2A1P2
08640-60198
1251-2615
8120-1711
08640-60199
1251-2615
8120-1711
08640-60255
1250-0507
1250-0507
1251-1626
1251-0472
CABLE, RIBBON 5.45 (INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING ITEMS)
CONNECTOR, RIBBON CBL, 2 EACH
CABLE 16 COND 28 GAUGE
CABLE, RIBBON, 7.50 (INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING ITEMS)
CONNECTOR, RIBBON CBL, 2 EACH
CABLE 16 COND 28 GAUGE
INTERCONNECT BOARD ASSEMBLY (INCLUDES
A9A2W1 and A9A2W2)
SOCKET, DIP 16-PIN
SOCKET, DIP 16-PIN
CONNECTOR, PC 24 CONT
CONNECTOR, PC 12 CONT
Add MP82 08640-00037 INSULATOR, BOTTOM COVER.
Change W4 to 08640-60180.
Service Sheet 6 (component locations):
Replace Figure 8-23 (1 of 2, and 2 of 2) with the attached Figures 8-23A and 8-23B.
Service Sheet 6 (schematic):
Service Sheet 7 (schematic):
Replace appropriate portion of schematic with attached partial schematic (P/O Figure 8-27).
Service Sheet 8 (component locations):
Replace Figure 8-29 (1 of 2, and 2 of 2) with the attached Figures 8-29A and 8-29B.
Service Sheet 8 (schematic):
Replace appropriate portion of schematic with attached partial schematic (P/O Figure 8-31).
Service Sheet 15 (schematic):
Replace appropriate portion of schematic with attached partial schematic (P/O Figure 8-48).
Service Sheet 19 (schematic):
Replace appropriate portion of schematic with attached partial schematic (P/O Figure 8-59).
Service Sheet 25 (wiring diagram):
Change A9P1 to A9A2P1.
Delete all wire color codes leading away from A9A2P1.
Change description at Pin 24 to read "NON-FUNCTIONING LINE".
Service Sheet C (Illustrated Parts Breakdown):
Replace Figure 8-78 and associated text with attached figure and text.
7-59
Model 8640B
CHANGE 25 (Cont'd)
A9A1A2
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 8-23A. A9A1A2 FM Gain Switch Board Assembly
Component Locations (P/O Change 25)
7-60
Model 8640B
CHANGE 25 (Cont'd)
A9A2
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 8-23B. A9A2 Interconnect Assembly
Component Locations (P/O Change 25)
7-61
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 8-25. FM Amplifiers Schematic Diagram (1 of 2, P/O Change 25)
7-62
Model 8640B
Change 25 (Cont’d)
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 8-25. FM Amplifiers Schematic Diagram (2 of 2, P/O Change 25)
7-63
Model 8640B
Change 25 (Cont’d)
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 8-27. FM Shaping Circuits and Phase Lock Loop Filter Schematic Diagram (P/O Change 25)
7-64
Model 8640B
CHANGE 25 (Cont'd)
A9A1A1
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 8-29A. A9A1AI Peak Deviation Band Switch Board Assembly
Component Locations (P/O Change 25)
7-65
Model 8640B
CHANGE 25 (Cont'd)
A9A2
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 8-29B. A9A2 Interconnect Assembly Component Locations (P/O Change 25)
7-66
Model 8640B
CHANGE 25 (Cont’d)
Figure 8-31. Over-Deviation Detector and Meter Control Circuits Schematic Diagram (P/O Change 25)
7-67
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
CHANGE 25 (Cont’d)
P/O Figure 8-48. AM Interconnections and RF ON/OFF Switch Schematic Diagram (P/O Change 25)
7-68
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
CHANGE 25 (Cont'd)
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
P/O Figure 8-59. Counter Time Base Schematic Diagram (P/O Change 25)
7-69
Model 8640B
CHANGE 25 (Cont'd)
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 8-78. A9A1 Switch Assembly Illustrated Parts Breakdown (P/O Change 25)
7-70
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
Item
Number
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
6
7
4
5
1
2
3
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Reference
Designator
A9A1MP31
A9A1MP30
A9A1MP28
A9AlMP22
A9A1MP21
A9A1MP23
A9A1MP24
A9A1A1
A9 A1 A2
A9A1R1
A9A1MP25
A9A1MP28
A9A1MP12
A9AlMP13
Not Assigned
A9AlMP10,11
A9AlMP9
A9AlMP27
A9AlMP18-20
A9A1MP14-16
A9A1MP1, 2
A9A1 Switch Assembly Legend
Item
Number
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
36
37
38
Reference
Designator
A9A1MP3-5
A9A1MP6
A9A1MP7, 8
A9AlMP41
A9A1MP40
A9A1MP39
A9AlMP38
A9A1MP37
A9A1MP36
A9AlWl
A9A1MP35
Not Assigned
A9AIMP34
A9AlMP26
A9AlMP33
A9AlMP17
A9AlMP32
7.
8.
9.
10.
4.
5.
A9 Assembly Removal Procedure
1.
Set PEAK DEVIATION, and RANGE switches four positions ccw from full cw.
2.
3.
Place instrument upside down and remove bottom cover (see Service Sheet F).
Disconnect gray coaxial cable A9AlW1 from A7 FM Shaper Assembly.
6.
Disconnect A9A2 Interconnect Assembly from switch.
Loosen two setscrews on coupler at the RANGE switch shaft. Do not disturb coupler at the A10 Divider/Filter
Assembly shaft.
Remove PEAK DEVIATION, RANGE and FM vernier knobs. The knobs are secured to their shafts with allen setscrews.
Remove two nuts and lockwashers that secure the switch assembly to front panel.
Lift assembly from instrument.
Remove coupler from RANGE switch shaft only.
Disconnect 30-pin edge connector A9A2P1 from the mother board.
Continued........
7-71
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
CHANGE 25 (Cont'd)
A9 Assembly Removal Procedure (cont'd)
11.
Reinstall switch assembly by setting both switches four positions ccw from full cw (the Divider/Filter shaft should also be in this position) and by reversing the procedures in steps one through ten.
NOTES
The detents of both A9 and A10 assembly switches must align and correspond to the same positions. Check that the actual RF output frequency agrees with the counter indications on all bands.
Adjust the coupler for minimum binding and tighten the setscrews very securely.
CHANGE 26
NOTE
See paragraph 7-93 for recommended instrument modification.
Under SPECTRAL PURITY, make the following changes to the Harmonics specification.
Delete >35 dB below fundamental of 0.5 to 128 MHz.
Change "128 to 512 MHz" to "0.5 to 512 MHz".
Under MODULATION CHARACTERISTICS , General, make the following changes to the specification for
Optional:
(Internal Variable Audio Oscillator, Option 001).
In the Frequency specification, change ±10% to ±15%.
In the Total Harmonic Distortion specification, change "600 kHz" to "200 kHz", and add the following:
"<2.0%, 200 kHz to 600 kHz"
Pages 4-11 thru 4-13, paragraph 4-17:
Under SPECIFICATIONS , make the following changes:
Delete >35 dB below fundamental of 0.5 to 128 MHz.
Change "128 to 512 MHz" to "0.5 to 512 MHz".
Change 35 dB to 30 dB in steps 2, 3 (two places), and 4 (seven places).
Pages 4-44 and 4-45, paragraph 4-30:
Under SPECIFICATION , make the following change to Option 001, Frequency.
Change ±10% to ±15%.
In step 4, change ±10% to ±15% (two places).
Pages 4-45 and 4-46, paragraph 4-31:
Under SPECIFICATION, change "600 kHz" to "200kHz" and add the following:
"<2.0% 200kHz to 600 kHz".
In step 2, change "600 kHz" to "200 kHz" and add the following:
"200 kHz to 600 kHz,______________ <2.0%"
Under paragraph number 4-17, change 35 dB to 30 dB (eight places).
Under paragraph number 4-30, change ±10% (in Max column) to ±15%
Under paragraph number 4-31, change "600 kHz" to "200 kHz", and add the following:
"200 kHz to 600 kHz,_______________2.0%".
7-72
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
CHANGE 26 (Cont'd)
Change A26A2R35 to 0698-3447 RESISTOR; FXD, 422 OHM 1% 0.125 W F TUBULAR.
Add A26A2R40 0698-3157 RESISTOR; FXD, 19.6K 1% 0.125W F TUBULAR.
Delete A26A4Q8.
Change A26A4R44 to 0757-0421 RESISTOR 825 OHM 1% 0.125W F TUBULAR.
Delete A26A4R54.
Service Sheet 12 (schematic):
Make the following changes to the A26A4 assembly.
Delete Q8 and R54.
Connect R44 to junction of R46 and the base of Q9.
Change R44 to 8252 .
Service Sheet 13 (schematic):
Make the following changes to the A26A2 assembly.
Change R35 to 42292.
Add R40, 19.6K, between the collector of Q9 and ground.
CHANGE 27
Change AllC24 to 0160-2199 CAPACITOR; FXD; 30 pF + 5% 300 WVDC.
Change A26A4R2 to 2100-2522 RESISTOR; VAR, TRMR, 10 K OHM 10% C.
Change A26A4R5 to 0698-0084 RESISTOR; FXD; 2.15 K OHM 1% 0.125W F TC = O + 100.
Service Sheet 9A (schematic):
Change AllC24 to 30 pF.
CHANGE 28
Add A8MP47 08640-00100 INSULATOR, RF SCALER.
Add A8MP48 08640-00102 INSULATOR, COUNTER TIME BASE.
Change A10A2R58 to 0698-3243 RESISTOR FXD 178K 1% 0.125W F TUBULAR.
Service Sheet 11 (schematic):
Change resistor A10A2R58 to 178K.
CHANGE 29
Pages 5-14 thru 5-17, paragraph 5-31:
Under REFERENCE, delete service sheet 16.
Under DESCRIPTION, delete all except the first sentence, and Note 1.
In Figure 5-1, delete the 10 dB step attenuator, 20 dB amplifier and spectrum analyzer.
Under EQUIPMENT, delete the spectrum analyzer, 20 dB amplifier and double-shielded cables.
Under PROCEDURE, delete steps 4 thru 11.
Delete AlAIR5 and R6.
7-73
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
CHANGE 29 (cont'd)
Service Sheet 16 (Principles of Operation):
Under Meter Attenuator and Odd Range Code (A1) delete the fourth sentence.
Service Sheet 16 (schematic):
Delete resistors A1A1R5 and R6 and associated wiring.
On switch A1SlBF/R, connect switch terminals 7 and 9 to terminal 6.
CHANGE 30
Add: A8A2C27, 0140-0205, CAPACITOR-FXD 62 PF+5% 300WVDC MICA
Change A8A2U6 and U25 to 1820-1322, IC-SN74S02N, GATE
Service Sheet 20 (schematic)
Add: C27, 62 pF between A8A2U13D pin 11 and ground.
Change A8A2U6 and U25 to 1820-1322.
CHANGE 31
Change A1OA2U1 to 1826-0303 IC, LINEAR.
Service Sheet 11 (schematic):
Change part number for A1OA2U1 to 1826-0303.
CHANGE 32
Delete AllR28 (Option 001).
Pages 5-9 and 5-11, paragraph 5-27:
Under EQUIPMENT, add the following instruments.
Distortion Analyzer ..............................................................................................
Oscilloscope ........................................................................................................
Change step 12 to read as follows:
12.
HP 333A
HP 180A/1801A/1820C
If level at A11TP4 is too high, adjust AllR28 ccw (reduce resistance); if level is too low, adjust AllR28 cw (increase resistance). Then repeat steps 8 through 11.
Add the following steps after step 16.
16a.
Set MODULATION FREQUENCY controls to 600 kHz. Connect distortion analyzer to front panel AM OUTPUT connector. Calibrate distortion analyzer and measure distortion. Distortion analyzer should indicate less than
2%.
16b.
Set MODULATION FREQUENCY controls to 20 Hz. Connect oscilloscope to AM OUTPUT connector. Set AM switch alternately between OFF and INT. The envelope of the audio signal displayed on the oscilloscope should stabilize within a few seconds after AM is switched to INT.
16c.
If distortion or AM stability is incorrect, adjust A11R28 ccw (reduce resistance) for less distortion or cw (increase resistance) for better stability.
NOTE
Adjustment is correct when distortion and stability are as described in steps 16a and 16b.
Measurement results recorded in preceding steps may have changed (perhaps beyond stated limits) after readjusting A11R28.
7-74
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
CHANGE 32 (Cont'd)
Change AllR28 to 2100-2574 RESISTOR; VAR; TRMR; 500 OHM 10% C.
Service Sheet 9A (schematic):
Delete asterisk (*) at AllR28 and change the symbol to a 5002 potentiometer whose wiper is connected to the junction of AllR28 and All1RT1.
CHANGE 33
Delete A10A2R38 and R39.
Page 6-34, Table 6-3(see Change 13):
Change A26A1R21 to 0698-7233 RESISTOR, FXD, 750 OHM 2% 0.05W F TC=0+100.
Change A26A1R22 to 0698-7272 RESISTOR, FXD, 31.6K 2% 0.05W F TC=0O100.
Service Sheet 11 (schematic):
Delete resistors A10A2R38 and R39.
Service Sheet 19 (schematic):
Make the following changes to the A8A3 assembly.
Change R10 and R17 to 1960 ohms.
Change part numbers for U10, U11, U16 and U17 to 1820-1490.
Change part numbers for U13, U14 and U15 to 1820-1429.
NOTE
In instruments with serial number prefix 1545A or below, if A8A3U16 or U17 is replaced with 1820-
1490, the respective pull-up resistor A8A3R10 or R17 must also be updated to the recommended new value, 1.96K.
CHANGE 34
Page 6-13 through 6-15, Table 6-3:
Change A8A2C4 to 0180-0374, CAPACITOR, FXD 10OUF ± 10% 20WVDC
Change A8A2C12 to 0160-2207, CAPACITOR, FXD 300PF ± 5% 300 WVDC
Add A8A2C32, 0180-0374, CAPACITOR, FXD 10OUF ± 10% 20WVDC
7-75
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
CHANGE 34 (Cont'd)
Pages 6-14 and 6-15, Table 6-3 (cont'd):
Change A8A2R17, 0698-7277, RESISTOR, FXD 51.1K 2% 0.05W F TC=0±100
Change ASA2R19, 0698-7270, RESISTOR, FXD 26.1K 2% 0.05W F TC=0±100
Delete A8A2R58
Add A8A2R59, 0698-7281, RESISTOR, FXD 75K 2% 0.05W F TC=0±100
Add A8A2R60, 0698-7188, RESISTOR, FXD 10 2% 0.05W F'TC=0±100
Add ASA2R61, 0698-7243, RESISTOR, FXD 1.96K 2% 0.05W F TC=0±100
Add A8A2R62, 0698-0090, RESISTOR, FXD 464 1% 0.5W F TC=0±100
Service Sheet 7 (schematic):
Change A7R28 to 100K
Change A7R45 to 26.1K
NOTE
For instruments with serial prefixes below 1552A, the recommended replacement for A7R28 is
0757-0465 and for A7R45 is 06983159.
For instruments not already modified as above, it will be necessary to replace both A7R28 and
A7R45 the first time that either resistor is replaced.
Service Sheet 20 (Component Locations):
Replace Figure 8-61 with attached figure.
P/O A8A2 ASSEMBLY
Figure 8-61. /0O A8A2 Counter/Lock Board Assembly, Component Locations (P/O Change 34).
Service Sheet 20 (Schematic):
Change A8A2C12 to 300 pF.
Delete the line between A8A2U16B pins 4 and 5.
Add a line from A8A2U16B pin 4 to +5.2V.
7-76
Model 8640B
CHANGE 34 (Cont'd)
Service Sheet 21 (Component Locations):
Replace Figure 8-63 with attached figure:
P/O A8A2 ASSEMBLY
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 8-63. P/O A8A2 Counter/Lock Board Assembly, Component Locations (P/O Change 34).
Service Sheet 21 (Schematic):
Replace appropriate portion of schematic with attached partial schematic.
P/O Figure 8-64. Counter Phase Lock Circuits Schematic Diagram (P/O Change 34)
7-77
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
INSTRUMENT MODIFICATIONS
7-7.
INSTRUMENT IMPROVEMENT
MODIFICATIONS
7-8. Hewlett-Packard has developed certain recommended instrument modifications that can be used to improve the performance and reliability of earlier versions of the instrument. In some cases, replacing certain parts requires a modification to make these instruments compatible with parts now in use (if the original part is no longer available). These modifications are outlined in the following procedures and are keyed to instruments by serial number or serial number prefix.
7-9.
Improved FM Metering Accuracy (Serial
Prefix 1229A)
7-10. On instruments with serial number prefix 1229A, and with an A2 Meter/Switch Detector Assembly that has a 08640-60031 part number, FM metering accuracy can be improved at high modulation rates by removing the two 2.37V zener diodes, A2VR3 and A2VR4 (see
Service Sheet 17). The diodes are in series with each other and in parallel with A2R3 (at the input to A2U1).
7-11.
Elimination of Frequency Shift in Expand
X100 Mode (Serial Prefix 1229A)
7-12.
On instruments with serial number prefix 1229A, the frequency counter OVER FLOW lamp must be rewired to prevent RF Oscillator frequency shift when switching to the EXPAND X100 counter mode. The overflow lamp causes the +20 volt power supply voltage to drop, thus changing the RF Oscillator frequency. The modification rewires the overflow lamp to the +5.2 volt power supply and removes current limiting resistor
A8A4R4, 220 ohms.
7-13.
Perform the following steps and refer to Figure
1. Remove instrument top cover (see Service
Sheet F for procedure) and disassemble A8
Counter/Lock Assembly to gain access to the
A8A2 and A8A4 Assemblies (see Service Sheet
B for procedures).
2. Replace A8A2R57 (on A8A2 Counter/Lock
Board Assembly with part number
7-78
08640-60027) with a 0.47 ohm resistor (HP
0811-1662). The existing value is 0.82 ohms.
R57 is the current limiting resistor for the display
LED's from the +5.2 volt supply.
3. On A8A4 Counter Display Assembly (with part number 08640-60025), unsolder and discard
A8A4R4, a 220 ohm, 2 watt resistor.
4. Solder a length of insulated wire from top resistor pad of A8A4R4 (nearest overflow lamp) to narrow trace running down center of ground plane.
5. Reassemble counter and test OVER FLOW lamp operation as shown in Operator's Checks
7-14.
A8A2 Counter/Lock Board Assembly
Improvements (Serial Prefix 1229A)
7-15.
On instruments with serial number prefix 1229A and an A8A2 Assembly with part number 08640-60027, the following modifications will improve reliability (refer to Service Sheets 20 and 21):
1. In the phase lock mode, the pulse width into
U4A and U28 may be insufficient to clear the stall counter, and the instrument will not lock.
If the problem occurs, replace R48 with a 15 µH inductor (L2, HP 9100-1620) and check that C12 is 100 pF.
2. In the count mode, the pulse width from the output of U17C may be insufficient to clear the counters (U19 to U24), and the count will be incorrect, usually all zeros. Should the problem occur, replace R46 with a 24 µH inductor (L1,
HP 9100-1622). Change C11 to 470 pF (HP
0160-3455).
3. In the phase lock mode, a low borrow output of
U24 ripples through gates U13C and D to NOR gate U25B. The next clock pulse from U25A clocks the borrow into the countdown input of
U23 (which clocks on a positive going pulse). If the borrow from U24B is removed too quickly from U25B, then U23 will not be clocked and the instrument will not phase lock. Should the problem occur, add a 100 µF
Model 8640B
INSTRUMENT MODIFICATIONS
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 7-8. A8A4 Counter Display Assembly Modification
7-79
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
7-16.
7-17.
INSTRUMENT MODIFICATIONS
capacitor (C27, HP 0160-3877) from the output of U13D (pin 11) to ground.
Improved Audio Output Level Accuracy
(Serial Prefix 1229A)
On instruments with serial number prefix 1229A, the level of the internal modulation oscillator into the FM system can be increased so that it can turn on the
REDUCE FM VERNIER annunciator (to verify its operation) as follows:
Qty Description HP Part No.
2 4-40x1/8 Setscrew
1* Braid Ring (Main Tune)
1
1
Braid Ring (Fine Tune)
Retaining Collar
3030-0007
8160-0238
8160-0239
08640-20228
1* Attenuator Shield 08640-00065
*Order only for serial prefixes 1229A and below
7-22.
Remove A3 RF Oscillator Assembly (see
Service Sheet F for procedure) and Al Output Level
Assembly (see Service Sheet A for procedure). Modify and re-install as follows:
1. For All Fixed-Frequency Modulation Oscillator
Assembly (with part number 08640-60020) refer to Service Sheet 9. Change AllR7 to 2870 ohms (HP 0698-3151) and change AllR14 to
2610 ohms (HP 0698-0085). Perform
Fixed-Frequency Modulation Oscillator
2. For All Variable-Frequency Modulation
Oscillator Assembly (Option 001) (with part number 08640-60019) refer to Service Sheet
9A. Change AllR36 to 6190 ohms (HP 0757-
0290) and change AllR39 to 2370 ohms (HP
0698-3150). Perform Variable Frequency
Modulation Oscillator Adjustment in Section V.
A1 Output Level Assembly
1. Install gold Attenuator Shield on output attenuator's cursor drive gear bushing. The shield should be cupped toward front panel, and the locating tabs should seat in the cursor locating slots.
2. Before re-installing attenuator, apply a small amount of grease (such as PLM grease) to portion of subpanel where Attenuator Shield will rub.. This will smooth rotation of vernier and prevent squeaking.
7-18.
A26A1 Power Amplifier and AGC Detector
Assembly Improvement (Serial Prefix 1229A)
3. Re-install attenuator. If cursor drive gear has disengaged, follow the Output Level Knob
Adjustment procedure in Section V.
7-19.
On instruments with serial number prefix 1229A and an A26A1 Assembly with part number 08640-60017, level accuracy for narrow pulse widths in AM PULSE mode can be improved by changing Q1 to HP 1853-
0015; refer to Service Sheet 13.
A3 RF Oscillator Assembly
7-20.
Reduction of RFI Leakage from Front Panel
(Serial Prefix 1244A and Below)
1. Install Main Tune Braid Ring on oscillator's
FREQUENCY TUNE shaft. If braid appears to be unraveling, apply solder to braid end. With the braid on the shaft, make braid thinner by pinching with pliers; this will ease installation of oscillator.
7-21.
On instruments with serial number prefix 1244A and below, RFI leakage from the front panel can be reduced by adding RFI barriers to the main and fine tune shafts and the output attenuator shaft. The following parts are required:
2. Slip Retaining Collar and Fine Tune RFI Braid
Ring on FINE TUNE shaft. The braid may also need soldering.
3. Re-install RF Oscillator. Check that the green counter time base cable is not pinched under the Oscillator.
7-80
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
4. Press Fine Tune RFI Braid Ring against the subpanel with the Retaining Collar and secure collar with Setsscrews. Verify operation of the
Oscillator as shown in Operator's Checks in
INSTRUMENT MODIFICATIONS
an A9 Peak Deviation and Range Switch Assembly that does not have coaxial cable A9W1 (see paragraph 7-
32). The new A7 Assembly will have coaxial jack A7J1
(see Service Sheets 6 and 7), the original assembly does not.
7-23.
A26A4 AGC Amplifier Assembly
Improvement (Serial Prefix 1245A and
Below)
7-30.
Refer to Figure 7-9 and Service Sheet 7.
Modify the board as follows:
7-24.
On instruments with serial number prefix 1245A and below, the AM bandwidth in the 0.5 to 2 MHz ranges can be improved by modifying the A26A4 AGC
Amplifier Assembly (part number 08640-60015).
Change C10 (see Service Sheet 12) from 0.027 µF to
0.018 pF (HP 0160-0302).
1. Add a wire jumper between the two pads above pins 12 and 13 on board. Coaxial jack A7J1 will not be used.
2. The A7 FM Shaping Assembly characteristics must be matched to the RF Oscillator. Perform the Preliminary FM, FM Sensitivity and FM
Linearity Adjustments in Section V.
7-25.
On the same instruments, adding R54 825 ohms
(HP 0757-0421) between the collector of Q8 and +5.2V
will improve the transistor's reliability. Unsolder and lift the collector lead from the board and add the resistor between the collector lead and the circuit board hole.
7-31.
Replacement A9 Peak Deviation and Range
Switch Assembly (Serial Prefix 1246A and
Below)
7-26.
7-27.
Reduction of RFI Leakage From RF
Oscillator (Serial Prefix 1246A and Below)
On instruments with serial number prefix 1246A and below that have excessive RFI leakage from the A3
RF Oscillator Assembly, RFI leakage can be reduced by replacing the RF Oscillator Transistor cap. The new cap is shorter and includes two RFI braid gaskets. The old transistor cap should be replaced with the following parts:
7-32.
On instruments with serial number prefix 1246A and below, a new (replacement) A9 Assembly will require modification to be compatible with an A7 FM
Shaping Assembly with a 08640-60030 part number
(see paragraph 7-28). The new A9 Assembly will have
coaxial cable A9W1 (see Service Sheets 6 and 7), the original assembly does not. The modification consists of replacing A9W1 with an insulated wire and adding three capacitors. The following parts are required:
Qty
1
1
1
Qty
1
1
1
Description
Cap Transistor
Braid Plug
Gasket Plug
HP Part No.
08640-20224
8160-0203
8160-0233
Description
A9C6 150 pF
A9C7 750 pF
A9C8 1500 pF
HP Part No.
0140-0196
0160-3538
0160-2222
7-33.
Refer to Figure 7-10 and Service Sheet 6.
Modify the switch as follows:
7-28.
NOTE
The cap is located on the bottom side of the cylindrical part of the oscillator.
Replacement A7 FM Shaping Assembly
(Serial Prefix 1246A and Below)
1. Remove the coaxial cable leads from switch wafer S3C rear and S3B front lug 11. Strip the ends of a 81/2-inch length of insulated wire, #24
AWG, color code white-yellow-gray (948), and connect it between wafer S3B front lug 11 and pin 24 of connector A9P1. Solder both ends of wire.
7-29.
On instruments with serial number prefix 1246A and below, a new (replacement) A7 Assembly will require modification to be compatible with
7-81
Model 8640B
INSTRUMENT MODIFICATIONS
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 7-9. A 7 FM Shaping Assembly Modification
Figure 7-10. A 9 Peak Deviation and Range Switch Modification
7-82
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
INSTRUMENT MODIFICATIONS
2. Connect A9C8, 1500 pF, between switch wafer
S3B front lug 10½ /2 and wafer S3C front/rear lug with the white-yellow (94) wire, bare wire, a
1500-ohm and a 300-ohm resistor. Solder the end of C8 at wafer S3B front lug 101/2.
7-38.
A5 FM Amplifier Assembly Improvement
(Serial Prefix 1251A and Below)
3. Connect A9C7, 750 pF, across switch wafer
S3B front/rear lug 10 and wafer S3C at the same lug as A9C8. Solder both ends of A9C7.
4. Connect A9C6, 150 pF, across switch wafer
S3B front/rear lug 91/2 and wafer S3C front/ rear lug with two 3000-ohm resistors and a bare wire to the lug on either side. Solder both ends of A9C7.
7-39.
On instruments with serial number prefix 1251A and below and an A5 Assembly with an 08640-60029 part number, spurious oscillations may occur in the FM system in the FM OFF mode. To prevent this, refer to
Service Sheet 6 and add C9 430 pF (HP 0160-0939) from pin 7 on the circuit board connector to circuit board ground.
7-40.
A8A2 Counter/Lock Board Assembly
Improvement (Serial Prefix 1251A and
Below)
5. Perform the Peak Deviation and Range Switch
Adjustment and the Range Switch Adjustment in
7-34.
7-35.
A10A1 RF Filter Assembly Switch
Improvement (Serial Prefix 1246A and
Below)
On instruments with serial number prefix 1246A and below, the reliability of the slide-bar switches can be improved by modifying the AlOA1 Assembly. The modification consists of replacing the plastic slide-bar switch clamp with one made of aluminum.
Replacement requires the use of special fixtures and tools and should be performed by Hewlett-Packard.
Contact your local HP office for more information.
7-41.
On instruments with serial number prefix 1251A and below and an A8A2 Assembly with an 08640-60027 part number, the pulse width into the Stall Counter may be wide enough to overlap the clock input. The Stall
Counter will then count for 10 clock pulses instead of 9 and the instrument will phase lock to a frequency that is one count higher than the indicated count. To prevent this, refer to Service Sheet 20, change C12 to 100 pF
(HP 0160-3466) and remove R48 (196 ohms) and in its place add L2, 15 pH (HP 9100-1620).
7-42.
Front Panel Meter M1 Replacement (Serial
Prefix 1251A and Below)
NOTE
The plastic slide-bar switch clamp is not available for replacement. If found to be defective, it must be replaced by an aluminum clamp.
7-43.
When replacing the panel meter for instruments with serial number prefix 1251A and below, the front panel will also have to be changed to one with a hole which accommodates the front panel zeroing. The hole already exists in the sub-panel.
7-36.
A8A1 RF Scaler Assembly Improvement
(Serial Prefix 1249A)
To replace the meter and front panel, order a current panel meter (HP 1120-0539) and front panel (HP 08640-
00063) and proceed as follows:
7-37.
On instruments with serial number prefix 1249A and an A8A1 Assembly with an 08640-60041 part number, low level triggering in EXT mode can be improved by increasing isolation between the internal and external signal paths. Refer to Service Sheet 18
and Figure 7-7 and add C7 0.01 /F (HP 0160-3879) from
the junction of R2 and CR5 to circuit board ground.
1. Remove top and bottom covers, top trim strip, front window, and all knobs, nuts, and washers that secure lower half of front panel. The RF
OUTPUT connector is most easily removed from behind the sub-panel. Avoid forcing modulation oscillator's frequency dial cursor disk
(Option 001 only); gently work it along the shaft.
2. Replace front panel with new one. Replace the nuts and washers that secure the connectors and switches. Replace the FINE TUNE,
FREQUENCY TUNE, RANGE, PEAK
DEVIATION,
7-83
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
INSTRUMENT MODIFICATIONS
and MODULATION FREQUENCY (except
Option 001) knobs.
12. Perform the Output Level Knob Adjustment
procedure in Section V; the gears, however,
should not need adjustment.
13. Install the covers, trim strip, and front window.
3. Remove A4 Meter/Annunciator Drive Assembly.
4. Remove A8 Counter/Lock Assembly by removing four corner screws and three RF connectors on bottom of assembly. Use the special wrench provided with instrument to remove the two screw-on connectors.
7-44.
A26 AM/AGC and RF Amplifier Assembly
Improvement (Serial Prefix 1303A and
Below)
5. Remove A6 Annunciator Assembly by unplugging miniature 8-pin connector A6P1 and removing two screws on front of meter support molding.
6. Remove meter by gently pressing frontward on support molding and lifting meter up and out.
Remove the two meter leads.
7-45.
On instruments with serial number prefix 1303A and below, operation of the AM and pulse modulation circuits can be improved by making the following changes. The changes are recommended at time of service or repair. Refer to Service Sheets 12 and 13.
7. Connect the meter leads to new meter. (The white lead goes to the "+" terminal.) Insert meter, taking care not to scratch meter face.
Check that the solder lugs on the meter terminals do not short to each other or to the chassis.
8. Replace A6 Annunciator Assembly, A8
Counter/Lock Assembly, and A4 Meter/
Annunciator Drive Assembly.
1. To improve AM bandwidth on an A26A4 AGC
Amplifier Assembly with part number 08640-
60014), change R13 and R15 to 14.7 k
Ω
(HP
0698-3156) and change R22 to 1.78 k
Ω
(HP
0757-0278).
2. To improve RF pulse shape (specifically, to reduce the 90-100% rise time) on an A26A4
AGC Amplifier Assembly with part number
08640-60014, change R41 and R42 to 100 k
Ω
(HP 0757-0465).
3. To improve general circuit reliability on an
A26A2 AM Offset and Pulse Switching
Assembly with part number 08640-60015, change CR9 to HP 1901-0539.
9. For the Option 001 modulation oscillator, carefully install the dial and check the oscillator's output with a counter to make sure that the dial cursor disk gear is meshed in the correct cogs. Install the modulation oscillator
RANGE and vernier knobs; tighten the vernier knob first.
10. Install the AUDIO OUTPUT LEVEL knob and check its scale accuracy with an external meter by comparing the AM OUTPUT level at 1 kHz into 600
Ω
with the scale indication. Adjust the knob position until the scale is accurate to within
± 20% for all markings.
11. Perform the Meter Adjustment procedure in
Section V. The offset adjustments may be
omitted.
7-46.
7-47.
A26A4 AGC Amplifier Assembly
Improvement (Serial Prefix 1310A and
Below)
On instruments with serial number prefix 1310A and below, and with an A26A4 Assembly that has an
08640-60014 or 08640-60015 part number, AM noise performance will be improved by changing C14 from
220 pF to 0.1 pF (see Service Sheet 12). The correct part to install is HP 0160-0576. The new capacitor has
0.1-inch lead separation, and the leads should be carefully formed to fit into the present 0.2-inch spacing of the printed circuit board. This change is recommended at time of service or repair.
7-84
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
7-48.
7-49.
follows:
A10A2 RF Divider Assembly Improvement
(Serial Prefix 1313A and Below)
On instruments with serial number prefix 1313A and below, subharmonic rejection can be improved if the fourth RF divider is wired so that it is off when the
RF output is taken from the third divider. Refer to
Figure 7-11 and Service Sheet 11 and proceed as
1. Remove top cover of instrument (see Service
Sheet F for procedure).
2. Remove 14 4-40 pan-head screws that secure cover of A10 Divider/Filter Assembly casting
(screws are marked "*" on cover). Note that the two center screws are longer than the others.
3. Remove cover from casting.
INSTRUMENT MODIFICATIONS
4. Remove 12 4-40 pan-head screws that secure
A1OA2 RF Divider Assembly. Remove
A10OA2 and riser board (A10OA3) by lifting at the riser.
5. Solder a 1/2-inch length of insulated wire between pin 3 of U18 and the end of R16 (5.11
k
Ω
) that is nearest U18. Refer to Figure 7-11.
6. Replace A10OA2 and A10OA3 and check that there is no output from U18 (pin 1 or 13) when in the 32 to 64 MHz range. Use a high impedance 50 MHz oscilloscope.
7. Continue reassembly of the instrument and check for proper operation on all frequency ranges.
Figure 7-11. A1OA2 RF Divider Assembly Modification
7-85
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
INSTRUMENT MODIFICATIONS
7-50.
Power Supply Improvement (Serial Prefix
1313A and Below)
7-56.
A8A4 Counter Display Assembly
Improvement (Serial Prefixes 1323A and
Below)
7-51.
On instruments with serial number prefix 1313A and below, the reliability of the voltage regulators in the power supply can be improved by adding pre-loading resistors as follows (refer to Service Sheets 22 and 23):
1. On A18 -5.2V Regulator and Fan Driver
Assembly (with part number 08640-60004), add
R19 2610 ohms (HP 0698-7246) between pins 5 and 6 of U1.
7-57.
On instruments with serial number prefix 1323A and below, and an A8A4 Assembly with an 08640-60025 part number, if the time base UNCAL lamp burns out, the time base will not be calibrated. To prevent this, refer to Service Sheet 20 and add R5, 46.4 kS2 (HP
0698-7276) across the leads of UNCAL lamp DS1. To accommodate R5, change R3 to a smaller size 51.1 k2l resistor (HP 0698-7277).
2. On A20 +5.2V and +44.6V Regulator Assembly
(with part number 08640-60005), add R27 2610 ohms (HP 0698-7246) between pins 5 and 6 of
U1.
3. On A22 +20V and -20V Regulator Assembly
(with part number 08640-60006), add R26 10 k
Ω
and R27 to 10 k
Ω
(HP 0698-7260), between pins 5 and 6 of U2 and U1 respectively.
7-58.
7-59.
value.
Improved FM Bandwidth on 5 kHz Deviation
Range (Serial Number Prefixes 1323A and
1327A)
A slight peaking in FM deviation at approximately 200 kHz rates may be reduced by adding
A9C8. See paragraph 5-21 for selection of the proper
7-52.
7-53.
NOTE
The resistors are most easily installed by carefully lifting the leads
(pins 5 and 6) of the integrated circuits out of the holes, inserting a wire or test-point type of pin in the holes, and then soldering both the resistor and integrated circuit leads to the pins.
A10A2 RF Divider Assembly Improvement
(Serial Nos. 1316A00464 and Below)
On instruments with serial numbers
1316A00464 and below and an A10OA2 Assembly with an 08640-60023 part number, C5 1000 pF (from collector of Q3 to ground) can cause spurious signals from 500-1000 MHz. To prevent this, remove C5 (see
Service Sheet 11).
7-60.
7-61.
and below, the SSB noise floor and residual AM may be improved by increasing the breakdown voltage of
A26A4VR2 to 16.2V (see Service Sheet 12). With the generator in a non-pulse modulation mode, the old breakdown diode (14.7V) may conduct slightly and turn on A26A4Q7. The noise generated by the low level diode breakdown is amplified by A26A4Q7 and Q5, and appears on the output signal as AM noise. To make the modification, order HP Part Number 1902-0184 and replace A26A4VR2 on A26A4 AGC Amplifier Assembly.
Check the operation of the generator's pulse modulation and check either residual AM or the SSB noise floor.
7-62.
Improved Noise Performance (Serial Prefixes
1327A and Below)
On instruments with serial number prefix 1327A
A10A2 RF Divider Assembly Improvement
(Serial Number Prefixes 1333A and Below)
7-54.
Improved Audio Output Level Flatness
(Serial Prefixes 1244A through 1316A)
7-55.
On instruments with serial number prefixes
1244A through 1316A,changing R1 (see Service Sheet
9 or 9A) requires that the AUDIO OUTPUT LEVEL knob be changed (MP9, Standard, MP6 Option 001); order part number HP 0370-2387 (1V knob for standard oscillator) or HP 0370-2381 (3V knob for Option 001 oscillator). Perform the modulation oscillator adjustment
7-63.
Spurious response and second harmonic level can be reduced by adding a 1000 pF capacitor (HP
0160-3456) between the heat sink (-5.2V line) of
A10A2U14 and ground. Some RF Divider boards have holes to accommodate the new capacitor. If the board does not, solder the capacitor (C54) directly to the heat sink lead (-5.2V) and to the ground plane.
7-86
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
7-64.
A18, A20, and A22 Power Supply Regulator
Improvements (Serial Number Prefixes
1333A and Below)
INSTRUMENT MODIFICATIONS
7-69.
Replacement of the pot is straightforward. To gain access to the part, remove the A8A2 assembly as described in Service Sheet B.
7-65.
transistors will reduce the possibility of oscillation. If any of the power supplies oscillate, change either A18Q2,
A20Q2, or A22Q2 and Q3 to a new transistor (HP 1854-
0232) with a lower cutoff frequency (15 MHz as opposed to 200 MHz). After completion of the modification, perform the Power Supply Adjustments and the appropriate performance tests (see Post-Repair Tests
and Adjustments table in Section V).
7-66.
Changing the power supply regulator driver
Time Base Vernier and Pot Replacement
(Serial Prefix 1333A and Below)
7-70.
A11 Variable Frequency Modulation
Oscillator Improvements (Serial Number
Prefixes 1339A and Below)
7-71.
Distortion in the Variable Frequency Modulation
Oscillator (Option 001) at high frequencies can be reduced by changing AllQ1. (Refer to Service Sheet
9A.) The new transistor has a higher frequency response. Distortion will improve mainly on the x3k band (60 to 600 kHz) and only for the signal at the audio output jacks. The change will not affect the signal into the AM and FM circuits.
7-67.
On instruments with serial number prefix 1333A and below, changing the TIME BASE VERN knob will also require changing the TIME BASE VERN pot
A8A4R1. The old knob (HP 08640-40007), which is no longer available, extended through a hole in the front window and would occasionally bind. The new knob stands in front of the window and requires a pot with a longer shaft. Also, since the new knob has a larger skirt, it may be desirable (but is not necessary) to replace the front window (MP35) since the skirt will slightly cover some of the markings near it. The window has the same part number as before, but the silk-screening has been revised to accommodate the new knob.
7-72.
To make the modification, order HP Part
Number 1853-0050 and replace A11Q1 on All Variable
Frequency Modulation Oscillator. Perform the Internal
Modulation Oscillator Test (check voltage levels only) and the Internal Modulation Oscillator Distortion Test
(Option 001).
7-73.
A12 Rectifier Assembly Input Crowbar
Failures (Serial Number Prefixes 1339A and
Below)
7-68.
below:
Instruments with serial prefix 1339 have the old knob but the new pot and window.
NOTE
To make the modification, order the parts listed
7-74.
If the input crowbar SCR A12Q1 should fail, do not replace it. Instead, the entire A12 Rectifier
Assembly should be replaced with a new assembly. HP
Part Number 08640-60190. The crowbar on the new assembly has a built-in protection circuit and time delay.
As a temporary measure, the old A12Q1 and A12VR1
(refer to Service Sheet 22) should be removed until replaced by the new assembly. The assembly is located directly behind the power transformer.
Qty.
1
1
1
Description
Knob, TIME BASE
VERN
Resistor, Var, 5k ohm/SPST SW
Window, Front
Part Number
08640-40067
2100-0647
08640-40049
CAUTION
With the input crowbar disabled, care must be taken to ensure that the Line
Power Module is set to the correct line voltage. Failure to do so could result in severe damage to major portions of the instrument. Also check that the proper line fuse is in place.
7-87
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
INSTRUMENT MODIFICATIONS
7-75.
Reliability Improvements in AM and Pulse
Circuits (Serial Number Prefixes 1345A and
Below)
NOTE
If there is insufficient clearance for the insulator between gears and capacitor, perform step e.
7-76.
The reliability of some of the switching logic in the AM and pulse circuits (especially at elevated temperatures) can be improved by changing certain germanium diodes to hot carrier diodes. The new diodes will prevent the possibility of the RF detector filter capacitors (A26A1C5, C6 or C7) being switched in when not selected. This can occur if the reverse leakage current through the diodes (which flows from the +20V to the +5.2V supply) is sufficient to turn on transistorsA26A2Q8 or Q9 (refer to Service Sheet 13).
e. Remove back cover from the oscillator.
Then loosen three nylon screws which secure the tuning capacitor to the PC board. This will allow a small amount of shift in the capacitor's position and afford clearance for the insulator. Tighten nylon screws and reassemble back cover.
f. Replace Audio Oscillator Cover and reinstall All assembly (see Service Sheet D).
7-77.
To make the modification, order HP Part
Number 1901-0539. On A26A2 AM/Offset and Pulse
Switching Assembly, replace A26A2CR9 and CR13.
g. Perform Internal Modulation Oscillator Test in
Section IV. If out of specification, perform Variable-
Frequency Modulation Oscillator Adjustment (Option
7-78.
All Variable Frequency Modulation Oscillator
(Option 001) Improvement (Serial Number
Prefixes 1350A and Below)
7-81.
Improvement in Lock Acquisition Capability
(Serial Number Prefixes 1350A and Below)
7-79.
Possibility of failure of the Variable Frequency
Modulation Oscillator (Option 001) can be reduced by adding insulator A11MP17 between spur gear AllAIMP3 and the variable capacitor A11C1. The insulator prevents the shaft or metal insert in the gear from shorting the capacitor to ground. This modification is recommended at time of oscillator service or repair.
7-82.
The counter may fail to lock on random occasions. This may be caused by the time base signal present at A8A2TP6 which might instantaneously exceed the phase lock error detector threshold when going into the lock mode. Should this occur, connect a
1000 pF capacitor A8A2C31, HP Part Number 0160-
3456, between the line connecting to A8A2TP6 and ground.
7-80.
Install insulator as follows:
7-83.
+44.6V Regulator Improvement (Serial
Number Prefixes 1405A and Below)
a. Order HP part number 08640-00087 (insulator), b. Remove All Variable Frequency Modulation
Oscillator (see Service Sheet D).
c. Remove two 4-40 pan-head screws and two hex-nuts which secure the Audio Oscillator Cover.
Remove cover.
d. Remove adhesive backing from insulator and apply to the tuning capacitor, behind the plastic gear
A11A1MP3 and small spur gear A11AMP2.
7-84.
Changing A20Q4 regulator transistor to one with a lower cutoff frequency will reduce the possibility of oscillation. The recommended transistor is HP 1853-
0224. After modification perform the Power Supply
Adjustment for the +44.6V supply (Section V).
7-85.
Line Switch Modification (Serial Number
Prefixes 1406A and Below)
7-86.
If the line fuse blows as the instrument is switched off the line switch and line power assembly wiring (W16) should be modified as explained
7-88
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
INSTRUMENT MODIFICATIONS
below. The fuse blows because of a momentary short on the primary input that can occur on a switch terminal used in wiring the pilot lamp. The modification is simple and requires no special tools.
g. Slip insulation tubing back over switch and install switch into front panel.
h. Remove white-green-gray (958) wire from terminal C of line power assembly and clip off near cable sleeve.
7-87.
Modify the switch as follows: a. Remove the power line cord.
b. Remove instrument bottom cover and side cover nearest line power assembly.
i. Unsolder white-yellow-gray (948) wire from terminal E and solder it to terminal D (where blackgreen (05) wire is also attached).
j. Insert power cord and check instrument for proper line switch operation.
c, Remove nut that secures line switch to front panel and lift line switch free of instrument.
d. Slip insulation tubing off line switch to expose wiring.
k. Reinstall covers.
7-88.
Reduction in Popcorn Noise on Power
Supplies (Serial Number Prefixes 1406A and
Below)
e. Remove white-green-gray (958) wire from switch and clip off near cable sleeve. This wire will no longer be used.
f. Unsolder resistor lead from terminal where the white-green-gray (958) wire was previously attached and solder it to the terminal where the white-red-gray (928) wire is attached. Switch wiring should now appear as in
7-89.
Excessive popcorn noise (i.e., random voltage shifts on the order of 1 mV) can be reduced by changing the IC regulator (A18U1, A20U1 and U2, A22U1 and U2) to HP 1826-0177. The noise can cause random shifts in frequency of the RF oscillator which is particularly sensitive to noise on the ± 20V supplies. After modification perform the Power Supply Adjustments
7-90.
Recommended Fuse Replacement for 220/
240V Operation (Serial Number Prefixes
1423A and Below)
Figure 7-12. Modified Line Switch Wiring
7-91.
The recommended replacement for the power line fuse Fl to 220 or 240V operation is 1.25A normal blow, HP Part Number 2110-0094. The higher current rating will prevent occasional blowing of the fuse at turn on.
7-92.
To show the new fuse rating on the line power module, an adhesive-backed label is available
(A14MP1, HP Part Number is 7120-4264).
7-93.
"REDUCE PEAK POWER" Lamp Drive
Modification (Serial Number Prefix 1526A and Below)
7-94.
In some instruments, the REDUCE PEAK
POWER annunciator lamp will come on or glow dimly when no error condition exists. This is the result of leakage through A26A4Q8 turning on Q9 (see Service
Sheet 12).
7-89
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
INSTRUMENT MODIFICATIONS
7-95.
The problem may be corrected as follows: d. Remove R44 (42.2K).
a. Remove Q8.
b. Solder a jumper between the base and emitter holes where Q8 was loaded.
c. If the circuit has R54 (825 ohm collector resistor for Q8), carefully unsolder it.
e. Solder the 825 ohm resistor in place of R44.
The HP Part Number is 0757-0421.
f. Check operation by increasing the CW RF output level above +19 dBm. The REDUCE PEAK
POWER lamp should light at a level between +19 and
+22 dBm.
7-90
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
SECTION VIII
SERVICE
8-8.
TROUBLESHOOTING 8-1.
INTRODUCTION
8-2.
This section provides instructions for troubleshooting and repairing the Hewlett-Packard
Model 8640B Signal Generator.
8-9.
This manual provides two methods to isolate a problem to a particular assembly. The first method is to use the results of the performance tests (given in
Section IV) and the table of Post-Repair Performance
Tests and Adjustments, found in Section V. More information about this method is given in Section V.
8-3.
Principles of operation and troubleshooting information are located opposite the schematics on the foldout Service Sheets. The last foldout in this manual has top and bottom internal views of the instrument showing the locations of the major assemblies and some of the chassis parts. The next-to-last foldout has top and bottom internal views with the covers removed from the castings; these views show the locations of the subassemblies, the adjustments, and most of the instrument's test points.
8-4.
The rest of this section has general service information that should help you to quickly service and repair the Signal Generator.
8-10.
Overall Troubleshooting . The second, and primary, troubleshooting method is to use the overall block diagram (found on Service Sheet 1) and the troubleshooting block diagrams that follow it to isolate a problem to a particular assembly or circuit. The troubleshooting information on Service Sheet 1 explains how to use the block diagrams.
8-11.
Circuit-Level Troubleshooting . Once a problem has been isolated to a particular assembly or circuit, the text and a table on the service sheet that documents that circuit give detailed troubleshooting information for the circuit.
8-5.
PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
8-6.
Principles of operation appear on the foldout pages opposite the block diagrams and the schematics on the Service Sheets. Service Sheet 1 is an overall block diagram that briefly describes overall instrument operation. It is keyed, by the numbers in the lower, right-hand corners of the blocks on the diagram, to the detailed block diagrams. They provide an assembly-byassembly description of instrument operation.
8-12.
RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT
8-13.
Test equipment and test equipment accessories required to maintain the Signal Generator are listed in
Tables 1-2 and 1-3. Equipment other than that listed
may be used if it meets the listed critical specifications.
8-14.
SERVICE AIDS
8-7.
The detailed block diagrams, in turn, are keyed to the schematics on the Service Sheets that follow them. These Service Sheets provide a stage-by-stage description of the circuits on the schematics. The stages are keyed to the descriptions by the stage names that appear on the schematics.
8-15.
Posidriv Screwdrivers. Many screws in the instrument appear to be Phillips, but are not. To avoid damage to the screw slots, Posidriv screwdrivers should be used.
NOTE
Table 8-3, Schematic Diagram Notes,
explains any unusual symbols that appear on the schematics. The table also explains the switch-wafer numbering system.
8-16.
Service Kit. The following parts can be ordered for use in a service kit for the generator. (Before ordering, check to ensure that they are not on hand; most of them are common to service kits for other
Hewlett-Packard instruments.)
8-1
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
1 SMC Adapter ........................... HP 1250-0827
2 Test Cables SMC to BNC ......HP 11592-60001
1 Extender Board - 20 pins.......... HP 5060-0256
2 Bumpers (for Board)................. HP 0403-0115
8-17.
Spare Parts Kit. The HP 08640-60095 Spare
Parts Kit contains miscellaneous mechanical spare parts for the generator such things as nuts, bolts, screws 'and washers.
8-18.
Extender Board. An extender board is supplied with the generator that can be used to extend all circuit boards (except the A10OA2 RF Divider
Assembly and the A12 Rectifier Assembly) that are not accessible by removing a casting cover. The RF
Divider Assembly is self-extending just remove the riser board and insert the RF Divider Assembly into the riser's
slot. Figure 8-1 shows the extender board in use and
the RF Divider Assembly extended.
Figure 8-1. Signal Generator With Circuit Boards on Extenders
8-2
Model 8640B
8-19.
Wrench. A wrench is supplied with the generator with one end that fits the SMC connectors used on the generator's RF cables and the other end that fits another common SMC connector that may be used in servicing.
8-20.
Spare Fuses and IC Regulator. The plastic box mounted on the chassis filter capacitors contains spare fuses and an IC regulator for the power supply voltage regulators.
8-21.
Part Location Aids. The locations of some chassis-mounted parts and the major assemblies are shown on the last two foldouts in this manual. The locations of individual components mounted on printed circuit boards or other assemblies are shown on the appropriate schematic diagram page or on the page opposite it. The part reference designator is the assembly designator plus the part designator (for example, A6R9 is R9 on the A6 assembly). For specific component description and ordering information refer to
8-22.
Servicing Aids on Printed Circuit Boards .
The servicing aids include test points, transistor and integrated circuit designations, adjustment callouts and assembly stock numbers.
8-23.
REPAIR
8-24.
Factory Selected Components
8-25.
Some component values are selected at the
time of final checkout at the factory (see Table 5-1).
Usually these values are not extremely critical; they are selected to provide optimum compatibility with associated components. These components are identified on individual schematics by an asterisk (*).
The recommended procedure for replacing a factoryselected part is as follows: a. Try the original value, then perform the calibration test specified for the circuit in the performance and adjustment sections of this manual.
b. If calibration cannot be accomplished, try the typical value shown in the parts list and repeat the test.
c. If the test results are still not satisfactory, substitute various values within the tolerances specified
in Table 5-1 until the desired result is obtained.
8-3
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
8-26.
Etched Circuits
8-27.
The etched circuit boards in the Signal
Generator are of the plated-through type consisting of metallic conductors bonded to both sides of insulating material. The metallic conductors are extended through the component mounting holes by a plating process.
Soldering can be done from either side of the board with
equally good results. Table 8-1 lists recommendations
and precautions pertinent to etched circuit repair work.
a. Avoid unnecessary component substitution; it can result in damage to the circuit board and/or adjacent components.
b. Do not use a high-power soldering iron on etched circuit boards. Excessive heat may lift a conductor or damage the board.
c. Use a suction device (Table 8-1) or wooden
toothpick to remove solder from component mounting holes. DO NOT USE A SHARP METAL OBJECT
SUCH AS AN AWL OR TWIST DRILL FOR THIS
PURPOSE. SHARP OBJECTS MAY DAMAGE THE
PLATED-THROUGH CONDUCTOR.
d. After soldering, remove excess flux from the soldered areas and apply a protective coating to prevent contamination and corrosion. (Avoid getting flux remover on the printed circuit board extractors.) See
8-28.
Etched Conductor Repair
8-29.
A broken or burned section of conductor can be repaired by bridging the damaged section with a length of tinned copper wire. Allow adequate overlay and remove any varnish from etched conductor before soldering wire into place.
8-30.
Component Replacement
8-31.
Remove defective component from board.
NOTE
Although not recommended on boards with high-frequency signals or where both sides of a board are accessible, axial lead components, such as resistors and tubular capacitors, can be replaced without unsoldering. Clip leads near body of defective component, remove component and straighten leads left in board. Wrap leads of replacement component one turn around original leads. Solder wrapped connection and clip off excess lead.
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
Figure 8-2. Examples of Diode and Transistor Marking Methods
Table 8-1. Etched Circuit Soldering Equipment
Item
Soldering tool
Soldering Tip
De-soldering
Aid
Resin (flux)
Solvent
Solder
Protective
Use
Soldering, unsoldering
Soldering, unsoldering
To remove molten solder from connection
Remove excess flux from soldered area before application of protective coating
Component replacement
Circuit board repair Wiring
Contamination, corrosion protection
Wattage range: 37-50; Tip Temp:
750-800°
Specification
*Shape: pointed
Suction device
Must not dissolve etched circuit base board
Resin (flux) core, high tin content
(60/40 tin/lead), 18 gauge (SWG) preferred
Good electrical insulation; corrosion prevention properties -
Item Recommended
Ungar #766 handle w/*Ungar#1237 heating unit
*Ungar#PL111
Soldapullt by Edsyn Co.,
Arleta, California
Freon; Acetone; Lacquer
Thinner
Silicone Resin such as
GE DRI- FILM**88
* For working on circuit boards: for general purpose work, use Ungar No. 4037 Heating Unit (471/2-561/2W) tip temperature of 850-900 degrees) and Ungar No. PL113 1/8" chisel tip.
** General Electric Co., Silicone Products Dept., Waterford, New York, U.S.A.
8-4
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
8-32.
If component was unsoldered, remove solder from mounting holes, and position component as original was positioned. DO NOT FORCE LEADS INTO
MOUNTING HOLES; sharp lead ends may damage plated-through conductor.
8-33.
Transistor Replacement. Transistors are packaged in many physical forms. This sometimes results in confusion as to which lead is the collector,
which is the emitter, and which is the base. Figure 8-2
shows typical epoxy and metal case transistors and the means of identifying the leads.
8-34.
To replace a transistor, proceed as follows: a. Do not apply excessive heat; see 'able 8-1 for recommended soldering tools.
b. If possible, use long-nose pliers between transistor and hot soldering tools.
c. 1When installing replacement transistor, ensure sufficient lead length to dissipate soldering heat by using about the same length of exposed lead as used for original transistor.
d. Integrated circuit replacement instructions are the same as those for transistors.
8-35.
Some transistors are mounted on heat sinks for good heat dissipation. This requires good thermal contact with mounting surfaces. To assure good thermal contact for a replacement transistor, coat both sides of the insulator with Dow Corning No. 5 silicone compound or equivalent before fastening the transistor to the chassis. Dow Corning No. 5 compound is available in 8 oz. tubes from Hewlett-Packard; order HP
Part No. 8500-0059.
8-36.
Diode Replacement. Solid state diodes have many different physical forms. This sometimes results in confusion as to which lead is the anode (positive), since not all diodes are marked with the standard
symbols. Figure 8-2 shows examples of some diode
marking methods. If doubt exists as to polarity, an ohmmeter may be used to determine the proper connection. It is necessary to know the polarity of the ohms lead with respect to the common lead for the ohmmeter used. (For the HP Model 410B Vacuum
Tube Voltmeter, the ohms lead is negative with respect to the common; for the HP Model ,412A DC Vacuum
Tube Voltmeter,
8-5
the ohms lead is positive with respect to the common).
When the ohmmeter indicates the least diode resistance, the cathode of the diode is connected to the ohmmeter lead which is negative with respect to the other lead.
NOTE
Replacement instructions are the same as those listed for transistor replacement.
8-37.
Illustrated Parts Breakdowns
8-38.
Illustrated parts breakdowns for the generator's major assemblies are given on Service Sheets A through E. They are keyed to disassembly and removed instructions (given on the alphabetical service
sheets) and to the replaceable parts list given in Section
8-39.
BASIC CIRCUIT THEORY
8-40.
Binary Circuits and Symbols
8-41.
Introduction . The binary circuits and symbols
used in this manual are as shown in Figure 8-3. This
instrument uses three different families of logic circuits:
TTL, ECL, and EECL. Most of the logic devices used in this instrument are TTL; there are notes on the Service
Sheets that contain non-TTL devices that indicate what
families the devices belong to. Table 8-2 indicates the
voltage levels that are associated with each family. The table also shows the effect that an open and a ground has on each family.
8-42.
In general, binary signals that are active-low are indicated with an L in parenthesis (e.g., CLOCK(L) indicates a clock signal that is active-low). Active-high signals are indicated with an H in parenthesis. A circle at an input indicates that it is active-low or triggers on a low-going edge; a circle at an output indicates inversion or that the output is active-low. Active-high inputs, inputs which trigger on a high-going edge, and activehigh ouputs are shown without the circle.
Complementary outputs are usually designated with a not-bar (e.g., the complement of J/K flip-flop's Q output is its Q output). Both Q and Q may be simultaneously high in some instances (e.g., when both SET and
CLEAR are low on some D flip-flops).
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
NOTE
The term "binary coded decimal"
(or BCD) refers to four-bit binary circuits that range from decimal 0 to
9 in 8421 code.
The term "binary", when applied to four-bit binary circuits, refers to circuits that range from decimal 0 to
15 in 8421 code.
8-43.
Trigger (T) inputs are usually high-going (edge sensitive) unless there is a circle at the input (which would make them low-going). All other inputs are usually level sensitive.
Table 8-2. Logic Levels
Logic Voltage Levels
TTL ECL EECL LOGIC
High (1)
Low (0)
>, 2V > -0.5V
--0.1
< O.SV
< -.5V
< -.6V
< = more negative than
> = more positive than
INPUT
Input Conditioning
TTL ECL EECL
Grounded Low (0) High (1) High (1)
Open High (1) Low (0) Low (0)
Ground = OV
Figure 8-3. Binary Symbols
8-6
Model 8640B
8-44. Triggered Flip-Flop . There are two kinds of triggered flip-flops. The bistable triggered flip-flop toggles (changes states) each time the trigger input (T)
changes states (shown in Figure 8-4). This effectively
divides the input by two, giving one output pulse at the
Q output for every two input pulses.
8-45. The monostable triggered flip-flop's Q output goes high when triggered by the T input. However, after a set amount of time (determined either by the flip-flop's configuration or unless retriggered) the Q output automatically returns to its original state. The monostable flip-flop (or one shot) is used to stretch or shape pulses.
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
the upper trip point. It triggers back into its initial state when the input voltage passes a voltage reference called the lower trip point. One or both trip points may be indicated.
Figure 8-5. D-Flip-Flop
Figure 8-4. Triggered Flip-Flop
8-46. D Flip-Flop . The D-type flip-flop, shown in
Figure 8-5, is used as a storage latch or buffer. The
information at the data input (D) is transferred to the Q output when the trigger input (T) is high-going. Once the T input has passed its threshold, the D input is locked out and the Q outputs do not change until another high-going transition occurs at the T input.
8-47. The set (S) and clear (CLR) inputs override all other input conditions: when set is low, the Q output is forced high; when clear is low, the Q output is forced low. Although normally the Q output is the compliment of the Q output, simultaneous low inputs at S and CLR will force both Q and Q high on some D flip-flops.
8-48. Schmitt Trigger. A typical Schmitt Trigger is
shown in Figure 8-6. Some Schmitt triggers have
complementary outputs. The device initially triggers when the input signal passes a voltage reference called
Figure 8-6. Schmitt Trigger
8-49. J/K Flip-Flop. Figure 8-7 shows a typical J/K
flip-flop. The trigger (T) input is activated by a lowgoing signal as indicated by the circle on the symbol.
Flip-flop response is determined by the values of the J and K inputs at the instant that a low-going signal is applied to the trigger input: a. When J and K are low, the Q outputs will not change state.
8-7
Model 8640B b. When K is high and J is low, Q will go low
(unless it is already low).
c. When K is low and J is high, Q will go high (unless it is already high).
d. When K and J are both high, the flip-flop will toggle. That is, if Q is high, the trigger pulse will set Q low, and if Q is low, the trigger pulse will set Q high.
8-50. The set (S) and clear (CLR) inputs override all other input conditions: when S is low, Q is forced high; when CLR is low, Q is forced low. Although normally the
Q output is the compliment of the Q output, simultaneous low inputs at S and CLR will force both Q and Q high on some J/K flip-flops.
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
the enable (EN) input is low. When the enable goes high, the outputs are latched and are no longer affected by the data inputs.
Figure 8-7. J/K Flip-Flop
8-51. Multiple Input J/K Flip-Flop. A multiple input J/K
flip-flop is shown in Figure 8-8. It behaves like a J/K
flip-flop with NORed inputs: if A, B and C are low, J is high, if A, B or C is high, J is low. A J-related and a Krelated input may be tied together to form a trigger input; in this case the trigger would be active-low (if all other inputs are low).
8-52. Binary Registers
8-53. Binary Latch
8-54. The four bit binary register shown in Figure 8-9 is
used as a storage latch. Information at the data (D n
)* inputs is transferred to the respective Q n
outputs when
Figure 8-8. Multiple Input J/K Flip-Flop
8-55. When enabled, any output may be set (to a high) by a low on the respective set (S n
) input which overrides the data input. When not enabled, the set inputs have no effect on the outputs. 8-56. A low on the master clear (CLR) input overrides all other conditions and forces all outputs low.
8-57. Binary Shift Register
8-58. A five bit binary shift register is shown in Figure 8-
10. Information of the data (D n
)* inputs is transferred to the respective Q n
outputs when the load (LD) input is high. The load input is independent of the clock (T) input.
8-59. If the load input is low, a high going clock pulse shifts the output to the next adjacent output (e.g., the output at Q
B
now appears as the output of Q
C
). Also, the input state at the serial (SER) input appears at the
Q
A
output.
* n = A, B, C, or D
8-8
Model 8640B
8-60. A low at the clear (CLR) input clears all outputs to a low independent of the clock. The clear input overrides the load input.
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
the count increments by one. The counter may be preset to a count greater than nine, but in such cases the count proceeds as shown in the state diagram.
Figure 8-9. Binary Latch
8-61. Decade Counters and Symbols 8-62. Basic
Counter. The basic decade counter (or scaler or
divider), shown in Figure 8-11, has ten logic states. The
active-high outputs (Q
A
, Q
B
, Q
C
, and Q
D
) increment by one BCD count each time the trigger (T
A
) or clock input goes from a high to a low. The count sequence is also shown in the figure. The counter may be subdivided into a divide-by-two and a divide-by-five counter. The two counters are connected in series (the Q
A
output connected to the T
BD
input) to obtain a divide-by-ten counter. The counter has two ANDed clear or reset-tozero (R
0
) inputs. When both R
0
inputs are high, the outputs clear to zero. The clear function overrides the clock. Similarly, the two ANDed set or reset-to-nine (R
9
) inputs set the outputs to the nine count. If all reset-tozero and reset-to-nine inputs are simultaneously high, the reset-to-nine overrides the reset-to-zero.
8-63. Programmable Counter. The programmable
decade counter, shown in Figure 8-12, operates
similarly to the basic decade counter when the load (LD) input is high. The counter shown has only a single clear
(CLR) input which is active-low. When the load input is low, the information at the data (or preset) inputs (D
A
,
D
B
, D
C
, and D
D
) is transferred to the outputs at the next high going clock (T) input. The outputs remain in the preset state until the load input returns to a high and the trigger (T) or clock input again goes high at which time
8-9
Figure 8-10. Binary Shift Register
Figure 8-11. Basic Decade Counter (Scaler)
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 8-12. Programmable Counter
8-10
Model 8640B
8-64. If the counter has a count enable (CE) input, it must be held high for successive T inputs to cause the counter to increment (or count). When the counter reaches the nine count, a high at CE causes a terminalcount or carry (in this case, a high) to appear at the carry (TC) output.
8-65. A low on the clear (CLR) input clears all outputs to a low independent of any other input conditions.
8-66. Programmable Up/Down Counter. The
programmable up/down counter, shown in Figure 8-13,
operates similarly to the programmable counter (which could be called a programmable up counter). The up/down counter has two trigger or clock inputs, count up (CU) and count. down (CD). A low-to-high transition of either count input (while the other count input is held high) increments the count by one. If both CU and CD are high, the count does not increment.
8-67. The counter's outputs (Q
A
, Q
B
, Q
C
, and Q
D
) can be set to any count from zero to fifteen by entering the count at the data inputs (D
A
, D
B
, D
C
, and D
D
) while the load input (LD) is held low. Then the count can be incremented up or down by activating either the CU or
CD input.
8-68. The borrow (BRW) output is low whenever the Q outputs are at BCD zero (0000). The carry (CRY) output is low whenever the Q outputs are at BCD nine (1001).
The master clear input (CLR) overrides all other input conditions and forces the Q outputs to BCD zero.
8-69. Linear Integrated Circuits
8-70. Operational Amplifier. Figure 8-14 shows a
typical operational amplifier. Circuit A is a noninverting buffer amplifier with a gain of 1. Circuit B is a noninverting amplifier with gain determined by the impedance of R1 and R2. Circuit C is an inverting
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
amplifier with gain determined by R2 and R1. Circuit D shows typical circuit connections and parameters. It is assumed that the amplifier has high gain, low output impedance, and high input impedance.
8-71. An operational amplifier can be characterized as an ideal voltage amplifier having low output impedance, high input impedance, and very high gain. Also the output voltage is proportional to the difference in the voltages applied to the two input terminals. In use, the amplifier output drives the input voltage difference close to zero through a negative feedback path.
8-72. When troubleshooting an operational amplifier, measure the voltages at the two inputs with no signal applied; the difference between these voltages should be less than 10 mV. A difference voltage much greater than 10 mV indicates trouble in the amplifier or its external circuitry. Usually this difference will be several volts and one of the inputs will be very close to an applied circuit operating voltage (for example, +20 V, -
12 V).
8-73. Next, check the amplifier's output voltage. It will probably also be close to one of the applied circuit potentials: ground, +20 V, -12 V, etc. Check to see that the output conforms to the inputs. For example, if the inverting input is positive, the output should be negative; if the non-inverting input is positive, the output should be positive. If the output conforms to the inputs, check the amplifier's external circuitry. If the amplifier's output does not conform to its inputs, it is probably defective.
8-74. Comparator. Comparators are used as sense amplifiers, pulse height discriminators, and voltage comparators. A voltage reference is connected to one
of the amplifier's inputs as shown in Figure 8-15. When
the input signal voltage crosses the reference, the output goes positive; the output remains positive until the signal re-crosses the reference.
8-11
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 8-13. Programmable Up/Down Counter
8-12
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 8-14. Operational Amplifier
8-13
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
Assembly
1
Output Level Assy
3
Figure 8-15. Comparator
Table 8-3. Assembly Information Index
Schematic
2
Service Sheets 13, 16
Meter Switch/Detector Assy
RF Oscillator Assy
Meter Annunciator Drive Assy
FM Amplifier Assy
Annunciator Assy
FM Shaping Assy
Counter/Lock Assy
4
Peak Deviation and Range Switch Assy
5
Divider/Filter Assy
6
Fixed-Frequency Modulation Oscillator Assy
(Standard)
Service Sheet 17
Service Sheets 5, 6
Service Sheet 17
Service Sheet 6
Service Sheets 8, 17
Service Sheets 7, 8
Service Sheets 18, 19, 20, 21
Service Sheets 6, 7, 8, 15
Service Sheets 10, 11
Service Sheet 9
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
Variable-Frequency Modulation Oscillator Assy
(Option 001)
5
Rectifier Assy
Modulation/Metering Mother Board Assy
Line Power Assy
Riser Assy
Fan Motor Assy
Service Sheet 9A
Service Sheet 22
Service Sheets 6, 9, 9A, 14, 25
Service Sheet 22
Service Sheets 14, 15, 16
Service Sheet 23
A17
A18
A20
A22
Power Supply Mother Board Assy
-5.2V Regulator and Fan Driver Assy
+5.2V and +44.6V Regulator Assy
+20V and -20V Regulator Assy
Service Sheet 24
Service Sheet 23
Service Sheet 22
Service Sheet 22
A24 Series Regulator Socket Assy
AM/AGC and RF Amplifier Assy
7
Service Sheet 22
A26 Service Sheets 12, 13, 14, 15, 16
1
Odd numbered assemblies and sub-assemblies are accessible from bottom of instrument. Even numbered assemblies and sub-assemblies are accessible from top of instrument. See Service Sheets F and G for top and bottom internal views of instrument.
2
Assembly principles of operation, troubleshooting, and component location photographs are given on the service sheet
3
with the schematic.
4
A1 Assembly Illustrated Parts Breakdown is located on Service Sheet A.
5
A8 Assembly Illustrated Parts Breakdown is located on Service Sheet B.
6
A9 and All Assemblies Illustrated Parts Breakdowns are located on Service Sheet C.
7
A10 Assembly Illustrated Parts Breakdown is located on Service Sheet D.
A26 Assembly Illustrated Parts Breakdown is located on Service Sheet E.
8-14
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Table 8-4. Schematic Diagram Notes (1 of 3)
Resistance in ohms, capacitance in picofarads, inductance in microhenries unless otherwise noted.
Asterisk denotes a factory-selected value. Value shown
is typical. Part might be omitted. See Table 5-1.
See Backdating, Tables 7-1 and 7-2.
Tool-aided adjustment.
Manual control.
Encloses front-panel designation.
Encloses rear-panel designation.
Circuit assembly borderline.
Other assembly borderline. Also used to indicate mechanical interconnection (ganging) and RF shielding.
Heavy line with arrows indicates path and direction of main signal.
Heavy dashed line with arrows indicates path and direction of main feedback.
Wiper moves toward CW with clockwise rotation of control (as viewed from shaft or knob).
Numbered Test point.
Measurement aid
(metal post, circuit pad, etc.) provided.
Lettered Test Point. No measurement aid provided.
Encloses wire color code. Code used is the same as the resistor color code. First number identifies the base color, second number identifies the wider stripe, third number identifies the narrower stripe. E.g., ( denotes white base, yellow wide stripe, violet narrow stripe.
A direct conducting connection to the earth, or a conducting connection to a structure that has a similar function (e.g., the frame of an air, sea, or land vehicle).
A conducting connection to a chassis or frame.
8-15
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Table 8-4. Schematic Diagram Notes (2 of 3)
Relay contact moves in direction of arrow when energized.
Indicates interlocked pushbutton switches. Only one switch can be in
(ON) at a time.
Indicates interconnected pushbutton switches. Pushing one switch in (ON) releases the other.
Indicates twisted wire pair.
Indicates multiple paths represented by only one line.
Letters or names identify individual paths. Numbers indicate number of paths represented by the line.
Coaxial or shielded cable.
Stripline (i.e., RF transmission line above ground).
RF coupling by magnetic (H) field.
8-16
Model 8640B
Table 8-4. Schematic Diagram Notes (3 of 3)
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
8-17
Model 8640B
SERVICE SHEET 1
PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
General
The Hewlett-Packard Model 8640B Signal Generator is a mechanically-tuned, solid-state RF generator. The frequency range is 0.5 to 512 MHz covered in ten octave bands. The output is leveled and may be continuously varied over an 18 dB range or attenuated in 10 dB steps from +19 to -145 dBm. In addition, calibrated AM and FM (either internal or external) and external pulse modulation are provided. The RF output frequency is read on an internal counter which may also be used to count external signals up to 550 MHz or to synchronize the generator to a stable reference oscillator.
FM Circuits and R F Oscillator (Service Sheet 2)
The RF source is a 256 to 512 MHz cavity-tuned oscillator that is mechanically tuned by the
FREQUENCY TUNE and FINE TUNE controls. The oscillator can also be electrically tuned over a smaller range by the FM and the counter/lock circuits. The FM circuits amplify and shape the modulation input to provide linear, calibrated frequency modulation. The phase lock circuits tune the oscillator to phase lock it to a reference. FM inputs can be either external (ac or dc coupled), internal from the modulation oscillator, or an accurate 1 Vdc useful for FM calibration.
AM/AGC Circuit and Output Amplifier (Service Sheet
3)
The RF oscillator drives the RF dividers (a chain of binary dividers) which divide the RF for the lower nine frequency ranges. The RF filters remove the harmonics from the RF signal.
The AM/AGC circuits form a feedback system to control the amplitude of the output and to provide AM or pulse modulation. The detector senses the level of the RF signal from the RF output amplifier. A summing amplifier compares the detector output against an input reference and drives the modulator. The modulator acts as a current controlled attenuator to control the RF level.
The reference to the summing amplifier consists of the level reference, which comes from the output level vernier, and the modulation signal, if present. The
8-18
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
modulation signal can be either external (ac or dc coupled) or internal (from the modulation oscillator). In the pulse modulation mode, external modulation pulses switch the modulator off and on. Amplitude leveling is maintained in this mode by storing the detector output between pulses.
The 10 dB RF step attenuator further controls the output level. The meter circuits monitor either the detector output (and hence the output level), the positive peak of the AM modulating signal (calibrated to given % AM), or the positive peak of the FM modulating signal
(calibrated to give peak deviation).
Counter/Lock Circuits (Service Sheet 4)
In the internal count mode, the counter always counts the 256 - 512 MHz signal from the RF oscillator. The time base period is adjusted to give the correct frequency reading for the difference frequency ranges.
In the external count modes, external input signals are counted directly. In the phase lock mode, the counter compares the count of the RF signal against the count just before acquisition of phase lock and adjusts the frequency of the RF oscillator to make the counts coincide. The counter time base reference may be either the internal or an external 5 MHz.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Use this overall block diagram to isolate the trouble to a specific section of the instrument. Then turn to the troubleshooting block diagram that covers that section of the instrument and use the information on the diagram to isolate the trouble to the defective assembly.
Next, turn to the Service Sheet that covers that assembly and isolate the trouble to the defective component or replace the assembly.
For example, suppose the AM functions are out of specification. The block diagram on Service Sheet I is keyed to the troubleshooting block diagrams that follow it - in this case, Service Sheet 3. Service Sheet 3 gives a list of generator control settings (the list is located in the box on the right-hand side of the sheet) and the voltages and waveforms that should be found at the test points and along the signal paths. To check a voltage at a test point, change the control settings as specified in the box associated with that test point, check the voltage, then reset the controls to the settings specified in the box on the right-hand side.
Model 8640B
SERVICE,SHEET 1 (Cont'd)
NOTE
The last two foldouts in this manual have top and bottom internal views of the instrument that show the locations of the test points, assemblies, and cables (all RF cables are accessible from the bottom of the instrument).
The blocks on Service Sheet 3 are keyed, by the numbers located in their lower right-hand comers, to the Service Sheets that have the circuit schematics. In our example, suppose the signals to the A26A3 Assembly are correct and the signals from A26A3 are incorrect. Turn to Service Sheet 12 and isolate the trouble to a component or replace A26A3.
NOTE
After repairs are complete, see Table 5-2 for appropriate post-repair tests and adjustments.
WARNING
The opening of covers or removal of parts, except those to which access can be gained by hand, is likely to expose live parts, and also accessible terminals may be live. Any adjustment, maintenance, and repair of the opened instrument under voltage should be avoided as much as possible and, if inevitable, should be carried out only by a skilled person who is aware of the hazard involved.
Capacitors inside the instrument may still be charged even if the instrument has been disconnected from its source of supply.
Make sure that only fuses with the required rated current and of the specified type (normal blow, time delay, etc.) are used for replacement. The use of repaired fuses and the short-circuiting of fuseholders must be avoided.
Whenever it is likely that the protection has been impaired, the instrument must be made inoperative and be secured against any unintended operation.
Figure 8-16. Overall Block Diagram
8-19
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
Overall Block Diagram
SERVICE SHEET 1
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
SERVICE SHEET 2
PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
R F Oscillator (Service Sheet 5)
The full frequency range of the RF Oscillator is 230 to 550 MHz (nominally 256 512 MHz). The oscillator uses a single high-frequency transistor in a foreshortened cavity. Frequency is controlled by varying the capacitive loading of the cavity. The oscillator drives two output amplifiers. The Frequency Counter Buffer Amplifier drives the frequency counter; the Divider/Filter Buffer Amplifier drives the dividers which drive the amplitude modulating and leveling circuits. The oscillator can be disabled by the RF ON/OFF switch which interrupts its +20V supply. The oscillator's cavity has two varactor diodes that allow the capacitive loading to be varied by voltages (at the anode and cathode) to provide FM and phase lock.
FM Circuits (Service Sheets 6, 7, and 8)
The RF oscillator's varactor cathode is driven by the FM Amplifier which provides accurate amplification or attenuation of the modulation signal and shapes the signal to compensate for the non-linear characteristics of the varactor diodes.
Separate shaping circuits are used for positive and negative voltage excursions. The PEAK DEVIATION switch, which controls basic FM amplifier gain, is mechanically linked to the RANGE switch since, for a given amount of peak deviation, the percent deviation (i.e., the amount of deviation relative to the carrier frequency) changes as the frequency range is changed. Also, as the frequency is tuned, the FM deviation changes. An FM Gain Compensation circuit with a potentiometer, which is geared to the FREQUENCY TUNE control, adjusts for the change in FM sensitivity with tuning.
Inputs to the FM circuits are routed through the FM switch. In the CAL position, an accurate 1 Vdc is applied to the FM input. External inputs are applied in AC and
DC, and an internal modulation signal in INT. The PEAK DEVIATION vernier adjusts the input level into a unity gain Buffer Amplifier. In addition to driving the FM amplifier, the Buffer Amplifier drives the Over-Deviation Detector and the Meter Attenuator. In the event that the input signal exceeds ±1.1V, the Over-Deviation
Detector turns on the REDUCE FM VERNIER lamp.The Meter Attenuator scales the input signal to the meter circuits in such a way that a 1 Vpk input corresponds to the deviation selected when read on the meter.
Modulation Oscillator (Service Sheets 9 and 9A)
Internal AM and FM is provided by the Modulation Oscillator. The oscillator drives either the AM modulation circuits and AM OUTPUT port or the FM modulation circuits and FM OUTPUT port or all four. The oscillator is enabled whenever either the AM or FM switch is in INT.
The standard modulation oscillator (shown on Service Sheet 9) has two fixed frequencies 400 Hz and 1 kHz. The oscillator supplied with Option 001 (shown on
Service Sheet 9A) has in addition five variable frequency ranges covering from 20 Hz to 600 kHz.
Power Supplies and Fan (Service Sheets 22 and 23)
The instrument has five regulated supply voltages, +44.6V, +20V, -20V, +5.2V, -5.2V. All supplies are protected against overloading, over voltage, and reverse voltage. An LED annunciator on each supply indicates proper operation when on. The cooling fan is driven by a dc brushless motor controlled by the Fan Driver circuits.
TROUBLESHOOTING
It is assumed that a problem has been isolated to the FM circuits and RF oscillator as a result of using the overall block diagram. Troubleshoot by using the test equipment and procedures specified below.
Test Equipment
Digital Voltmeter............................... HP 3480B/3484A
Oscilloscope............................ HP 180A/1801A/1820C
Initial Test Conditions
Top and bottom covers removed (see Service Sheet F).
Procedure
8-20
Set the generator's controls as listed in the box at the right-hand side of the diagram. To check a voltage at a test point, change the control settings as specified in the box associated with that test point, check the voltage, then reset the controls to
Model 8640B
SERVICE SHEET 2 (Cont'd)
the settings specified in the box at the right-hand side.
The blocks are keyed, by the numbers located in their lower right-hand comers, to the Service Sheets that have the circuit schematics.
NOTE
The last two foldouts in this manual have top and bottom internal views of the
instrument that show the locations of the test points, assemblies, and cables (all RF cables are accessible from the bottom of the instrument).
NOTE
After repairs are complete, see Table 5-2 for appropriate post-repair tests and adjustments
Figure 8-17. FM Circuits and RF Oscillator Block Diagram
8-21
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
SERVICE SHEET 3
PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
Divider/Filters (Service Sheets 10 and 1 1)
Except for the 256 512 MHz (and the doubler) frequency range, the RF signal from the Divider/Filter Buffer Amplifier (Service
Sheet 2) is routed through a series of binary frequency dividers
(i.e., 2) by slide switches on the filter section of the A10
Divider/Filter Assembly. The RF signal is divided to the selected range.
The divided signal passes through the Modulator Preamplifier, the Modulator, and then to the RF Filters. The filters remove unwanted harmonics from the signal (which is approximately a square wave after being divided). The upper frequency ranges have two filters per range one for the lower half (Low Band
Filters) and one for the upper half (High Band Filters) of the band. This is necessary to effectively remove the second harmonic on the lower half of the band. The midpoint of the band is sensed by a Schmitt Trigger which compares a reference voltage to a voltage proportional to the frequency tuning. On the four lowest frequency ranges the RF signal has little second harmonic content because of good waveform symmetry; therefore, each range has only one filter.
AM/AGC Circuits (Service Sheets 12 and 13)
The output of the RF Filters is amplified by the Output Amplifier.
The amplifier's output is peak-detected and buffered by the
Detector Buffer Amplifier. The detected voltage, which is negative, is summed (in the Summing Amplifier) with a positive
AGC reference voltage from the OUTPUT LEVEL vernier. The
AGC reference may also have the amplitude modulation voltage superimposed on it. The sum of the detector and reference voltages is amplified by the Summing and Modulator Driver
Amplifiers. The Modulator Driver Amplifier supplies control current to the Modulator which adjusts the RF output level.
In the pulse modulation mode, the Modulator Driver Amplifier is switched on and off by input pulses from the Schmitt Trigger.
To maintain a constant detector voltage into the summing amplifier, the peak detector's output voltage is sampled during the RF-on period and then stored in the Sample And Hold section of the Detector Buffer Amplifier when the RF is off. The
Pulse Overload Detector senses any large errors in the leveling circuit which can occur when the OUTPUT LEVEL vernier is reduced. In such a case, the hold function is defeated until equilibrium occurs. The
FM Circuits and RF Oscillator Troubleshooting
SERVICE SHEET 2
8-22
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Rate Detector senses pulses of low repetition rate and turns off the meter circuit when the rate is so low that the meter is no longer accurate.
The Modulation Overload Detector senses when the AGC reference, the AM signal, or a combination of the two is beyond the Modulator's capability to deliver power. The REDUCE PEAK POWER lamp is then turned on. The Meter
Amplifier produces an output voltage proportional to the detected output voltage (and hence the output level) to drive the meter circuits. The AGC reference voltage originates in the AM Offset Amplifier where it is summed with any AM input signal. The voltage out of the amplifier then passes through the OUTPUT LEVEL vernier to the modulation Summing
Amplifier. The Modulator can be disabled (i.e., maximum modulator attenuation) by the RF ON/OFF switch.
Meter Circuits (Service Sheet 17)
The meter can be set to measure either percent AM, peak frequency deviation'(FM), or output level. In measuring AM and FM, the modulation signal is peak-detected by the Positive Peak Detector and amplified. For output level, the output of the Meter Amplifier, which is proportional to the detector output, is amplified by the Meter Drive Amplifier. On both AM and LEVEL, one range of autoranging is provided. The Autorange Comparator senses the autorange condition and switches the gain of the Meter Drive Amplifier. Logic circuits control gain switching of the Meter Drive Amplifier and turn on the proper scale lamps.
TROUBLESHOOTING
It is assumed that a problem has been isolated to the AM/AGC circuits and output amplifier as a result of using the overall block diagram. Troubleshoot by using the test equipment and procedures specified below.
Test Equipment
Digital Voltmeter ............................... HP 3480B/3484A
Oscilloscope ............................HP 180A/1801A/1820C
Initial Test Conditions
Top and bottom covers removed (see Service Sheet F).
Procedure
Set the generator's controls as specified in the box at the right-hand side of the diagram. To check a voltage at a test point, change the control setting as specified in the box associated with that test point, check the voltage, then reset the controls to the settings specified in the box at the right-hand side.
The blocks are keyed, by the numbers located in their lower right-hand corners, to the Service Sheets that have the circuit schematics.
NOTE
The last two foldouts in this manual have top and bottom internal views of the instrument that show the locations of the test points, assemblies, and cables (all RF cables are accessible from the bottom of the instrument).
NOTE
After repairs are complete, see Table 5-2 for appropriate post-repair tests and adjustments.
Model 8640B
Figure 8-18. AM/AGC Circuits and Output Amplifier Block Diagram
8-23
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
SERVICE SHEET 4
PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
Internal Count Mode
When the internal count mode is selected, the 256 512 MHz signal from the Frequency Counter Buffer Amplifier (Service Sheet 2) is first divided by 64 and then is counted by the Up/Down Counter (used in the count-up mode). An ECL to TTL Translator shifts the logic levels of the +64 Divider to be compatible with the counter.
The counter's time base is derived from a 5 MHz Reference Oscillator (or an external reference) and is divided by a divide-by-N counter (the Time Base Decoder). The division ratio is programmed by the frequency RANGE and EXPAND X10 and X100 switches. The Up/Down Counter drives the Storage Buffers which store the previous count while the counter is counting. The
Counter Display is driven from the Storage Buffers. The Decimal Point Decoder decodes the decimal point information on the
RANGE switch and the EXPAND switches and drives the display's decimal points. The Overflow Detector senses when the count overflows the number of digits available on the display and turns on the OVERFLOW annunciator.
External Count Mode
When the external count mode is selected, the external signal enters the counter input in place of the RF oscillator's output.
When the 0 10 MHz mode is selected, the 64 Divider is bypassed. The EXT 0 550 MHz and 0 10 MHz switches also program the Time Base Decoder; otherwise, the counter's operation is identical to the internal count mode.
Phase Lock Mode
When the LOCK switch is first depressed, the counter continues to count up until the present count is terminated. The count is then stored in the Storage Buffers, and the counter enters the phase lock mode. The count now proceeds with the count from the
Storage Buffers being preset into the Up/Down Counter. The counter counts down to zero and then underflows (i.e., all counters at the state of nine) and the time of occurrence of the underflow is compared with the termination of the time base cycle in the Null
Phase Detector (at the underflow the counter is once again preset from the buffers and continues counting toward zero). The error from the detector adjusts the tuning of the RF Oscillator (Service Sheet 2) to bring the average error to zero. When the Error
Detector senses the tuning voltage nearing its limit, phase lock is broken, the counter reverts to the normal count-up mode, and the Flash Oscillator is enabled which blinks the display.
TROUBLESHOOTING
It is assumed that a problem has been isolated to the counter/lock circuits as a result of using the overall block diagram.
Troubleshoot by using the test equipment and procedures specified below.
Test Equipment
Digital Voltmeter ................................................................................................................................................. HP 3480B/3484A
Oscilloscope ..............................................................................................................................................HP 180A/1801A/1820C
Initial Test Conditions
Top and bottom covers removed (see Service Sheet F).
Procedure
Set the generator's controls as listed in the box at the right-hand side of the diagram. To check a voltage at a test point, change the control settings as specified in the box associated with that test point, check the voltage, then reset the controls to the settings specified in the box at the right-hand side.
The blocks are keyed, by the numbers located in their lower right-hand corners, to the Service Sheets that have the circuit schematics.
NOTE
The last two foldouts in this manual have top and bottom internal views of the instrument that show the locations of the test points, assemblies, and cables (all RF cables are accessible from the bottom of the instrument).
NOTE
After repairs are complete, see Table 5-2 for appropriate post-repair tests and adjustments.
AM/AGC Circuits and Output Amplifier Troubleshooting
SERVICE SHEET 3
8-24
Model 8640B
Figure 8-19. Counter/Lock circuits Block Diagram
8-25
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
SERVICE SHEET 5
PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
General
The A3 RF Oscillator Assembly contains the main RF oscillator, a varactor assembly, and two buffer amplifiers. The output of the RF oscillator is applied to the
RF OUT port through the A10 Divider/Filter Assembly, the A26 AM/AGC and RF
Amplifier Assembly, and the A1A1 and A19A1 Output Attenuators (see block diagrams for schematic locations).
Oscillator Loop
The 230 and 550 MHz RF oscillator is a single transistor, cavity-tuned oscillator.
Integral with the oscillator assembly is a Varactor Head Assembly which provides electrical tuning for FM. The high-frequency transistor is in a common-base configuration. The emitter and collector loops couple into the cavity and to each other to provide the positive feedback necessary for oscillation.
Tunable Cavity
The cavity is a foreshortened type which is essentially a length of coaxial transmission line with a short at one end and a capacitive load at the other. The shorted transmission line is less than 1/4 wavelength long at the frequency of oscillation and its impedance is inductive. The cavity resonates at the frequency at which the inductive reactance of the transmission line equals the capacitive reactance of the load capacitor. The resonant frequency is varied by changing the length of the cavity (a secondary effect) and by changing the load capacitance. The varactor diodes are in parallel with the main load capacitance. The cavity is mechanically fine tuned by protruding a small metal slug into the cavity. Signal is coupled out of the cavity into two buffer amplifiers by loops which protrude into the cavity.
Buffer Amplifiers (A3A1A2, and A3A1A3)
Operation of the Divider/Filter Buffer Amplifier and the Counter Buffer Amplifier is essentially the same. The Divider/Filter Buffer Amplifier drives the Modulator
Preamplifier. The Counter Buffer Amplifier drives the counter input. The main function of these amplifiers, however, is to isolate the RF Oscillator from external circuits.
Transistors Q1 and Q2 are two common-emitter amplifier stages. The base of Q1 is dc-grounded through the coupling loop T1. Emitter current is established by resistors R3 and R4; capacitor C2 ac-bypasses R4. The gain of Q1 is set by R1, R2,
R3, and R6 (also C8, Divider/Filter Buffer Amplifier only). The collector of Q1 is
Counter/Lock Circuits Troubleshooting
SERVICE SHEET 4
8-26
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
SERVICE SHEET 5 (Cont'd)
ac-coupled to the base of Q2 by capacitor C4. Operation of transistor Q2 is similar to Q1. In the Counter Buffer
Amplifier only, resistors R10, R11, and R12 form a 10 dB pad to reduce the output level and increase the output-toinput reverse isolation.
The amplifier board is secured through slotted holes by two screws. By loosening the screws and sliding the board, the amount of coupling loop protruding into the cavity can be altered and the amplifier output level varied.
TROUBLESHOOTING
General
The oscillator transistor, buffer amplifiers, and external circuits of the A3 RF Oscillator Assembly may be repaired to the component level. However, if a problem has been isolated to components in the RF Oscillator cavity, the oscillator assembly should be returned to Hewlett-Packard for repair. Do not attempt to disassemble it because proper reassembly depends upon specialized skills and procedures.
Buffer Amplifiers
Refer to Service Sheet B for access to the buffer amplifier assemblies. Check dc bias voltages to reveal a faulty
component. See Section V for adjustment.
RF ON/OFF Switch Modification
The RF ON/OFF Switch function may be wired to: a. switch off both the RF Oscillator and Modulator leaving the RF output completely off but requiring a stabilization period after turn on; or b. switch off only the Modulator leaving the RF Oscillator on and warmed up, the Auxiliary RF Output on, and the counter and phase lock operating. In this case, however, the RF is not truly "off" but is reduced by an amount equal to the pulse on/off ratio (at least 40 dB down and dependent on OUTPUT LEVEL vernier setting).
Either configuration can be easily altered to the other as follows: a. Remove bottom cover (see Service Sheet G).
b. Remove two nuts that secure A3A4 Connector Board Assembly, and remove board. The board is located directly behind the Range Switch cam housing.
c. To modify the circuitry to leave the RF Oscillator on at all times, add a jumper wire between the two holes labeled "RF OSC ON/OFF INHIBIT" as shown overleaf. To modify the circuitry so the RF Oscillator is switched off, remove the existing jumper wire.
d. Reinstall board and bottom cover.
e. Check RF ON/OFF operation by observing counter or Auxiliary RF Output signal.
Model 8640B
Figure 8-20. A3A1A3 Counter Buffer Amplifier Board Assembly, A3A1A2 Divider/Filter
Buffer Amplifier Board Assembly, and P/O A3A4 Connector Board Assembly Component Locations
8-27
Figure 8-21. RF Oscillator Simplified Diagram
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
SERVICE SHEET 6
PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
General
The A5 FM Amplifier Assembly, in conjunction with the A9 Peak Deviation and
Range Switch and the A7 Shaping Assembly, conditions the modulation signal to drive the varactor diodes which frequency modulate the RF oscillator.
Modulation signals may be do or ac coupled.
Input and Buffer Circuits (A5)
The FM modulating signal is applied to the Deviation Vernier which presents a
600Q impedance to the modulation source. Buffer Amplifier U1 is internally connected as a voltage follower. The output of U1 drives the meter attenuator
(Service Sheet 8), the over deviation detector (Service Sheet 8), and the FM
Gain Compensation circuit through relay K1. When the FM switch is OFF, or if the PEAK DEVIATION switch is set to an unallowable position, the relay is de-energized and the signal path to the FM and meter circuits is opened. FM gain compensation potentiometer A3R2 is geared to the FREQUENCY TUNE control and adjusts the gain of the circuit. FM sensitivity is higher for higher RF oscillator frequencies and the FM Gain Compensation circuit reduces the modulation circuit drive at higher frequencies. The gain compensation adjustment potentiometers (A3A4R2, R3, and R4) with unity gain isolation amplifier A3A4U1, set the FM sensitivity at the frequency mid-point and extremes, A3A4R5 adjusts the offset of A3A4U1. The output of the FM Gain
Compensation circuit drives the FM Amplifier input.
Amplifier (A5)
The FM Amplifier is a non-linear, feedback amplifier which drives the varactor diodes in the RF oscillator. The amplifier and shaping circuits correct for the non-linear tuning sensitivity of the RF oscillator by the varactor diodes. The correction for the negative excursions of the modulation signal is provided by the negative shaping circuit (Service Sheet 7 ) which follows the amplifier output. Correction for positive excursions is provided by the positive shaping circuit (Service Sheet 7) which is part of the amplifier feedback path.
Transistors Q1 through Q4 form a two-stage differential input amplifier. The dual transistors Q1 and Q2 are connected in a Darlington configuration to provide matched, high impedance inputs. Amplifier offset adjustment, R8 adjusts the do offset. The gain of the first stage is approximately one-half the ratio R4/R3; gain for the second stage is approximately one-half the ratio
R5/R6.
Transistors Q5 through Q8 form an intermediate driver stage. The voltage gain of the stage is approximately twice the ratio of the impedance across R27 to that of R17.
The shaping circuits require more gain for large positive voltage excursions.
For low positive voltages, the resistor network R29 to R34 is in parallel with
R27. As the voltage increases' diodes CR10, 11, and 12 respectively switch off and increase the impedance across R27 and thereby increase the amplifier's gain.
Transistors Q9 through Q12 form the amplifier output stage. Transistors Q9 and Q10 are in a Darlington configuration and supply current to the load during positive excursions Transistors Q11 and Q12 are in an inverted Darlington configuration and sink load current during negative excursions.
SERVICE SHEET 6 (Cont'd)
Amplifier Configurations
The FM Amplifier is switched by the AS Peak Deviation and Range Switch into three different configurations depending on the gain needed. For gains less than 0 dB, the amplifier is in a unity gain configuration followed by the positive shaping network (Service Sheet 7) which has little effect; an attenuator, which determines the overall gain; and the negative shaping network (Service Sheet
7) which has only a small effect. The effect of the shaping networks is small because voltage swings are small and the tuning characteristic of the varactor diodes is fairly linear over the narrow range of operation. For 0 dB gain, the amplifier is in a unity gain configuration, the positive shaping network and attenuator have no effect, and the negative shaping network has a small effect. For gains greater than 0 dB, the attenuator is in the feedback path and the gain is inversely proportional to the feedback attenuation. The positive shaping network is also in the feedback path and for large positive voltage excursions it increases the feedback attenuation and hence increases the amplifier gain. The negative shaping network is in the output path, and for large negative voltage excursions, the output attenuation is increased and the overall amplifier gain decreases.
Attenuator (A9)
Before entering the feedback path, the FM Amplifier output passes through an attenuator formed by resistors R4 through R7 which reduces the open-loop gain of the amplifier when only small closed-loop gain is needed. The gain control attenuator used in the feedback or output of the amplifier is formed by resistors R12 through. R22.
TROUBLESHOOTING
It is assumed that a problem has been isolated to the FM amplifier circuits as a result of using the troubleshooting block diagrams. Troubleshoot by using the test equipment listed below, performing the initial test conditions and control settings, and following Me procedures outlined in the table.
Test Equipment
Digital Voltmeter .......................................................HP 3480B/3484A
Oscilloscope . ..................................................HE, 180A/1801A/1820C
NOTE
Use a 10 k
Ω resistor, in series with the DVM probe tip, to reduce spurious oscillations in the amplifier circuitry while making dc measurements.
Initial Test Conditions
Bottom cover removed (see Service Sheet F for removal procedure). Extend
A5 FM Amplifier Assembly on extender board. Remove A7 FM Shaping
Assembly from chassis and disconnect cable A9W1 from A7J1.
SERVICE SHEET 6 (Cont'd)
Initial Control Settings
MODULATION FREQUENCY ..............................................400 Hz
FM ............................................................................................ INT
PEAK DEVIATION ................................................................. 5 kHz
PEAK DEVIATION Vernier .................................................. Full cw
RANGE .........................................................................0.5 - 1 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE .........................................................Centered
(Four turns from stop)
RF ON/OFF ...............................................................................ON
FM Amplifier Troubleshooting
Normal
Indication
If Indication is Abnormal
Component or Circuit
Buffer
Amplifier (A5)
Test Conditions and Control
Settings
Initial conditions and settings. Adjust
PEAK DEVIATION vernier for 2 Vp-p at
TP5(BUFFER IN).
2 Vp-p at TP6
(BUFFER OUT)
Check U1 and associated circuitry
FM Gain Initial conditions
Compensation and settings. Ad-
(A3A4) just PEAK DEVI-
Circuit ATION vernier for
1 Vp-p at U1 pin
3.
FM Amplifier
(A5)
Initial conditions and settings. Adjust
PEAK DEVIATION vernier for 2 Vp-p at
TP5(BUFFER IN).
Switch RANGE through all ranges system and check gain
1 Vp-p at TP2
(amplifier output)
Peak-to-peak voltages at TP3
(+ INPUT) and
TP4 (— INPUT) are the same
Gain in accordance with
FM gain table on schematic.
Check U1 and associated circuitry
Set FM to
OFF and use
DVM to check dc voltages shown on schematic
Check switching of
A9
Oscillator (A3)
SERVICE SHEET 5
RF
8-28
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 8-22. P/O A3A4 Connector Board Assembly Component
Locations
A13
Components Locations for A13 Assembly are on Service Sheet 25.
Figure 8-23. P/O A9 Peak Deviation and Range Switch Assembly
Component Locations (1 of 2)
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
Figure 8-23. P/O A9 Peak Deviation and Range Switch Assembly Component Locations (2of 2).
Figure 8-24. A5 FM Amplifier Assembly Component Locations.
Figure 8-25. FM Amplifiers Schematic Diagram.
8-29
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
SERVICE SHEET 7
PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
General
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
The FM shaping networks, in conjunction with the FM amplifier (Service
Sheet 6) and the peak deviation attenuator, condition the modulation signal to drive the RF Oscillator's varactor diodes which electrically tune the oscillator. The tuning sensitivity of the oscillator with respect to the modulation input decreases as the tuning voltage becomes more positive.
The shaping networks compensate for the non-linear tuning characteristic.
In addition, the varactor diodes can be tuned by the phase lock circuits to synchronize the RF oscillator with an accurate and stable reference oscillator.
FM Enable (A7)
The varactor diode cathodes are switched by FM Enable reed relay K1 either to R39 when the FM is disabled or to the amplifier output when the
FM is enabled. The relay is energized only when the FM switch is not OFF and when the PEAK DEVIATION and RANGE switches are set to an allowable combination. The maximum peak FM deviation possible is 1% of the output frequency at the low end of a range (e.g., 2.56 MHz deviation on the 256 512 MHz range). The PEAK DEVIATION and RANGE switches, however, can be set to combinations that exceed this (e.g., 2.56 MHz deviation on the 2 4 MHz range). For such unallowable combinations, the
FM amplifier is disabled (by A5K1 on Service Sheet 6), the varactor diode cathodes are grounded (by A7K1), the meter input is opened (by A5K1), and the REDUCE PEAK DEVIATION annunciator lamp A6DS2 is turned on
(see Service Sheet 8). The interaction of the PEAK DEVIATION switch and the RANGE switch is accomplished by differential gearing between the two switches.
Positive and Negative Shaping (A7)
The Positive Shaping network presents an increasingly lower impedance to the input as the input voltage increases. Resistors R11, R12, and R13 set the base voltage of transistor Q5, and Q5 sets the voltage supply to the resistor-diode ladder. Transistor Q6 supplies most of the current.
Capacitor C5 keeps the base of Q5 at an ac ground potential. Diode CR9 protects Q6 in the event of a shorted +20V supply. The base-emitter junction of Q5 temperature compensates the diodes of the ladder near it.
Transistor Q7 sets the voltage at the other end of the resistor-diode ladder at one diode junction drop below ground; it also temperature-compensates the diodes of the ladder near it. Transistor Q8 is a current sink. Capacitor
C6 frequency-stabilizes Q7 and Q8. The diode cathodes in the ladder between Q7 and Q5 are at increasingly higher potentials. As the voltage at the input to the ladder increases, the diodes turn on consecutively and the
FM Amplifiers (A3, A5, A9, A13)
SERVICE SHEET 6
Model 8640B
SERVICE SHEET 7 (Cont'd)
impedance at the input lowers. The Negative Shaping network is analogous to the Positive Shaping network except the polarity of all voltages is reversed, the diodes are reversed, all transistors are complemented, and the shaping characteristic is modified.
Phase Lock Loop Filter (A7)
The Phase Lock Loop Filter is a 17 Hz active elliptic-function low-pass filter which filters the phase detector error voltage and drives the varactor diode anodes (on Service Sheet 5). The phase lock input may vary from +5 to
+15V; the voltage at the varactor anodes varies from -13.6 to -16V with a quiescent value adjusted by R19.
TROUBLESHOOTING
It is assumed that a problem has been isolated to the FM shaping circuits or to the phase lock loop filter as a result of using the troubleshooting block diagrams. Troubleshoot by using the test equipment listed below, performing the initial test conditions and control settings, and following the procedures outlined in the table.
Test Equipment
Digital Voltmeter ............................................................... HP 3480B/3484A
POSITIVE and
NEGATIVE
SHAPING (A7)
PHASE LOCK
LOOP FILTER
(A7)
Component or Circuit
Initial Test Conditions
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Bottom cover removed (see Service Sheet F for removal procedure). Extend A7 FM Shaping Assembly on extender board.
Initial Control Settings
COUNTER MODE LOCK .....................................................OFF
Positive and Negative Shaping
A trouble in one of the shaping circuits will usually cause FM sensitivity, distortion, and meter accuracy to be out of specification and will also prevent FM linearity from being correctly adjusted. The quickest way to troubleshoot the shaping circuits is to use the ohms function of the DVM to check the components.
Phase Lock Loop Filter
A trouble in the loop filter will either prevent the generator from becoming phase-locked or prevent frequency modulation at low modulation rates. Trouble might also cause an increase in SSB noise or residual FM while phase-locked. A low voltage at
A7TP2 (VARACTOR ANODE) may indicate a faulty Phase Lock
Loop Filter or Varactor Assembly (shown on Service Sheet 5).
FM Shaping Circuits and Phase Lock Loop Filter Troubleshooting
Test Conditions and
Control Settings
Remove A7 Assembly from chassis. Check component resistances with
DVM.
Initial conditions and settings. Check voltages shown on schematic.
Remove A7 Assembly from chassis. Check component resistances with
DVM.
Normal Indication
Components check good
Voltages check good
Components check good
If Indication is Abnormal
Replace faulty component
Check counter phase lock circuits and U1
Replace faulty component
8-30
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
Figure 8-26. P/O a7 FM Shaping Assembly Component Locations.
Figure 8-27. FM Shaping Circuits and Phase Lock Loop Filter Schematic Diagram.
8-31
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
SERVICE SHEET 8
PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
Over-Deviation Detector (A7)
If the FM input signal is too large for the FM circuits to operate properly, the
Over-Deviation Detector lights the REDUCE FM VERNIER annunciator lamp
A6DS1. Integrated circuit U2 is a dual comparator amplifier with wired-OR outputs. Pin 7 of U2B is at 1.1 Vdc; pin 4 of U2A is at -1.1 Vdc; these two voltages are the high and low reference voltages. Pins 6 and 3 of U2 are the common inputs. If the input, which comes from the FM buffer amplifier, is not between +1.1 and -1.1V, the outputs go high (>1V). Integrated circuit U3 is a hex inverter with open collector outputs. U3A inverts the comparator output.
When U3A goes low, capacitor C13 is discharged; when U3A goes high again,
C13 slowly charges through R76. This effectively increases the duration of the comparator output when overloading occurs only for short periods. U3B inverts the output of U3A and drives four parallel inverters U3C to U3F. When the outputs of the four parallel inverters are low, the display lamp turns on, which occurs whenever the input to U3B is low.
Peak Deviation Switch (A9)
The Meter Attenuator scales the FM input signal to give the correct reading on the meter.
The Scale/Annunciator Lamp Control section of the switch lights the proper scale annunciator lamp (on A6) for a given peak deviation range when the meter mode selected is FM.
TROUBLESHOOTING
It is assumed that a problem has been isolated to the over-deviation detector, meter attenuator, or scale/annunciator lamp control circuits as a result of using the troubleshooting block diagrams.
Test Equipment
Digital Voltmeter ................................................................... HP 3480B/3484A
Oscilloscope..................................................................HP 180A/1801A/1820C
Initial Test Conditions
Bottom cover removed (see Service Sheet F for removal procedure). Extend
A7 FM Shaping Assembly on extender board. Connect AM OUTPUT to FM
INPUT.
Initial Control Settings
AM ............................................................................................................. INT
AUDIO OUTPUT LEVEL ...............................................................................cw
MODULATION ...........................................................................................ccw
MODULATION FREQUENCY ...................................................400 Hz (Fixed)
FM .............................................................................................................. AC
PEAK DEVIATION ...................................................................................5 kHz
PEAK DEVIATION Vernier .........................................................................ccw
RANGE ..........................................................................................0.5 - 1 MHz
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
SERVICE SHEET 8 (Cont'd)
Over-Deviation and Meter Control Circuits Troubleshooting
Component or Circuit
OVER-
DEVIATION
DETECTOR
(A7)
SCALE/
ANNUNCI-
ATOR
LAMP
CONTROL
(A9)
Test Conditions and Normal Indication
Control Settings
Initial conditions and settings. Adjust PEAK DEVI-
ATION vernier for
1.8 Vp-p at U2 pins 3 and 6.
REDUCE FM
VERNIER lamp unlit and
1. pins 6, 8, 10,
12 high
2. U3B pin 4 low
3. U3A pin 2-high
4. TP4 (FM OVER-
LOAD) low
Adjust PEAK
DEVIATION vernier for 2.4
V p-p at U2 pins 3 and 6
Initial conditions and settings. Set
Meter Function to
FM and set
PEAK DEVIA-
TION as follows:
If Indication is Abnormal
Replace faulty component
REDUCE FM
VERNIER lamp lit and
1. pins 6, 8, 10,
12 low
2. U3B pin 4 high
3. U3A pin 2 low
4. TP4 (FM OVER-
LOAD) >2 Vp-p
Replace faulty component
SCALE lamps light Check scale lamps as follows:
(A9)
(A6) and switches
5 kHz
10 kHz
20 kHz
40 kHz
80 kHz
5
10
3
5
10
160 kHz
320 kHz
640 kHz
1.28 MHz
2.56 MHz
5.12 MHz
3
3
3
5
10
3
Model 8640B
8-32
Figure 8-28. P.O A6 Annunciator Assembly Component
FM Shaping Circuits and Phase Lock Loop Filter (A7, A9)
SERVICE SHEET 7
Locations.
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 8-29. P/O A9 Peak Deviation and Range Switch Assembly
Component Locations (1 of 2).
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
Figure 8-29. P/O A9 Peak Deviation and Range Switch Assembly Component Locations (2 of 2).
Figure 8-30. P/O A7 FM Shaping Assembly Component Locations.
8-33
Figure 8-31. Over-Deviation Detector and Meter Control Circuits Schematic Diagram.
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Over-Deviation Detector and Meter Control Circuits (A6, A7, A9)
SERVICE SHEET 8
Model 8640B
SERVICE SHEET 9
PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
General
When either the AM or FM modulation select switch is set to
INT, the Modulation Oscillator is enabled. The oscillator feeds a 1000 or 400 Hz signal (selected by the MODULATION
FREQUENCY switch) into the AM or FM modulator circuits and to the AM or FM front panel OUTPUT ports. The fixedfrequency modulation oscillator, shown on this Service Sheet, is the standard oscillator supplied with the generator.
Modulation Oscillator (Al 1)
Amplifier U1 is the gain block. A frequency-selective bridgedtee network forms a negative feedback path for U1. (This network is a notch filter with zero phase shift at the minimum of the notch.) The frequency of oscillation is determined by the network: C1, C2, and either AllAiR1 and R2 or R3 and R4.
The positive-feedback path is a voltage divider in which the amount of feedback is determined by the output of a peak detector. (The amount of feedback automatically adjusts to maintain oscillation at a constant amplitude.) The voltage divider consists of R4, R3, CR1, and CR2. Diodes CR1 and
CR2 are in ac parallel and dc series. The ac resistance is determined by the dc voltage across capacitor C5. At the peak of each output cycle VR2 and CR3 conduct and replenish the charge lost from C5. The ac voltage at the output of U1 is about 5.1 Vrms.
Buffer Amplifiers (A11)
Resistors R5, R6, and R7 lower the oscillator output voltage to
2.3 Vrms at TP5. Resistors R13
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
and R14 lower the voltage to about 0.84 Vrms at TP3 and TP4. Transistor Q5 drives the FM PEAK
DEVIATION vernier potentiometer; Q4 drives the AM
MODULATION potentiometer; Q1 drives the AM
OUTPUT port; and Q2 drives the FM OUTPUT port.
Signal levels at the two ports are approximately 1 Vrms into 6002.
TROUBLESHOOTING
It is assumed that a problem has been isolated to the fixed-frequency modulation oscillator as a result of using the troubleshooting block diagrams.
Troubleshoot by using the test equipment listed below, performing the initial test conditions and control settings, and following the procedures outlined in the table.
Test Equipment
Digital Voltmeter ................................ HP 3480B/3484A
Oscilloscope .............................HP 180A/1801A/1820C
Initial Test Conditions
Top and bottom covers removed (see Service Sheet F for removal procedure). Extend All Fixed-Frequency
Modulation Oscillator Assembly on extender board (see
Service Sheet C for removal procedure).
Initial Control Settings
AM ......................................................................... INT
AUDIO OUTPUT LEVEL ...........................................cw
MODULATION FREQUENCY ...........................400 Hz
Fine Frequency Adjustment
The oscillator's frequency can be lowered slightly by twisting the orange (3), yellow (4), and green (5) wires together. The wires connect MODULATION
FREQUENCY switch A11A1S1 to the All circuit board.
Fixed-Frequency Modulation Oscillator Troubleshooting
Component or Circuit
MODULATION
OSCILLATOR
ASSY (A11)
Test Conditions and
Control Settings
Initial conditions and settings. Then set MOD-
ULATION FREQUENCY to 1000 Hz.
Set AM to OFF. Use DVM to check dc voltages.
Normal Indication
Peak-to-peak voltages are as shown on schematic
DC voltages check good ent
If Indication is Abnormal
Check appropriate circuit and replace faulty component
Replace faulty compon-
8-34
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Figure 8-32. A11 Fixed-Frequency Modulation Oscillator Component Locations.
Model 8640B
8-35
Figure 8-33. Fixed-Frequency Modulation Oscillator Schematic Diagram.
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
SERVICE SHEET 9A
PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
General
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
When either the AM or FM modulation select switch is set to INT, the
Modulation Oscillator is enabled. The oscillator feeds a signal with a frequency selected by the MODULATION FREQUENCY switch into the
AM or FM modulator circuits and to the AM or FM front panel OUTPUT ports. The variable-frequency modulation oscillator, shown on this Service
Sheet, is supplied with Option 001.
Modulation Oscillator (A11)
The Modulation Oscillator is a Wein-bridge type. Transistors Q7 to Q12 form a differential amplifier. The gate of FET Q11 is a high impedance non-inverting input of the amplifier. Transistor Q12 is an emitter-follower buffer amplifier. Trimmer capacitor C9 compensates for the high frequency phase shift of the amplifier. Transistors Q9 and Q10 provide voltage gain and drive the complementary symmetry output transistors Q7 and Q8. The inverting input to the amplifier is the emitter of Q9. Diodes
CR2 to CR4 bias and thermally compensate Q7 and Q8. Components
R19, C11, and C12 frequency compensate the amplifier. Resistor R26 provides negative dc feedback.
A frequency-selective Wein ladder forms a positive feedback path. This network is a band pass filter with zero phase shift at the maximum of the pass band. The frequency of oscillation is determined by the resistors and capacitors of the ladder. In the FIXED FREQ range, C6 and C7 are the ladder capacitors and either R2 and R6 or R3 and R5 in parallel with R6 are the resistors. In the variable frequency ranges, C1A and C1B are the variable ladder capacitors and R1 and R4 (each in parallel with one or none of the resistors on the A11A1 Frequency Select Switch) are the resistors. Capacitors C2, C3, C4, and C5 set the frequency end points and maximize flatness for a given frequency range. The negative feedback path is a voltage divider in which the amount of feedback is determined by the output signal level. The amount of feedback adjusts to maintain oscillation at a constant amplitude. The voltage divider consists of R28 and RT1, a thermistor assembly. Diodes VR1, VR2, CR5, and CR6 add a small amount of odd-harmonic distortion to stabilize the amplitude characteristic of the oscillator.
Buffer Amplifiers (A11)
Transistors Q1 to Q4 form the AM/FM Output Buffer Amplifier which is similar in operation to the oscillator output amplifier. Gain of the amplifier is adjusted by R40. The outputs drive the external AM or FM ports.
Resistors R34, R35, and R36 attenuate the oscillator output to a level of
Model 8640B
SERVICE SHEET 9A (Cont'd)
0.84 Vrms. Transistor Q5 drives the FM PEAK
DEVIATION potentiometer (Service Sheet 6), and
Q6 drives the AM MODULATION potentiometer
(Service Sheet 14).
TROUBLESHOOTING
It is assumed that a problem has been isolated to the variable-frequency modulation oscillator as a result of using the troubleshooting block diagrams.
Troubleshoot by using the test equipment listed below, performing the initial test conditions and control settings, and following the procedures outlined in the table.
Test Equipment
Digital Voltmeter ........................ HP 3480B/3484A
Oscilloscope ..................... HP 180A/1801A/1820C
Component or Circuit
MODULATION
OSCILLATOR
ASSY (A11)
Initial Test Conditions
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Top and bottom covers removed (see Service
Sheet F for removal procedure). Extend All
Variable-Frequency Modulation Oscillator
Assembly on extender board (see Service Sheet
C for removal procedure).
Initial Control Settings
AM ................................................................. INT
AUDIO OUTPUT LEVEL ...................................cw
MODULATION FREQUENCY ........ 400 Hz (Fixed)
Amplitude Stability and Distortion
The signal level of the oscillator is adjusted (by selection of R28) for best compromise between harmonic distortion and amplitude stability
(squegging at turn-on or range change). See
Table 5-1, Factory Selected Components.
Variable-Frequency Modulation Oscillator Troubleshooting
Test Conditions and
Control Settings
Initial conditions and settings. Then set
MODULATION FRE-
QUENCY to 1000 Hz
(fixed) and to each of the variable ranges
(X1, X10, etc.)
Vary the vernier on each range.
Set AM to OFF
Normal Indication is Abnormal
If Indication
Peak-to-peak voltages are Check appropriate as shown on schematic circuit and replace faulty component
DC voltages are as shown on schematic
Replace faulty component
Fixed-Frequency Modulation
Oscillator (A11, A13)
SERVICE SHEET 9
8-36
Model 8640B
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
A13
Component Locations for A13 Assembly are on Service Sheet 25.
Figure 8-34. A11 Variable-Frequency Modulation Oscillator Assembly
(Option 001) Component Locations.
8-37
Figure 8-35. Variable-Frequency Modulation Oscillator (Option 001) Schematic Diagram.
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
SERVICE SHEET 10
PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
Divider/Filter Assembly - General
The A10 Divider/Filter Assembly frequency-divides and filters the signal from the RF oscillator. The divider network (see
Service Sheet 11) consists of a chain of nine binary dividers
(+2). The output is taken either from the RF oscillator buffer or from an OR gate at the output of one of the dividers, depending on the frequency range selected; all other divider output gates are disabled and also the divider immediately following the output divider. The output gates are transformer coupled out and drive a power amplifier which drives the modulator (see
Service Sheet 12). The modulator controls the signal level and adds AM.
The output from the dividers (and the modulator) is approximately a square wave. The low-pass filters remove the signal's harmonics. On the four lowest frequency bands, the square wave output is quite symmetrical (i.e., second harmonics are well suppressed). In the lower portion of these bands, the filters suppress only the third harmonic and higher.
On higher frequency bands the divider output is more asymmetrical and more second harmonic is present. Each of these bands has two filters. In the lower portion of these bands, the first filter's stop-band frequency is made low enough to suppress the second harmonic. In the higher portion of the band, a filter with a higher stop-band frequency is switched in to suppress the second harmonic. The high-band filter is switched in at approximately the geometric mean of the frequency extremes of the band. A Schmitt Trigger (see Service Sheet 11) senses a dc voltage, VT which is proportional to the frequency, and relays switch the filters at the geometric mean. On the four lowest bands, the low band filter for the 16 32 MHz range is also switched in series with the band filters to improve the rejection of high-order harmonics. All range switching is done by camoperated slide switches on the filter board (A10A1). The filters drive the output amplifier which drives the RF output and AGC circuits. The filters are inside the AGC feedback loop (see
Service Sheet 3).
RF Filters (A10A1)
The A10A1 RF Filter Assembly contains sixteen RF lowpass filters and six slide switches that are controlled by the RANGE switch. The filters for the four lowest bands (0.5 8 MHz bands) are sharp-cutoff, elliptic-function filters. The remaining filters are Chebishev filters. In the six highest bands, relays K1 and
K3 switch in the low band filters when the frequency is below the geometric mean frequency of the range and relays K2 and K4 switch in the high band filters when above the geometric mean.
The slide switches route the RF signal to the proper filters, activate the frequency dividers, and route the RF signal to and from dividers. Each slider has three detented positions.
SERVICE SHEET 10 (Cont'd)
TROUBLESHOOTING
It is assumed that a problem has been isolated to the
RF Filter circuits as a result of using the troubleshooting block diagrams. Troubleshoot by using the test equipment listed below, performing the initial test conditions and control settings, and following the procedures outlined in the table.
Test Equipment
Digital Voltmeter ................................ HP 3480B/3484A
Initial Test Conditions
Top cover removed (see Service Sheet F for removal procedure).
A10 Divider/Filter Assembly casting cover removed,
A10A2 RF Divider Assembly removed and extended for service with access to A10A1 RF Filter Assembly
(see Service Sheet D for procedures).
Initial Control Settings
Meter Function ..................................................VOLTS
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND .................................. Off
LOCK ............................................ Off
Source............................................INT
AM ........................................................................ OFF
FM ........................................................................ OFF
RANGE ................................................ 256 - 512 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE ..................................... 550 MHz
OUTPUT LEVEL ............................................--10 dBm
RF ON/OFF............................................................. ON
RF Filter Circuits
The quickest way to isolate a divider/filter problem is to use the front panel controls to set various frequencies and frequency ranges while monitoring the output voltage meter. Usually a problem will appear as shown in the following table.
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
SERVICE SHEET 10 (Cont'd) SERVICE SHEET 10 (Cont'd)
Symptom Probable Cause
No output on one band only
Defective output circuit for one of the dividers, a filter, or a slide switch
No output on one band and all bands below that band
Defective divider or 16 - 32
MHz low band filter or 0.5
to 8 MHz divider output transformer
Low power at highest end Defective geometric mean of bands (8 to 1024 MHz) switching (high band filters only not being switched in)
Overly high harmonics at Defective geometric mean lowest end of bands (8 to switching (low band filters
1024 MHz) only not being switched in)
Intermittent power Poor contact on slide switch
Changing bands does not Loose coupler between change output frequency RANGE switch and Divider/ even though the counter may indicate a change
Filter switch assembly
Component or Circuit
HIGH/LOW BAND
RELAYS (A10A1)
RF FILTERS
(A10A1)
The dividers and the Schmitt Trigger circuits are shown and discussed on Service Sheet 11 (the relays driven by the Schmitt
Trigger circuits are shown on this service sheet).
NOTE
The following procedure checks gross failure. A more comprehensive check can be made by performing the Filter
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
RF Filter Troubleshooting
Normal Indication Test Conditions and
Control Settings
Initial conditions and settings
Set FREQUENCY
TUNE to 256 MHz
Initial conditions and settings then set
RANGE to each position and tune FRE-
QUENCY TUNE full cw and full ccw
DC continuity across contacts of K2 and K4
DC continuity across contacts of K1 and K3
-10 dBm on panel meter
Variable-Frequency Modulation
Oscillator for Option 001 (All, A13)
SERVICE SHEET 9A
Figure 8-36. A10A1 RF Filter Assembly Component Locations (1 of 2).
If Indication is Abnormal
Check K2, K4, and associated circuitry
Check K1, K3 and associated circuitry
Check appropriate switch contacts and appropriate high and low band filters
8-38
MODEL 8640B
Figure 8-36. A10A1 RF Filter Assembly Component Locations (2 of 2).
8-39
Figure 8-37. FR Filters Schematic Diagram.
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
MODEL 8640B
SERVICE SHEET 11
PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
RF Dividers (A10A2)
The A10A2 RF Divider Assembly frequency-divides the 256-512 MHz signal from the RF oscillator to obtain lower output frequencies. (The overall operation of the A10 Divider/ Filter
Assembly is described on Service Sheet 10.) On the two highest frequency bands (256-512
MHz) and external doubler, the dividers are bypassed. On the other bands, the signal from the oscillator is amplified and limited by buffer amplifier U11.
The outputs of the first three dividers drive complementary output OR gates (U10A, U13B and
U15B) which drive the next divider stage with one output and another complementary output OR gate (U10B, U13A, and U15A) with the other. The latter gates drive output transformers T1, T2, and T3 in push-pull, and are enabled by inverter transistors Q2, Q3, and Q4 respectively.
When an output OR gate is enabled, the next divider stage is disabled. (Note that ground is a logical high and negative or open a logical low for EECL and ECL devices.) The Q and Q outputs of the next two stages each drive NOR gates (U17B, U17C, U19B, and U19C) in push-pull which in turn drive transformers T4 and T5 in push-pull. The final four divider stages operate in a manner similar to the previous two stages. The NOR-gate outputs, however, drive a common output transformer T6. The last NOR-gate output pair is enabled through diodes CR1, CR2, and
CR3 connected in a logical OR configuration.
All output transformers drive pi-network pads which are switched onto the line leading to the modulator circuits. The attenuation of the first three pads (R6-8, R12-14, and R18-20) is set
(from 3 to 6 dB) to prevent excessive signal level from being applied to A26U2 (Service Sheet
12). The attenuation level is set by changing the values of the resistors.
Schmitt Trigger (A10A2)
Amplifier U1 is a Schmitt Trigger which senses when the voltage V
T
(proportional to the RF oscillator frequency) reaches the value corresponding to the geometric mean of the frequency band. The reference voltage is determined by resistors R55, R56, and R57; R58 adds a small amount of hysteresis. Transistor Q1 complements the amplifier output. Inverter U6A activates the low band relays A10A1K1 and K3 (Service Sheet 10); and U6B activates the high band relays A10A1K2 and K4 (Service Sheet 10). The inverters are driven in complement except that capacitors C18 and C19 hold both inverters on simultaneously for a few milliseconds during a transition to provide a make-before-break action.
SERVICE SHEET 11 (Cont'd)
TROUBLESHOOTING
It is assumed that a problem has been isolated to the RF divider circuits as a result of using the troubleshooting block diagrams. Troubleshoot by using the test equipment listed below, performing the initial test conditions and control settings, and following the procedures outlined in the table.
Test Equipment
Digital Voltmeter ................................................................................................ HP 3480B/3484A
NOTE
If problems occur only on the lower bands, an oscilloscope can be used to locate the defective RF circuit. On the higher bands, either a high frequency oscilloscope, a sampling oscilloscope, or a spectrum analyzer (with a high impedance probe) can be used.
Initial Test Conditions
Top cover removed (see Service Sheet F for removal procedure) and A10 Divider/Filter
Assembly casting cover removed (see Service Sheet D for removal procedure).
Initial Control Settings
Meter Function ...............................................................................................................VOLTS
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND ......................................................................................... Off
LOCK.............................................................................................. Off
Source ............................................................................................INT
AM...................................................................................................................................... OFF
FM...................................................................................................................................... OFF
RANGE .............................................................................................................. 256 - 512 MHz
FREQUENCY TUNE ................................................................................................... 550 MHz
OUTPUT LEVEL........................................................................................................... -10 dBm
RF ON/OFF.......................................................................................................................... ON
RF Divider Circuits
The quickest way to isolate a divider/filter problem is to use the front panel controls to set various frequencies and frequency ranges while monitoring the output voltage meter. Usually a problem will appear as shown in the following table.
RF Filters (A10A1)
SERVICE SHEET 10
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
SERVICE SHEET 11 (Cont'd)
Symptom
No output on one band only
No output on one band and all bands below that band
Low power at highest end of bands (8 to 1024 MHz) only
Overly high harmonics at lowest end of bands (8 to 1024 MHz) only
Intermittent power
Changing bands does not change output frequency even though the counter may indicate a change
Probable Cause
Defective output circuit for one of the dividers, a filter, or a slide switch
Defective divider or 16 - 32 MHz low band filter or 0.5 to 8 MHz divider output transformer
Defective geometric mean switching (high band filters not being switched in)
Defective geometric mean switching (low band filters not being switched in)
Poor contact on slide switch
Loose coupler between RANGE switch and
Divider/Filter switch assembly
The filters, slide-switches, and the relays driven by the Schmitt Trigger circuits are shown and discussed on Service Sheet 10.
NOTE
Check that the control inputs to the RF gates are correct before suspecting the gates themselves.
RF Divider Troubleshooting
Component or Circuit
SCHMITT TRIGGER
(A10A2)
RF DIVIDERS
(A10A2)
Test Conditions and
Control Settings
Initial conditions and settings
Set FREQUENCY
TUNE to 230 MHz
Initial conditions and settings then set RANGE to each position
≈
Normal Indication
+10V at TP1 (VT)
≈
-3V at TP2
≈
- 0V at TP3
≈
- +5V at TP4
≈
0V at TP1 (V
T
)
≈
+5V at TP2
≈
+5V at TP3
≈
0V at TP4
-10 dBm on panel meter
If Indication is Abnormal
Check slide-switches
(Service Sheet 10) and
VT pot (Service Sheet 5)
Check U1 and associated circuitry
Check U6 and associated circuitry
Check U6, Q1 and associated circuitry
Check V
T
pot (Service
Sheet 5)
Check U1 and associated circuitry
Check U6 and associated circuitry
Check U6, Q1 and associated circuitry
Check appropriate divider and associated circuitry. Check that following divider is off
8-40
MODEL 8640B
10
Figure 8-38. A10A2 RF Divider Assembly Component Locations.
8-41
Figure 8-39. RF Dividers Schematic Diagram.
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
SERVICE SHEET 12
PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
General
The A26A3 Modulator Assembly contains a current controlled attenuator which varies the RF output level. The
A26A4 AGC Amplifier controls the drive to the modulator.
Attenuation is determined by the OUTPUT LEVEL vernier and by the AM input signal when the AM switch is on or by the pulse input signals when AM is set to PULSE.
Modulator (A26A3)
The RF signal from the binary dividers is amplified by
Modulator Preamplifier A26U2. The amplifier is a sealed microcircuit that plugs into the rear of the modulator board.
The amplifier drive: the AUX RF OUT port through resistor
R1 and drives the modulator diodes. Diodes CR1 through
CR8 form a balanced resistive network in which the resistance is controlled by the current biasing them.
Capacitors C3 through C6 improve the modulator balance at high frequencies. The control current come, from the AGC output amplifier through choke L2 and then split, between
R4, CR1 to CR4, and R3 or R5, CR5 to CR8, and R2. The
RF signal is coupled into the modulator through T1 and out through T2. The modulator output drives the RF filters
(Service Sheet 10).
AGC Amplifier (A26A4)
The AGC Amplifier sums the negative detector output from the A26A1 Detector Buffer Amplifier (Service Sheet 13) with the positive AGC reference voltage from the OUTPUT
LEVEL vernier A1R1 (Service Sheet 16). The input to the vernier is a 2 Vdc reference voltage upon which may be superimposed an AM input signal (±2 Vpk for 100% AM).
When AM is set to PULSE, the amplifier's output (and therefore, the modulator) is switched on and off by the input pulses.
Summing Amplifier
Transistors Q1, Q2, and Q3 form a Summing Amplifier. The output of Q3 is the amplified sum of the detector and reference currents and represents the output level error.
Resistor R1 is adjusted to give the correct RF output voltage corresponding to the AGC reference. When the internal frequency doubler is used (512 to 1024 MHz RANGE in
Option 002 only), relay K1 switches summing resistors R2 and R5 into the summing line to adjust for the doubler amplitude characteristic. Switch S1 allows the AGC circuits to be tested in an open-loop condition.
SERVICE SHEET 12 (Cont'd)
Modulator Driver Amplifier
Transistors Q4, Q5, and Q6 form the Modulator Driver
Amplifier. R32 and C9 frequency-compensate the AGC system. Capacitor C10 is switched in parallel with C9 in the
0.5-1 and 1-2 MHz ranges (called LO BAND 1) to give added compensation. The LO BAND 1 line is grounded in
LO BAND 1 ranges and causes inverter U3B to go high and inverter U4F (an open collector output gate) to go low which switches in C10. In a similar manner capacitor C11 is switched in parallel with C9 in the 2 4 and 4 8 MHz ranges
(called LO BAND 2). Transistor Q5 is a current source.
Transistor Q6 is a constant current sink. The difference between the collector currents of Q5 and Q6 is the modulator drive current.
In the pulse modulation mode of operation, Q5 is switched on and off at the pulse repetition rate by transistor switch Q7 which is driven by the pulse Schmitt Trigger output of A26A2
(Service Sheet 13). When Q7 is on, Q5 and the modulator are off, (i.e., when either the MOD PULSE line is low or when the RF OFF line is low). Hot carrier diodes CR13 and
CR14 prevent saturation of Q7 and Q6 for rapid switching.
Capacitor C15 is switched in across the modulator drive line by gates U3C and U4E to lower the rise and fall time of the modulator in LO BAND 1 ranges to reduce RF ringing in the filters following the modulator. Similarly, capacitor C16 is switched in for LO BAND 2 ranges.
Pulse Overload Detector
In the pulse modulation mode, the peak detector in A26U1
(Service Sheet 13) samples the' RF output only when an input pulse is present; when no pulse is present, the detector output is stored on a capacitor. If the OUTPUT LEVEL vernier is reduced while in the pulse mode, the error voltage of the summing amplifier becomes very large and the modulator is turned off. The detector storage capacitor then discharges only during each pulse on period until the error is zero. At low repetition rates and short on-periods, the capacitor discharge time is very long. To correct for this,
Pulse Overload Detector U1B senses the condition of large error (i.e., when the collector voltage of Q3 exceeds +0.4
Vdc) and switches a discharge resistor on to bring the system to a near zero error condition.
Meter Amplifier
Amplifier U1A is an inverting amplifier with a gain of about
½ (adjusted by R12) which scales the detector output voltage to drive the metering circuits. Capacitor C8 filters any superimposed modulation signal on the detector output.
SERVICE SHEET 12 (Cont'd)
Modulator Overload Detector
If the OUTPUT LEVEL vernier setting or input modulation signal requires the output to exceed its maximum capability,
Modulator Overload Detector U2 senses the condition and lights the REDUCE PEAK POWER annunciator A6DS3
(Service Sheet 16). The reference voltage is set by resistors R29, R30, and R31 and in addition by R28 when the frequency doubler is used. When the output from the
OUTPUT LEVEL vernier exceeds the reference, the output of U2 goes high and Q8 turns on which turns on Q9 and the annunciator. Since the overload condition may be of short duration, capacitor C13 holds the output of U2 high to keep the annunciator lit for a longer period.
TROUBLESHOOTING
It is assumed that a problem has been isolated to the AGC amplifier or the modulator as a result of using the troubleshooting block diagrams. Troubleshoot by using the test equipment listed below, performing the initial test conditions and control settings, and following the procedures outlined in the table.
Test Equipment
Digital Voltmeter: ............................................ HP 3480B/3484A
Oscilloscope. .........................................HP 180A/1801A/1820C
Initial Test Conditions
To test A26A4 AGC Amplifier Assembly, remove top cover
(see Service Sheet F for removal procedure), remove A26
AM/AGC and RF Amplifier Assembly casting top cover, and remove A26A4 and extend for service (see Service Sheet E for procedure).
To test A26A3 Modulator Assembly and A26U2 Modulator
Preamplifier, remove bottom cover (see Service Sheet F for removal procedure) and remove A26 casting bottom cover
(see Service Sheet E for procedure).
Initial Control Settings
Meter Function ............................................................... LEVEL
COUNTER MODE: EXPAND...........................................Off
LOCK ...............................................Off
Source ............................................. INT
AM....................................................................................... INT
MODULATION ................................................................. 100%
MODULATION FREQUENCY.......................................1000 Hz
SERVICE SHEET 12 (Cont’d)
FM ........................................................................ OFF
RANGE ....................................................... 8 - 16 MHz
or Circuit
SUMMING
AMPLIFIER
(A26A4)
MODULATOR
DRIVER
AMPLIFIER
(A26A4)
Component
MODULATOR
PREAMPLIFIER
(A26U2)
METER
AMPLIFIER
(A26A4)
MODULATION
OVERLOAD
DETECTOR
(A26A4)
PULSE OVERLOAD
DETECTOR
(A26A4)
RF Dividers (A10A2)
SERVICE SHEET 11
TM 9-4935-601-14-7&P
Model 8640B
FREQUENCY TUNE.................................................... 7.20 MHz
OUTPUT LEVEL ...........................................................+10 DbM
(switch one step ccw from full cw)
OUTPUT LEVEL Vernier....................................... cw (+10 dBm)
RF ON/OFF ...........................................................................ON
AGC Amplifiers and Amplitude Modulator Troubleshooting
Test Conditions and
Control Settings
Normal Indication
Initial conditions and set-
≈
800 mVp-p sine wave tings. Set AGC switch, S1, (1 kHz) at TP6 (CQ1) to AGC off position.
Initial conditions and set-
≈
2 Vp-p sine wave tings. Set AGC switch, S1, (1 kHz) at TP7 (DRVR) to AGC off position.